BULLETIN

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY

AT

HARVARD COLLEGE. IN CAMBRIDGE.

VOL. XI.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A.
1883-1885.

Reprinted with the permission of the original publisher

KRAUS REPRINT CORPORATION

New York

1967

Printed in U.S.A.

CONTENTS.

Page
No. 1. — Reports on the Results of Dredging by tlie United States Coast
Survey Steamer " Blake." XXI. Report on tlie Anthozoa and on some
Additional Species dredged by the " Blake " in 1878-79, and by the U. S.
Fish Commission Steamer " Fish Hawk " in 1880-82. By A. E. Verrill.
(8 Plates.) 1

No. 2. — Reports on the Results of Dredging in the United States Coast
Survey Steamer " Blake." XXII. A Chapter in the History of the Gulf
Stream. By Alexander Agassiz . 73

No. 3. — E.xploration of the Surface Fauna of the Gulf Stream, under the
Auspices of the United States Coast Survey. By Alexander Agassiz.
IV. On a few Medusae from the Bermudas. By J. Walter Fewkes.
(1 folding Plate.) 79

No. 4. — Report on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast
Survey Steamer "Blake." XXIII. Report on the Isopoda. By Oscar
Harger. (4 Plates.) 91

No. 5. — Reports»on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast
Survey Steamer " Hlake." XXV. Supplementary Reiiort on the "Blake"
Cephalopods. By A. E. Verrill. (3 Plates.) 105

No. 0. — Descriptions of Two Species- of Octopus, from California. (3 Plates.) 117
No. 7. — Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur-
vey Steamer "Bhike." XX.VI. Verzeichniss der von den United States
Coast Survey Steamers " Hassler " and " Blake," von 1867 zu 1879, gesam-
melten Mj-zostomiden. Von Dr. L. v. Graff ...... 125

No. 8. — A Supplement to the Fifth Volume of the Terrestrial Air-Breatliing
Mollusks of the United States and adjacent Territories. By W. G. Binney.
(4 Plates.) 135

No. 9. — Studies from the Newport Marine Zoillogical Laboratory. XIII. On
the Development of certain Worm Larvaj. By J. W. Fewkes. (8 Plates.) 167

No. 10. — Bibliography to accompany " Selections from Embryological Mono-
graphs, compiled by A. Agassiz, W. Faxon, and E. L. Mark." III. Aca-
lephs. By J. W. Fewkes 209

No. 11. — Studies from the Newport Marine Laboratory. XV. On the De-
velopment of Agalma. By J. W. Fewkes. (4 Plates ) . . . 23U-275

jSTo. 1. — Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision
of Alexander Agassiz, on the East Coast of the United States,
during the Summer of 1880, hy the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer
" Blake" Commander J. E. Bartlett, U. S. K, Commandiug.

(Published by permission of Carlile P. Patterson and J. E. Hilgard, Superin-
tendents of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.)

XXL

Report on the Anthozoa, and on some additional Species dredged by the
"■ Blake ''^ in 1877-1879, and hy the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer
''Fish Hawk'' in 1880-82. By A. E. Verrill.

In order to make the following report more complete, all the species of
Anthozoa dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission, during the past three
seasons, in deep water along the Gulf Stream. Slope, off the southern coast
of New England and off Chesapeake Bay, have been combined with those
dredged by the Blake along the whole coast, from off South Carolina
to George's Bank. A large proportion of the species were dredged both
by the Blake and by the Fish Hawk, but the collections made by the
latter are much the largest, and contain a number of species not taken
by the Blake. Other species, poorly represented in the collections of
the Blake, were secured in large numbers, and of A^arious ages, by
the Fish Hawk. Moreover, the dredglngs by the Fish Hawk having
been made under the immediate supervision of the author, they have
afforded him opportunities to study and make descriptions of many of
the species from living specimens. Most of the drawings of the Actini-
ans were also made by I\Ir. J. H. Emerton from living specimens ob-
tained by the Fish Hawk, and kept alive in our aquaria. For the use of
those drawings, on this occasion, we are indebted to the kindness of
Professor S. F Baird, U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries.

A few deep-water species, that have been obtained only by the Glou-
cester fishermen on the deep fishing grounds off Nova Scotia and New-
foundland, and by them presented to the U. S. Fish Commission, have
also been introduced, to make the list more complete. From these

VOL. XI. — \o. 1. 1

2 BULLETIN OF THE

sources nearly all the species knowTi to inhabit the Atlantic coast of
Nortli America, in deep water, have been derived. The " Challenger "
took a few additional species, mostly in still deeper waters, at a greater
distance from the coast. The present report includes, therefore, nearly
all the Anthozoa hitherto discovered in depths between 100 and 1,200
ftithoms, along the Gulf Stream Slope, off the coast extending from South
Carolina to Cape Cod. A few well-known, more northern, deep-water spe-
cies, like Primnoa reseda and Paragorgia arhorea, not yet known except
from the fishing banks, off Nova Scotia and northward, have been
omitted, together with other northern forms that inhabit the shallower
waters of New England, but extend downward beyond 100 fathoms.
Among these are Cerianthiis horealis V., Urticina crassicoriiis, Metridlinn
dianthus (marginatum), Bolocera multicornis, Cornulariella modesta, &c.
As the writer is about to print * a more detailed and illustrated report
on all the Anthozoa of New England and the British Provinces, it was
not thought desirable to include such species, when not in the Blake
collections. Several West Indian species, mostly new, from the Blake
collections of 1877-79, have been included in this report for the purpose
of comparison with the northern forms, and more fully to illustrate the
characters of the two families, Ceratoisidce and DasygorgidiT, nov., to
which most of the southern species referred to belong. West Indian
species, belonging to Paramtiricea and Acanthogorgia, are also described
for comparison with the related species from our coast.

ALCYONARIA.

PENNATULACEA.
Pennatula aculeata Danielssen &. Koren.

Pennafida acnlrata Damelssex, Forliandl. Vidensk.-Selsk., Cliristiania, 1858, p. 25;
Fauna Littoralis Norvcgia\ IIL, 1877, p. 80, pi. 11, figs. 8, 9.
Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., V., 1873, pp. 5, 100; XXIIL, 1882, pp. 310, 315.
S.MiTii & Haroer, Trans. Conn. Acad., III., 1870, p. 54.
Pennatula phosphorea, vnv. aculeata Sars ; Kolliker, Alcyonarien, I., Pennatulidcn,

1870, p. 134, pi. 9, fig. 73.
Pennatula Canadensis Whiteaves, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., X., 1872, p. o4G.

Plate I. Figs. 2, 2 a,

This .species varies considerably in form, according to the state of expansion.
The stem is somewhat larger and bulbous at tlie end, ami sometimes the swell-

* In'the Reports of the U. S. Fish Commission.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 3

ing occurs at its upper part. The body or middle part of the rachis is some-
times considerably swollen, though in alcoholic specimens it is contracted and
thin. There are a large number of small zooids, with many more or less large,
acute, spiniforni, and spiculose processes among them; these are often long and
conspicuous. The alas are also variable in form. They are usually long and
narrow, with a single row of spinose calicles along the edge ; the edge is some-
times deeply divided between the calicles, or even lacerate.

The polyps (Fig. 2 a), in life, when fully expanded, have long, slender,
tapering, acute tentacles, with numerous slender pinna, the distal ones grad-
ually becoming very short ; stem of tentacles dark red, pinnae pale rose or
whitish. The tentacles come out in the interval between the groups of spines
on the edge of the calicles. When not fully extended the tips and pinna) are
incurved, and therefore appear obtuse (Figs. 2 a, 2.b).

Off Martha's Vineyard, we dredged, on the Fish Hawk, a rose-colored
variety (var. rosea Dan.) at several localities. In one instance we also took
a pure white specimen (var. alba V.), at Station 1025, in 216 fathoms. This
is doubtless only an albino. The color is usually deep red, with the stalk
rosy, becoming yellowish white at the base.

Specimens dredged by the Blake in 1880 : —

Station.

Fathoms.

N. Lat.

W. Long.

Specimens

305

810

41° 33' 15"

65° 51' 25"

32 large and small.

30G

524

41° 32' 50"

65° 55'

2 small.

310

260

39° 59' 16"

70° 18' 30"

Many young.

326

464

33° 42' 15"

76° 0' 50"

3 young.

336

197

38° 21' 50"

73° 32'

5 small.

This species is A'ery abundant and widely distributed on our coasts, in 100 to
487 fathoms, on soft muddy bottoms. Gulf of St. Lawrence, 160-200 fathoms,

— Whiteaves, 1871-73; Gulf of Maine, — U. S. Fish Commission, on the
" Bache," 1872-73; Grand Bank, St. Peter's Bank, Banquereau, "Western Bank,
and other banks oflf Nova Scotia, in 60 to 300 fathoms, — Gloucester fisher-
men (in 29 lots, including about 90 specimens); off Cape Sable, N. S., 88
fathoms, — U. S. Fish Commission''; off Martha's Vineyard and Block Island,
and off Chesapeake and Delaware Bays, 1880, 1881, 1882, in 100-487 fathoms,

— U. S. Fish Commission. Several hundreds of specimens were taken at each
of the Stations 943, 945, 1025.

Christiansund, 30-100 fathoms, — Sars and Danielssen; Eastern Atlantic,
300 fathoms, — Carpenter and Thomson.

Pennattila (Ptilella) borealis Sars, sp.

Pennalula (jrandis Ehrenberg, Corall. rothen Meeres, 1832, p. 66 (non Pallas).

KoLLiKER, Zo51. Voy. Challenger, I., Pt. II., 1881, p. 4.
Pennatnln horenlis, Sars, Fauna Lit. Norvegiaj, I., 1856, p. 17, pi. 2, figs. 1-4.

K«")LLiKER, Pennatuliden, I., p. 136.

Vekrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVI., 1878, p. 375; XXIV., Nov. 1882, p. 364.

4 BULLETIN OF TIIE

Ptilella horealis Gray, Catalogue of Sea Pens, p. 2L

Vkkrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVIL, 1879, p. 241.
Ptilella (jrandis Koren & Danielssen, Fauna Lit. Norvegiae, 1877, p. 82, pi. 11,

figs. 1-7 [non Pallas, sp.).
Pennaiula (Ptilella) borealis Verkill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIIL, 1882, p. 310.

This very large and handsome species is common on the deep-water fishing
grounds off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. From the Gloucester fishermen
over 120 specimens, mostly of large size, have been received by the U. S. Fish
Commission, all of which have been examined by me. These were received
in 83 lots, from 1878 to 1881. They were taken in 120 to 350 fathoms, on the
outer slopes of the Grand Bank, St. Peter's Bank, Western Bank, Banquereau,
Sable Island Bank, Le Have Bank, and George's Bank. Previously, it was
known Ironi only a few Norwegian specimens, from Christiansund, Bergens-
fjord, Lofoten, Banenfjord, etc., in 150 to 200 fathoms.

A young specimen was dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission, off Nan-
tucket and Martha's Vineyard, in 224 fathoms, in 1881; also three large and
perfect specimens, in 317 and 640 fathoms, and a very young one, in 192 fath-
oms, in 1882. One of the largest of these was 530 mm. (about 20.5 inches)
high, and 146 mm. broad; length of the largest wings, 64 mm.; their breadth,
38 mm.; diameter of ])ulb, 38 mm.; length of stem, below the bulb, 112 mm.
Color of the wings and racbis, in life, deep orange; upper surface of bulb,
orange-red.

Among our specimens there is considerable variation in the relative size of
the wings and in their form; in some cases they are long and acute-triangular;
in others, they are much broader and not acute. The color varies from dull
orange-yellow to deep orange-red.

Balticina Finmarchica (Sars) Gray.

Virrjularia Finmarchica M. Sars, Fauna Lit. Norvegia;, II., p. G8, pi. 11.
Balticina Finmarchica Gray, Catalogue of Sea Pens, p. 13.

Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci.. XVL, 1878, p. 375; XXIIL, 1882, pp. 311, 315.
Stylatula Finmarchica Richiardi, Monografia della Fam. Pennatularii, 18G9, p. 69.
Pavonaria Finmarchica Kolliker, I'ennatuliden, 1871, p. 243 [non Pavouaria
Cuvier).

Plate I. Fig.s. 3, 3 a.

A young specimen of this species, in the collection, is 70 mm. long ; 3 mm.
broad, across the polyjiiferous part; the barren peduncle is 35 mm. long ; 2 mm.
in diameter. Where most developed, there are two polyps in each obli(jue
row, supported by two-lobed spiculose calicles; between the wings there are
four to six scattered zooids. Toward the upper part of the jjeduncle there is
Init one well-developed polyp, with or without an additional young bud, in the
oblique rows; and here the calicles have the apex bilobed only slightly, or not
at all and terndnating in a single pointed group of spicula. This part agrees

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 5

essentially in structure -with the genus Microptilum Kulliker (Challenger Voy-
age, Pennatulida, p. 2()).

Another specimen is abnormal; it is 71 mm. long, the peduncle occupying
40 mm. There are about fifteen transverse rows of polyps on each side, but
the uppermost ones are small, imperfectly developed, and pale, as if in process
of restoration after they had been injured or destroyed. The middle rows have
about five well-developed polyps, resembling those on much larger specimens.

In life the color of the polyps is dark purplish brown; stem and rachis, pale
salmon; base of stem, orange.

This species often has the upper part of the axis, for a greater or less extent,
denuded, and occupied by one or more specimens of an actinian (Actinauge
nexilis, Plate VI. figs. 4, 5). Sometimes the denuded place thus occupied
is not terminal, but along some part of the rachis. I have seen specimens
with an actinian only 3 or 4 mm. in diameter attached to a small bare spot
on the side of the rachis, but its broadly expanded base had already in-
sinuated itself beneath the cccnenchyma, and completely clasped the axis of
the Balticina. This actinian has, in a remarkable degree, the habit of thus
clasping the axis of this polyp, and other similar objects, by its base, and the
edges of the basal disk, when they meet, unite together in a suture. When
two or more are attached near together, their margins imite where they come
in contact.

Specimens dredged by the Blake in 1880 : —

Station. Fathoms. N. Lat. W. Long. Specimens.

307 980 41° 29' 45" 65° 47' 10" 1 young.

310 260 39° 59' 16" 70° IS' 30" 1 injured and dwarfed.

Several specimens were trawled by the U. S. Fish Commission, off Martha's
Vineyard, in 160 to 238 fathoms, in 1880, 1881, and 1882. The Gloucester
fishermen have presented many lai'ge and tine specimens (more than 75), some
of them over two feet long. These came in 57 lots, from the outer slopes of
the Grand Bank and all the banks off the Nova Scotia coast, in 60 to 400
fathoms. It was previously known from ofi' Finmark, 240 fathoms; Bergen-
fjord, 300 fathoms.

Anthoptilum grandiflorum Veerill.

Virgularia grand! flora Verrill, Amor. Jour. Sci., XVII., Marcli, 1879, p. 239.
Anihojitilum Thomsnni KiJLLiKER, ZoiJl. Voy. Challenger, Pennatulida, 1881, p. 13,

pi. 5, figs. 16-18.
Anthoptilum fjrandijiorum, Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII., 1882, pp. 312, 315.

Plate I. Fig. 6.

This large species was dredged liy the Blake, off North Carolina, in 603
and 647 fathoms, in 1880. A specimen, apparently identical, had previously
been taken by the Blake, off Guadeloupe, in 734 fathoms, in 1878-79.

BULLETIN OF THE
List of specimens dredged by the Blake in 1878-80 : —

station.

Fathoms.

Locality.

Specimens.

173

734

Off Guadeluupe.

1 mediiuii size.

3:^5

647

N. Lat. 33° 35' 20", W. Long. 76°

1 good size.

329

GU3

34° 39' 40", " 75° 14' 40"

1 u a

Taken also by the U. S. Fish Commission, off Martha's Vineyard, in 302
to 310 fathoms. Its color, in life, is usually deep salmon-brown, but varies to
pale salmon, and even to yellowish white.

The Gloucester fishermen have presented to the U. S. Fish Commission
about forty specimens, in twenty lots. These are from near the Grand Bank,
St. Peter's Bank, Western Bank, Banquereau, Sable Island Bank, and Le Have
Bank, in 85 to 300 fathoms.

In the Zoology of the Challenger,* Dr. Kolliker described A. Tlwvisoni,
from off Buenos Ayres, in 600 fathoms. It is a large species, apparently iden-
tical in all respects with my species, from off Nova Scotia and New England.

Funiculina armata Vkrrill.

FunicuUna armata Vekrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVII., 1879, p. 210; XXIII., 1882,

pp. 812, 315.

Plate I. Figs. 4, 4 a, 4 b.

Rachis long, slender, with large, urcolate, rigid, spiculose polyp-calicles,
armed at the ajierture with eight sharp, divergent, spiculose points. Axis and
rachis quadrangular, the sides of the axis concave. The polyp-cabclcs are
entirely separate and arranged in numerous irregular, transverse clusters, of two
to four smaller and larger ones intermingled; they are so stiffened by spicula
as to be scarcely flexible, and retain well their form; they are elongated, swell-
ing out gradually from near the base, and tapering again above the middle, to
near the summit, which suddenly expands to the edge, from which eight acute,
rigid, white points diverge. The tentacles are spiculose, but wholly retractile
within the calicles ; they are situated between the divergent points of the cali-
cles, in expansion.

The zooids are scattered along the middle of the polypiferous side of the
rachis, and also between the rows of polyps ; they are prominent and rather
large, though much smaller than the polyps, contracted at the base and en-
larged at the end, wath eight rudimentary tentacles.

Stem light brownish yellow or buff at base, becoming orange-brown or dark
purplish above; calicles dark reddish brown or deep purjjle, the whitish
spicula visible in eight chevron lines ; zooids pale yellow or light salmon
with purplish stripes ; tentacles dark brownish red.

* The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger, Vol. I. Tart II., Keport
on the Pennatulida, by Professor Albert V. Kolliker, 1880.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 7

Heij^ht, 600 mm. ; diameter of rachis, near base, 1.5 mm.; in middle, about
1 to 1.5 mm.; length of larger polyp-calicles, about 6 mm.; diameter, 1.5 to
1.75 mm. Larger ones have been obtained.

The spicula (Fig. 4 a) of the calicles are long and slender, prismatic, with
strong lateral angles, or ribs, which are a little winding ; they usually taper a
little to the ends, which are not very acute. The larger ones measure .92 by
.04, .82 by .05, .82 by .037, .80 by .03, .50 by .03 mm.

This was first described from a specimen taken in December, 1878, in 300
to 400 fathoms, about forty miles southwest from the N. W. Light of Sable
Island, N. S., by George K. Allen, of the schooner " M. H. Perkins." Other
specimens were afterwards brought in by the Gloucester fishermen, from the
fishing banks off Nova Scotia.

Two specinjens were dredged by us, on the U. S. Fish Commission steamer
Fish Hawk, in 1880, off Martha's Vineyard, in 252 and 325 fathoms.

It was dredged by the Blake in 1878-79, in the Caribbean Sea.

List of specimens dredged by the Blake, 1878-79 : —

Station.

Fathoms.

Locality.

Specimens.

135

450

Oil' Santa Cruz.

4 small.

136

508

U ((

2 small.

163

769

Off Gaudeloupe.

1 1. broken,

Kophobelemnon scabrum Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate I. Figs. 5, 5 a. 5 b, 5 c.

Body clavate, with a long stem, swollen above. About eight large promi-
nent polyps are rather irregularly arranged on the two sides and in front, near
the top, leaving a naked band on the backside, which is covered with small
prominent zooids. Similar zooids occur between the polyps, and entirely sur-
round the rachis, below the jiolyps, and eight longitudinal rows run down on
the stem ; four of the rows are longer than the others, and extend over the
swollen part of the stem. The stem terminates in a bulb, at the base, which
is sulcated by several grooves in our example ; above the bulb it is slender,
and then gradually swells into the bulbous portion, a short distance below the
polyps ; the surface is finely spiculose. The polyps arise from the summits
of large, swollen, mamillary elevations; some of them are entirely retracted,
but most of them have the lower part of the body exposed, in the form of a
strongly eight-ribbed, verruciform tubercle, which is densely spiculose, like all
other external parts. The zooids are rather large, obliquely appressed, and
directed upward; they vary considerably in size. Axis round, slender, extend-
ing from the apex to near the base. Color in alcohol, light gray.

Height, 56 mm. ; breadth across body, 8 mm. ; diameter of swollen part of
stem, 2.5 mm.; diameter of contracted polyps, 3 mm.

The integument is firm and coriaceous, with a rough surface, owing to an
abundance of small slender spicula, which lie at various angles and in several

8 BULLETIN OF THE

strata; these are small, fusiform or oblong rods and prisms. Some of them are
long, slender, triquetral, and nearly smooth (Fig. 5 b, d), or sparingly waited
near the ends; the larger of these measure .35 by .03 mm. to .29 by .03 mm.
Others are shorter, more rod-like, and covered with scattered, minute, conical,
obtuse warts (Fig. 5 c) ; some of these are swollen in the middle with promi-
nent warts; most of them are roughened and obtuse at the ends; they measure
.25 by .025, .23 by .025, .20 by .03, .20 by .025, .15 by .02, .14 by .015 mm.
Some of smaller size (.10 by .015 mm.), but similar in form, are strongly
waited all over (Fig. 5 b, e).

A single specimen Avas taken south of George's Bank, at Station 307, in 980
fathoms, N. Lat. 41° 29' 45", W. Long. 65° 47' 10".

Distichoptilum Verrill.

Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIV., Nov. 1882, p. 362.

Slender pennatulids, with an axis through the whole length. Polyps ar-
ranged alternately, in a simple row, on each side. Calicles bilobed, appressed.
Zooids three to each polyp, one in front and one on each side of each cell.
Spicula abundant in the calicles, rachis, and stalk; those in the stalk are
small, oblong, triquetral, interwoven.

Distichoptilum gracile Verrill.
Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIV., Nov. 1882, p. 362, note.
Plate I. Figs. 1, 1 a, 1 b.

Long and slender, with a long stalk. Polyp-calicles rather large, rigid,
closely appressed, with two sharp terminal lobes, filled with spicula, conceal-
ing the opening, and overlapping the base of the calicle in front. Zooids
small, not exsert, showing as small white spots at each side and in front of
each calicle. Stalk long, slender, with a long narrow bulb. Color bright
orange-red, due to the spicula; end of bulb yellowish.

Length, 18 inches, or 456 mm.; breadth in middle, 2 mm.; length of stalk,
100 mm.

The spicula of the calicles and rachis are long, triquetral, both oblong (Fig.
1 b, c) and fusiform, obtuse or acute at the ends, varying in slenderness; those
of the stalk (Fig. 1 b, d) are much smaller, of the same general form, but
mostly oblong, with obtuse ends.

A single perfect specimen of this curious species was taken by the U. S.
Fish Commission, August 26, 1882, at Station 1123, in about 700iathom3,
S. E. of Nantucket Island, in N. Lat. 39° 59' 45", W. Long. 68" 54'.

Attached to this specimen was a fine example of Astronyx Loveyii, which had
the same bright orange-red color as the coral. In alcohol, however, this ophi-
uran rapidly lost its color, while that of the cor^l was not much altered.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 9

GORGONACEA.

Family CERATOISID^.

KeratoisidcB + AcanelladcB + Mopseadce (pars) Gray, Cat. Lithophytes Brit. Mus.,

1870, pp. 13, 16, 18.

Axis simple or variously branched, with long calcareous joints, which are
often hollow, alternating with shorter horny joints. Branches, when present,
sometimes arise from the calcareous joints, but more frequently from the horny
ones. Base calcareous, usually divided into long, flat, irregular lobes, serving
as anchors in. the mud of the sea bottom. Coenenchyma thin, commonly with
lone fusiform conspicuous spicula, sometimes with small scale-like ones at the
surface. Calicles large and prominent, filled with large fusiform spicula, of
which ei<fht or more are larger than the rest and commonly project as sharp
marginal spines between the bases of the tentacles, forming an armature for
the protection of the incurved and imperfectly retracted tentacles.

This group bears about the same relation to Isidce that Muricea does to
Plexaura and Eunicea among the Gorgonians with a horny axis. In typical
his the coenenchyma is thick and filled with minute spicula, and the calicles
are not prominent nor armed with spines.

Neither the mode of branching, nor the fact that the branches in some spe-
cies arise from the horny, and in others from the calcareous joints, is a sufii-
cient reason for separating the very closely allied genera here included into
different families, as was done by Dr. J. E. Gray.

This family includes three well-marked genera that are found on our coast,
viz. Ceratoisis, Acanella, and Lepidisis, nov. In addition to these, Callisis
occurs in the Straits of Florida. The imperfectly known and not properly
characterized genus, Isidella Gray, should probably be referred here, if it be
recognized at all. These genera may be arranged as follows: —

""~ A. Branches arise from the calcareous joints.

Ceratoisis. Coenenchyma and calicles filled with large fusiform spicula. Cali-
cles armed.

Callisis. Coenenchyma with small oblong scales. Calcareous joints solid, or
nearly so. Calicles with fusiform spicula, which do not form long mar-
ginal spines. Type, C. Jlexibilis V. (= Isis fiexihilis Pourtales).*

* Callisis Jlexibilis (Pourt. sp.). The type-specimen of this species has promi-
nent, short cylindrical calicles, containing moderately large, rather short, blunt,
oblong and fusiform, minutely warted spicula, not running the whole length of
the calicles, and projecting very slightly, or not at all, beyond the margin. The
coenenchyma is thin, brown, filled with minute oblong or elliptical, flat, scale like
spicula, which also cover the surface of the calicles. The branches arise from near
the proximal end of the calcareous joints, in the specimen examined. The calca-
reous joints, in the several broken branches examined on different specimens, were
solid, or rarely had a very minute central tube.

10 BULLETIN OF THE

AA. Branches, if present, arise from the horny joints.

Acanella. Ccenencliyma and calides filled with large fusiforiii spicula. Calicles
armed.

Lepidisis. Calicles filled with large I'usifurm spicula. Cocuenchynia with a
layer of small oblong scales. Calicles armed.

Isidella (?). Ccenenchyma and calicles with fusiform spicula. Calicles un-
armed (?).

Nearly all the known species of this group, including the largest and most
luxuriant ones, are from comparatively deep water, and consequently require
cold, or at least cool temperatures. Several species are arctic, or inhalut the
deep fishing banks off' the northern coasts of Europe and America, where they
are bathed in the cold arctic currents. Some of the species are found at great
depths (1,000 to 1,300 fathoms), where the temperature is very low. The group
is well represented in tlie deep waters of the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mex-
ico. At least nine species, belonging to the four principal genera, were taken
in those waters by the "Blake" expeditions, 1877 to 1880. Among these
there were certainly two, and perhaps three, of our northern species.

For the sake of comparison, I have added brief descriptions and a few figures
of some of the West Indian forms of Acanella and Lepidisis.

Ceratoisis Wright.

Keraloisis Wright, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., IL, 1869, p. 427 ; III. p. 24.
Gray, Cat. Lith. Brit. Mus., 1870, p. 18.

In this genus the branches, which are usually few and distant, arise from the
calcareous joints. Otherwise it agrees very closely with some of the spaiin^ly
branched species of Acanella. Indeed, it is difficult to determine to which
genus some of the unbranched species should be referred. The calcareous
joints are tubular. The calicles are strongly armed with large spiniform spi-
cula, and the ccenenchyma also contains large fusiform spicula.

In this genus are included the largest known species of the family. Some
specimens of C. ornata are more than four feet high. These are found at con-
siderable depths, in cold water, off the coasts of Newfoundland and Nova
Scotia.

Ceratoisis ornata Verrill.

Keratoisis ornata Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVI., 1878, pp. 212, 376.

Plate IV. Figs. 3 - 3 d.

Coral tall (sometimes over three feet high), distantly and irregularly
branched, the blanches spreading, often nearly at right angles, ehjngated,
rather slender, gradually tapering, giving off, in the same manner, elongated
branchlets. The branches and branchlets mostly arise from near the proximal

MUSEUM OF COMrARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 11

end of the calcareous joints, but sometimes from the middle. The calcareous
joints are ivory-white, elongated, round, slightly enlarged at the ends, usually
faintly and often indistinctly striated longitudinally, appearing smooth to the
naked eye, but finely granulous under a lens; they are tul)ular, having a cen-
tral tube equal to about a third or a fourth of their total diameter. Chitiuuus
joints are usually golden yellow or bronze-color, sometimes plain brown, short,
scarcely longer than thick in the larger branches, about twice as long as thick
in the smaller ones, where they become translucent and brownish or amber-
color, without the metallic lustre seen in those of the larger branches.

The calicles are usually, in dried specimens, prominent, elongated, some-
what expanding toward the end, and are crowded nearly equally over the
whole surface; they are covered with large, conspicuous, acute spicula, which
form, at summit, eight sharp projecting spinous points. The ca3nenchynia is
thin, translucent, yellowish, filled with long and large fusiform, conspicuous
spicula.

A large specimen, well preserved in alcohol, from the Gloucester fisheries,
lot 367, shows remarkable variations in the length and form of the calicles.
Over most of the branches they are very long and prominent, constricted in
the middle, with an expanded base and enlarged summit, crowned by eight
prominent spines, surrounding the incurved and nearly retracted tentacles
(Fig. 3 a). In this form of calicle the length is two to three times the average
diameter. But on other branches the calicles are only prominent, subconical
verrucse, broadest at base, with the summit narrow, and the spines but little
prominent (Fig. 3 b); these are often about as broad as high. Intermediate
forms also occur on this specimen. The calicles are irregularly but rather
uniformly scattered over the whole surface, and are mostly separated by spaces
two or three times as great as their breadth, though some are in contact at
their bases. The surface of the cocnenchyma and calicles in this example is
covered with a soft integument, which nearly conceals the spicules, except at the
border of the calicles; but they become conspicuous when dried. Tliis exam-
ple also has the basal part, which is deeply divided into irregular-, palmate,
flattened lobes, or root-like expansions, by means of which it anchors itself in
the mud.

The large projecting spicula of the calicles are fusiform, usually more or
less bent, and either acute at both ends or acute at the outer end and obtuse
at the inner (Fig. 3 c, e); the surface is nearly smooth, or only slightly rough-
ened in longitudinal lines on the basal part, or sometimes throughout, but in
many cases the longitudinal lines of points become more evident on the inner
end. They have a large yellowish brown nuclear portion. The larger of
these measure 4.40 by .35, 4.10 by .33, 4.10 by .30, 3.90 by .25, 3.80 by .30,
3.70 by .22, 3.60 l)y .30, 3.00 by .30, 3.00 by .20 mm.

With these, below the margin, and in the polyps, there are many smaller
and more slender, partly fusiform, partly oblong or rod-like spicula, with both
ends similar, and either acute or obtuse, and usually distinctly but finely
lined and roughened longitudinally and obliquely, especially near the ends,

12 BULLETIN OF THE

which are often swollen, and as broad as the middle (Fig. 3d, /,{/). These
measure 2.50 by .15, 2.30 by .20, 2.25 l)y .15, 2.22 by .13, 2.20 by .18, 2.20
by .15, 2.20 by .10, 2.10 by .10, 1.90 by .15, 1.80 by .15, 1.80 by .11 mm.

In the tentacles there are numerous smaller, obhjng, or somewhat hour-glass-
shaped spicula, of various sizes, mostly enlarged, obtuse and striated at both
ends (Fig. 3d, h, i). The larger of these measured .65 by .10, .45 by .06, .45
by .05, .30 by .03 mm.

The coenenchyma contains large, scattered, fusiform spicula, finely striated
longitudinally, and mostly acute at both ends, which are covered with small
spinilorm or conical warts, in rows. The larger of these measure 4.20 by .03,
4.10 by .025, 3.50 by .02, 3.50 by .018, 3.40 by .025, 3.20 by .02, 3.15 by .015,
2.80 by .02, 2.70 by .02, 2.65 by .015, 2.60 by .022, 2.40 by .02 mm. These
large spicula are mostly nearly straight, but some are bent more or less. They
are accompanied liy a few much smaller fusiform spicula, acute at both ends,
and by still smaller oblong ones, obtuse at the tips. These are from .015 to
.023 mm. long, by about .004 to .005 mm. thick.

The largest specimen seen, which, however, lacks the base, was 1020 mm.
(about 40 inches) in height; diameter of the main stem, not including calicles,
7 mm.; length of calicles, mostly 5 mm.; their diameter, about 2 mm.; length
of calcareous joints of stem, about 50 to 70 mm.; of horny ones, 4 to 4.5 mm.
One branch was 675 mm. (about 27 inches) long witliout dividing.

Height of one of the original specimens, 660 nmi. (about 26 inches); breadth,
458mm. (about 18 inches); length of longest undivided branchlets, 300 to
400 mm. (about 12 to 16 inches); diameter of calcareous joints of main stem
(base absent), 9 mm.; of the larger branches, 5 mm.; length of the calcareous
joints, in the larger branches, 30 to 48 mm., but mostly about 40 mm. ; diam-
eter in smaller branchlets, about 1.5 mm.; length, 19 to 32 mm.; length of
chitinous joints of larger branches, 2.5 to 5 mm.

The two original specimens were taken, in 1877, by Mr. Philip Merchant, of
the schooner " Marion," off Sable Island, N. S., in about 250 fathoms, and
another was taken by Mr. George K. Allen, of the same vessel. Several other
specimens have sul)seqiiently been obtained by other vessels of the Gloucester
fishing fleet, from the banks off Nova Scotia, where it occurs in 200 to 300
fathoms. It was not taken by the Blake.

This is a large and lieautiful species of a family formerly considered chiefly
tropical in habitat, but now known to be peculiarly characteristic of rather
deep water in all latitudes. The golden or bronzy chitinous joints usually
contrast finely with the clear ivory-white calcareous joints.

The genus was founded by Professor E. Perceval Wright, in 1869, for a species
(C. Graiii W.) very closely allied to this, and taken in deep water (400 fath-
oms) off the coast of Portugal.

A closely allied species, perhaps identical, was found in deep water in the
Caribbean Sea by the Blake, in 1878-79; but the specimen is a fragment too
imperfect to be readily identified.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 13

Acanella Gray (emended).
Acanella Gray, Cat. Lithophytes Brit. Mus., 1870, p. 16.

Coral either simple or variously branched. Axis with long calcareous joints
and very short horny ones. The branches, when they exist, arise from the horny
joints, either singly or two or more together, sometimes forming whorls. Coen-
enchyma very thin, containing, more or less abundantly, elongated fusiform
spicula, usually of large size. Calicles large, elongated, composed of large, fusi-
form spicula, often obliquely arranged; the margin is armed by about eight long,
spine-like, projecting acute spicula. Tentacles stiffened by abundant spicula.
Base, in most cases, divided into large, flat, palmate lobes, which descend into
the mud and serve as supporting roots or anchors.

This genus, as established by Gray, for A. arbuscula Johnson, had as one of
its most prominent characters the verticillate arrangement of the branches.
The discovery of several closely allied species without this peculiarity, one of
them being entirely simple, shows that the mode of branching, as in most
other genera of Gorgonacea, is only a specific character.

The relation of this genus to Isidella Gray is still doubtful, for the nature of
the coenenchyma and calicles of the type-species of the latter was unknown to
Gray. Indeed, the precise species which he had in view is very doubtful,
although he referred it to /. elongata Esper, a species that had never been
properly described, and which could not be positively identified, as it was
based on the axis only. The species described under the same name by
Philippi is probably a distinct species, having elongated calicles, with long
projecting spicula, as in Acanella.

I have hitherto referred to /. elongata, a species procured at Naples, many
years ago, by Professor J. D. Dana, and of which several specimens, consisting
of the axis alone, are in the Museum of Yale College. So far as the axis
shows, these might belong either to Acanella or to Lepidisis, or to a genus dis-
tinct from either.

Koch has described a species, perhaps the same, under the name of /sis
Neapolitana, which may be the sjigcies intended by Gray as the type of Isi-
della, and which is apparently the same as my /. elongata from Naples. In
this species the calicles are not furnished with the projecting spicula, so con-
spicuous in Acanella and Lepidisis. The corresponding spicula are present,
however, according to the figures given by Koch, as fusiform spicula, larger
than the others, but not projecting beyond the margins of the elongated cal-
icles. The coenenchyma is thin, and contains small fusiform spicula. This
species is, therefore, closely allied to Acanella, the principal difference being
the less development of the marginal spines of the calicles. Possibly this may
be the species called Isidella elongata by Gray, but it would be ditficult to prove
it. Therefore it might be best to reject the name, Isidella, as not recognizably
established. Otherwise it might be restricted to such species as I. Neapolitana
and /. horealis {= Mnpsea horealis G. O. Sars), in which the marginal spines are
not much developed and do not project.

14 BULLETIN OF THE

Acanella iNormani Verrill.

Acanella arhuscula Norman, Proc. Royal Soc. London, 1876, p. 210 (? tion Johnson,
1»62).

Acanella Normani Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVI., 1878, p. 212 (descr.) ; XXIII.,

1882, p. 315.

Plate IV. Figs. 3, 2 a, 3 b.

This coral grows in symmetrical, thickly branched, bush-like forms, usually
6 to 10 inches high, and 6 to 8 inches broad. The base is calcareous, and
divides into several large, divergent, irregularly palmate and digitate lobes or
root-like branches, which serve to anchor and support the coral on the soft
muddy bottoms Avhich it usually inhabits ; occasionally, however, the basal
expansion attaches itself to pebbles, and in that case becomes incrusting, in
part or wholly, according to the size of the pebble. The main central stem
usually grows upright, in normal specimens, commonly with a short trunk,
25 to 50 mm. (1 to 2 inches) long, destitute of branches; above this the
main branches are given off symmetrically, from the short horny joints, mostly
in whorls of four at each of the joints, which are usually from 15 to 20 mm.
apart. The branches are strongly divergent and spreading, and they give off
from their horny joints similar whorls of branchlets, usually three or four to
each joint; these are usually somewhat farther apart than those of the main
stem, commonly 20 to 25 mm. The smaller branches are slender, with longer
calcareous joints, and they give off slender branchlets from their horny joints,
only one or two usually arising from a joint. The terminal branchlets are
long, slender, divergent, with longer calcareous joints than the larger branches.
The main stem and most of the larger branches are destitute of calicles, and
along the smaller branches they are rather distantly and irregularly scattered,
becoming more numerous, closer, and larger on the terminal branches, and
especially toward their tips, where there is often a group of two or three, or
more.

The calicles are long and prominent, divergent, and nearly rigid, owing to
the large and long spines with which they are filled; they vary considerably
in size and form, those at the tips of the branches (Fig. 2 a) being somewhat
larger and better developed than most of those along their sides. These larger
calicles are swollen at base, narrowed or subpedunculated just above the base,
and then gradually enlarged toward the summit, where the margin is sur-
rounded by eight long, slender spines, formed by the projecting ends of the
large spicula; within the marginal spines the incurved tentacles are usually to
be seen in alcoholic specimens. Below the margin the calicles are composed
of numerous long, slender warted spicula, which vary considerably in size and
form; those on the swollen basal portion are smaller, crowdedly imbricated,
but do not project. The spicula are conspicuous in dried specimens, in which
they are commonly less regular, and take oblique and more or less twisted
positions. The calicles along the sides of the branches are irregularly ar-

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 15

ranged, and less regular in size and form than the terminal ones, but have the
same structure ; many of them agree closely in size with the terminal ones,
and may be four to six times as long as broad; others are less than half as
large; some stand very obliquely, but the larger ones usually diverge from the
branch at a large angle, and then curve upward; they are obliquely seated
upon the branchlets, with the bases swollen, and often larger than the branches
which support them.

The coenencliyma is thin and filled with long, slender, mostly fusiform or
rod-shaped, finely warted spicula, which are not very numerous.

The spicula, both of the calicles and the coenenchyma, are mostly long, slender,
fusiform, often a little bent, and acute at one or both ends, minutely spinu-
lated, and of various sizes. The largest, from the margins of the calicles, are
usually smoother, more slender, and sharper at the outer or projecting end than
at the other, which may be subaciite or blunt, with the spinules more distinct
and in rows (Fig. 2 b, c). Others are relatively stouter, regularly fusiform,
with both ends alike, and either obtuse or acute; smaller ones (Fig. 2 b, d, e)
of these forms occur, especially in the swollen basal portion.

Some of these various forms gave the following measurements: 3.10 by .14,
3.00 by .12, 2.90 by ,12, 2.80 by .12, 2.60 by .09, 1.90 by .08, 1.80 by .08,
1.36 by .08, 1.30 by .07, 1.25 by .10, 1.04 by .06 mm.

Among the smaller forms (Fig. 2 b, /), many are slender, oblong, ohtuse at
both ends, and sometimes narrower in the middle. Some of these measured
.36 by .06, .36 by .04, .23 by .03, .18 by .03 mm. Others are oblong or
slightly fusiform, acute at both ends. Some of these measured .86 by .06,
.86 by .04, .84 by .06, .80 by .06, .64 by ,04 mm. The smallest (probably
from the tentacles) are slender, oblong, mostly of nearly uniform diameter, or
else a little larger at one end, obtuse or subacute, distinctly spinulated, most
so in the middle or toward one end. Occasionally large, compound, cross-
shaped spicula occur.

Color of stem, branches, and calicles, in life, light salmon to orange; tenta-
cles translucent, whitish, stift'ened by white spicules. In alcohol the color is
not much changed. When dried the color usually becomes darker orange, or
orange-brown.

This is an abundant species all along our coast, from off Chesapeake Bay to
Newfoundland, at considerable depths.

It was taken by the Blake, in 1880, at a number of stations along the
Gulf Stream Slope, from off George's Bank to the region south of Long Island,
in 260 to 1,242 fathoms.

It has been dredged and trawled in great abundance by the U. S, Fish Com-
mission, at many stations, in 219 to 640 fathoms, along the Gulf Stream Slope,
from oft" Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard to the region off Chesapeake Bay,
in 1880, 1881, and 1882. It was particularly abundant at Station 881, in 325
fathoms;. Station 893, in 372 fathoms; Station 938, in 317 fathoms; Station
947, in 312 fathoms; Station 1029, in 319 fathoms.

It has also been brought, in considerable numbers and in many lots, from

16 BULLETIN OF THE

the deep fishing grounds off Newfoundland and Nova Scotia, by the Glouces-
ter halibut fishermen. Off Greenland, " Valorous " Expedition, — Normun.
The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, in 1880.

Station. Fathoms. N. Lat. W. Long. Specimens.

306 624 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' 5 in bad state.

307 980 41° 29' 45" 65° 47' 10" 4, with fragments.

308 1242 41° 24' 45" 65° 35' 30" 7 in bad state.

309 304 40° 11' 40" 68° 22' 13

310 260 39° 59' 16" 70° 18' 30" Sev. fragments.
312 466 39° 50' 45" 70° 11' 12 in bad state.
339 1186 38° 16' '45" 73° 10' 30" 1, with fragments.

This species is closely allied to the Acanella arbuscula (Johnson) Gray, de-
scribed from off Madeira, in 1862. It may, in fact, ultimately prove identical
when the specimens can be directly compared. The figure of A. arbuscula
indicates a more diffusely branched form, with more slender branches and
branchlets. The calicles, also, judging from the figure, are different in form,
but this might be largely due to distortion in drying. The Arctic form de-
scribed by Norman imder this name is evidently identical with our species,
but the use of the same name was, apparently, accidental, as he did not refer
to Johnson's species.

From the Bay of Yeddo, Japan, I have several specimens of an Acanella
without the coenenchyma, which I cannot distinguish by the axis alone from
A. Normani. They were collected by Professor E. S. Morse.

Acanella eburnea (Podrtales) Verrill.

Mopsea eburnea Pourtales, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., I., 1868, p. 132.

Plate IV. Fig. 5.

Loosely and not very abundantly branched, th? branches arising from tlie
horny joints, sometimes singly, sometimes two or three from one joint, but not
forming whorls in any of the specimens examined. The branches are often
crooked, slender, and usually spread widely at the base. The calcareous joints
are long, slender, translucent white, distinctly grooved, and solid, in both the
larger and smaller branches examined; the horny ones are short, dark brown
or brownish yellow. The calicles are decidedly swollen at the base, and usu-
ally broader than the small branches on which they are obliquely set; they
usually taper distally, and the slightly expanded margin is armed with eight
large, sharp, spinous spicula, which are minutely warted or spinulated over
the whole surface. Below the margin the calicles are covered with numerous
and crowded, much smaller, slender, finely warted spicula, which are arranged
obliquely or somewhat spirally below the middle. The coenenchyma is
very thin; near the calicles, and especially near the ends of the branches, the

station.

Fathoms.

1877-78.
29

955

N. Lat. 24° :

1878-79.
256

370

Off Greuada

1880.
V.

288

Off Santiago

VII.

610

N. Lat. 17° :

XVIII.

600

" 18° i

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 17

spicula are much like those of the lower part of the calicles, but elsewhere they
are smaller oblong forms, blunt at both ends. The terminal calicles on the
outer branchlets are the largest and most prominent; those on the sides of the
larger branches are shorter, oblique, and verruciform, with swollen bases.
The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, 1877-80.

Locality. Specimens.

36', W. Long. 84° 5' 1

1

1

28' 30", W. Long. 77° 30' 1

20' 30", " 87° 16' 40" 3

Acanella spiculosa Vebrill, sp. nov.

Mode of branching unknoM'n, except that the branches originate from the
horny joints. Axis in the branches very slender; calcareous joints long, soUd,
white; horny joints very short, orange-yellow. Coenenchyma composed of nu-
merous large, more or less crooked, fusiform spicula. Calicles elongated, more
or less cylindrical, usually somewhat enlarged at the summit and slightly
swollen at the base; summit armed with eight large, rather stout, sharp, pro-
jecting spicula; sides of the calicles covered with similar large, fusiform spic-
ula, mostly somewhat obliquely placed, and curved to correspond to the surface
of the calicles; those at the bases of the calicles are usually larger and very
crooked, intermingled with some of smaller size.

Length of the larger calicles, from 3.5 to 4.5 mm.; diameter, 1.25 mm.

Only a single specimen of this species has been seen, consisting of two small
branches, one of which gives rise to a single small, lateral branchlet. It closely
resembles A. eburnea, but is distinguished by the very much larger size of the
spicula in the basal part of the calicles, and in the coenenchyma.

Station 222, in 422 fathoms, off St. Lucia, Blake Expedition, 1878-79.

Acanella simplex Verrill, sp. nov.

Rather slender, apparently unbranched. Calcareous joints long, slender,
distinctly sulcated, soUd (in the several joints examined); homy joints short,
dark brown.

Calicles numerous, proihinent, rather long, cylindrical or enlarged distally,
covered with stout, often curved, blunt or not very acute, finely warted, oblong
or fusiform spicula, and armed at the margin by eight similar spicula (3f some-
what more elongated form, but less acute than in most other species. The
base is supported by similar large, often much curved spicula. Similar large,
fusiform spicula extend a little beyond the base of the calicles, in the thin
ccEnenchyma, becoming smaller away from the calicles; the coenenchyma is

VOL. XI. NO. 1. 2

18 BULLETIN OF THE

often largely destitute of spicula between the calicles when rubbed; in many-
parts only a few scattered, small, oblong and fusiform, blunt, waited spicula
are found, here and there, but in other places it is covered with smaller and
larger oblong spicula, intermingled. Color in alcohol, yellowish brown.

Height of the largest example, 230 mm.; length of calicles, 5 imn.; diameter,
1.5 to 2 mm.; diameter of axis, 1 mm.

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, 1878-80.

Station.

Fathoms.

Locality.

Specimens,

205

334

Off Martinique

1

288

399

Otf Barbados

1

A specimen was also dredged by Mr. Pourtales, on the " Bache," March 4,
1869, first haul, in 450 fathoms.

Lepidisis Verrill, gen. nov.

Axis with long, tubular, calcareous joints alternating with short horny ones;
simple or branched, the branches, when present, arising from the horny joints.
Base divided into long, irregular, flat lobes. Ccenenchyma thin, with an exter-
nal layer of small, oblong, scale-like spicula, sometimes with a few fusiform
spicula beneath them, especially around the calicles.

The calicles are large and elongated; the margin is armed by about eight
long, spiniform, projecting spicula, alternating with the tentacles; their sides
are filled with large, fusiform spicula, which are more or less covered exter-
nally by small, oblong, scale-like ones, like those of the ccenenchyma. Tenta-
cles filled with numerous, small, oblong, blunt spicula.

This genus is closely allied to Acanella, differing oidy in having the external
layer of small scale-like spicula, both in the ccenenchyma and on tlie calicles.

Lepidisis caryophyllia Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate IV. Figs. 1, 1 a, 1 b, 1 c.

Two specimens are in the collection of 1880, both unbranched, but both are
broken. One (see Plate IV. fig. 1), from Station 308, has the basal processes.
The other, which is incomplete at both ends, is a simple stem over a foot
(160 mm.) long, and about 1.5 to 2 mm. in diameter. The white calcareous
joints, except near the base, are long (45 to 55 mm.) and hollow; the brown
horny joints are short (1 to 2 mm.); the ccenenchvnia is very thin, filled with
small, oblong, blunt, flat or scale-like spicula, with some longer fusiform ones
around the calicles, and a few scattered ones of the same kind. The calicles
are few, distant, long (6 to 8 mm.), clavate, slender at base, enlarging toward
the summit, which is expanded at the end (2.5 mm.), and armed usually with
eight long and large spine-like or fusiform spicula, which project in a circle
around the margin, and run back nearly the whole length of the calicles.
These are intermi.\ed with and surrounded by numerous smaller and more

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 19'

slender ones. The calcareous joints are rather strongly sulcated, especially
toward the base, and have a rather large central cavity. The base is divided
into root-like, irregular, flattened, crooked anchoring-lobes, much as in Acanella
Normani and many other forms which inhabit soft muddy bottoms in deep
water.

The spicula of the calicles are of several forms and of very diverse sizes.
The largest (Fig. 1 b', d, e) are long, often a little bent, rather slender spines,
slightly thicker near the middle, with the inner end flattened and obtuse,
and tlie outer end acute and nearly smooth toward the tip ; elsewhere the sur-
face is covered with minute conical spinules, which are arranged in divergent,
longitudinal rows, more conspicuous near the iimer or obtuse end (Fig. 1 b).
These large spicula vary much in size. Some of them measured 5.50 by .13,
5.10 by .25, 4.25 by .11, 3.75 by 10, 3.42 by .13, 3.25 by .15 mm.

With these are others, of smaller size and usually 'more slender, which are
flattened, obtuse, and spinulated at both ends, or throughout; some of these
are broader at the ends than in the middle, while others are of nearly uniform
breadth; they are straight, or but little bent; and some are very slender; they
vary greatly in size. Some of these measured 3.68 by .10, 2.00 by .06,
1.75 by .075, l.IO by .08 mm. A few are slender and pointed at both ends;
one of these was 2.50 by .05 mm.

There are also, from the polyps, some smaller, minutely spinulated, fusiform
fepicula (Fig. 1 b, /), acute at both ends (perhaps from the tentacles); and still
smaller flattened, oblong spicula, obtuse and often enlarged at both ends, and
longitudinally striated (Fig. 1 b, g, h, i). The latter come from the tentacles.
The coonenchyma is tilled with small, oblong, flattened spicula (Fig. 1 c), which
are often narrower in the middle than near the ends, which are obtusely
rounded; the surface is finely striated or grooved and roughened longitudinally.
Some of these me;>6ured .16 by .004, .16 by .003, .13 by .004, .13 by .003 mm.
Around the calicles, and occasionally elsewhere, long, spiniform spicula, like
the medium-sized ones of the calicles, are mixed with those characteristic of
the coenenchyma.

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, 1878-80.

Station. Fathoms. Locality. Specimens.

1878-79.

161 583 Off Guadeloupe 1 broken.

1880.

308 1242 N. Lat. 41° 24' 45", W. Long. 65° 35' 30" 1

339 603 " 34° 39' 40", " 75° 14' 40" 1

Lepidisis longiflora Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate IV. Figs. 4, 4 a.

A large and stout species, sparingly and distantly branched, the branches
irising from the horny joints singly, or two at a time, and in that case usually
opposite; the branches are ascending, usually straight or a little curved. The

20 BULLETIN OF THE

calcareous joints of the branches are rather long and moderately slender, swol-
len at the ends, distinctly and often strongly snlcated; they usually have a
rather large central tube. Horny joints very short, brown. Culicles large,
long, cylindrical or nearly so, often enlarged distally; the margin is armed
with eight large, stout, spinous spicula, not projecting very far, the free part
nearly smooth; below the margin the sides are supported by large fusiform
spicula, somewhat obliquely placed, and the exterior is covered almost entirely
by small, oblong, flat, scale-like spicula, blunt at the ends and often narrowed
in the middle ; their length is about three times their breadth (Plate IV.
Fig. 4 a, h, c).

The thin coinenchyma is also composed mainly of these same scale-like forms,
which entirely cover its surface in dry specimens. Some of these measured
.46 by .13, .33 by .10, .30 by .11, .30 by .10, .28 by .09, .25 by .10, .25 by .09,
.23 by .10, .20 by .07, .18 by .07, .18 by .06 mm. They are minutely rough-
ened by longitudinal lines which diverge toward the ends, where the edges
are finely denticulated or serrate ; many of them are also denticulate along
the sides.

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, 1877-79.

station.

Fathoms.

Locality.

Specimens.

1877.
2

805

Ofl' Morro Light

1

1878-79.
131

580

" Santa Cruz

1

190

542

" Dominica

1

266

461

" Grenada

1

Lepidisis vitrea Verrill, sp. nov.

Mode of branching imknown. Axis slender; calcareous joints translucent,
strongly fluted, and with a very large central tube, so large that the solid
matter is reduced to a thin, fragile shell; horny joints short, ])ale yellow.
Coenenchyma very thin, with few, scattered, small, oblong or hour-glass-shaped
spicula, and some fusiform ones. Calicles very much elongated, narrowed
toward the base and expanded at the summit, which is armed Avith eight
very sharp, much elongated, nearly smooth, glassy, fusiform spicula, which
extend along the sides of the calicles nearlj^ to the base. Other simihir acute,
fusiform spicula, mostly of smaller size, and only slightly roughened, cover the
sides of the calicles- these are mostly straight and often extend the whole
length of the calicles; with these are long, slender, oblong spicula, with both
ends blunt.

Of this species only two fragments, without branches, have been seen. It is
remarkable for the large size of the central tube of the axis, and also for the
unusually long and sharp spicula that surround the summit of the calicles, as
well as for the translucent and glassy appearance of both the spicula and axis.
In the form of the calicles it most resembles Lepidisis caryoplujllia.

Station 222, in 422 fathoms, off St. Lucia, Blake Expedition, 1878-79.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 21

Family CHRYSOGORGID>E Veerill, nov.

Coral variously branched, the branches most commonly taking a spiral ar-
rangement. Axis 2:)artially calcareous, generally with a brilliant iridescence
and metallic lustre. Base, in most of the species where it has been observed,
calcareous, and divided into irregular, divergent, root-like processes for anchor-
ing in the mud, but in some species it is flattened and adherent to pebbles.
Usually the hard, white calcareous base is sharply contrasted with the axis of
the stem. The calicles are prominent, scattered along the branches, either
standing at right angles or obliquely; they are covered with moderately large
elongated or flat spicula, and are usuall}" eight-lobed at the summit. Coen-
enchyma very thin, with oblong or elongated spicula.

This family includes some of the must beautiful and interesting of all the
known Gorgonians. These species are remarkable both for the elegance of the
forms in which they grow, and for the brilliant lustre and opaline and irides-
cent colors of the axis, which in some species has the bright emerald-green
lustre of the most brilliant tropical beetles, and in others is like burnished
gold or polished mother-of-pearl.

The known species are all inhabitants of deep water, and all are from the
West Indian seas, except Dasycjorgin Agassizii, which occurs off" the New Eng-
land coast. The observed species can be referred to the following genera.

A. Much branched, often spirally ; the hranclies repeatedly forking.

Clirysogorgia. Calicles elongated, often narrowed near the base, covered with
rather long rough spicula, which are more or less transverse over the basal
half, and curved to fit the surface. Spicula of the coenenchyma elongated
or fusiform, warted.

Dasygorgia. Calicles obliquely placed on the branches, swollen at base, cov-
ered with flat, oblong spicula, which are arranged longitudinally or ob-
liquely. Spicula of the ccenenchyma oblong or scale-like, nearly smooth.

AA. Axis forming a spiral or helix, with slender undivided branches, in a single

spixal row.

Iridogorgia. Calicles verruciform, with swollen bases extending along the
branches, filled with slender elongated spicula, obliquely and transversely
arranged. Spicula of the coenenchyma similar. Surface of coenenchyma
with peculiar soft verrucae.

Although but one species (Dasygorgia Agassizii) has been found on our coast
north of Florida, I have included here some of the West Indian forms for the
sake of comparison, and more fuUy to illustrate the characters of this hitherto
imperfectly known group.

This famih^ is related, in several respects, to Primnoidse, especially to Calli-
gorgia and allied genera, which are likewise chiefly found in deep water, and
some of which have the axis similar in structure and lustre. In the latter
group, however, the calicles are differently constructed, and the spicula be-

22 BULLETIN OF THE

come genuine scales. The sharp distinction between the calcareous base and
the more horny stem, above, indicates, perhaps, some relationship with the
Isidse.

Dasygorgia Agassizii Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate II. Figs. 4, 4 a, 4 b.

Two specimens of this elegant species were taken off George's Bank, at Sta-
tion 308, in 1,242 fathoms, N. Lat. 41° 24' 45", W. Long. 65° 35' 30".

The larger specimen, broken at both ends, is about 225 mm. high; the .stem
is about 2.5 mm. in diameter at base, while the slender side brancalets are 40
to 60 mm. long, and exceedingly slender and hair-like. Toward the base there
were a few larger branches, only one of which remains. Along the main stem,
which is a little bent in zigzag, the side branchlets are numerous and close,
and spread nearly at right angles, ascending a little at their bases; they are
arranged somewhat alternately, but form five rows along the stem, or, in other
words, every sixth one lies in nearly the same vertical jdane; the vertical dis-
tance between successive branches is about 2 mm., and between every sixth,
in the same line, from 10 to 12 mm.

The branchlets are two or three times forked; the first fork is 3 to 4 mm.
from the axil; each branch usually again divides 3 to 5 mm. from the first
forking; after this the forking is unequal, some of the divisions remaining
simple, others dividing; the ultimate branchlets are exceeding delicate and
hair-like, and have a tendency to lie in horizontal planes. The axis of the
main stem is round, not grooved, smooth and lustrous, with a bright, bronze-
like lustre and light yellow color; that of tbe branchlets is pale amber-color,
and translucent; the axis is largely horny, and can be easily cut with a knile,
but it effervesces in acids. At the base the nature and color of the axis ab-
ruptly change, the basal expansion and root-like processes being ivory-white
and stony. In our examples the base divides into several long, divergent,
irregular, ]ialmate, flattened processes, for anchoring the coral in the mud.

The calicles are few, prominent, oblique, rather distantly scattered along the
sides of the branchlets, which they often exceed^n diameter; they are mostly
obliquely set, their summits being directed upward and outward, wliile the
basal portion is larger, swollen, and more horizontal along the branclilets; the
summit is conspicuously eight-lobed, and the tentacles are not entirely retrac-
tile, their bases showing as eight convergent, spiculose lobes; the sides of the
calicles are covered with slender, oblong, flat spicula, which are moNtly parallel
with the calicle on the lower half, but near the bases of the tentacles become
more or less oblique.

The spicula- of the calicles (Fig. 4 b, c, cf) are mostly small, flattened, slender,
oblong, often with nearly parallel sides, but mostly narrower in the middle,
bluntly rounded at the ends, the surfarce finely striated; some of these meas-
ured .18 by .05, .16 by .05, .16 by .04, .15 by .05, .13 by .04 mm. Toward
the apex of the calicles and in the bases of the tentacles, there are many acute

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 23

or obtuse fusiform spicula, often twice as long as the preceding, and equalling
or exceeding them in breadth, and with the surface minutely spinulated.
Some of these measui'ed .34 by .04, .33 by .045, .32 by .04, .30 by .035,
.25 by .03 mm.

The coenenchyma is very thin and delicate, filled with miniite, flat, oblong,
obtuse spicula (Fig. 4 b, e), in form much like the first or commonest kind
from the calicles, described above, but rather smaller.

The color of the calicles and coenenchyma is pure white in alcohol.

Dasygorgia elegans Veerill, sp. nov.

This species is closely allied to the preceding.

Coral tall, round, symmetrical, elegantly spirally branched, with the main
stem bent in zigzag, and the branches arranged nearly as in D. Ayassizii, but
closer, shorter, and more numerously subdivided. The branchlets are shorter
and less flexible, those from each branch are situated nearly in the .same hori-
zontal plane. The base consists of several rather long, divergent and descend-
ing, clear white, calcareous, more or less crooked, root-like lobes, some of which
are forked. The axis of the main stem is light brownish yellow, and but little
iridescent; that of the branchlets is pale yellowish white with slight iridescence.

The calicles are larger and stouter than in D. Agassizii, and set more nearly
perpendicular to the branches. They are swollen at the base and summit,
and terminate in eight distinct spiculose lobes. The sides are covered with
stout, oblong, rather irregular, blunt, finely spinulated or warted spicula, which
are decidedly larger, stouter, rougher, and less numerous than in D. Agassizii.
The thin coenenchyma is filled with smaller, oblong, finely spinulated spicula,
larger and rougher than those of D. Agassizii.

Height, 160 mm.; breadth in middle, 45 mm.

Station 283, in 237 fathoms, off" Barbados, 1878-79.

The following sj^ecimens were dredged by the Blake, 1878-79.

Station.
260

Fathoms.
291

Locality.

Off Grenada

Specimens.

1

283

237

- " Barbados

2 typical

284

347

U ii

3 "

Dasygorgia spiculosa Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate II. Fis. 5.

Coral larger and stouter, but spirally branched, as in the two preceding
species. The branches are larger and longer, with fewer and less regular
branchlets than in D. elegans, and they do not lie in horizontal planes; they
diverge widely, at the successive forkings, ana in different planes; the terminal
ones are very slender. The main stem is rather stout and bent in zigzag at the
origin of the branches; it is light brownish yellow, with little iridescence.

24 BULLETIN OF THE

The base, which is present in one example, is calcareous, and spreads out
widely and irregularly over a fragment of dead coral. The calicles are larger
than in either of the two preceding species; they mostly stand at nearly right
angles to the branches, but those near the tips are oblique ; they are constricted
somewhat above the swollen base, but enlarged and eight-lobed at the summit.
The sides of the calicles are covered with unusually large, fusiform and oblong,
finely warted spicula, longitudinally and obliquely arranged; at their bases, and
in the ccenenchyma near their bases, are longer and thicker fusiform spicula,
usually acute and finely warted or spinulated; near and around the bases of
the terminal calicles (Fig. 5) these often become remarkably large. The ccenen-
chyma elsewhere on the branches is filled with much elongated, slender, acute,
fusiform spicula of the same character, but smaller; on the main stem, near the
base, they are much smaller, short, oblong, blunt, and roughly warted.

Height, 210 mm.; breadth, 60 mm.

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, 1877-79.

Station.

Fathoms.

Locality.

Specimens.

1877-78.

44

539

N. Lat. 25° 33',

W.

Long.

84°

35'

3 good, with bases.

1878-79.

190

542

,OflF Dominica

1 and fragments.

195

502^

" Martinique

3 typical.

205

334^

a n

1 "

222

422

" St. Lucia

Fragments.

227

573

" St. Vincent

1

Dasygorgia squamata Verrill, sp. nov.

Coral spirally branched, nearly as in the preceding species, with which it
agrees nearly in size and appearance.

The axis is yellowish or amber-colored, with a pale iridescence. The calicles
are large, about the same in size and shape as those of D. sqiiainosa, and mostly
stand nearly at right angles to the branch. They are decidedly enlarged at
the summit, and are unusually smooth, owing to the nature of the spicula,
which are rather large, flat and smooth, scale-like, oval, oblong, or irregular in
shape, and so closely imbricated and fitted together as to resemble a coat of
mail, giving the surface of the calicles a smooth appearance under the micro-
scope; these flat spicula are iridescent; near the summit and on the eight
lobes, at the bases of the tentacles the spicula become smaller, narrower, and
oblong. The ccenenchyma is filled with smaller, smoothish, flat, oblong and
irregular, scale-like spicula, which become larger and more scale-like near the
calicles.

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, 1878-79.

Station.
227

Fathoms.

573

Locality.

Ofi" St. Vincent

Specimens,

1

283

237

" Barbados

2

fe

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 25

Dasygorgia splendens Vereill, sp. nor.

Coral slender, spirally branched, much as in D. spiculosa and D. Agassizii,
but it apparently has a lower and more bushy growth. Main stem rather
stout, bent in zigzag ; distance between branches usually 5 to 8 mm. Axis
polished, with a very brilliant metallic iridescence, in which deep emerald-
green and blue tints predominate ; in the branches the axis is amber-colored,
with less iridescence. Coenenchyma thin, with small fusiform spicula. The
calicles are distant, rather stouter than in most species of the genus, but per-
haps a little shorter than in D. spiculosa; they mostly stand a little obliquely
ascending on the branches, and are much broader than the smaller ones; they
are nearly cylindrical, or only a little constricted above the base, which is a
little expanded; summit prominently eight-lobed. The calicles are thickly cov-
ered with rather large, oblong, blunt, thickened, smoothish, iridescent spicula,
which rise up distinctly above the surface and are not closely imbricated; they
lie nearly longitudinally on the sides, but obliquely at the base, where the
largest ones are situated. The spicula of the coenenchyma are smaller, flat-
tened, oblong and fusiform, often with indented edges, but with a smooth,
lustrous, iridescent surface.

Off Santa Cruz, Stations 124 and 131, in 580 fathoms, Blake Expedition,
1878-79.

Chrysogorgia Desbonni Duch. & Mich.

DncHASsAiNG & MicHELOTTi, Supplement Me'm. Corall. des Antilles, pp. 13, 21,

pi. 1, figs. 7, 8, pi. 4, fig. 6.

Plate II. Figs. 6, 6 a, 6 b.

Coral flabellafce, sometimes with the branches all in one plane, in other
cases dividing near the base into two or more principal branches, which stand
parallel and -take a fan-shaped form. The main branches divide repeatedly
into smaller branches by successively forking. The branchlets are divergent,
and the forks are from 3 to 6 mm. apart. The terminal branchlets are small,
short, and somewhat rigid. The axis is rather hard, rigid, somewhat calcare-
ous, in the main stem and larger branches dark brown or brownish black, in
the smaller branchlets yellowish brown, translucent. Coenenchyma thin, white
in alcholic specimens, and composed of irregular, oblong and fusiform, roughly
warted spicula (Figs. 6 a, 6 b). Calicles scattered, often secund, prominent,
more or less enlarged at the summit ; they stand at right angles to the branches,
or even turn somewhat downward. The calicles (Fig. 6) are covered with
rather large, elongated, roughly warted, curved spicula, arranged transversely,
the curvature of the spicula corresponding to the surface of the calicles; sum-
mit of the calicles strongly eight-lobed, the lobes corresponding to the bases of
the tentacles, and filled with smaller spicula.

Height of ordinary specimens, 65 to 80 mm. ; breadth, 60 to 70 mm.

26 BULLETIN OF THE

Taken at numerous localities in the Caribbean Sea and among the Antilles,
in 88 to 163 fathoms, by the Blake, in 1878-79, and ott' Cuba, in 288 fath-
oms, in 1880.

Chrysogorgia Fewkesii Verrill, sp. nov.

Chrysogorgia Desbonni Pourtales, 18G8 {noii Duch. & Mich.).

Coral tall, spirally branched, nearly as in Basygorgia Agassizii and D.
spiculosa, but larger and stouter, with thicker and more numerously divided
branches; stem strongly bent in zigzag ; the main branches diverge, on all
sides, nearly at right angles, one arising from the outer side of each angle;
distance between the branches from 4 to 6 mm. The branches fork repeat-
edly, the hrst division being usually about 10 to 12 mm. from the main stem;
subsequent divisions are at une(|ual distances, the final branclilets numercms,
A^ery small, and spreading widely. A.xis smooth, hard, brownish yellow or
amber-colored in the stem and larger branches, and with only a slight irides-
cence; pale yellow, translucent, very slender, in the smaller branches. Cocnen-
chyma tliiii, white in alcoholic specimens, composed of large, fusiform, warty
spicula, arranged lengthwise of the branches. Calicles irregularly scattered,
rather small, prominent, usually constricted below the nuddle, with the sum-
mit and base enluiged; they mostly stand nearly at right angles to the
branches, those near the tips obliquely ascending. Surface of the calicles
covered with large, stout, warty, curved spicula, which are arranged obli(|uely
and transversely toward the base, and mostly transversely in the middle por-
tion ; summit of the calicles strongly eight-lobed, the lobes tilled with smaller,
stout, blunt spicula. Height of one of the largest examples, 170 mm.; breadth,
110 mm.

Stati<jn 227, in 573 fathoms, off St. Vincent, W. L, Blake Expedition,
1878-79. Several specimens. Also from several other localities in the same
region, and off Cuba.

This species is dedicated to Mr. J. W. Fewkes, of the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology.

Iridogorgia Verrill, gen. nov.

Axis partially calcareous, with a brilliant iridescence; in the only known
species it grows in the form of an upright spiral, or helix, from which a single
series of long, slender, simple branches is given oft" on the outer side, so that
they likewise have a spiral arrangement.

Calicles scattered along the branchlets, far apart, verruciform, with a swollen
base, elongated in the direction of the branch, filled with slender fu.siform
spicula. Tentacles large, not retracted in the alcoholic examples, and not stif-
fened by spicula. Ccenenchyma very thin on the branchlets, containing slender
fusiform spicula; on the stem and basal portion of the branches covered with

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 27

small, prominent, rounded, soft venucse, having the outer surface composed of
a layer of special nettling cells; these verrucas also extend over the basal part
of the lower calicles. They may, perhaps, be of the same nature as the zooids
of Pennatulacea.

Iridogorgia Pourtalesii Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate II. Figs. 7, 7 a.

Main stem strong, rather rigid, calcareous, growing in a remarkably regular,
open, upright spiral or helix. Base not obtained. Branches numerous, long,
slender, delicately tapered, flexible, undivided; they arise very regularly, at
intervals of about 4 to 6 mm., in a single row, along the side of the main
stem that forms the outside of the spiral, and spread out laterally and widely,
nearly at right angles to the stem, so that the whole coral has a broad spiral
form, something like the skeleton of a spiral staircase.

The axis, in our example, makes about five volutions; its apex becomes
slender and acute, but the lower end is incomplete.

The ccenenchyma is thin, and filled with slender fusiform spicula beneath the
surface, which is soft, and bears numerous minute, rounded, elevated, soft ver-
ruca;, which cover the main stem and proximal part of the branches, extending
also over the basskl portion of their proximal calicles, but they gradually be-
come smaller and disappear farther out on the branches.

Calicles are not found on the main stem, except rarely one close to the origin
of a branch; on the branches they are placed singly, and rather far apart, along
the upper side; the distance between them is usually from 5 to 10 mm. The
calicles are mostly broader than the branches on which they are situated; they
have a swollen basal part, extending somewhat along the branch; the upper
part is verruciform, and is usually surmounted by the large, incurved tentacles,
which do not appear to be capable of entire retraction. The proximal calicles
(Fig. 7) are the largest, and have very large tentacles, with swollen translu-
cent stems, in which there are only a few slender spigula, close to the base; the
pinnae are elongated, slender, and without spicula. The calicles are filled with
slender, nearly smooth, acute spicula, oblique and transverse in the basal por-
tion, but becoming longitudial at the summit, between the bases of the tentacles.

In alcohol, the color of the calicles, tentacles, and ccenenchyma is white; the
denuded axis and branches have a bright golden or pale bronze-like lustre,
and reflect brilliant iridescent colors, in which light green and golden yellow
predominate; by transmitted light the axis of the branches is pale wax-yellow
and light amber.

Height of main stem, 200 mm. ; diameter at lower end, about 2 mm.; diam-
eter of larger branches, at base, 1 mm. or less. The larger, upright, fusiform
spicula in the distal part of the calicles measure .56 by 04, .48 by .04,
.46 by .05, .42 by .04 nmi.; those of the basal part of the calicles, .55 by .05,
.55 by .04, .52 by .05, .50 by .04, .42 by .035, .42 by .025, .28 by .03,

28 BULLETIN OF THE

.28 by .02, .24 by .03, .18 by .02 mm.; those of the ccenenchyma, .50 by .02,
.38 by .015, .22 by .015 mm.

Station 190, in 542 fathoms, off Dominica, and Station 173, in 734 fathoms,
off Guadeloupe, 1878-79, Blake Expedition.

Family PRIMNOID^ (emended).

PrimnoadcB (pars) Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1857, p. 285 ; 1859, p. 483.
Primnoidce (pars) Verrill, Revision Polyps E. Coast N. Am., in Mem. Bost. Soc.

Nat. Hist., I., 1864, p. 8 ; Trans. Conn. Acad., L, 1869, p. 418.
Primnoadce (pars) +Calyptrophoradce -hCalligonjiadie (pars) Gray, Cat. Lithophytes

Brit. Mus., 1870.
Primnoadce (subfamily) Studer, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, for 1878, p. 641, 1879.

This family should, propejly, be separated from Muriceidce, and restricted so
as to include only those genera in which the spicula of the ccenenchyma and
calicles are scale-like and the axis more or less calcareous, at least in the main
stem. The calicles are usually elongated and pedunculated, or narrower at
base than at summit; they are frequently closed at the summit by eight oper-
cular scales. In most of the species the calicles are arranged in whorls, which
are often closely erowded, but in some cases they are in two simple, alternating
rows. The Muriceidce differ in having the axis entirely horny, and in having
large fusiform or spiniform spicula. Gray erroneously included in his Prim-
noadae Swiftia and Thesea, which have the axis horny and the spicula not
scale-like ; Riisea, which is closely allied to Verrucella and Gorgonella ; and
Chrysogorgia, the type of a distinct family. In his Callicjorgiadie he errone-
ously included Scirpcaria, Nicella, and Raynerella, which are closely allied to
Verrucella. There is uo good reason for separating the three groups named by
him.

Primnoa Poiirtalesii Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate II. Figs. 2, 3 a - 3 e.

The coral is plumose, with regularly pinnate branchlets, all in one plane.
Near the base there are several divergent branches, like the main stem. The
stem is compressed in the same plane with the branches, and is a little bent
in zigzag between the branchlets. The branchlets are very regular, slender,
straight and nearly parallel, alternating on the two sides, and diverging at an
angle of about 45° from the stem. T^hey bear the calicles in two close, regu-
lar, alternating rows. The calicles are elongated, expanded at the summit,
and curve a little upward and forward, so that the openings all face the
front side of thd coral; they are elegantly clad in a covering of small imbricated
scales, fovming several rows, and the aperture is closed by eight regular, con-
vergent, triangular scales. Along each side of the main branches there is also
a row of similar calicles, usually two on each side, between the bases of suc-
cessive branchlets.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 29

A very small specimen, 24 mm. liigb, attached to a pebble, has a small coni-
cal base; it has already given otf four small, iine(]ual branches; the calicles
are like those of the more mature examples, but smaller.

The color, in alcoholic si:)ecimens, is white; axis light yellow.

The largest specimen, without its base, is 120 mm. high, 75 mm. broad.

The scales of the calicles (Figs. 2 b, 2 c) are thin and of various forms, round-
ish, oval, or more or less angular, usually with finely serrate margins; they
have a prominent nuclear point, near the proximal edge, from which struc-
tural lines radiate; the outer surface is covered with small, prominent, un-
equal, sharp warts and spiuules, sometimes taking the form of thin, elevated,
radial crests ; the spinules are crowded. in the central area, becoming more
scattered toward the distal margin; they iisually appear to be irregularly
arranged, but radial rows can often be distinguished. Some of these scales
measured .31 by .28, .30 by .18, .29 by .25, .25 by .22 mm. The opercular
scales (Fig. 2 d) have the form of an isosceles triangle, with the distal end acute
and the basal angles rounded; the raised nuclear point is near the broader end,
and from it rows of warts, spinules, and small crests run, radially, toward the
margins, but usually leave the distal and somewhat of the lateral edges bare;
the spinules are largest on the distal rows, and are strongly inclined toward
that end of the scale; the margins are finely serrulate. Two of them meas-
ured .34 by .20, and .33 by .16 mm. The scales of the ccenenchyma (Fig. 2 e)
are similar to the lateral scales of the calicles, but smaller and more rounded,
with a more central nucleus. They vary considerably in size and form, and
are mostly covered with rough, unequal warts and spinules, arranged more or
less distinctly in radial rows. Some of these measured .25 by .16, .25 by .15,
.24 by .13, .20 by .15, .20 by .13, .18 by .14, .18 by .11, .17 by .15, .16 by .12,
.16 by .11 mm.

Two good specimens of this species, with several fragments, were taken at "
Station 318, in 337 fathoms, N. Lat. 31° 48' 50", W. Long. 77° 51' 50".

Family GORGONID^.

Stenogorgia, gen nov.

Axis horny, branched. Ccenenchyma thin, consisting chiefly of small, warty,
fusiform spicula, with a few smaller, short, irregular, rough, granule-like spic-
ula next the outer surface, but not forming any regular layer. Calicles scat-
tered or two-rowed, more or less prominent, eight-rayed at summit, and filled
with spicula, like those of the ccenenchyma. Tentacles filled with fusiform
spicula and usually incurved, commonly not retracted within the calicles, but
cajjable of it.

This genus externally resembles Thesea and Eunicella, but in the former the
ccenenchyma has a superficial layer of scales, and in the latter it lias a regular
external covering of club-shaped spicula, standing perpendicuLu- to the axis.
In Svnftia, which has a similar appearance, the ccenenchyma consists of small
scales only. Its atfinities are, apparently, with Lepfofiorgia.

30 BULLETIN OF THE

Stenogorgia casta Veekill, sp. nov.

Plate II. Figs. 1, 1 a, 1 b.

A small, delicate coral, pure white in alcob(jl, with rather prominent calicles,
in two alternating rows. The base is expanded and adherent. Tlie main stem
divides dichotomously from near the base. The branches fork irregularly and
une(|ually, or sometimes branch somewhat pinnatLdy and spaiingly. The
branches and branchlets spread outward at a wide angle, and then curve
upward; they lie nearly in one plane, and do not differ much in size, the ter-
minal ones often being the largest. The axis is nearly round, chestnut-brown
in the larger branches, pale yellowish in the terminal ones. Tlie calicles are
l^rominent verruciform, or broad-conical, and form a close row along each edge
of the branches, but those in one row do not lie precisely in a plane, for they
alternately face a little to the front and to the rear; those on opposite margins
of the branches alternate, and as the swollen bases of the calicles are in con-
tact the edges of the branches show a zigzag outline; the calicles are narrow at
the summit, in the preserved specimens, and are closed by eight convergent
segments, and in most cases they are surmounted by a small round cluster of in-
curved tentacles, which show their outer surfaces filled with convergent spicula.

The largest specimen is 100 mm. high, and 120 mm. broad; diameter of the
branches, including calicles, 2.5 to 3 mm.

The spicula of the ccenencbyma and calicles are rather small, fusiform, often
bent, irregularly covered with more or less numerous jirominent warts; some
of these spicula are elongated and acute at both ends; others are stouter and
more obtuse; the longer spicula measure .32 by .06, .28 by .05, .28 by .045,
.23 by .05, .20 by .05, .16 by .03 mm.; the stouter ones, .21 by .06, .20 by .07,
.17 by .06, .15 by .06, .11 by .045 mm. In the tentacles there are numerous
slender, mostly bent and sparingly warted or spinulated spicula, acute at one
or both ends, with some that are larger, blunt, and roughly warted at one end,
and others roughly warted all over; flattened oblong spicula, some of them
with roughly warted borders, also occur. The slender, smoothish spindles of
the tentacles measiired were .23 by .02, and .19 by .015 mm.; the stouter and
rougher ones, .26 by .05, .26 by .03, .19 by .04, .16 by .03, .14 by .03 mm.;
the flattened obloni,^ ones, .10 by .05, and .10 by .04 mm.

Station 318, in 337 fathoms, N. Lat. 31° 48' 50", W. Long. 77° 51' 50", 1880.

Family MURICEIDiE.

Acanthogorgia Gkat.

Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1857, p. 128.

Blepliiirofjorgia Ducn. & Micii., Supplement Me'm. Corall. des Antilles, in Me'm.
Turin Acad., XXIII., 1864-06, p. 109.

Coral variously branched, usually slender and flexible. Coenenchyma thin,
filled with fusiform spicula, spmetimes having one end projecting as spinules

]\1USEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGV. 31

from the surface. Calicles elongated, tubular, often expanded at the end, and
armed with eight long, projecting, spiniforni spicula, or clusters of spicula,
which are enlarged and bent at the base, but not lamelliform; sides of the
calicles usually eiglit-ribbed, and covered with fusiform spicula.

This genus has been more or less confounded with Faramuricea by several
authors. To that genus it is closely allied, differing chieliy in tlie longer
calicles and their longer marginal spines, and in having slender fusifornr
spicula without the irregular, liat, branched forms, characteristic of Para-
miiricca.

Besides the species herein described, this genus includes Acanthogorgia
hirsuta Gray, the type of the genus, recorded by Johnson from ofl" Madeira,
and A. Schramii (Duch. & Mich, sp.) from the West Indies. Other species
wrongly referred to the genus by Johnson and Pourtales are mentioned under
Paramuricea.

Acanthogorgia armata Verrill.

Acanthogorgia armata Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVI., 1878, p. 376 ; XXIV., 1882,

p. 304.

Plate III. Figs. 1, la, lb, 2, 2 a, 2 b.

Coral slender, flexible, much and irregularly branched, bushy and shrub-
like, often with the branches somewhat in a plane, and occasionally uniting.
Coenenchyma thin, filled with rather small, white, often curved, warted, fusiform
spicula, which do not project from the surface in spine-like points. Calicles
usually very much elongated, the length often six to eight times the diameter,
clavate, or capitate, smallest near the base and suddenly enlarged near the
summit, which is surmounted l)y eight groups of long, divergent, sharp, spine-
like spicula, Avith their projecting points nearly smooth; sides of calicles with
eight low ridges or angles covered with elongated, warty spicula, having an
irregular, chevroned arrangement, but usually not projecting from the surface
as spines, or but slightly so.

In a few cases marked variations have occurred in the form of the calicles
on different branches of the same specimen (see Figs. 1, 1 a, 1 li). In these
cases, on part of the branches they are of normal shape and size (Fig. 1), while
on other branches they may be much shorter, cylindiical, or even swollen in
the middle and not enlarged at the end (Fig. 1 b); but on still other branches
they may have intermediate forms (Fig. 1 a). On the specimen from which
these iigures were made the calicles were rougher or more spinose along the
sides than usual.

Height of one of the original examples, 200 mm. (about 8 inches); breadth,
150 mm. (about 6 inches); length of calicles, 5 to 8 mm.; their diameter at
base, .8 to 1 mm.; at summit, 1 to 1.5 mm. Much larger examples have since
been obtained, some of them 1500 mm. (about 20 inches) high, and half as
broad.

32 BULLETIN OF THE

The specimens of this species brought from the fishing banks off Nova Scotia
and Newloiindlaud by the Gloucester fishermen vary considerably in the
mode of branching. The largest specimen from the Grand Banks is eighteen
inches high and twelve broad. It has a rudely fan-shaped form, the branches
being nearly in one plane, but the terminal branchlets are very uneqixal in
length, crooked and tlexible ; they are so numerous and so irregular in their
origin and direction as to produce a bushy appearance. Five large main
branches arise near together, close to the base ; these are 5 to 8 mm. in diam-
eter ; some of them fork again, beyond the middle ; the divisions that they
give off are large and small, strongly divergent or divaricate lateral branches or
pinnae, which divide and subdivide in the same way ; besides these there are
many small, irregular, crooked and slender branchlets, 25 to 50 mm. (1 to 2
inches) in length, which are mostly unbranched, but bear long, slender, divari-
cate calicles, less close than those of the branches. Calicles also spring directly
from the main branches, and still more numerously from the secondary ones,
and on all sides of them.

In a smaller specimen, from lot 804, there are nine large branches and three
smaller ones springing from the base.

In a small specimen, from lot 791, there are two primary branches from the
base. In this the calicles are short and hardly pedunculate, except in certain
parts, where they are somewhat so.

In one from lot 866, the branches and calicles are unusually slender.

In a specimen from lot 808, there is but a single main stem, and the branch-
ing is more irregular and bush-like. In this the calicles are shorter, thicker,
scarcely pedunculated, and rather closely crowded on the terminal branchlets,
while on other branches they are nearly as long as on the ordinary or more
typical specimens. (Plate III. Figs. 1-1 b.)

In another example, from lot 364, the main stem divides once near the
base, and the coral is shrub-like, not branching in a plane ; the branches are
slender, widely divergent, crooked. The calicles are scattered, slender and
pedicelled.

In life, the color is bright salmon ; when dried, it is usually ash-gray ; in
alcohol, dark gray or ash-brown.

The larger spicula of the calicles (Fig. 2 b, c, d, e) are varied in form and size,
mostly long, rather slender, some straight, others crooked, often bent abruptly
in the middle, or toward one end ; they are strongly spinulated, except near the
outer end, which is usually slender and very sharp ; the inner end is stouter,
more or less blunt, sometimes irregularly slightly bilobed, and usually sharply
spinulated, but not branched. Some of them are strongly spinulated through-
out ; others, for less than half their length (Fig. 2 b, c) ; these are usually angu-
larly bent near the middle ; the blunt and spinulated end is imbedded, and the
smoother, sharper, and acute end projects from the surface, near the summit of
the calicle. Some of the largest of these measured 1.62 by .10, 1.05 by .10,
1.00 by .07 mm. ; the straight ones, 1.52 by .10, 1.32 by .06, .99 by .10 mm.
"With these were smaller, more or less crooked, slender, fusiform spicula,

MUSEUM OF COMPARA.TIVE ZOOLOGY. 33

strongly and sharply spinulated over the whole surface (Fig. 2 b, g). Some of
these measured 1.52 by .10, 1.52 by .07, 1.28 by .07, .90 by .05 mm.

In the flexible part of the polyps and the bases of the tentacles there is an
abundance of long, fusiform, more or less curved, and strongly spinulated spic-
ula, mostly acute at both ends, and moderately slender, but some of them are
much stouter in form, and many are enlarged, flattened, and somewhat lacer-
ately spinulated at one end ; some compound forms also occur, but these also
take an irregularly fusiform shajse. Some of the curved ones, surrounding the
polyp-body , measured .86 by .05, .86 by .038, 76 by .07 mm. ; the straighter
ones, .80 by .10, .80 by .07, .76 by .07, .71 by .07, .70 by .05, .62 by .05, .62
by .038 mm.

Three sj^ecimens, of moderate size, and partly overgrown by sponges, were
taken by the Blake, at station 309, off Nantucket, in 304 fathoms. To these
were also attached Astrochek Lymani ; Ophiacantha ; Pecten vitreus ; a hand-
some Scalpellum ; and the fresh eggs of a black dog-fish (Scyllium). Another
example, from station 306, in 524 fathoms, had similar things attached.

It was dredged by the TJ. S. Fish Commission, in 1882, oft' Martha's Vine-
yard, in 640 fathoms.

Several fine specimens have been brought from the deep fishing banks off
Nova Scotia and Newfoundland by the Gloucester fishermen, during the past
four years, and presented to the U. S. Fish Commission.

The first specimen was taken off Nova Scotia, in 300 fathoms, by Captain T.
Goodwin (schooner " Elisha Crowell "). The second specimen was obtained off
George's Bank, in about 220 fathoms, by Captain Anderson and crew of the
schooner "Alice G. Wonson."

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake in 1880 : —

Station.

Fathoms.

N. Lat.

W. Long.

Specimens.

306

524

41° 32' 50"

65° 55'

1 medium,

309

304

40° 11' 40"

68° 22'

3 "

The typical species of this genus, A. hirsuta Gray, was obtained in deep
water, off IVIadeira. It is closely related to A. armata.

Two species closely allied to these were dredged in deep water, in the West
Indian seas, by the Blake, in 1878-79. One of these, A. aspera, was de-
scribed by Pourtales, in 1867.

Acanthogorgia aspera Pourtales.
Acanthogorgia as/jera Pourtales, Bulletin Mas. Comp. Zool., I., 1867, p. 113.

The original specimen of this species, described by Pourtales, is small and
slender, and probably young ; several unequal, widely divergent branches are
given off laterally from the main stem, which also bears isolated calicles along
the edges between the branches ; some of the branches begin to divide in the
same manner. Axis brownish yellow. Coenenchyma tliin, filled with acute

VOT,. XI. — xo. 1. 3

34 BULLETIN OF THE

fusiform spicula, mostly with one end turned outward and projecting from the
surface of the coenenchyma in the form of slender, sharp points or spinules,
giving the surface la very rough appearance. Calicles elongated, relatively
large, mostly slightly constricted toward the summit, which is considerably
enlarged and armed by numerous slender, very sharp, divergent spicula, which
form eight clusters. Sides of the calicles with eight ribs, and covered with
long, slender, very acute spicula, many of which have the sharp tips projecting
from the surface, especially toward the base and along the ribs.

Height, 55 mm. ; breadth, about 25 mm. ; length of the larger calicles, about
3 mm. ; diameter, about 1 mm.

Taken off Havana, in 270 fathoms, by the " Bache," in 1867.

Acanthogorgia muricata Verrill, sp. nov.

Coral moderately slender, flabellate. The stem usually divides, not far
from the base, into several principal branches, which diverge widely at first and
then ascend nearly vertically ; these give off numerous lateral branches, which
often diverge nearly at right angles, many of them again subdividing in a sim-
ilar manner. Axis yellowish brown, strongly striated. Coenenchyma thin,
grayish white in alcoholic specimens, and having a loose granulous appearance,
composed of small, rough, irregular, and rather large, very roughly warted or
spinulose fusiform spicula ; many of the latter are crooked and are placed at
all angles, but do not have projecting ends. The calicles are elongated, cylin-
drical, or somewhat expanded at the summit, and armed by about eight very
long slender, sharp, projecting, and divergent spicula, the projecting part being
usually more than two thirds the length of the calicle. Sides of the calicles
covered with rather slender, elongated, warty, fusiform spicula, many of wbich
are strongly curved ; and these are arranged so as to form eight longitudinal
ridges ; the ends of some of the spicula frequently project from the surface,
toward the summit.

Height of an ordinary specimen, about 175 mm. ; breadth, about 100 mm. ;
length of the calicles, mostly about 3 mm. ; diameter, 1 mm.

Taken at station 272, in 76 fathoms, off Barbados, by the Blake, in 1878-79,
and in several other localities in the same region.

This species is closely related to Acanthogorgia armata, but is more slender
and has smaller and less prominent calicles, which are armed with longer and
more acute spicula. The spicula of the coenenchyma are also different in form.
It differs from A. aspera in not having the calicles and coenenchyma hispid
with slender spines.

Paramuricea Kollikek.

Icones Histiol., L, 1865, p. 136. (Type, P. phicomus.)

Coral variously branched, often large. Coenenchyma usually thick, filled
with rough, fusiform, oblong, and irregular spicula, some of which often pro-

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 35

ject from the surface as small spinules. Calicles short-cylindrical or verruci-
form, armed at summit by a circle of short projecting spinules, which are
formed by the distal ends of large spicula having a large, irregular, flattened,
usually lobed or branched basal portion ; sides of calicles with rough spicula,
part of them irregular and flattened. Bases of contracted tentacles form eight
triangular, convergent lobes, tilled with spicula arranged in chevron ; a circle
of curved transverse spicula surround the bases of these tentacular lobes.

This genus is a very characteristic one, in somewhat deep water, in all parts
of the North Atlantic and in the Mediterranean. A large number of speci-
mens, belonging to several species, were taken by the Blake in the Carib-
bean Sea and Gulf of Mexico, in 1877-79. Some of these are allied to our
Northern forms, and are therefore included here. Some of the species that
have formerly been referred to Acanthogorgia belong properly to Paramuricea.
Among these are the following : —

Paramuricea Grayi (Johnson sp., 1861). Oif Madeira.

Paramuricea Atlantica (Johnson sp., 1862). Off Madeira,

Paramuricea hirta (Pourtales sp., 1867). Off Cuba.

Paramuricea borealis Veerill.

Paramuricea borealis Veerill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVI., 1878, p. 213; XXIV., 1882,

p. 364.

Plate III. Figs. 4, 5, 5 a.

The original specimen of this species was small, with a low, bushy growth.
Subsequently a considerable number of examples have been obtained, of larger
size and taller growth, but agreeing in the form and arrangement of the cali-
cles, and in the spicula.

When well developed this species grows in a somewhat flabellate form, the
branches several times forking and having a tendency to lie in one plane. The
larger branches diverge rather abruptly at their origin, and then ascend in a
curve ; the smaller branches and branchlets are widely divergent, or divari-
cate, often spreading at riglit angles. The branches are rather distant, not
very numerous, often crooked, and decidedly slender in most specimens, but
in a few examples they are stouter than usual, and not unfrequently they are
larger near the tips and have the calicles more numerous there, while over the
branches generally they are usually distant, leaving much of the ccenenchyma
bare. Occasionally they are closer than usual over most of the branches, giv-
ing them a stouter appearance.

The calicles (Fig. 5) are short, stout, cylindrical verrucse, about as broad as
high, crowned by a marginal circle of about eight short but acute spines, with
a few other similar ones around the upper part, below the margin, but uot ex-
tending far down the sides, so that the lower part of the calicles is not spinose,
or only very slightly so. The calicles are composed of variously shaped, ir-
regular, rough-edged spicula, mostly rather small, below the marginal spines.

3G BULLETIN OF THE

Within the margin there are several transverse or circular rows of long, slender,
pretty regularly curved, or bow-shaped, warty spicula, which surround the upper
or marginal part of the partially retracted polyps, at the bases of the tentacles,
which are themselves strengthened externally by two convergent rows of simi-
lar, but less curved spicula, so arranged as to form eight convergent /\ -shaped
groups over the contracted and incurved tentacles.

The ccenenchyma is thin, not at all spinose, and filled with small, very irreg-
ular, rough spicula, many of which are crooked ; these spicula give the sur-
face a rather finely and roughly granulous appearance under a lens. The axis
is slender, soft and dark brown, and shrinks much when dried.

In life the color is Kght orange or salmon. In alcohol it becomes dark gray-
ish brown or umber-brown. When dried the color is often dark brown or
nearly black.

One of the larger specimens is 280 mm. (about 11 inches) high; breadth,
90 mm. ; diameter of main stem, 3 mm. ; of branchlets, 1 to 1.5 mm. ; of
calicles, 1 mm. The variety with stouter branches has branchlets 2 to 4 mm.
in diameter, including the calicles.

The large spicula around the edge of the calicles (Fig. 5 a, c, d, e) have a
large, broad, flat, variously and deeply lacerately lobed and incised, imbedded
basal portion, and a rather short, moderately stout, acute, somewhat rough or
warty terminal portion, which projects from the surface. The basal portion is
frequently longer than the point, and often broader than long ; it is jialmately
divided into tliree to six, or more, irregular main divisions, which are very
unequal in size and breadth, and variously subdivided and lobed ; some of the
lobes may be broad, and others narrow, some acute, and others truncated or
obtuse, and not unfrequently they coalesce, enclosing irregular openings.
Some of these spicula measure 1.14 by .57, .95 by .38, .84 by .61, .82 by .48,
.76 by .66, .76 by .32, .66 by .28, .61 by .32, .57 by .48, .57 by .32 mm.

With these are other smaller, rudely oblong, flat spicules (Fig. 5 a, g), which
have no projecting point, or only a very short one, but are rudely and strongly
lobed, along the sides and at one or both ends, the lobes being more or less
sharp, rough and incised. These are variable in size ; some are .76 by .38, .52
by ..34,50 by .16 mm.

Just inside the margin of the calicles there are several transverse or circular
rows of long, slender, roughly warted spicules (Fig. 5 a,/), tapering and acute
at both ends, and curved in the middle ; these form a continuous band or ring
around the base of the free part of the polyps. The larger of these measure
] .28 by .06, 1.05 by .095, 1.05 by .06, .82 by .07, .82 by .05 mm. Above tliese
there are eight convergent, triangular or /\ -shaped groups of similar long, fusi-
form, warty, mostly crooked spicules, but they are not so strongly nor so regu-
larly curved, the bend being usually nearer the proximal end ; these correspond
with the stems of the eight tentacles ; some of them are divided at tlie base
into two lobes or rough branches. The larger of tliese measure 1.24 by .07,
1.08 by .08, 1.01 by .07, .95 by .07, .86 by .08 mm. ; one of the long ones
with forked base is LOS bv .06 mm.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 37

The ccenenchyma is composed mainly of smaller, rudely waited and spinu-
lated, irregular, more or less fusiform, and often crooked spicules, varying
much in size and shape (Fig. 5 a, i-l). Some measured .76 by .14, .57 by .10,
.57 by .08, .55 by .10, .44 by .05, .38 by .14, .28 by .14 mm. With tliese are
some that are forked or bilobed (.63 by .24, .52 by .24 mm.), and a few com-
pound ones, all roughly warted.

This species was dredged otf Martha's Vineyard by the U. S. Fish Commis-
sion, in 1882, in 234 fathoms. A number of specimens have been obtained by
the Gloucester fishermen, from the fishing banks off Nova Scotia, and from the
Grand Banks, in deep water. The original example was from the Grand
Banks, with Primnoa reseda.

Paramuricea grandis Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate III. Figs. 3, 3 a, 3 b.

This is a large, stout, subflabellate species, growing to the height of two feet
or more, with the main branches often half an inch or more in diameter. The
branches fork several times, diverging widely at the axils, and then ascending,
and having a tendency to lie nearly in one plane.

The branches are much stouter and the calicles more numerous than in
P. borealis ; they are usually nearly in contact at their bases, leaving very lit-
tle of the ccenenchyma exposed, and are seldom separated by spaces equal to
their diameters. The calicles form prominent verruca^ swollen at the base,
and scarcely as high as broad ; the margin is crowned by eight slight, angular
denticles, frbm which the small marginal spines scarcely project in alcoholic
specimens, and only slightly in dry ones ; the sides of the calicles are nearly
smooth except near the margin.

In alcoholic specimens the whole surface of the calicles and ccenenchyma is
covered with a nearly smooth soft dark brown skin, concealing the spicula.
The polyps are capable of being entirely retracted within the calicles. Many
are, however, only partially retracted, and show the circular series of slender
bow-shaped .spicula around the polyps and the convergent groups of slender
curved spicula on the tentacles, as in P. burcalis, but they are smaller in this,
and not at all spinose.

The ccenenchyma is rather thick, but filled with irregular spicula, many of
which are flat and irregularly lobed and branched. The axis is black in the
main branches ; soft and yellowish brown in the smaller ones. When dried
the ccenenchyma is dark brown or nearly black.

The projecting, flattened, spinose spicules of the calicles (Fig. 3 a, c, d) have
rather broader, flatter, and stouter points than those of the preceding ; the point
which projects is roughened or rudely spinulated along the edge ; the basal
portion is strongly flattened, commonly huiger than broad, and usually com-
prises considerably more than half the whole length ; it is sometimes oblong,
sometimes more or less triangular ; the sides and base are more or less deeply

38 BULLETIN OF THE

incised or lobed, the divisions are partly acute, and are mimerous and narrow,
but not very long, and many are again divided into smaller lobes and rough,
points. These measured .86 by .28, .77 by .33, .77 by .29, .67 by .29, .62
by .24, .57 by .19, .48 by .21 mm. They are accompanied by smaller, irregular,
lobed and incised flat spicula, and by still smaller roughly warted spindles.

In the coenenchyma there are many rather large, flat, rudely oblong or irreg-
ular, rough spicules (Fig. 3 a, i, j, k), of various sizes, which are strongly and
irregularly lobed and incised, all around ; they vary greatly in shape, but have
no projecting point. Some of these measured .67 by .33, .62 by .33, .57 by .24,
.53 by .29, .53 by .24, .42 by .24, .43 by .19 mm. These are mingled with and
more or less concealed by smaller, roughly warted spindles, which are often
crooked.

The arched transverse spicula (Fig. 3 a, h), within the margin of the cali-
cles, are long, slender, finely warted, strongly bent in the middle, tapered and
acute at both ends. Some of these measured .90 by .05, .80 by .038, .76 by
.05 mm.

The convergent spicula from the polyps and bases of the tentacles (Figs. 3 a,
g, 3 b) are sinular but less curved, and the largest of them are a little stouter.
Some of these are .85 by .07, .76 by .038, .71 by .05 mm.

Two specimens, of large size, were taken at Station 306, off George's Bank,
in 524 fathoms, N. Lat. 41° 32' 50", W. Long. 65° 55'. The larger one is
over 2 feet high (620 mm.) and 18 inches (456 mm.) broad.

One of these had many of the branches dead, and incrusted by a small
variety of Epizoanthus Americanus ; on it there were also specimens of an
actinian (? Urticina, sp.) and of a barnacle (Scalpellum).

A large dead and denuded gorgonian, probabably this species, from Station
317, in 333 fathoms, N. Lat. 31° 57', W. Long. 78° 18' 35", is curiously cov-
ered, over nearly its whole surface, by small confluent actiniae (Plate VI. Fig. 9).

Several fine examples, some of them of large size, have been brought from
the fishing banks, off Nova Scotia, by the Gloucester fishermen, and presented
to the U. S. Fish Commission.

Paramuricea tenuis Verrill, sp. nov.

Coral rather slender, flabellate, thickly branched, the branches occasion-
ally coalescent, the main branches ascending and giving off numerous much
smaller, widely divergent lateral branches, which mostly divide again in the
same manner ; final branchlets slender. Axis soft, light brownish yellow,
finely striated, having a wood-like appearance. Coenenchyma thin, dull gray
or brown in alcoholic specimens, filled with a great abundance of rather small,
fusiform and irregular- shaped, often bent, very roughly warted spicula, which
lie at all angles, one end of many of them projecting slightly from the surface
as small conical spinules. Culicles not crowded, mostly arranged along the
eilges of the smaller branches and branchlets in a single row on each side,
small, short, cylindrical or verruciform, usually swollen at the base, the sum-

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 39

mit conical in contraction, consisting of eight clusters of acute, convergent
spicula, corresponding to the bases of the tentacles and surrounded by a circle
of slender curved spicula, j ust within the margin. The spicula forming the
sides of the calicles are mostly fusiform and very roughly warted; those at the
margin project but little.

Height of a moderate-sized specimen, 160 mm.; breadth, 150 mm.; diam-
eter of the stem near the base, 3 mm. ; of the branchlets, without the calicles,
.75 mm.; diameter of the calicles, .6 mm.; height, about .5 mm.

Taken at Station 272, in 76 fathoms, off Barbados, by the Blake, in
1878-79, and at several other localities in the same region.

This species is allied to P. borealis, but is more slender, and has smaller
spicula, which are different in form, and the sui'face of the ccenenchyma is
spinulose.

Family PLEXAUEID^.
Eunicella modesta Vekrill, sp. nov.

Plate II. Fig. 3.

Coral small, sparingly branched, nearly in a single plane, with large, low,
round-topped, verruciform calicles. Base expanded, adhering to shells, etc.
The main stem sends off a few branches, of about its own size; these spread
abruptly at base, and then bend upward in a broad curve; they give off a few
rather long, ascending branchlets, mostly from the outer curvature (in larger
specimens these would probably divide farther in a similar way). The axis is
round, horny, dark chestnut-brown in the larger branches, soft and yellow in
the smaller ones. The calicles are rather large, low, rounded verrucse, form-
ing a close double row along each margin of the branches; they are mostly in
contact, or nearly so, at their bases, in the rows, but leave a narrow, irregular,
barren zone along the middle of the sides ; the tentacles are entirely retracted
and the aperture is usually completely closed up, so that the summit of the
calicle is evenly rounded, or shows only a slight pit in the centre ; sometimes
it shows eight faint grooves and lidges. The entire surface is covered with
the exposed, smooth, rounded, outer ends of the club-shaped spicula, forming
the outer layer; these give- the surface an evenly, regularly, and finely granu-
lated appearance, under a lens. The color is white in alcohol.

The largest specimen is 120 mm. high and 65 mm. broad; diameter of the
branches, 2.5 to 3 mm.

The club-shaped spicula (Fig. 3, a) of the ccenenchyma are remarkable for the
smoothness and evenlv rounded form of the larger end : at the smaller end
there is usually a single group of small warts; sometimes there is another
whorl a little higher up. These clubs mostly measure from .13 to .16 mm. in
length, and .03 to .05 mm. in greatest breadth. There are also some double-
headed warty spicules (Fig. 3, c), about .15 by .07 mm. ; a few compound
double-spindles, about .25 by .03 nmi. ; and some simple, warty, fusiform

40 BULLETIN OF THE

spicnla or spindles (Fig. 3, 6), usually acute at one or both ends, and more
or less curved ; the larger of these measure about .25 by .03 mm. to .25 by
.04 mm.

station. Fathoms. N. Lat. W. Long. Specimens.

318 337 31° 48' 50" 77° 51' 60" 2

Family BRIAREID^.

Anthothela Veehill.

Proc. Nat. Mus., II., 1879, p. 199.

Coral either incrusting or irregularly branched. Branched forms with a
distinct spiculose axis, composed of fusiform spicula. Calicles prominent,
not capable of being contracted within the coenenchyma, eight-lobed at the
summit.

Anthothela grandiflora (Saes) Vebeill.

Briareum grandiflorum Saes, Fauna Litt. Norvegiae, p. 63, pi. 10, figs. 10-12.
Anthothela insignis Vebrill, Check List Mar. Invert. N. England, 1879, p. 15.
Anthothela grandiflora Veeeill, Notice of Recent Addit. to Mar. Invert, Part I., in
Proc. National Mus., II., 1870, p. 199.

Plate IV. Figs. 6, 6 a.

This species grows in various irregular shapes. It sometimes spreads over
and completely incrusts shells, pebbles, sponges, hydroids, and especially the
dead and denuded axes of gorgonioe, particularly of Ceratoisis ornata and Para-
gorgia arborea. At other times it grows up into more or less slender sparingly
and irregularly branched forms, the branches often reuniting, and several
inches in length. When incrusting gorgoniaj it is apt to run out beyond the
ends of the gorgonian branches, continuing them by branches of its own. The
coenenchyma is rather thin, firm, and coriaceous, composed of irregular longer
and shorter coarsely and roughly warted fusiform and oblong spicula.

The axis, in the branched forms, is sufficiently digtinct, though not very dif-
ferent from the coenenchyma in consistency ; it is composed of strongly and
roughly warted fusiform spicula similar to those of the coenenchyma, but
mostly more slender and with fewer warts ; these are rather compactly
crowded together. The calicles are large and prominent, usually, in alcoholic
specimens, hour-glass shape, largest distally, and with a constriction near
the top below the bases of the tentacles ; sometimes they are verruciform; the
upper part is eight-lobed, and more or less eight-ribbed. The tentacles are
commonly incurved and contracted in the form of eight convergent lobes on
the top of the calicles. They are filled with numerous large, fusiform, warty
spicula. The calicles are filled with roughly warted spicula (Fig. 6 a, g, h),

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 41

similar to those of the coenenchyma ;' they are arranged in convergent series
along the ribs of the distal portion of the calicles, beyond the constriction.

Color, in life, pale yellow or buff ; in alcohol, it is white, or yellowish
white.

This species has been obtained in several instances by the Gloucester halibut
fishermen in deep water, on the fishing banks, off Nova Sootia, and presented
to the U. S. Fish Commission. It was first obtained by Captain N. McPhee
and crew of the schooner " Carl Schurz," off Sable Island.

It was dredged, in 1881, by the U. S. Fish Commission, off Martha's Vine-
yard, at Station 1031, in 255 fathoms. It was not dredged by the Blake.

Anthomastus grandiflorus Verrill.

Anihomastus grandiflorus Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVI., 1878, p. 376.

Plate I. Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, 10 a, 10 b.

Thirty-three specimens were taken at Station 329, off Beaufort, N. C, in 603
fathoms.

Many of these are very young, and are decidedly unlike the adult in ap-
pearance. They have a rather narrow peduncle, expanding upward to the
broader, convex or flattened sumnut, where there are only three to five large
polyps, arranged remotely around the margin, leaving the central area of the
summit covered with numerous small asexual zooids. Some of these yoimg
have the peduncle short, but in others it is remarkably elongated (Fig. 8). In
all cases it terminates at the base in several, often numerous, lobulate branches,
which are more or less subdivided into lobes, irregular in form and size, but
mostly having small constricted bases, so that they are easily broken off. In
most cases the polyps are still expanded, but in some they are all retracted.
The color is dark red.

The smallest specimen obtained has two well-developed polyps, and two
others just budding out. Similar specimens were dredged in large numbers,
off Martha's Vineyard, in 1881, in 410 to 458 fathoms.

The specimens from the fishing banks, off Nova Scotia, both large and small,
are mostly attached to stones by a broad incrusting base. In the larger speci-
mens the peduncle becomes short, and the upper or polypiferous part large,
round and convex, or capitate, often several inches in diameter and height,
with twenty or more polyps scattered over the surface, but with a more or less
marked tendency to form one or more rows around the border and to leave
the central area comparatively bare. The surface of the ccEnenchyma is finely
granulous, with a great abundance of small red spicula, which make the tex-
ture firm and somewhat rigid. The polyps are very large, with long tentacles,
but they are capable of entire retraction, though often exsert in alcoholic
specimens. When the polyps are entirely retracted there are no prominent
calicles, although the parts around the eight-rayed apertures are often swollen.

42 BULLETIN OF THE

In partial contraction the contracted polyps, with their tentacles, often form
large verruca;.

Small zooids are scattered over the surface between the polyps ; sometimes
these are prominent, in the form of small verrucae ; at other times they are so
contracted as to be inconspicuous. The color is red, varying from bright
cherry-red to dark red.

A well-grown specimen, but not the largest examined, measured across the
polypiferous summit, 82 mm. ; diameter of peduncle, 50 mm. ; height of
peduncle, 30 mm. ; of polypiferous mass, 30 mm. ; length of polyps as ex-
panded in alcohol, 36 mm. ; diameter of body, 7 to 9 mm. ; breadth across
expanded tentacles, 25 to 30 mm. (aliout 1 to 1^ inches). The tentacles and
their pinnae are tilled with slender fusiform or needle-shaped acute spindles.

The red spicula of the external part of the coenenchyma are abundant, of
various forms, but mostly rather small, and very roughly v/arted. The largest
are irregular, oblong and fusiform, roughly and unevenly spinulated spicula
(Fig. 10 a, c), sometimes swollen in the middle, sometimes near one end ; the
warts or sjnnules are usually large and prominent, but scattered and unequal;
on some of the longest and most regular fusiform spicula they are smaller
and more regular. The former measure .20 by .06, .20 by .03, .19 by .04, .18
by .05, .17 by .06, .15 by .05 mm. ; the latter, .33 by .05, .32 by .03, .30 by
.03 mm. With these (Fig. 10 a, d) there are large numbers of much smaller,
short, very rough spicula (double-heads) with a narrow naked space in the
middle and a whorl of long, sharp, rough warts near each' end; some of these
have each end terminated by a cluster of rough spinules ; others are a little
longer, with the ends acute, or with two or three spinules. The double-heads
measure .09 by .07, .08 by .06, .08 by .05, .07 by .06, .07 by .05 mm. Among
these there are also some small, rough, four- parted or cross-shaped spicula, of
similar size.

The spicula of the interior of the ccenenchyma are similar, but larger and
more strongly warted spindles (Fig. 10 b, g) and double-heads (Fig. 10 b,/).
With these there are, however, numerous rough and coarsely marked club-
shaped spicula (Fig. 10 b, c), some of them elongated, others much shorter ;
they have whorls of rough prominent warts at the larger end, becoming
smaller toward the smaller end, which is acute. The larger fusiform spic-
ula measure .36 by .08, .35 by .06, .28 by .09, .26 by .08, .23 by .08, .18 by
.07 mm. ; the clubs measure .19 by .08, .18 by .08, .16 by .06, .15 by .08, .13
by .07, .11 by .06 mm. ; the double-heads, .13 by .08, .12 by .07, .08 by .05 mm.

The Gloucester fishermen first collected this species on the deep-water fish-
ing banks, off Nova Scotia, in 1877 and 1878. Since that time they have
brought in numerous specimens and presented them to the U. S. Fish
Commission. These have come from off George's Bank, Le Have Bank, Ban-
([uereau, Sable Island Bank, Grand Bank, etc., in 150 to 300 fathoms. Nu-
merous specimens were dredged by the U. S. Fish Comm. steamer Fish Hawk,
off Martha's Vineyard, in 410 to 458 fathoms, 1881. It was also dredged
in the Caribbean Sea by Mr. A. Agassiz, on the Blake, in 1878-79.

Station.

Fathoms.

Loi

1878-79.

190

524

Off Dominique

196

1030

Oflf jVIartinique

227

573

Off St. Vincent

265

576

Off Grenada

1880.

329

603

N. Lat. 34° 39'

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 43

List of specimens dredged by the Blake, 1878-80 : —

jf. Specimens.

1, good size.
1 young.
1 "
1 "

N. Lat. 34° 39' 40", W. Lon. 75° 14' 40" 33, mostly young.

Family ALCYONID^.
Eunephthya Liitkeni (Marenz.) Verrill.

Alcyonium glomeratum Ll'tken, MSS. (non Johnston).

Eunephthya r/lomerata Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XLVII., 1869, p. 284 ; Proc. Essex

Inst., VI., 1869, p. 97.
Ammofhea Liitkeni M.vrexzeller, Denk. Akad. Wien, XXXV., 1878, p. 272 [16].
Alcyonium Liitkeni Verrill, Notice of Recent Addit. to Mar. Invert., Part I., in

Proc. Nat. Mus., II., 1879, p. 200.

Plate IV. Figs. 7, 7 a.

The main stem is upright, without polyps, giving off cylindrical branches
along the sides; from these, small lateral branchlets arise all along the sides as
well as at the ends, each bearing a cluster of three to live, or more, prominent
polyp-calicles, which are larger than in A. carnenm, and, when contracted, are
obovate, incurved, and show the bases of the eight tentacles as small terminal
lobes. The surface or outer layer of the polyp-bodies and bases of the tenta-
cles is filled and covered with spicula, so as to render them decidedly rough,
rigid, and incapable of complete contraction. The calicles are more or less
distinctly eight-ribbed; the stouter spicula project slightly in rough points
along the ribs, while those in the intervals, which are more slender, fusiform
and warted, are imbedded in the integument.

The coenenchyma is rather firm and stiff, due to the abundance of the spicula.

The larger spicula (Fig. 7 a, I) are rather large, long, stout, mostly club-
shaped in f(jrin, with the smaller end thickly covered with small warts, and
the large end covered with large, roughly lacerate warts, sometimes taking the
form of ragged spinules, in other cases having the form of lacerate* flattened
lobes; with these are some roughly warted fusiform spicula, of similar size
(Fig. 7 a, c), and uumerous smaller rough spicula, some of which are fusiform
(Fig. 7 a, d) and others club-shaped, some of them slender and others stout.

Height, in alcohol, 60 to 80 mm. or more (about 3 inches) ; breadth, 35 to
50 mm.; diameter of contracted calicles, 1 to 1.25 mm.

One small specimen was dredged by the Blake, at Station 339, in 1186
fathoms, off Delaware Bay. Several examples were dredged in 1877, oft' Hal-
ifax, N. S., in 52 fathoms, by the U. S. Fish Commission. Several good

44 BULLETIN OF THE

specimens have been obtained and presented to the U. S. Fish Commission
by the Gloucester fishermen, from the deep fishing banks oil' Nova Scotia.
Greenland (Liitken, Mus. Copenhagen).

The specific name {Liitkcni) was given to this species independently by
Marenzeller and myseil', at nearly the same time.

A species of this genus, E. nigra (=: Ncphthya nigra Pourt., 1868), closely
allied to the above, occurs in 120 to 152 fathoms, in the Straits of Florida.
It has a similar arrangement of calicles, but the latter, when contracted in alco-
hol, are a little larger, and not incurved, but stand out straight, showing eight
symmetrical, convergent lobes at the summit, from which eight rather promi-
nent spiculose ribs extend down the sides.

Gersemia longiflora Veerill, sp. nov.

Plate III. Figs. 6, 6 a, 6 b.

Coral tall, flexible, branched. The main stem has a naked basal portion,
which expands below into a thin, membranous, hollow, cup-shaped basal disk,
clasping mud. Stem cavernous, upright, giving off, on all sides, numerous
unequal lateral branches; the larger branches subdivide in the same manner
as the main stem, ami some of these secondary divisions may again divide.
The ultimate branchlets consist of three to five or more long, cylindrical or
tubular calicles, usually collapsed in alcoholic specimens; these are in contact
at their bases, without any intermediate coenenchyma. The calicles are directed
upward and spread but little; in the preserved specimens the sides of the cali-
cles show eight distinct rounded ribs, nearly obsolete near the base, but be-
coming more prominent toward the summit, and terminating in eight triangular
lobes. Tentacles, in the preserved specimens, are contracted into a compact
bunch at the summit of the calicles, but do not seem to be capable of being
entirely concealed. The cccnenchyma of the main stem and principal branches
has a finely granulous surface, due to small, rough spicula. The surface of the
calicles is somewhat roughened by numerous small, rough, elongated spicula,
which are arranged in chevron. Color, in alcohol, yellowish wliite, grayish
at base.

The spicula vary greatly in size and form; the longer ones are long, slender,
sparingly warty spindles (Fig. 6 b, c, d), and stouter spindles of nearly equal
length, but with more numerous and lai'ger, irregular warts; with these there
are luimerous shorter, prominently warted, fusiform spicula (Fig. 6 b, e) of
equal diameter, and other short, warty spicula that are scarcely more than
twice as long as broad; small spicula of manj^ other forms also occur, and
among these there are some compound ones (Fig. 6 b, /, g).

Height, 110 mm.; greatest breadth, 60 nun.; diameter of main stem at base,
about 10 mm.; length of the calicles, 8 to 10 mm.; diameter, 1 to 1.5 mm.

Station 339, in 1186 fathoms, N. Lat. 38° 16' 45", W. Long. 73° 10' 30",
Blake Expedition, 1880, 1 specimen.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 45

ACTINARIA.

Adamsia sociabilis Verkill.

Adamsia sociabilis Verbill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII., March, April, 1882, pp. 225,

314, 315.

Plate VIII. Figs. 2, 3.

Column slender and long in full expansion, very changeable, smooth, with
pores (cinclidse) near the base; disk a little wider than the column; tentacles
small, slender, in two circles, often held alternately erect and recurved. Mouth
often protruded.

Color of column translucent, and usually conspicuously striped with alternate
pink a»nd flake- white longitudinal bands, the latter narowing upward; tenta-
cles pinkish; mouth with pink lips, crossed by darker lines, between the
small lobes. Height in expansion, about 10 to 14 mm.

This species is always carried about by a small hermit-crab {Catapagurus
socialis Smith, formerly Hemipagurns), as represented in our figure.

It starts upon a small shell, usually Cadulus, or a pteropod (Gavolina), occu-
pied by the crab when young. The base becomes much expanded and bilobed,
the lobes often surrounding the aperture of the .shell, and uniting beneath.

The basal disk, as it enlarges, secretes a thin greenish or brownish chitinous
pellicle, which covers the shell and extends far beyond its aperture, thus in-
creasing the space for the crab. Eventually the shell is i;sually entirely dis-
solved or absorbed, and in its stead there is only the conical or hood-shaped
horny pellicle, in which the crab protects his abdomen. The crab is an active
species, and habitually exposes more of its body than is usual in the group. It
is probably able to swim free. The disk of the actinian, usually, if not always,
is held downward, beneath and behind the legs of the crab. This position
would be favorable for obtaining its share of the food, when the crab is eating.

This species was taken by the, Blake, at Station 344, in 129 fathoms,
N. Lat. 40° 1', W. Long. 70° 58'.

It was taken off Martha's Vineyard, at many stations, in 76-410 fathoms,
by the U. S. Fish Commission, in 1880, 1881, and 1882.

Sagartia abyssicola Verrill.

? PheUia abyssicola Koren & Dan., Fauna Litt. Norvegiae, III., 1877, p. 78, pi. 9, figs.

3,4.
Sagartia abyssicola Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII., 1882, pp. 314, 315.

Plate VI. Figs. 1, 1 b, 1 c.

Base broad, adherent, expanded and thin at the edges, often clasping the
tubes of Hyalincecia artifex, and also attached to pebbles and shells. Column

46 BULLETIN OF THE

in extension elongated, narrow in the middle, expanded at the summit, usually
covered except near the summit with a rough, closely adherent coating of
sand, foraminifera, etc., but some specimens are nearly naked. In contraction
it may become low, broad-conical, sometimes nearly flat. Tentacles nu-
merous, longer than the diameter of the disk, rather slender, acute, forming
about three to five sub-marginal circles. Column dirty salmon or dull flesh-
color ;• tentacles sometimes pale flesh-color, sometimes orange or salmon,
frequently dark purplish brown, often with a darker streak on each side of the
base in the paler examples ; flake-white patches often occur between the bases,
or at the margin, between the outer tentacles ; disk usually darker orange-
brown or purplish brown, with pale and dark brown radii. Pink thread-like
acontia are emitted abundantly from pores scattered on the column, and from
the mouth. The larger examples are often 25 to 35 mm. in diameter, and
40 mm. in height.

This was dredged sparingly by the Blake, at Station 310, in 260 fath-
oms, N. Lat. 39° 59' 16", W. Long. 70° 18' 30" ; and at Station 336, in 197
fathoms, N. Lat. 38° 21' 50", W. Long. 73° 32'. It was taken abundantly, in
many localities, ofi^ Nantucket, Martha's Vineyard, and Delaware Bay, on peb-
bles, shells, dead Echini, worm-tubes, etc., in 75-640 fathoms, by the U. S.
Fish Commission, in 1880, 1881 and 1882. It is usually the most abundant
actinian in these depths. The Actinia abyssicola Moseley is probably a differ-
ent species.

Sagartia Acanellse Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate VI. Figs. 2, 2 a.

A small orange-colored species, with numerous long slender tentacles, which,
by its base, entirely surrounds and closely clasps the branches of Acanella Nor-
mani. In a view from above, the body is usually elongated elliptical, the
longer diameter being in the direction of the branch, along which the basal
membrane extends considerably beyond the body itself ; the disk is also more
or less elliptical and eccentric. In a side view the body is low and usually
oblique, the end toward the distal part of the branch sloping more rapidly
than the other ; the sides are usually smooth, but sometimes show slight ele-
vated ridges or small tubercles ; the integument is more or less swollen, some-
what translucent, and shows the internal lamellfe as thin white longitudinal
lines, with opaque, orange-colored reproductive organs between them, in the
lower half. Upper margin nearly equal, even, well defined ; a few small round
points, on the sides, appear to be contracted pores (cinclida3), but no acontia
have been seen protruded. The base fits itself lengthwise to the crooks and
angles of the branch to which it is attached ; the edges of the basal disk com-
pletely unite by a close suture along the opposite side of the branch, and
extend, in a tubular form, more or less along the branch, sometimes entirely
covering up its tip. Tentacles very numerous and crowded in five, .six, or
more rows, long and very slender, in extension, often, even in alcoholic speci-

MUSEUM OF COMPAPwATIVE ZOOLOGY. 47

mens, with long filiform tips, at other times shorter, subacute ; their length
even in preserved specimens often exceeds the height, or the transverse
breadth of the body ; the inner ones are larger and stouter ; the outermost are
much smaller, but long and slender, or almost filiform.

The color of the column varies from pale salmon to deep salmon and brovi^n-
ish orange, corresponding, in all cases, very closely with the color of the
Acanella on which it is found. Tentacles usually darker than the body, often
orange or orange-brown, sometimes light salmon, but frequently dark purplish
brown, with paler tips. Disk similar to the tentacles, usually salmon radially
streaked with brown ; mouth large, often everted, frequently brown.

The larger examples have the longer diameter of the body above the base, 20
to 25 mm. ; transverse diameter, 12 to 15 mm. ; height, 10 to 15 mm. ; length
of tentacles, 10 to 15 mm.

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake in 1880 : —

Station. Fathoms. N. Lat. W. Long. Specimens.

306 524 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' Several, on Acanella.

307 980 41° 29' 45" 65° 75' 10" "

308 1242 41° 24' 45" 65° 35' 30" «

309 304 40° 11' 40" 68° 22' "

310 260 39° 59' 16" 70° 18' 30" "
312 466 39° 50' 45" 70° 11' "

This species has also been dredged at numerous stations, in 219 to 506
fathoms, off Martha's Vineyard, by the U. S. Esh Commission, often in large
numbers, on Acanella, which is common there.

It has also often been brought in by the Gloucester fishermen, since 1878,
from many localities on the deep fishing banks, off Nova Scotia, and from the
Grand Bank. A similar species, possibly identical, occurs on deep-water gor-
gonians dredged by the Blake among the Antilles.

Sagartia spongicola Vekrill, sp. nov.

Plate VI. Fig. 3.

A small, rather cylindrical, smooth, rosy or flesh-colored species, with a
moderate number of tentacles, which are not very long.

Column, in extension, higher than broad, round, usually nearly cylindrical,
but frequently changing in •form. Base small, often rather broader than the
column, flat, or clasping sponges, hydroids, etc. Tentacles not very numerous,
arranged in two, three, or more rows, close to the margin, leaving a large part
of the disk bare ; they are rather small, a little stout, not very acute, variously
curled. Acontia have not been seen ejected, but there are a few small, pit-like
openings on the sides, which appear to be pores (cinclidae). Some specimens
show small verrucse near the summit. The internal lamellae show as white
lines through the sides of the body.

48 BULLETIN OF THE

Color of the body and disk pale pink, light rosy, or pale flesh-color, varying
to salmon-color, translucent. Tentacles often darker colored, salmon, light
orange to orange-brown, commonly with a flake-white ring or streak near the
tip. The color is often nearly uniform throughout.

Diameter 10 to 20 mm. ; height 15 to 25 mm.

This species has been taken in large numbers, on hard sandy bottoms, among
and on sponges and worm-tubes, in 72 to 158 fathoms, at a number of locali-
ties, off" Martha's Vineyard and off Delaware Bay, by the U. S. Fish Commis-
sion steamer Fish Hawk, in 1880, 1881, and 1882. It was not obtained by the
Blake.

Synanthus mirabilis Verrill.
Synanthus mirabilis Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVII., 1879, p. 474.

Plate "VT. Fig. 9.

This is a small actinian, which grows parasitically on the dead axis of Para-
muricea grandis and other gorgonians. In some cases it is so closely grouped as
to completely cover the surface of several of the larger branches, or even of the
entire coral. The base of each individual expands widely, and closely clasps
the branch, often entirely surrounding it, the opposite lobes coalescing when
they meet ; the basal membranes of adjacent individuals also unite where they
meet, and in this way entirely conceal the gorgonian axis. ' In alcoholic speci-
mens most of the individuals are contracted into rounded verrucse, with the ten-
tacles entirely concealed, but some are still expanded ; in these the tentacles are
contracted into a short, stout, blunt shape, and are arranged in two alternating
circles of about twelve each, with indications of another outer circle of much
smaller ones. Mouth small, elliptical. Surface of the body usually smooth,
sometimes wrinkled, or having the appearance of low, inconspicuous verrucse.
The basal membrane shows distinct, divergent, radiating lines, corresponding
to the internal lamellae, and these lines are also frequently visible on the
column itself. Diameter of the polyps, in alcohol, mostly from 2 to 4 mm.

When this genus was originally constituted, I supposed that the close union
of the polyps, at their bases, was due to basal budding. Possibly that may be
the case, to some extent, but the later and better preserved specimens indicate
that it is due to coalescence.

The specimens originally described were from off Nova Scotia, in 200 to 300
fathoms, on Paragorgia, Primnoa, etc., but were poorly preserved ; possibly
they may be distinct from those described above.

Station 317, in 333 fathoms, N. Lat. 31° 37', W. Long. 78° 18' 35", Blake
Expedition, 1880.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 49

Urticina perdix Veeeill.
Urticina perdix Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII., 1882, p. 223.
Plate VII. Figs. 1, 1 a.

This is a very handsome and large species, which sometimes expands to a
breadth of 200 to 250 mm. (8 to 10 inches) across the tentacles. More fre-
quently the expanse is 125 to 150 mm., with the body 75 to 100 mm. high and
broad. The body is very contractile and changeable in form.

It lives weU in aquaria. Several specimens were kept alive all summer, at
Wood's Holl, in 1881 and 1882.

Color : column curiously mottled and reticulated with soft yellowish brown,
varying from a pale tint to deep orange-brown; the ground color is pale buff,
and' the two colors alternate in transverse bands, the darker bands usually
wider below, and often zigzag, or even broken up into squarish patches, while
brown lines often cross the pale bands, giving an irregularly checkered pat-
tern. These bands and spots are usually finer and more crowded above; disk
usually pale yellowish olive, sometimes purplish, more brownish near the
mouth, with faint alternating radii of lighter and darker tints; lips chocolate-
brown, or red-bro^vn; tentacles similar to disk, but paler, with two or three
broad and ill-defined bands of brownish or purplish, the one near the tip faint,
the basal one broader on the sides.

This was dredged several times by the U. S. Fish Commission, in 1880 to
1882, in the warm belt, off Martha's Vineyard, in 61 to 115 fathoms. It has
not yet been taken, except in this region. It was not obtained by the Blake.

Urticina censors Verrill.

Urticina consors Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII., 1882, p. 225.

Plate VIII. Fig. 4.

A delicately colored species, with a soft, smooth integument. Column elon-
gated in expansion; above, occasioiially showing a few warts and longitudinal
plications; margin simple. Tentacles numerous, in about four circles, crowded
toward the margin ; they are rather short and stout, tapered, acute, the outer
ones much smaller. Mouth with strong, whitish, gonidial grooves at both
ends, and about ten lobes on each side, separated by darker grooves. Color of
body nearly uniform salmon, or rosy; tentacles a paler shade of the same, the
outer ones with a fluke-white blotch at the base, outside; disk pale salmon,
with a pale bluish tint, and with flake-white radii, forking at the tentacles;
mouth bright orange inside, with lines of reddish brown on the lips. Height,
abcnit 2 inches; diameter, 1.5 inches.

This species was taken in small numbers, off Martha's Vineyard, in 160 to
312 fathoms, 1880 to 1882.

All the specimens obtained were on the backs of a brilliantly colored species

VOL. XI. — xo. 1. 4

50 BULLETIN OF THE

of hermit-crab (Sympagurus pidus Smith), remarkable for large bright red
patches on the basal part of its legs.

This species may not be a true Urticina. It resembles certain species of
Sagartia, but no acontia were observed.

Actinauge Verrill, gen. nov.
Type, A. nodosa, formerly Urlicina nodosa (MIjller) Verrill.

Large actinians, with the tentacles and upper part of the body capable of
involution. Integument of body of two kinds ; that of the lower part is firm,
thick, and more or less coriaceous or parchment-like, with persistent, solid warts
or tubercles, usually in vertical rows, and sometimes partially covered with a
thin, chitinous epidermal coating ; that of the upper part of the body forms a
marginal, brighter-colored band, below the tentacles, where it is soft and lubri-
cous, secreting mucus abundantly, and rising into longitudinal ridges, crests, or
oblong tubercles, which run to and unite with the bases of all the tentacles.
The basal disk may be broad and flat, adherent, or it may be bulbous, clasping
mud, or it may ensheathe the branches of Gorgonias, etc. Tentacles long and
large, contractile. Lips with large folds and gonidial grooves.

This genus, like Actinernus, has marginal prolongations of the wall, running
to and uniting with the outer bases of all the tentacles, but in Actinernus there
is no specialized submarginal zone, and the body is not verrucose.

It is also closely allied to Urticina Ehr. (Tcalia Gosse), of which the type
is U. crassicornis. But the latter has the integument soft and lubricous over
the whole body, and there is no marked specialization of the submarginal zone;
the tubercles, when present, are small, not much thickened, and of the natui-e
of true suckers for attaching foreign substances; and when not in use may so
contract as to disappear entirely; the submarginal zone is nearly smooth, with
a definite upper margin, and there are no vertical ridges running in on the
disk to join the bases of the tentacles, as in this genus and Actinernus.

Actinauge nodosa (Fabr.) Verrill.

Actinia nodosa O. Fabricius, Fauna Grbnlandica, 1780, p. 350.
? Actinia digitata (pars) MiJLLER (? non Gosse).

Urticina nodosa Verrill, Anier. Jour Sci., VL, 1873, p. 440; VII., 1874, pp. 413,
500, pi. 7, fig. 7 ; XXIIL, 1882, pp. 224, 315.
S. L SiMTH & 0. Harger, Trans. Com. Acad., III., 1874, pp. 11, 54.

Plate VI. Figs. 6, 7, 8, 8 a.

This large species is very abundant in deep water, along our coast, and
northward to the Grand Banks.

It varies greatly in appearance, especially when contracted in alcohol. It is
capable of contracting to a much greater e.xtent than U. callosa and Actinernus
nobilis, and when preserved, the upper part of the column is generally strongly

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 51

involuted and the tentacles concealed. In this condition the upper extremity
is covered with convergent, strongly raised folds or crest-like ridges, larger and
smaller ones irregularly alternating. These crests correspond in number to the
tentacles, and run up somewhat on their outer ba^es; the larger ones, which
correspond to the inner or primary tentacles, can be traced inward between the
outer tentacles, until they run to and coalesce with the external basal portion
of the inner ones. The upper portion of the column, covered by these ridges
and crests, is strongly differentiated from the part below it, for its integument
is soft and lubricous, and usually decidedly red or pink in color during life;
this portion, in fact, like the tentacles, secretes an abundant mucus, which is
strongly phosphorescent. A row of large rounded warts or tubercles, or a
more or less marked, transverse, verrucose ridge separates this upper or sub-
marginal zone from the general surface of the column, which is firmer, more
or less verrucose, and generally wholly or partly covered with a dirty brovvm-
ish, somewhat chitinous, tough and firmly adherent coating, which is strongly
wrinkled in contracted specimens, and sometimes has hydroids, bryozoa, and
even such shells as Anomia adhering to its surface. This covering is often
partially, and sometimes wholly wanting, especially in very large examples.
It often persists on the larger upper verrucse, even when absent elsewhere, and
in some rather exceptional specimens it is much thickened on these warts, or
even forms for them hard conical tips, sometimes affecting thus only the upper-
most row, but at other times several series of them.

The most common form (Fig. 6) in expansion has the body more or less
cylindrical, varying to hour-glass shape. The base may be broad and flat,
often much broader than the body, and adherent to stones and shells; it may
closely clasp cylindrical worm-tubes, branches of gorgonice, etc.;* or it may
be deeply concave and bulbous, and enclose a mass of sand and mud.f Speci-
mens with these different styles of base may all occur in the same locality,
without other corresponding differences.

The column is covered with hard, prominent, and persistent verrucae, ar-
ranged in pretty regular vertical and transverse rows, the upper ones becoming
larger and more prominent, often with a hard, sharp tip, the lower ones grad-
ually diminishing. At a short distance below the upper edge there is a trans-
verse ridge, or row of large tubercles, above which the character of the tubercles
and of the integument abruptly changes, the rounded verrucae being replaced
by longitudinal ridges and crests, alternately larger and smaller. In other
cases the verrucae become nearly obsolete below the middle, or are indicated
only by longitudinal and transverse wrinkles. In very large examples the

* This habit is still more common with several ot4ier species from the same
localities. Among these are Actinauge nexiUs V., Sagartia ubyssicola, S. Acanelke .
v., etc.

t These enclosed masses of bottom often afford us accurate data as to the pre-
cise nature of the bottom sediments, with the relative proportions of mud, sand, &c.
in their original condition, for this matter is clasped so tightly tiiat no part can
wasii out.

52 BULLETIN OF THE

lower part of the body is usually nearly smooth and naked, with a firm, carti-
laginous texture, but higher up there will usually be some very large, low,
rounded verrucoe or tubercles, on some of which the brownish chitinous or epi-
dermal coating is usually retained.

The tentacles are not Very large, moderately long and slender, changeable,
with the tips either acute or obtuse ; in large examples they are numerous,
forming several rows.

The color of the body, in life, is usually white, dull pale red, flesh-color,
or salmon, where it is not concealed by the dirty, dark brown epidermis; the
verrucae are often whitish or pink, while the wrinkles and grooves between
them are dark brown or mud-color ; the submarginal zone, which is 15 to
20 mm. or more broad in the larger examples, is bright red, orange-brown, or
chocolate-brown; the color is often in stripes of darker and lighter tints. The
tentacles are usually dark pink, salmon, orange or orange-brown, varying to
dull red and chocolate-brown. Disk usually orange or reddish brown, or
chocolate, with lighter and darker radii.

This species grows to a large size. Examples are often taken that are 80 to
100 mm. (4 inches) in diameter, and 100 to 150 mm. (6 inches) high. Ordi-
nary adult specimens are 50 to 75 mm. broad, and 80 to 100 mm. high, with
the larger tentacles -about 15 to 20 mm. long.

Of the typical variety, a number of specimens were taken by the Blake,
south of George's Bank and ofl" Martha's Vineyard, at Stations 303, 309, 310,
in 260 to 306 fathoms; at Station 332, off Cape Hatteras, in 263 fathoms; and
at Station 336, off Delaware Bay, in 197 fathoms.

It has been taken by the U. S. Fish Commission at a large number of sta-
tions on the Gulf Stream Slope, off Martha's Vineyard, Nantucket, and Long
Island, and off Chesapeake Bay, during 1S80, 1881, and 1882, in 86 to 506
fathoms. In this region it is often very abundan . and of large size, in 160 to
506 fathoms. The smaller ones mostly occur clasping the tubes of HyalinoRcia;
the large ones generally enclose a ball of sand and nuid, in the bulbous base.
It has also been taken by the Fish Commission off Cape Cod, in 50 to 90
fathoms, 1879, 1882; Gulf of Maine, Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, Bay of
Fundy, in 50 to 150 fathoms, 1872 to 1879; off George's Bank, in 430 fathoms,
on the Bache, 1872; off Nova Scotia, in 50 to 110 fathoms, 1877.

The Gloucester fishermen have brought it in from a large numljer of locali-
ties, on all the fishing banks, from George's to the Grand Bank, in 30 to 300
fathoms. It is particularly coninion cm the stony bottoms of Le Have Bank,
Western Bank, and Banquereau, off Nova Scotia.

The description of this species by Fabricius, from Greenland examples, ap-
plies accurately to one of our commonest varieties. I have also received two
examples from Denmark, through Dr. Chr. Liitken, of the Copenhagen ]\Iu-
seum, which, so far as can be seen from the alcoholic specimens, agree perfectly
with some of our less nodose varieties. These were sent as Actinia dirjitata
Mtiller. But the Actinia (or Tealia) digitata of Gosse and several other
European writers may be a distinct species.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 53

Variety coronata nov.
Plate VI. Figs. 8,8 a.

This variety is chiefly peculiar in having one or two of the upper transverse
series of verrucse much more prominent than usual, and tipped by a conical,
often acute point of hard chitinous material, of the same nature as the coating
over the general surface, but thicker and harder. The lower part of the col-
umn may be covered with low tessellated verruca, or it may be nearly smooth.
The base, in nearly all the examples of this variety that I have seen, is flat and
adherent. The few specimens of this kind in my possession are mostly less
than an inch in diameter. They are mostly from deep water, 300 to 980
fathoms. Intermediate states between this and the normal form are not rare.
From Station 307, in 980 fathoms, there is a peculiar specimen (Figs. 8, 8 a) of
this variety, in which there is a single circle of twelve very prominent, sharp-
pointed verrucae around the retracted summit ; the lower part of the column is
irregularly wrinkled and covered with a tough and closely adherent dark brown
epidermis.

"Variety tuberculosa nov.
Plate VI. Fig. 7.

This is a remarkable form, perhaps a distinct species. The column is cov-
ered with large, distinct, irregularly scattered, round or hemispherical, solid
tubercles, which are persistent. The upper retractile border has irregular,
strong, longitudinal, unequal crests. The surface of the column is covered
with a firm dark brown epidermis. The base is broad and adherent to stones,
lumps of mud, etc. The tubercles in alcoholic specimens are generally white,
the surface between dark bro^\^l. Height in alcohol, 40 to 70 mm. ; diameter,
25 to 45 mm. ; diameter of tubercles, 5 to 10 mm.

I have never seen this variety alive, and therefore hesitate to separate it as a
species, although it may very well prove to be distinct. I have seen no truly
intermediate forms.

This variety has often been brought in from various localities, on the fishing
banks off" Nova Scotia, etc., by the fishermen of Gloucester, Mass., and pre-
sented to the U. S. Fish Commission by them. It has been dredged by the
U. S. Fish Commission in the Gulf of Maine and off Nova Scotia. It was
also sent to me by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves, who dredged several specimens of it
in 1872, in the Gulf of St. La^v^ence, off Anticosti Island, in 112 fathoms.

Actinauge longicornis Verrill.

Urticina longicornis Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII., March, 1882, p. 222.

Plate V. Figs. 1, 3.

This is a very large and beautiful species, remarkable for the large size,
great length, and delicate coloration of its tentacles, and for the whitish or rosy

54 BULLETIN OF THE

parchment-like character of the integument, below the well-defined submar-
ginal zone. It is highly contractile. The tentacles are often carried erect and
divergent, but the outer ones are often gracefully recurved ; they are submar-
ginal, in four or five rows. Adult specimens are often 80 to 90 mm. in diam-
eter of body, and 100 to 125 mm. high, exclusive of the tentacles, which may
be 45 to 65 mm. long ; the breadth across the expanded tentacles may be 150
to 200 mm. (6 to 8 inches). The disk can expand very broadly.

Large specimens have vertical rows of persistent, but small and not very
prominent verrucse, below the submarginal zone, fading out toward the base.
In some examples these verrucaj become more numerous, and more or less
crowded along the rows, but they are never very large. The submarginal zone
is soft and lubricous, and probably phosphorescent, though this was not deter-
mined by us. It is covered by longitudinal ridges and crests, alternately
larger and smaller, and usually with darker and lighter stripes of orange-
brown, or purplish brown color. The colunm below this is whitish or pale
pink.

The long, tapering, acute tentacles are translucent, usually delicate pink or
rose-color, and sometimes light purplish brown, usually with an ill-defined
whitish ring at the base, and pale tips. The disk is usually whitish or pale
rosy pink, and has broad radii of deep rose-red, or sometimes dark purplish
brown, running from near the mouth to and between the bases of the tentacles,
four of them usually passing between each pair of inner tentacles. Lips
orangp-brown or reddish, with deeper brown stripes on the large lateral folds ;
the large gonidial grooves are paler.

The basal disk of the large specimens is almost always deeply concave, or
bulbous, clasping and almost entirely enclosing a large mass of sand, etc.
Young specimens are often attached by the clasping base to worm-tubes, and
stems of Tubularia indivisa, etc. In these cases the edges of the disk wrap
around and unite in a fine close suture on the opposite side of the support,
thus forming a closed sheath, which may extend for some distance along the
enclosed object, and when there are several specimens near together the edges
of their bases may also unite continuously by similar sutures.

A strongly contracted specimen, of moderate size, apparently of this species,
was taken by the Blake at Station 327, in 178 fathoms, off Beaufort, N. C,
N. Lat. 34° 0' 30", W. Long. 76° 10' 30". The upper part of this is densely
covered with small prominent verrucae ; the lower part, with small scattered
warts ; the integument is firm and somewhat leathery, or parchment-like, but
very flexible and not very thick.

It has been taken by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Fish Hawk, in
1880, 1881, and 1882, at many stations off Martha's Vineyard, in 100 to 325
fathoms. Many young ones were also taken off Delaware Bay, in 130 fathoms,
adhering to hydroids, worm-tubes, sponges, etc., and often united by their
bavses into curious clusters.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 55

Actinauge longicornis, var. Caribsea Verrill, nov.

Grows to very large size. One of the largest has the base clasped around a
bundle of large silicious sponge spicules, like those of Hyalonema. This in
alcohol has the body four inches in breadth; the base along the sponge spicula
is six inches. Other large specimens hold globigerina and pteropod ooze in
the bulbous base. The young mostly clasp branches and stems of Gorgonice,
the basal edges uniting in a hrm suture even when very small.

It resembles, when in alcohol, certain specimens of longicornis. It has a
similar thick, parchment-like, white, naked integument, which is more or less
reticulated by -wrinkles, leaving slightly marked squarish elevations, on the mid-
dle of which there is often a small round wart.

Eather small, smooth, rounded, persistent verrucse are sparingly distributed
over the surface, above ; they are arranged in longitudinal rows, and become
smaller and more remote below, fading out above the base; some of the upper-
most are often surmounted by a small, central, dark brown patch of a chitinous
epidermal coating. The submarginal zone is crossed by numerous elevated
ridges, which run to and join the bases of the tentacles, as in the tj^pical form;
but in most of the specimens dissected, they become larger afed more swollen
next the tentacles, and run far up their outer sides, so as to cause their bases
to be more swollen than in the similarly preserved typical specimens, but
these differences may be due largely to differing states of contraction. • The
tentacles seem to be fewer, relatively larger and longer, and more concentrated
toward the margin, but of this it is not possible to judge accurately from alco-
holic specimens.

Traces of orange-brown color remain, on some specimens, as a brown ring
defining the lower edge of the submarginal zone, and as median stripes on the
longitudinal ridges of this zone, and on their continuations on the outer bases
of the tentacles;

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, 1878-80.

station. Fathoms. Locality. Specimens.

1878-79.
260 291 Off Grenada " 1 large, on sponge

spicules.

269 124 Oflf St. Vincent 2 j. on Gorgonia.

295 180 Off Barbados 2 1. clasping mud.

296 84 Off Barbados 11. " "
1880.

xviii. 600 N. Lat. 18° 20' 30", W. Long. 87° 16' 40" 2 1. "

Actinauge nexilis Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate VI. Figs. 4, 5.

Column low and broad in preserved specimens, with a firm integument, to
which a brown epidermal film usually adheres, especially toward the base and

56 BULLETIN OF THE

between the wrinkles of the upper parts. Surface of the upper half often
more or less nodulous and wrinkled, becoming more so toward the margin,
where the elevations become elongated ridges and crests. Base clasping the
denuded axis of Balticina and other Pennatulidee where these have been in-
jured, most frequently on the upper end, but not uncommonly on other parts
of the rachis, beyond which the polyps may be still alive. The lateral lobes of
the base meet and coalesce around the axis, so as to form a tubular sheath,
considerably beyond the breadth of the body. When two or more are crowded
together, their basal disks unite where they come in contact, thus entirely cov-
ering the axis that supports them. Tentacles numerous, covering much of the
disk, rather short, thick, tapering, but not seen in full extension.

Color of body usually pale salmon or flesh-color, with streaks of broMTi, in
wrinkles; disk deep orange-brown, with darker brown radii; tentacles salmon-
brown.

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, in 1880.

station.

Fathoms.

N. Lat.

W. Long.

Specimens.

310

260

39° 59' 16"

70° 18' 30"

4

327

178

34° 0' 30"

76° 10' 30"

1

It was dredged at several stations, off Martha's Vineyard, in 168 to 245
fathoms, on Balticina, by the U. S. Fish Commission, in 1881 and 1882.

Numerous specimens, from the various fishing banks ofi" Newfoundland and
Nova Scotia, have been brought in by the Gloucester fishermen. These are all
on Balticina, and mostly from 200 to 300 fathoms.

Actinostola Vereill, gen. nov.
Type, Urticina cnllosa Verrill.

Size large, integument very thick, firm, leathery, lubricous, not very con-
tractile. Column covered witli large, irregular tubercles, not having the power
of adhering to foreign substances; upper portion not essentially diflerent from
the rest, the surface being without specialized structures ; margin indefinite,
continuous with the bases of the smaller outer tentacles. Basal disk fre-
quently smaller than the upper part of the column, usually concave and
enclosing mud. Tentacles numerous, short, thick, more or less scattered over
the disk, the inner ones much the largest, longitudinally sulcated, imperfectly
contractile, not deciduous. Disk usually deeply concave ; mouth large, with
large, strongly lobed lips, and large gonidial grooves. The walls of the body
are very thick, firm, leathery, and, although capable of considerable contraction
longitudinally and transversely, they seem to be incapable of contracting suffi-
ciently to withdraw the disk and tentacles ; when handled, the colunni fre-
quently becomes collapsed and longitudinally folded, and frequently takes an
hour-glass shape, the disk and tentacles remaining fully exposed, although the
tentacles may be very much diminished in size.

This genus is allied to Bolocera, Urticina, and especially to Actinauge. From

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 57

the latter it differs in not having the upper portion of the column specialized
and different fron^ that below, and also in being far less contractile. Urticina
differs in not having the large non-adhesive tubercles, the warts, when present,
being of the nature of adhesive suckers, and also in having the walls of the
body and tentacles highly contractile. Bolocera differs in having the column
smooth, or nearly so, with the tentacles long and easily deciduous. Actinernus
differs in having the column smooth, and in having the upper margin divided
into lobes which run iip on the outer sides of the tentacles.

Actinostola callosa Verkill.

Urticina callosa Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII., March and April, 1882,

pp. 224, 315.

Plate VII. Fig. 2.

This is, perhaps, the largest of the eight large species of actinians that in-
habit these depths, though A. nodosa, A. longicornis, U. perdix, and Bolocera
Tuedice grow about as large. It is also remarkable for the great number of
short, stout, usually blunt, striated tentacles. When full grown it has a re-
markably firm, thick, leathery, but lubricous integument, and has but little
power of contracting or rolling in the upper end. When handled it is apt td
become irregularly flattened and collapsed, with, broad longitudinal folds or
wrinkles, while the tentacles and disk remain exposed, the ver}^ broad disk
usually becomes deeply concave, and the tentacles contract in length and be-
come blunt. The body usually narrows to the base, but may be hour-glass-
shaped. The surface of the column is usually more or less covered with low,
irregular, often flatfish verrucae, wjiich become larger and more prominent, and
sometimes form longitudial series or crests on the upper part, but fade out to
mere wrinkles toward the base. There is no decided change in the character
of the integument near the top, which is a conspicuous character in A. nodosa
and A. longicornis.

The basal disk, in large specimens, is usually bulbous or deeply concave,
firmly grasping a large mass of sand' and mud, which it often nearly encloses.
In the mud there are often numerous chitinous pellicles, which have been
secreted and cast off from the base.

Large examples are often 150 to 180 mm. in height, -wdth the expanded disk
200 to 250'mm. (8 to 10 inches) broad; the larger tentacles are about 25 mm.
long, 5 to 6 mm. in diameter. Color generally salmon or orange, all parts often
of nearly the same color; column almost always pale salmon or buff, varying to
deep salmon or orange-red, with the tubercles paler; disk most often deep
salmon, or generally of the same color as the body, but darker in shade, with
paler radii; the large lateral lobes of the lips are like the disk, but darker,
usually salmon or orange-brown, the large gonidial grooves whitish or pale
yellow; tentacles usually plain deep salmon or orange-brown, with paler stride
or reticulations.

58 BULLETIN OF THE

Young specimens, from 15 to 20 mm. in diameter and 20 to 30 mm. high,
have been taken at several localities, off Martha's Vineyard, by the U. S. Fish
Commission. These are usually more or less obconic, or pear-shaped, with
the base narrow and the upper part of the body swollen. The base, in these,
is generally concave, clasping mud or sand, but in several cases it is clasped
around a worm-tube, or some similar object. Probably, when very young
they may all have this habit of attaching themselves to some solid object, which
is abandoned later. A small specimen, of similar character, was taken by the
Blake, at Station 311, in 143 fathoms.

These young specimens have the tentacles not very numerous, in few rows,
the inner ones much the longest, stout and pointed, the outer ones short and
acute. The surface of the body is smooth, or nearly so, and is usually tinged
with chocolate-brown or purplish; a darker brown ring surrounds the margin,
at the base of the tentacles; the tentacles and disk are, usually, deep purpli.'^h
brown. In these the integument is much thinner than in the adult, and more
or less translucent.

Of this species large and typical specimens were obtained by the Blake,
off George's Bank, at Station 303, and off Cape Fear, N. C, at Station 326, in
464 fathoms. These, as usual, enclose, in the deeply concave basal disk large
masses of mud and- sand. One of those from Station 326 was also adherent,
by one edge of the disk, to worm-tubes.

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, in 1880.

station. Fathoms. N. Lat. W. Long. Specimens.

303 306 41° 34' 30" 56° 54' 30" 3 1., clasping sand and gravel.
326 464 33° 42' 15" 76° 0' 50" 2 1., 3 m., clasping mud and sand.
311 143 39° 59' 30" 70° 12' 0" 1 young, clasping stem.

Large specimens have been taken by the U. S. Fish Commission, often in
large numbers, at many stations, off Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket, in 100
to 640 fathoms, 1880-82; off Cape Cod, in 55 to 90 fathoms, 1879, 1882;
Gulf of Maine, in 50 to 150 fathoms, 1873, 1877, 1878; off Nova Scotia, 1877.
It has also been taken on George's Bank and the various fishing banks off
Nova Scotia, in 45 to 300 fathoms, by the Gloucester fishermen, in consid-
erable numbers. Also from the Grand Bank of Newfoundland, in 100 to 150
fathoms.

Actinernus saginatus Veerill?
Actinernus saginatus Verrili., Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII., 1882, p. 225.

A specimen in bad condition, perhaps of this species, was dredged at Station
326, off Cape Fear, N. C, N. Lat. 33° 42' 15", W. Long. 76° 0' 50", in 464
fathoms. Its form in contraction is low, broad obconic, with narrow base.
Integument pale, cartilaginous. Tentacles numerous, small, slender, in two
or three rows close to the margin. Disk broad, concave, and with the tenta-

MUSEUM OF COMPARxVTIVE ZOOLOGY. 59

cles deep chocolate-brown ; a zone of the same color surrounds the margin
below the tentacles.

The original specimen was taken by the U. S. Fish Commission, in 458
fathoms, off Martha's Vineyard, 1881.

Bolocera Tuediae (Johnst.) Gosse.

Actinia Tuedice Johnston, Mag. Nat. Hist., V., p. 163, fig. 58.
Anthea Tuedice Johnston, British Zoophytes, ed. 2, Vol. I. p. 242, fig. 53.
Bolocera Tuedice GossE, Actinologia Britannica, 1860, p. 186, pi. 5, fig. 1.
Verrill, Amer. Jour. ScL, V., 1873, pp. 5, 14; VI., 1873, p. 440; VII., 1874,
pp. 413, 500.

This large species is easily distinguished by its smooth, lubricous, stout, dull
red body, and by the very large, non-retractile tentacles. It often expands
150 to 255 mm. (6 to 10 inches) across the tentacles. The tentacles are often
50 to 75 mm. (2 to 3 inches) in length, and 10 to 15 mm. in diameter. The
body is ordinarily 75 to 100 mm. (3 to 4 inches) in diameter and height.

When detached, which often happens, the tentacles retain their plumpness
and fusiform shape, and are capable of contracting and expanding, so as to
change their form, for some time, so that they resemble, and are sometimes
mistaken for, entire living worms or holothurians.

The color is usually some shade of red, varying from pale flesh-color and
pink to dark red; the body, in the paler examples, is often more or less ttuged
with salmon. The disk and tentacles generally correspond in color with the
body, but are deeper in tint. When the body is flesh-color or light red, the
tentacles and disk may be rose-red or dark red, while those specimens that have
a dark red body may have the tentacles reddish brown or orange-brown.

Fine large specimens were dredged by the Blake, at Stations 309 and 310,
in 304 and 260 fathoms, off Southern New England.

Detached tentacles Avere taken off George's Bank, at Station 303, in 306
fathoms, N. Lat. 41° 34' 30", W. Long. 65° 54' 30". One large and character-
istic specimen was dredged at Station 326, off Cape Fear, N. C, in 464 fathoms.

The following specimens were dreclged by the Blake, in 1880.

station.

Fathoms.

N. Lat.

W. Long.

Specimens.

303

306

41° 34' 30"

65° 54' 30"

1 tentacle,

309

304

40° 11' 40"

68° 22'

1 large.

310

260

39° 59' 16"

70° 18' 30"

1 "

326

464

33° 42 15"

76° 0' 50"

1 "

It has been dredged at a large number of localities by the U. S. Fish Com-
mission, since 1872, in the deeper parts of the Bay of Fundy ; off Nova Scotia,
in 50 to 100 fathoms; Gulf of Maine, in 50 to 150 fathoms; off Casco Bay, m
40 to 90 fathoms; Massachusetts Bay, in 40 to 52 fathoms; off Cape Cod, in
37 to 90 fathoms. Off Martha's Vineyard, on the Gulf Stream Slope, it has

60 BULLETIN OF THE

been dredged, often in abundance and of large size, at many localities, in 160
to 640 fathoms, and sparingly in 65 to 125 fathoms, in 1880 to 1882.

A few specimens have been brought from the fishing banks, off Nova Scotia,
by the Gloucester fishermen.

A closely related species (5. Kerguelensis) has been described by Studer
from the Antarctic Ocean, off Kerguelen Island.

Epizoanthus Americanus Verrill.

Zoanthus parasiticus Verrill, Revision of Polyps, in Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
I., 1864, p. 34 (not of Duch. & Mich., 1860).

Zoanthus Americanus Verrill, op. cit., 1864, p. 45 ; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
X., 1866, p. 335.

Gemmaria Americana Verrill, American Naturalist, II., p. 9, fig. 42.

Epizoanthus Americanus Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., II., 1871, p. 361 ; Dana,
Corals and Coral Islands, ed. 1, 1872, p. 62, figs. 1, 2; Report on Invertebrata
of Vineyard Sound, in Report of U. S. Fish Commission, I., 1873, pp. 446,
510, pi. 38, figs. 286, 287; Amer. Jour. Sci., VII., 1874, p. 413; XXIII.,
1882, p. 316.
Smith & Harger, Trans. Conn. Acad., III., 1876, p. 55, pi. 8, fig. 2.

Epizoanthus papillosus Gray, Proc. ZoiJl. Soc. London, 1867, p. 237 (from Massa-
chusetts Bay).

Plate Till. Figs. 1, 6.

Two examples of a very singular variety (see Plate VIII. fig. 6) occurred at
Station 332. These completely invest the tube of Hyalincecia, and the polyps,
which are of large size, form two regular opposite rows, of ten to twelve, on
each side. A small incrusting variety occurred on Paramuricea grandis, at
Station 305, almost completely covering several of the branches, their tips still
remaining alive.

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, in 1880.

Station.

Fathoms.

N. Lat.

W. Long.

Specimens.

303

306

41° 34' 30"

65° 54' 30"

3 on Eupaguri.

312

466

39° 50' 45"

70° 11'

1 on stone.

316

229

32° 7'

78° 37' 30"

1 on Gorgonia.

332

263

35° 45' 30"

74° 48'

I, var., on Hyalinmcia.

333

65

35° 45' 25"

74° 50' 30"

Sev. on sand, shells, etc.

334

395

38° 20' 30"

73° 26' 40"

Sev.

335

89

38° 22' 25"

73° 33' 40"

Sev. on sponges, etc.

336

197

38° 21' 50"

73° 32'

1 on Eupagurus.

344

129

40° 1'

70° 58'

Sev. on Eupaguri.

325

71

40° 10' 15"

71° 4' 30"

I on Eupagurus.

This is a very abundant species off" our coast, in moderate depths. Many
thousands of specimens have been taken off Nantucket, Martha's Vineyard,

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 61

Long Island, and off Chesapeake Bay, in 28 to 487 fathoms, by the U. S. Fish
Commission, in 1871, 1880, 1881, and 1882. It is most abundant in 60 to 200
fathoms. In these localities the variety forming the abode of hermit-crabs
(mostly Eupagurus politus Smith and E. Krdyeri) is very common, but the
variety consisting usually of one to three polyps attached to a grain of sand is
equally or even more .common, while the varieties creeping over or incrusting
sponges, shells, hydroids, tunicates, pebbles, etc., is often very abundant on
the harder bottoms. It had previously been taken repeatedly by the U. S.
Fish Commission, from 1871 to 1879, in the Gulf of Maine; Bay of Fundy, in
40 to 109 fathoms, 1872 ; off Nova Scotia, in 50 to 190 fathoms, 1877; off
George's Bank, in 60 to 430 fathoms, 1872. Also from the Gulf of St. Law-
rence, incrusting variety, on rocks (coll. Whiteaves).

The Gloucester fishermen often brought it in from the various fishing banks
off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, in 100 to 300 fathoms, 1878-80.

It was originally described by me from specimens of the form covering
shells occupied by hermit-crabs (in this instance Eupagurus puhcscens), from
off New Jersey, in 30 fathoms, — Capt. Gedney.

An incrusting variety, apparently identical with the corresponding form of
our species, has recently been described from the coast of Norway, under the
name of Zoanthus Norvegicus, by Danielssen and Koren.

Epizpanthus paguriphilus Verrill.

Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII., Feb. 1882, p. 137.

Plate VIII. Fig. 5.

Coral large, leathery, nearly smooth, translucent, incrusting spiral shells
inhabited by Parapagurus pilosimanus Smith. The polyps are large, elongated,
swollen at base, more or less cylindrical, sometimes conical, at other times ex-
panded at the summit. The surface is throughout smooth, glabrous, naked,
or with a slight, imperfect coat of fine mud; margin, just below the tentacles,
softer, smoother, and lighter-colored than the rest. In the larger specimens
there is usually a circle of seven to twelve polyps, arising from the outer
margin of the coral, and directed radially outward and somewhat upward;
along that portion of the margin which covers the front of the crab, the circle
of polyps is interrupted for a considerable space; elsewhere the bases of the
polyps are in contact, or nearly so. The entire upper surface of the coral
is convex and destitute of polyps. Usually the apex of the univalve shell on
which the colony started may be seen through the translucent integument
near the postero-lateral border, on the left-hand side. Sometimes the shell
has entirely disappeared by absorption. In all cases the coral extends far
beyond the aperture of the original shell, in a spiral direction, itself forming
the principal part of the haliitation of the crab. The lower surface is also
convex and smooth, and destitute of polyps, except one, wliich always stands
below and in front of the aperture, in a position which would correspond to

G2 BULLETIN OF THE

the columella-lip of the spiral shell. The surface within the aperture, in con-
tact with the crab, is coated with a smooth, brown film, not easily separable.
The tentacles, in life, are rather slender ia extension, very numerons, forming
several distinct circles; in alcoholic specimens they are rather stout, short,
tapered, subacute, nearly equal; in some cases they are entirely retracted, in
others partially exposed. The color of the coral is trani^lucent, bluish or pur-
plish gray, or grayish brown. In fresh specimens the tentacles are pale orange
or salmon, with lighter tips, and the polyps themselves partake more or less
of salmon-color. In younger specimens the number of polyps is less in pro-
portion to the age, but the arrangement is essentially the same.

Diameter of ordinary specimens, in alcohol, about 60 to 70 mm. ; vertical
thickness, 25 to 30 nan.; length of the polyps, 15 to 20 mm.; diameter in the
middle, 10 to 12 mm.; at base, 12 to 18 mm. Some specimens considerably
larger than this have been obtained.

This species was first taken by the Gloucester fishermen in deep water off
the coast of Nova Scotia, in 1878, and by them presented to the U. S. Fish
Commission. It has since been dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission
off Martha's Vineyard, in 252 to 640 fathoms, 1880 to 1882 (Stations 880, 883,
893, 894, 938, 947, 994, 997, 998, 1028, 1029, 1122, 1124, 1140). At Station
947, in 312 fathoms, it was very abundant, several hundred having been taken
at a single haul; at most of the other localities it was taken in small numbers.

The following specimens were dredged by the Blake, in 1880.

Station.

Fathoms.

N. Lat.

W. Long.

Specimens.

306

524

41° 32' 50"

65° 55' 0"

1

309

304

40° 11' 40"

68° 22' 0"

3j.

322

362

33° 1(/

76° 32' 15"

4

Hitherto all the specimens of this species that have been taken have been
occupied by Parapagurus inlosimanus, which has not been found by us in any
other carcinoecium.

The young Ejnzoanthus evidently attaches itself to the shell when the crab
is very small, for in most cases the enclosed shell is of small size, but by the
o-rowth of the polyp the aperture is enormously extended, so as amply to ac-
commodate the crab after it has reached a large size. In the majority of
specimens examined the original shell still remains, though usually entirely
covered by the integument, but in some cases it seems to have been entirely
dissolved and removed.

This species, although in habit like some of the varieties of Epizoanthus
Americanus, is easily distinguished. It grows to a much larger size, with
much larger ])olyps, and the surface is much smoother, more lubricous and
translucent, and is destitute of the firndy adherent coating of sand always
present on E. Aiaericanus ; moreover, the latter has a much less regular ar-
rangement of the polyps, which usually stand out in radial directions, but at
various angles.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 63

MADREPORARIA.

Thecopsammia socialis Podrtales.

Thecopsammia socialis Pourtales, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, 1868, Vol. I. No. 7, p.
138; Illustrated Catalogue Mus. Comp. Zool., 1871, No. IV. Deep-Sea Corals,
p. 44, pi. 2, figs. 9, 10.
DoNCAx, Madreporaria of the Porcupine Expedition, Trans. Zool. Soc. London,
1873, Vol. VIII. Part V.

Four specimens, all dead, were taken at Station 216, in 229 fathoms, N. Lat.
32° 7', W. Long. 78° 37' 30", by tlie Blake, in 1880.

This species was taken by Mr. Pourtales, on- the Bache, off Florida, in
195 to 262 fathoms. It was also taken by the Porcupine E.xpedition, in 345
and 363 fathoms, north of Scotland.

Lophohelia prolifera Edw. & IIaime.

Madrepora prolifera Pallas, Elench. ZoiJph., 1706, p. 307.
Ellis & Solander, Zoopli., 1786, pi. 32, figs. 2, 3, 4, 5.
Lophohelia prolifera Edw. & IIaime, British Fossil Corals, 1850, Intr., p. xx. ; Hist.
Nat. des Coralliaires, 1857, Vol. II. p. 117. '
Duncan, Trans. Zoul. Soc. London, 1873, Vol. VIII. Part V. p. 328.
Pourtales, Deep-Sea Corals, 1871, p. 25, pi. 1, figs. 3, 4, 5 ; Bull. Mus. Comp.

Zocil., 1880, Vol. VI. p. 107.
Ve URIEL, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVI., 1878, p. 377.

MosELEY, Voyage of the Challenger, Report on the Corals, 1881, p. 178, pi. 6,
figs. 7, 8.
Lophohelia afjinis Pourtales, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., I., 1868, p. 135.

A single dead sjieciinen of this species was taken by the Blake, at Station
216, in 229 fathoms, N. Lat. 32° r, W. Long. 78° 37' 30".

Two specimens have been obtained by the Gloucester fishermen in deep
water off the coast of Nova Scotia, and by them presented to the U. S. Fish
Connnission.

It has long been known from deep water off the coasts of Northern Europe,
and from the Mediterranean. It was taken by Mr. Pourtales on the Bache,
off the coast of Florida, in 195 and 315 fathoms, and by the Blake, among
the Antilles, in 291 and 874 fathoms. By the Challenger it was dredged
among the West India Islands, in 390 and 450 fathoms; off St Paul's Rocks,
in 100 fathoms; off Nightingale Island, in 100 to 150 fathoms. At the last-
named locality fine specimens occurred in alnnidance. It was taken in large
numbers by the Porcupine Expedition, off the European coasts. Studer
records it from 50 fathoms, u[\ INfadeira.

04 BULLETIN OF THE

The few specimens obtained from off our uoi'thern coasts are of the typical
variety, and some are of large size, but all that I have seen were dead, though
evidently recent.

Dasmosmilia Lymani Pourtales.

Parasmilia Lymani Pourtalks, Illustrated Catalogue Mus. Comp. Zool., 1871,
p. 20, pi. 0, figs. 8, 9, 10.
Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII., 1882, pp. 310, 406 (reproduction from frag-
ments described).

Dasmosmilia Lijmani Pourtales, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoul., VI., 1880, p. 108.

This species was taken in considerable nuTubers by the U. S. Fish Conmiis-
sion Steamer Fish Hawk, in 57 fathoms, off Chesapeake Bay, 1880 ; off Mar-
tha's Vineyard, in 100 to 130 fathoms, 1881.

It was dredged by Mr. Pourtales, while on the Bache, in 70 to 147 fath-
oms, off the Florida Reefs.

Flabellum Goodei Verrill.

Flahellum Goodei Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVI., 1878, p. 377 ; XXIIL, 1882,

pp. 313, 316, 407.

Plate V. Figs. 3, 4.

In life the color of the disk and tentacles is rich salmon; lips darker salmon,
with stripes of dark purplish brown, or sometimes unifoinn madder-brown.
The larger tentacles are stout, tapered, subacute.

This species has been taken in large numbers, but in most cases badly
crushed, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Fish Hawk, off Nantucket
and Martha's Vineyard, in 219 to 780 fathoms, and off Chesapeake Bay, in 300
fathoms, 1880 to 1882.

It was first obtained by the Gloucester halibut fishermen in deep water off
Newfoundland and Nova Scotia, in 180 to 400 fathoms, 1878. Several addi-
tional specimens, from that region, have since been presented by them to the
U. S. Fish Commission.

This species is very closely related to Flahellum alahnstrum. Moseley,*
dredged by the Challenger Expedition, off the Azores. The latter has been
identifitnl by Lindstrom (Actinology of the Atlantic Ocean, p. 12) with the
Uloci/athus arcticus Sars, and the fossil Phyllodcs laciniatum Philippi.

Our species grows to very large size; some specimens are 120 mm. long,
43 mm. broad, 80 nnu. high.

* Proc. Royal Soc. London, 1876, p. 555 ; and Zoology of the Voyage of the
Challenger, Part VII. Report on the Corals, 1881, p. IG'J, pi. 7, figs. 1-2 b, pi. 10,
fig. 11.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 65

Flabellura angulare Moselet.

Proc. Royal Soc. London, p. 550 ; Voyage of the Challenger, Part VII. Report on
:he Corals, 1881, p. 161, pi. 6, figs. 2, 2 a, 2 b.

This species was taken by the Challenger Expedition, off Nova Scotia,
in 1250 fathoms.

Deltocyathus Italicus.

Dekocyathus Agassizii Pourtales, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZoiJl., 18G7, Vol.1, p. 113 ;
lUust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., No. IV. Deep-Sea Corals, 1871, p. 15, pi. 2,
figs. 1-5, pi. 5, figs. 9, 10 ; No. VIII. Ilassler Exp., 1871, p. 35, pi. G, fig. 11.

Verrill, Ainer. Jour. Sci., VII., 1874, p. 410.

LixDSTRiJM, Contr. to Actinology of the Atlantic' Ocean, 1877, p. 10, pis. 1,2,
figs. 13-20.
Ddtocyatldis Italicus Dun'Can, Trans. Zoul. Soc. London, Vol. VIII.

Pourtales, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo51., 1880, Vol. VI. p. 101, pi. 1, figs. 1-8.

MosELEY, Voyage of the Challenger, Ueep-Sea Corals, 1881, p. 145 (wood-
cuts).

Two specimens of this species were taken by the IT. S. Fish Commission, off
Cape Cod, in 142 fathoms, Station 3G, 1873. It has been taken in numerous
localities off Florida and among tlie West India Islands, in 73 to 878 fath-
oms, by the Bache and the Bhike. It was also taken by the Porcupine
Expedition, off the coast of Europe ; ly the Josephine Expedition, off Villa
Franca, Azores, and on Josephine Bank, in 110 to 600 fiithoms; by the Chal-
lenger Expedition, off the Azores and Bennuda, in 1000 to 1075 fathoms,
oir Pernambuco, Brazil, in C75 fathoms, and in the South Pacific, in 2375
fathoms.

This is an exceedingly variable species. The living forms have been iden-
tified by Duncan, and by Pourtales, in his last paper, with the fossil species,
Ddtocijatluis Italicus, from the Italian tertiaries.

Bathyactis symmetrica INIoseley.

Fantpa symmetrica Pourtales, Deep- Sea Corals, p. 4(i, pi. 7, figs. 5, G; Ilassler

Expedition, 1874, p. 43;
Ballii/iielis symmetric Moseley, Zool. Voyage Challenger, Part VII., 1881, p. 18ij,

pL 11, figs. 1-13, la-13a.
Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., XIII., 1882, p. 313.
"l Fuuijiacynlhus fraijilis M. Sars in G. 0. Saks, Remarkable Forms of Animal Life,

I., 1872, p. 58, pi. 5, figs. 24-32.

Numerous broken specimens of this very fragile coral were dredged by the
U. S. Fisli Commission, off Martha's Vineyard, at Stations 879, 880, 895, in

VOL. XI. — Nd. 1. r.

66 BULLF.TIX OF THE

225-252 fathoms, 1880. Some of those specimens must liavo boon at least
20 nun. in diameter. They agree in all respects with the larger specimens
figured by Moseley.

. This coral is remarkable fur having a wider range, in depth and geographi-
cally, than any other known species. It was first taken by Pourtales, olf
Florida, in 350 and 450 fathoms, on the Bache ; and in 100 fathoms, oft'
Barbados, on the Hassler. By the Challenger it was taken in the North
Atlantic, oft' the Azores and olf Bermuda, in 32 to 1075 fathoms; in the South
Atlantic, in 1900 to 2650 fathoms; in the South Indian Ocean, in 1600 to 1950
fathoms; in the Malay Archipelago and West Pacific, in 360 to 2440 fathoms;
cast of Japan, in 2300 to 2900 fathoms ; oft' Valparaiso, in 1375 fathoms.
Studer also records it from the Pacific Ocean.

The Fanijiacyathus frafjilis of Sars closely resembles this coral, but according
to the figures its septa are not united into groups, nor are there any transverse
lissepiiueuts uor trabiculai in the four specimens described, although sunie of
tlieni were larger than many of the specimens of BatJiyadis, in which these
characters are well m;nkod. A larger aeries of the arctic furm may, however,
serve to unite them hereafter.

July. 1883.

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 67

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

TLATE I.

Fig. 1. Distichopt'dum gracile V. Stem and lower part of rachis, seen edgewise.
Enlarged li times.

" 1 a. The same. Terminal portion. Enlarged 2 diameters.

" lb. The same. Spicula : c, one of the larger oblong forms from a calicle;
d, two from the stalk. Enlarged 75 diameters.

" 2. Pennatula aculeata. Side view of a medium-sized specimen. Natural
size.

" 2 a. The same. Two of the polyps expanded. Drawn from a living exam-
ple. Enlarged about G diameters.

" 3. Balticina Flnmai-chlca. Front view of the lower part of the rachis of a
small example, showing, below, the imperfectly developed polyps in
nearly simple series. Enlarged 2 diameters.

" 3 a. The same. One of the mature polyps expanded. Drawn from a living
example. Enlarged about 8 diameters.

" 4. Funiculina annata V. Portion of the middle of a large example. Natural
size.

" 4 a. The same. One of the spicules of the calicles. Enlarged 75 diameters.

" 4 b. The same. Portion of a younger example. Natural size.

" 5. Kophohelemnon scabrum V. Front view of the type-specimen, in alcohol.
Enlarged 2 diameters.

" 5 a. The same. Back side.

" 5 b. The same. Two of the spicula from the upper part of the stem : d, one
of the longer and nearly smooth prismatic spicula ; c, one of the smaller
warted spicula. Enlarged 150 diameters.

" 5 c. The same. One of the larger, warted fusiform spicula, from the same
part. Enlarged 250 diameters.

" G. Anlhoptiluin grandijloruin V. Portion showing two rows of polyps from
the middle region, side view ; a, a, zooids. Drawn from an alcoholic
example. Natural size.

" 7, 8. AiitlioinaMns grmid/JIorus V. Two small-sized examples, showing differ-
ent forms of the peduncle and root-like lobes. Natural size.

" 9. The same. A very young example, with expanded polyps, natural size.

" 10. The same. A young example, with the polyps nearly retracted. Natu-
ral size.

" 10 a. The same. Spicula from the outer part of the cccnenchyma : c, one of
the longest warty fusiform spicula; d, one of the small rough double-
heads. Enlarged 150 diameters.

68 BULLETIN OF THE

Fig. 10 b. The same. Spicula from the inner part of tlie cocnenchyma : e, one of
the sliort rougli spicula ; y', one of the chibshaped forms ; 5', one of
the larger fusiform spicula. Enlarged luO diameters.

PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Stenogorgia casta V. Part of a specimen. Natural size.
1 a. The same. Part of a branch. Enlarged 4 diameters.

1 b. The same. Spicula : c, d, longer and shorter fusiform spicula ; e, a slen-
der fusiform sj)iculum from the polyps. Enlarged 75 diameters.

2. Primnoa Pourtalesil V. One of the branches. Natural size.

2 a. The same. Two of the calicles. Enlarged 24 diameters.
2 b, 2 c. The same. Two of the scales from the sides of the calicles. En-
larged 75 diameters.

2 d. One of the opercular scales. Enlarged 75 diameters.

2 e. One of the scales of the coenenchyma. Enlarged 75 diameters.

3. Eunicella gracilis V. Part of a branch. Enlarged 4 diameters.

a, one of the club-shaped spicula of the external layer ; b, one of the long
fusiform spicula of the coenenchyma, inner portion ; c, one of the double-
headed forms. Enlarged 150 diameters.

" 4. Das'jgorgia Agassizii V. A segment of the stem with a branch. Enlarged
2 diameters.

" 4 a. The same. One of the calicles. Enlarged 24 diameters.

" 4 b. The same. Spicula. Enlarged 150 diameters.

" 5. Dasygorgia spiculosa V. One of the terminal calicles with tiie distal part
of a branchlet showing the great development of the spicula. Enlarged
12 diameters.

" 6. Chrysogorgia Desbonni D. & M. One of the calicles from a West Indian
example. Enlarged 12 diameters.

" 6 a, 6 b. The same. Two of the spicula of the coenenchyma. Enlarged 75
diameters.

" 7. Iridogurgia Pourtalesii V. One of the calicles and segment of a branch
from the proximal portion. Enlarged 6 diameters.

" 7 a. The same. Two of the largest spicula of the calicles. Enlarged 50
diameters.

PLATE III.

Figs. 1, 1 a, 1 b. Acanthogargia armata V. Three branches, all from the same

specimen, showing the extreme variations in the form of the calicles.

Enlarged 4 diameters. From an alcoholic specin)en.
" 2. The same. Terminal branches of a normal specimen. About one half

natural size.
" 2 a. The same. One of the calicles, from a dried specimen. Enlarged 4

diameters.
" 2 b. The same. Spicula: c, c/, e, spines from the margin and upper part of

the calicles ; /, g, two fusiform spicula from the coenenchyma. Enlarged

22 diameters.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY, 69

Fig. 3. Paramuricea grandis V. Part of a branch. Enlarged 4 diameters.

" 3 a. The same. Spicula : c, d, spinose spicula from the margin of the caiicles ;
i,j, I; flattened irregular spicula from the coenenchj^ma ; /;, one of tiie
curved or bow-shaped spicula from the bases of the tentacles ; 'j, one
of the fusiform spicula from the stem of a tentacle. Enlarged 40
diameters.

" 3 b. The same. One of the spicula from the tentacles. Enlarged 75 diam-
eters.

" 4. Paramuricea borraUs V. Terminal branch and branchlet. Enlarged 2
diameters. From a dried specimen.

" 5. The same. One of the caiicles from the original type-specimen (dry).
Enlarged 8 diameters.

" 5a. The same. Spicula: c, d, e, spinous spicula from around the margin of
the caiicles ; g, one of the irregular flattened spicula from the caiicles ;
/, one of the transverse, bow-shaped spicula from the bases of the ten-
tacles. Enlarged 40 diameters.

" 5 a'. The same. Spicula from the coenenchyma : i, one of the small warted
spicula; j, k, I, irregular and bent forms. Enlarged 40 diameters.

" 6. Gersemia Jongiflora V. One of the branches. Natural size. From the
alcoholic example.

" 6 a. The same. One of the caiicles. Enlarged 4 diameters.

" 6 b. The same. Spicula : c, d, e, oblong and fusiform ; f, g, compound forms.

PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Lepidisis caryophi/llia V. Lower portion of the stalk, with the root-like
basal lobes. Natural size.

" 1 a. The same. Portion of the stem with three caiicles, from an alcoholic
specimen. Enlarged 4 diameters.

" 1 b. Tlie same. Proximal end of one of the large spine-like spicula of the
caiicles. Enlarged 75 diameters.

" 1 b'. Tlie same. Spicula of the caiicles : d, one of the large marginal spines ;
e, a marginal or subraarginal spine with the tip less projecting; /, one
of the small lateral spicula; g, h, i, small spicula from the tentacles.
Enlarged 22 diameters.

" Ic. The same. Scale-like spicula of the coenenchyma. Enlarged 75 diam-
eters.

" 2. AcaneJIa Normmd V. Part of the denuded axis, to show the mode of
branching. Natural size.

" 2 a. The same. Four caiicles at the end of a branch, from life. Enlarged 4
diameters.
2b. The same. Spicula : c, one of the long marginal .spines of the caiicles,
but not of tlie largest size ; d, e, smaller spicula found botli in the cai-
icles and ccEnenchyma; /; one of those found in the tentacles. Enlarged
22 diameters.
3. Crratoisis ornata V. Part of the denuded axis. Natural size.
3 a, 3 b. The same. Two caiicles from diflerent parts of a large alcoholic

70 BULLETIX OF THE

specimen from off Nova Scotia, showing the extreme variation in

form.
Fig. 0 c. Tlie same. One of the large spine-Hke spicula (e) from the margins of tlie

calicles. Enlarged 22 diameters.
" Od. The same. Spicula : /^ //, fusiform spicula found in the calicles and coen-

enchyma ; /;, /,-, spicula with enlarged ends, from the calicles; i,J, small

spicula from the tentacles. Enlarged 22 diameters.
" 4. Lf'pidisix lun</ljh)ra V. One of the calicles of an alcoholic specimen from

the West Imlies. Enlarged 8 diameters.
" 4 a. The same. Scale-like spicula of the cwnenchyma ; /), two of the larger ;

c, two of the smaller forms. Enlarged 75 diameters.
" 5. Acanella eburnea (Fourt.) V. One of the calicles, from an alcoholic speci-
men. Enlarged 8 diameters. From a West Indian specimen.
" G. Aiil/iothela ijrandijloni (Sars) V. Two branches from a ramose alcoholic

specimen, taken oft; Nova Scotia. Natural size.
" 6 a. The same. Spicula: e, /, rough fusiform spicula from the ccenenchyma ;

(J, h, from the calicles. Enlarged 75 diameters.
" 7. Iuiiifj)!ithija Liltkeni V. Branch of a specimen in alcohol, from off Nova

Scotia. Enlarged 2 diameters.
" 7 a. Tlie same. Spicula : h, one of the rough club-shaped spicula from the

calicles ; c, d, rough fusiform spicula from the ca-nenchyma. Enlarged

75 diameters.

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Arl/naiirje longironiis V. View of the expanded disk and tentacles, from

life. One half natural size.
" 2. The same specimen. Side view in partial expansion. The dotted line

shows the extent of the basal concavity. One half natural size.
Figures 1 and 2 are from one of the original type-spceiaiens, dredged by

the U. S. Fish Connnission in 1880, and kept in an acpiariuin for

several days.
" 3. Fldhel/um (I'oodei V. Side view of a dry and somewhat broken specimen

from the fishing banks off Nova Scotia. From a photograph. Natural

size.
" 4. The same. Top view of an alcohic specimen, dredged off Martha's Vine-
yard by the U. S. Fish Commission. TIatural size.

FLATE VI.

Figs. 1 to 1 c. Three examples of Sfir/nrl/n (iln/fmico/n V., attached to the tube (//)
of Ifi/aliii'icin nrtlfe.r V., natural size ; //, liead and anterior segments of
the annelid protruded from the tube, side view; /, tlie ;>2il and -Jod
seumeiits of the same annelid, natural size; ;, caudal segments and
cirri, enlarged 2 diameters ; k, under side of head and anterior seg-

MUSEUM OF COMrAKATIVE ZOULOCIY. 71

ments of another specimen of the same anneHil, natural size. These
figures are mostly from alcohoUc specimens, somewhat restored as to
positions. Trom the collection of the U. S. Fish Commission.
Fig. 1 a. Sagarlia ahijssicola. Expanded.

" 1 b. The same. Partially contracted.

" 1 c. The same. Expanded and also showing the acontia («) protruded from
the pores (cindida) in the sides of the body. From alcoholic specimens.

" 2. Sagartia Acanellce V. Side view of a specimen covering the terminal part
of a branchlet, a, h, of Acanella. Enlarged 2 diameters.

" 2 a. The same. Side view of a smaller, partially contracted specimen on the
middle of a branchlet. Enlarged 11 diameters. From alcoholic speci-
mens.

" 3. Sagartia spongicola. Nearly vertical view of a specimen not fully ex-
panded. Natural size, from life.

" 4. Actinauge ncxilis V. Four contracted alcoholic specimens attached to
and completely covering the distal portion of the axis of a mutilated
Ballicina Finmurcluca. a, side view of the terminal one, showing how
the basal membrane extends over the end of the axis of the Dalticina ;
d, basal view, showing the suture by which the edges of the basal disk
unite to clasp the axis. Natural size.

" 5. The same. Top view of another less contracted alcoholic example, from
the tip of a mutilated Balticina. Natural size.

" G. Actinauge nodosa. Side view of a partially contracted, medium-sized ex-
ample of the commonest or normal form, but with a bulbous base,
enclosing mud. From an alcoholic specimen. One half natural size.

" 7. The same, var. tuberculosa V. Side view of a moderate-sized example,
contracted in alcohol. Natural size. This specimen was from the fish-
ing banks, off Nova Scotia.

" 8. The same, var. coronata V. Side view of a contracted alcoholic specimen,
from the Blake collection. Natural size.

" 8 a. The same specimen. Top view. Enlarged 2 diameters.

". 0. Synanthus mirabilis V. ('.) Portion of the dead axis of Paramuricea grandis
entirely covered by the confluent individuals of this actiniau. Enlarged
2 diameters. From an alcoholic example.

PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Urticina perdix V. Side view of an expanded specimen, of medium size,
from life. One half natural size.
" 1 a. The same. Mouth and segment of disk, with tentacles, of a larger exam-
ple, from life. Natural size. These drawings were made from the
original type-specimens, dredged ofi" Martha's Vineyard by the U. S.
Fish Commission, and kept alive for several weeks in aquaria.
" 2. Actinostola caliusa V. Side view of a medium-sized exami)le, from life.
One half natural size. From a specimen dredged by the U. S. Fish
Commission.

72 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMFAHATIVE ZOOLOGY.

PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Epizoanthus Americanus on Eujxi'jurus pubescens. Natural size. From the
Gulf of Maine, liSTo.

" 2. Aduiuaia sociabiUs V. on Culapinjunis Sparreri A. M.-Edw. (= Hemipagurus
socialis Smith), drawn from hie. Side view in its natural position, en-
larged 2 diameters, showing the basal chitinous pellicle from which the
basal disk has partially withdrawn. In this example it had a fragment
of Dentalium for a nucleus.

" 3. Adainsia sociabitis V., without the crab. Another example, seen in a
posterior view, drawn from a living specimen, showing the chitinous
basal secretion, which enclosed the crab, and had been partially uncov-
ered by the contraction of the basal disk.

" 4. Urticina cuiisors V. on Sympugurus pictus Smith. One half natural size.
Drawn from the living specimens in natural positions.

" 6. E]ii~uantlius parjuripldlus V., on I'uraj)u<jarus pilosiinanus Smith. Natural
size. Drawn from an alcoholic specimen partially contracted.

" 6. Epizoanthus Americanus V., peculiar variety, on a tube of Jlyaiina-cia arti-
fex V. Natural size.
Figures 2 to 5 are from specimens dredged off Martha's Vineyard by the
U. S. Fish Commission, in 1880 and 1881. For the use of these and
several other drawings of actinians made from life, I am indebted to the
U. S. Fish Commission. All the drawings were made by Mr. J. H.
Emertou.

BLAKE EXPED, AM'iHOZOA.

PLATE I.

! /

twrtiivr.-r.

BLAKE EXPE P. ANTHOZOA
1

PLATE 11.

-.^HTtr^;^

X60

Hr.'i'si -^"or;, i''iV' r^i^V'^/'-U r, ,

BLAKE EXPED. ANTHOZOA.

PLATE in.

V

'•HI ' -i'- c:: Nnli
5.^

-^^

IJ

gsfil il*^'

C--^/C7 k

X75

t'hc.o Li'.h, L-£r p:xnaf.rAT-r; Ke-.'/Hav^r/i.Ot

BLAKE EXPED. ANTHOZOA.

PLATE IV

J II ["JTiSitcn -irom nature

}r'r.'--'.o.l .■ .

.cz/rJavc-n.'

BLAKE EXPED. ANTHOZOA.

PLATE V.

J Ix. ifiiae'itou Itoin naiure

rAC iXv.I^ith Lo. Pander sori, Wev, rfaveri.Cl..

BLAKE EXPED, ANTHOZOA.

PLATE VI.

m

m.

ut-J;.<* ^-c,,;.,i ;\JC. ••'■-'- J~'

^fn^

. -^-flfai?fil]:ii!'Ip]^^

BLAKE EXPED. ANTHOZOA.

PLATE VU.

Ji. Lui^-JlUiTl tzo:i\

.I'.h L': Pu.r.'.ii-r .-^or.. i jtv/ H;r

BLAKE EXPED. ANTHOZOA.

PLATE VIII.

J II [•.!(. eitiii ii}:n nai-^r^

No. 2. — Eei^orts on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision
of Alexander Agassiz, alo7ig the Atlantic Coast of the United
States, during the Summer of 1880, hy the U. S. Coast Survey
Steamer '' Blahe," Commander J. E. Bartlett, U. S. N., Com-
mandinc:.

"o-

(Published by permission of Carlile P. Patterson and J. E. Hilgard, Super-
intendents of tlie U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.)

XXII.

A Chapter in the History of the Gulf Stream. By Alexander

Agassiz.

The soundings of the "Blake" during the dredging season of 1880
developed some striking features in the profile of the slope extending
eastward from the shore along the Atlantic coast, south of Cape Hat-
teras to the northern extremity of Florida. The soundings previously
taken in deep water between the northern extremity of the Bahamas
and Cape Hatteras varied greatly, and but little reliance could be placed
upon them. The few lines run in 1880 normal to the coast, and the
line run parallel to the so-called axis of the Gulf Stream, showed the
probable existence of an immense submarine plateau extending eastward
from the Atlantic shores. Either the eastern edge of this plateau was
not reached in 1880, or else tha soundings indicated a very gradual
slope from the shore to deep water along the whole coast line south of
Cape Hatteras as far as the northern part of Florida.

Everywhere else along the Atlantic coast of the United States, north
of Cape Hatteras and in the Gulf of Mexico, the continental line of one
hundred fathoms is most plainly marked, forming the upper edge of
the more or less abrupt descent leading into deep water with a regular
inclination. Owing to the absence of this hundred-fathom line south
of Cape Hatteras, it became an interesting problem to trace the exact
profile of that part of the coast, and to extend it into deep water. The
season of 1881 was spent by Commander Bartlett in the "Blake,"
under the direction of the Hon. Carlile P. Patterson, the late Superin-

VOL. XI. — NO. 2.

74 BULLETIN OF THE

tendent of the Coast Survey, in running a number of lines normal to the
coast, south of Cape Hatteras and north of the Bahamas, and extending
them into deep water. Commander Bartlett has sent his Report to
Professor Hilgard, the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, who has
kindly allowed me to make use of these results in connection with my
present work on a general report of the dredging expeditions of the
" Blake." The accompanying map has kindly been prepared for my use
by the Superintendent of the Coast Survey.*

As was to a certain extent anticipated, the lines sliow the existence
of an extensive plateau, of a triangular shape, I'eaching from the Bahamas
to immediately south of Cape Hatteras, where this plateau gradually
passes into the continental plateau, extending northward, which is lim-
ited by the 100 fathom line, and has a steep slope extending to deep
water.

The eastern edge of this plateau is from 300 to 350 miles from the
coast, and forms a gigantic submarine plateau, with an abrupt slope
passing into deep water. For the sake of brevity I shall call this
plateau the " Blake plateau." The eastern edge of the slope of the
Blake plateau commences at an average depth of at least 400 fath-
oms, so that the general profile of the lines extending normally across
the Blake plateau show a gradual incline from the shore to a dejjth
of about 50 fathoms, then a somewhat abrupt slope to a depth of about
40Q fathoms, then a very gradual descent to the edge of the sharp, steep
slope forming the outer eastern edge of the Blake plateau, at a de])tli
of nearly COO fathoms.

It is interesting to speculate how this peculiar profile, so different
from that of any other part of our coast, was formed. The explanation
to my mind is comparatively simple. The present outer eastern edge
of the Blake plateau, which is now at a depth of GOO fathoms, was
at one time at a much higher level. In fact, I assume that tliis slope

* These lines have, duri^ig the season of 1882-83, been extended south of tlio
Bahamas as far as Porto Rico. Under the direction of Professor Hilgard, tlie
" Blake," in command of Lieutenant-Commander Browson, U. S. N., ran normals
into deep water, showing that the great submarine Bahama plateau developed by
Commander Bartlett commences slightly to the westward of Great Abaco, and
extends thence northward, as is shown on the accompanying map. Lieutenant-
Commander Browson showed further that to the south the eastern edge of the
Bahama Bank extended but a short dist.-uice seaward parallel to the general line
of the outer row of islands of the group, till it united with the great plateau upon
which Porto Rico and the Caribbean Islands crop out, leaving probably one or two
deep passages extending towards the old Bahama Channel north of San Uomingo
and Cuba, leading to the Windward Passage.

MUSEUM OF COMPAExlTIVE ZOOLOGY. 75

probably represents the remnant of the slope formed at the time when
it began at the 100 fathom line, and that this trough with unequal
sides has been worn away by the action of the Gulf Stream, wearing
away the Blake plateau from a geological time which we can trace
with a considerable degree of accuracy.

In other words, the old continental line extended at least 250 to
300 miles farther to the eastward, forming a huge plateau, the 100
fathom line of which extended to where the GOO fathom line now runs,
and probably stretched so far south as to include the Bahamas and
Cuba in this great submarine plateau. The elevation of the Blake
plateau probably dates back to the end of the cretaceous period, the
time when tlie plateau of Mexico was raised, thus cutting off what-
ever communication may have existed between the waters of the At-
lantic and those of the Pacific, forming at the same time a number
of islands, more or less extensive, in the range of the Larger and Lesser
Antilles.

At that time, the Gulf Stream passing between Yucatan, then a sub-
marine plateau of comparatively moderate depth, and Cuba, furrowed
the deep channel, 1,000 fathoms or more, which now separates Yuca-
tan from Cuba. The Gulf Stream then lost itself northward in the
great Mississippi Bay, and extended fan-shaped in part over the subma-
rine plateau of Florida. It brought, however, an accession of materials
by the deposition of which the plateaus of Yucatan and of Florida were
gradually built up, and which also supplied food to the innumerable
marine animals whose existence is proved by the geological structure of
the very plateau upon which they must have lived. The Gulf Stream
thus contracted its own boundaries, and was forced into the narrower
channel it had constructed between Yucatan and Cuba. As a conse-
quence, it cut an ever deepening, trough, and in proportion as Florida
rose from the sea it was also compelled to find an outlet for the mass of
water by which the Florida peninsula had been covered. It naturally
followed the track of least resistance, and forced its way up hill over
the lowest part of the plateau, the southern point of Florida, through
tlie then comparatively shallow passage of the Straits of Bernini,
which the Gulf Stream must have deepened by degrees as Florida was
rising.

The mass of water which in the early part of the tertiary period
forced its way north partly up the Mississippi, and east over the penin-
sula of Florida, was little by little confined to the single channel of the
Straits of Bernini, and the whole mass of the Gulf Stream then flowed

76 BULLETIN OF THE

northward over the shallow plateau (the Blake plateau) extending
north of the Bahamas to Cape Hatteras. It is this part of the Blake
plateau which, if I am right in tracing its past history, has been worn
away by the unceasing flow of the Gulf Stream.

Thus the Gulf Stream now flows north of the Straits of Bernini
upon this comparatively shallow submarine Blake plateau,* of an
average depth of about 450 fathoms, and finally pours into the
deep water of the Atlantic over the edge of the steep slope south of
Capfe Hatteras, At the same time it precipitates on this slope all the
silt it has carried along on its bottom, and which represents for the
greater part the wearing action of the Gulf Stream in its course north-
ward. A similar action, but on a smaller scale, also takes place on the
steep western and northeastern slopes of the Yucatan Bank. The
shallow surface waters of a part of the Stream pour over this bank, and
deposit along the above-named slopes all the silt held in suspense, and
■whatever materials are picked up along its course due to its action upon
the shallow banks and reefs of the great Bank itself.

We have, unfortunately, no very definite data regarding the wearing
action of water charged with silt to the degree indicated by the im-
mense quantity of it deposited by the Gulf Stream on the northeastern
edge of the Blake plateau, just south of Cape Hatteras. The Mississippi,
with a depth of say five fathoms, and a velocity not much greater than
that of the Gulf Stream, has in a couple of years dug out a depth of at
least eighty feet a short distance back of its bar. Now what may be the
wearing action of a mighty river like the Gulf Stream, having perhaps an
average depth of three hundred and fifty fathoms, and a breadth of some
fifty to seventy-five miles, with a velocity of five miles, it is difficult to say.
Supposing, however, that this wearing action is no greater than aerial
denudation over the area of the Mississippi drainage basin, — that is, at
the rate of one foot in six thousand years (it certainly is not too much
to assume the same amount for the grinding action of the Gulf Stream), —
this would give us {\ period of about ten millions of years since the ter-
mination of the cretaceous period. This estimate is probably far too
high, judging by what we know of the wearing action of water in
hydraulic sluices ; we probably have a safer estimate in a period of five
millions of years as indicating the time which has elapsed since the
beginning of the Tertiary. If we assume with Ramsay that this repre-
sents about one tenth of the time which has probably elapsed since

* The different shades on the map correspond with the respective velocities
of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 knots per hour.

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 77

life appeared on the earth, this would give us a total of not more than
fifty million of years since the first appearance of life upon this globe.
To this must be added as the age of the globe whatever time mathe-
maticians think necessary to reduce the globe to a condition fit for
animal life from its primitive state.

Cambridge, May 23, 1883.

1^0. 3. — Exploration of the Surface Fauna of the Gulf Stream, under
the Auspices of the United States Coast Survey, hj Alexander
Agassiz.

IV.

On a few Meduscc from the Bermudas. By J. Walter Fewkes.

LIST OF FEEE JELLY-FISHES FOUXD IN CASTLE HARBOR,
BERMUDA, IN MAY AND JUNE, 1882.*

Aurelia flavidula Per. et Les.
Pelagia cyanella Per. et Les.
Linerges Mercurius Haeck.
Mnemiopsis Leidyi A. Ag.
Pleurobrachia rhododactyla Ag.
Beroe punctata CHAii. et Eys.
Chiaja t multicornis M. Edw.
Physalia Arethusa Til.
Velella mutica Bosc. (fragment).
Agalma Okenii EsCH.
Stephanomia (Forskalia) Atlantica F.
Rhizophysa filiformis Lam.
Rhizophysa Eysenhardtii Geg.
Diphyes acuminata Leuck.
Diphyes formosa F.
Lizzia octopunctata Forbes.
Dysmorphosa fulgurans A. Ag.
Halitiara formosa F.
Modeeria multitentacula F.

* During my stay in the Bermudas very little pelagic life was seen. The above
list probably contains only a small part of those jelly-fishes which frequent its
waters.

t The name Enchnris was preoccupied in 1825, when first applied to this Cteno-
phore. The name is as old as 1809 among the 3IolIusks.
VOL. XL — NO. 3.

80 BULLETIN OF THE

Modeeria (Turritopsis) nutricula F.

Tima formosa A. Ag.

Oceania languida A. Ag.

Eucheilota ventricularis McCr.

Cunina discoides F.

Unknown Ephyra with sixteen tentacles.

Tamoya punctata sp. nov.

Eucheilota quadralis ,«p. nov.

Oceaniopsis Bermudensis gen. et sp. nov.

Ectopleura sp.

Eucope sp.

Unknown Ephyra with sixteen tentacles.

Fig. IG.

An Ephyra, which was at first regarded as the yonng of Lincrgcs, on closer
examination was fomid to have sixteen instead of eight otocysts, and the same
nnmber of tentacles. In many other respects, however, it closely resembles the
young Lincrges. The bell is flat, disk-shaped, with a slightly raised and rounded
apex. The marginal lappets, which are thirty-two in numV)er, are long and
flat, thin and pointed at their free extremities. When they are extended, the
central region of the bell, as seen from one side, appears as a slight protuber-
ance above the plane in which they lie. "When the marginal lappets of the
bell are contracted, they fold under the oral side of the bell so that their tips
meet at a point in the centre below the mouth. The incisions which separate
the marginal lappets of the bell extend to two depths ; one set of incisions
corresponding to the position of the tentacles, and the other to that of the sense
bodies. The former are the deepest, and the bell margin is cleft by them in
such a way that the rim of the bell is divided into sixteen pairs of marginal
lappets. The color of the bell is a brownish yellow, in which are darker spots
and patches of black pigment. The mouth is simple, like that of the young
Lincrges, and from its lips hangs a single row of small papilla;, which are want-
ing in the Ephyra of L. Alercurius, Haeck. The adult of the Ejjhyra will
certainly be found to be a very unusual Discophore. Three genera which it
approximates in the number of marginal sense-bodies are Cassiopca, Collaspis,
and Atolla. From both of the last two, however, it differs so widely in the form
of the bell and other particulars that it cannot be referred to either of them.
Cassiopca, which has sixteen otocysts, has no tentacles in the youngest larvfc
studied.* The Ephyra of Lincrges is easily distinguished from that described

* The only genus to wliich I liave been able to refer this Ephyra is Cassiopea.
Cassiopea (Pobjrlotna) frondosn is one of tlie most conunon Medusa; on tlie slioals
along the Florida Reefs, and probably is also found in the Bermudas, although I

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 81

above, in having eight otocysts and the same number of rudimentary tentacles
alternating -with them on the bell margin. The marginal lappets, instead of
beino' long and pointed, as in the above Ephyra, are rounded, and almost oval
in contour. The tentacles are very short, resembling little buds in the interval
alternating between the marginal bell lappets.

The youngest Ephyra of Linergcs which was taken is much younger than any
yet figured. The umbrella has a disk-like form, is flat, and has a coloration
similar to that of the adult. It was not traced into a larva like that which is
elsewhere* doubtfullv described as the young of L. Mercurius.

Agalma Okenii Esch.

Several specimens of .4. Ohenii^ were collected in Castle Harbor. This
species has never before been taken on this side of the Atlantic. A. Okenii
resembles our common Agalma, A. elegans F., but is easily distinguished from
it by the rigid character of the body and the thickness and peculiar form of the
covering-scales.

The axis in larger specimens is about three inches long, and has little flexi-
bility. The polyp stem, or that part of the axis which bears the polypites and
their covering-scales, is almost straight, and on account of the thickness and
.close approximation of the covering-scales is never thrown into those curves
which impart so much grace to the Agalma when in motion. The color of the
axis is vellow and orange. The float and axis resemble in most of their exter-
nal features the same structures in Agalma. The swimming-bells are similar
to those of .4. -papillosum F. in possessing blind extensions of the bell cavity
into the gelatinous horns which arise on either side of the attachment to the
axis and embrace the stem.

The covering-scales are very thick, and stand out at right angles to the stem
at their points of attachment. In looking at the Physophore from the side, it

was not successful in my searcli for it. Cassiopea has sixteen sense-bodies, and in
that respect differs very widely from niiDst Discophora. In one or two other gen-
era, as Collaspis and Alolhi, there are more than eight marginal sense-bodies, but the
difTerences between these genera and the Ephyra mentioned seem too. great for a
reference of it to them.

If my Ephyra is in reality the young of Cassiopea, or some other genus with like
sedentary habits, it furnishes us with the interesting fact, whicli I have long sus-
pected, that in its younger larva? Cassiopea is free-swimming, and has embryonic
tentacles in the Ephyra which are lost in the adult.

* Bull. Mus. Comp. ZoJU., Vol. IX. No. 7.

t This species of Agalma closely resembles Crjjstallodes rigidum Haeck., witli
which it is probably identical. It seems also to be the same as a Siphonophore
described by Gegenbaur, from the South Atlantic, lat. 2° S., long. 26° W. (Neue
Bcitrage zur naheren Kenntniss der Siphonophoren). I have followed the latter
author in considering it the same as the Agalma Okenii described by Eschscholtz,
from the North Pacific Ocean.

82 BULLETIN OF THE

will be noticed that the flat faces which make up the sides of the animal below
the swimming-bells are not formed, as in A. elegans, Ijy the upper surfaces of the
covering scales, but by planes of the same at right angles to the upper and
lower surfaces of the bract. These faces are produced by the great thickness of
tlie scale. Its breadth is simply the thickness of the distal edge of the scale.
The upper surface of the lowest covering-scale is flat, and fits closely to the
lower surface of that bract which is immediately above it in the series, and so
on throughout tlie whole length of the polyp-stem to the lowest nectocalyx.
The thickened border of the bract does not present, when seen from the side, a
single continuous plane surface, but is made up of three or four slightly con-
cave furrows, separated Ijy ridges, which extend at right angles t(5 the upper
face of the scale, in the direction of the length of the stem. Both the swim-
ming-bells and the covering-scales are infested with Distomcc. The appendages
to the polyp-stem all arise from one side of the axis and hang dov.nward in such
a way that when the axis is extended longitudinally the free extremities of the
polypites slightly protrude beyond the covering-scales. The polypites are
more highly colored than those of Arjahna. No tasters were observed. The
tentacles resemble in character and origin those o^ A. elegans Y. Each ten-
tacular knob has a coiled sacculus, a well-developed involucrum within which
it can be drawn, and two lateral terminal filaments, one on each side of a
median vesicle. The distal extremities of the lateral filaments are slightly
enlarged, and colored with reddish pigment.

Note. — It may be found, when older larvae of A. papillosum F. are studied,
that it is the same as A. Okenii Esch,

Rhizophysa Eysenhardtii (?) Geg.

A single specimen of E. Eysenhardtii (?) was taken in Castle Harbor. The
species is well marked, and can easily be distinguished from R. filiformis* by
the absence of tentacular knobs on the tentacular filaments. When first taken
from the water, the tentacles cling with the greatest pertinacity to whatever
foreign body they touch. R. filiformis is also said to grasp any adjacent object
in the same way ; but those which I have studied do not fasten the tentacles
with the same persistency as R. Eysenhardtii.

* The anatomy of tlie above species of Bermuda Rhizophysa resembles closely
that of B. plawstoma Per. et Les., althoush in the figures of this species no side
branches to the tentacles are represented. It also agrees closely in form with a
species of Rhizojihysa described by Huxley, from the Indian Ocean. In the Ber-
muda species no sexual clusters were found at the base of the feeding polyps, as
mentioned by Huxley in his species.

Several specimens of R. filiformis were found at Bermuda; one of these meas-
ured over three feet in length. In this specimen the sexual bells were very large,
and resemble very closely the sexual bodies of Physalia.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 83

The extended axis of the specimen captured was a foot and a half long. The
size of the float, as compared with the diameter of the stem, is proportionally
very large, as in Athorybia and Physalia. Its apex has a crimson color, and
its apical walls are broken through by a circular opening. The longitudinal
axis of the float swims vertical upon the surface of the water * Cellular ai>
pendages hang from the lower portion of the air-sac into the cavity of the float.
The axis is slender, very contractile, and has a pale pink color, while that of
ii, fdiformis is. greenish in color. When the stem is retracted it forms a
twisted snarl below the float, but at other times, when the Ehizophysa floats
extended in the water, the tentacles and their side branches reach widely out-
ward, and the polypites are turned at right angles to the stem. Just below
the float the polypites are quite small, numerous, arise close together, and are
destitute of tentacles. Their outer walls have a pale pink color, with more of
an orange tinge than the axis and tentacles. The inner walls of the larger
polypites bear characteristic " villi," like those described by Huxley in Phy-
salia, and likewise a prominent dark brown, almost black body, which closely
resembles the " liver " of Veldla. The " villi " on the inner walls of the polyp-
ites of Rhizophysa are homologous with the well-known "tubes" which have
been described in the liver of Velclla. The polypites arise from all sides of
the axis.

Each of the larger polypites bears a single long flexible tentacle, which is
destitute of tentacular knobs, but possesses filiform side branches, which are
thickly set with large cells on one side, where the tentacular walls are en-
larged. While many of the side branches are claret-colored, several are color-
less. AVhen the animal is captured, the tentacles must be almost torn from
objects to which they fasten themselves, before it can be raised out of the water.

The sexual organs resemble those of R. filiformis and R. gracilis F., and, like
those of the former species, arise from the stem midway between two polypites.
The close resemblance of the sexual clusters in Physalia and Rhizophysa has
beeli pointed out elsewhere. f The side branches of the Rhizophysa tentacle are
homologous with the reniform thickenings on the tentacles of Physalia-X

* The longitudinal axis of the float oi, R. filiformis lies horizontally on the sur-
face of the water.

t Bull. Mus. Comp. 7mA., IX. 7.

I The close likeness between the sexual organs in PInjsalia and Rhizophysa
was pointed out in my description of R. gracilis in 1882. The comparison of the
tentacular knobs in these two genera was made by Huxley (Oceanic Hydrozoa).
Chun raises these two genera, Plii/salia and Rliizo/ilnjsa, to the rank of an order, to
which lie gives the name " rnoun)atophoridae " (PneumatophoraB), and which he
regards as of equal rank with the PiiysophoridEe (Physophoree) and the " Calyco-
plioriilaj" (Calycophora). In Rhizophysa gracilis F. we have a close approximation
to Physalia in the structure of the body of the tentacle. The " sac," loose folds on
one side of this organ in Physalia, are likewise found very well developed in the
closely allied Rhizophysa Eysenhardtii Geg.

84 BULLETIN OF THE

Tamoya punctata sp. nov.

Figs. 4-6.

A small Tamoya, different from any species of this genus which has yet been
described was found several times at the Bermudas. It is probably the young
of a species of the genus Tamoya, although it has differences from the known
species of the genus which may later, when more is known of the develop-
ment of Tamoya, call for its separation. The absence of enlargements of
the bases of the tentacles into " wings " separates it from the adult Tamoxja.
The youngest larva (fig. 4) has the following characters. In many respects it
resembles Proc/iara^ma Ilaeck., from which it however differs in the possession
of a well-marked " velarium '' and clusters of cells upon the external surface of
the bell.

The bell of this larva has very rigid walls, as that of related TrachynemidfB.
The bell walls are colorless, and without radiating chymiferous tubes. The
height of the bell is a little more than its diameter. Its external surface bears
parallel circles of cells, each composed of several small clusters, and arranged
as shown in the figures. Instead of radial chymiferous tubes, we find four ra-
dial muscles, which extend along the inner bell walls from a j^oint just below
the apex of the bell to the marginal sense-bodies.

The proboscis is at first a bag-like fold hanging downward in the bell cavity,
and slightly separated from its upper inner walls. It is a little more opaque
than the adjacent bell walls, and lias a reddi.sh or brownish color. There are
four short, stiff tentacles springing from the bell margin. Each is carried pro-
jecting outward, and is ribbed on its outer walls with rings of lasso-cells. The
tentacles have a reddish color at their extremities.

The sense-bodies are four in number, and are set in deep incisions in the bell
margin, midway between the points of origin of tlie tentacles. Each sense-body
is covered externally by a well-developed ''hood" (/i), which is visible even
in the youngest specimens. A radial muscular band passes from the base of
each sense-body to the stomach, along the inner bell walls. A similar band
also makes its way directly from the point of origin of the style of the sense-
body into the "velarium." These last-mentioned muscles end blindly near
the inner rim of this structure. Each marginal sense-body has the form of a
spheroidal sac mounted on a short peduncle. This sac (otocyst) contains a
solid spherical body, which occupies most of the chamber of the otocyst op-
posite that into which the cavity of the style opens. The otolyth is nearly
transparent and colorless. There is a pair of ocelli situated in the lateral walls
on the sides of each otocyst.

The " velarium " is thick, muscular, and propulsion is brought about by
its strokes on the water combined with movements of the bell walls.

A second, somewhat older larva of T. punctata was also found. It differs
primarily from that just described in the greater length of the tentacles, and in
the modification in the shape of that part of the apex of the bell from which
the proboscis hangs. While the proboscis of the youngest Tamoya springs

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 85

directly from the inner wall of the bell cavity, as the larva grows older a rounded
protuberance forms in the upper walls of the bell cavity from which the pro-
boscis hangs. This protuberance, when seen from the side, is hemisiiherical in
shape. It forms, however, by means of mesenteries which join the inner wall
of the bell in the four meridians passing through the sense-bodies, four pockets,
or blind cavities, enclosed by it and the inner bell walls. These pockets are
extensions of the bell cavity into the apical walls of the bell, and are separated
from each other on the sides by the mesenteries which join the sides of the
proboscis and the inner bell walls. In these recesses transparent globules were
observed in several specimens. Two of these are represented in Fig. 5.

Figs. 2, 3.

Two small jelly-fishes which are closely related to the above, or are the larvre
of a Medusa like Tamoya, were found on several excursions in Castle Harbor.
They are slightly smaller than the youngest larva3 of the aljove-mentioned
Acaleph, and for lack of l)etter knowledge have been provisionally referred to
S. lyunctata.

The bell walls are thin, rigid, and without chymiferous radial tubes, while
the outer surface is destitute of the characteristic cells whicli have suggesteil
the name 2^unctata. The proboscis is very slightly developod, resembling a
simple muscular layer split off from the inner walls of the bell l)elo\v the
a^^ex.

The bell margin bears four tentacles alternating with as many sense-bodies,
all of which are situated in one and the same plane. The four tentacles are
rigid, and crossed by annulations of cells arranged in bands, as in T. punctata.
Each otocyst is a simple spherical sac, in which is found an otolith. The
style which bears the otolith has well-defined pigment spots in its walls ;
these are probably ocelli. No well-marked " hood," such as exists in Tamoya,
is yet developed. Near the point of attachment of the otocyst, which has no
peduncle, to the bell margin, there is a thickening of the bell margin, fonning a
protuberance on either side of which are small clusters of nematocysts.

Ectopleura sp.

Fig. 11.

A small Medusa, evidently larval, is referred to the genus Ecfoplnira. Un-
like the young* of E. ochracea A. Ag., it has only two well-developed tentacles,

* P.ull. Mus. Comp. Zool., IX. 8. An unknown Tubularian (Fig. 14), probably
larval, whicli was unlike any of tlie species of American genera, was taken at New-
port during my work there last sunnner. Description of a single specimen : —

Bell colorless, high, with thin walls and wellmarked apex, crossed by four l)roa(l
radial tubes; outer surface irregularly covered with lasso-cells. The tentacles are
two in number, and are placed opposite each other on the bell marg:n. Proboscis
mounted on a hemispherical projection of the apex of the bell into the bell cavity.
Stomach diminutive, lips small, smooth, slightly colored.

8G BULLETIN OF THE

and these are arranged opposite each other on the bell margin. The eight
rows of lasso-cells ou the outer surface of the bell are similar to those in
E. ochracea.

The youngest larva of E. ochracea from Ifewport has four tentacles. A
larval Ectopleara with two tentacles has not been Recorded previous to this ob-
servation of the Bermuda species.

Fig:. 13.

The Ectopleura mentioned above was accompanied by several young Tubu-
larians, all in a like stage of developmen-t, which could not be placed in any
known genus. The outlines of the bell are similar to those of Sarsia. Its
outer surface is covered with nematocysts, arranged without regularity.

The Medusa is peculiar in possessing two simple tentacles placed opposite
each other on the bell rim, and a pair of small, a])parently rudimentary ten-
tacles at the extremities of the two remaining chymiferous tubes. These Me-
dusae are the larvae of some unknown Tubularian related to Sarsia.

Oceaniopsis gen. nov.

The genus Oceaniopsis diflers from other members of the Oceanida; in pos-
sessing four octocysts, from the neighborhood of each of which, on the bell
margin, there arise small tentacular filaments.

Oceaniopsis Bermudensis sp. nov. ,

Figs. 8, 9, 10.

Two stages in the development of this jelly-fish were found. The younger
of these has two large, opposite tentacles, while the older has four.

The characters of the former (Figs. 8, 9) are as follows. The bell is low,
without raised apex, with smooth external surface and thin flexible walls.
There are four spherical ovaries (s) which hang from the chymiferous tubes
midway between the proboscis and tlie bell margin. Two long tentacles
(Fig. 8) take origin opposite each other on the bell rim. The rudiments of
two others (Fig. 9) are plainly visible on the bell rim, midway between the
last, as prominent projections on the bell margin. Tlie bell bears four oto-
cysts. From the neighborhood of each otocyst on the bell margin spring three'
or more, sometimes two, small filaments. No filaments are found, as in Eu-
cheilota. in the neighborhood of the tentacular bulbs.

An older stage (Fig. 10) of the same Medusa has four well-developed ten-
tacles, each of which arises from a tentacular bulb, situated at the terminus of
the radial tube near the bell margin. There are no other additions of impor-
tance in this larva, which is probably not far removed in shape from that of the
adult. Several larvte of Oceania lanrjidda A. Ag., occurred with Oceaniopsis.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 87

These invarialjly have eight otocysts iiit*tead of four, even liefore the ovaries
■were devehipeil, and while tliere are but two tentacles which are opposite
each other.

In connectif>n with Oceaniopsis it may be well to mention a new species of
Eucheilota, a young stage (Fig. 13) of which was talcen in surface collecting
at Newport last summer. Tiiis jelly-fish resembles closely the young of E. ven-
tricularis McCr., but, unlike it, has only four otocysts. There are two ten-
tacles, which arise diametrically opposite each other on the bell margin, at the
junt-tiou of radial and circular chymiferous tubes. Near the base of each ten-
tacuhir 1_)u11j there hang two sliort filaments, ;is in Euchcilotn.

The otocysts are situated on the liell rim, half-way between the ])eripheral end
of the radial tubes. Near each otocyst there hangs a short filament, not unlilve
those situated near the tentacular bulbs.

The single specimen taken was undoubtedly larval, and no indication of the
sexual organs was seen. If tlie number of otocysts does not increase as the larva
grows older, tliis ^Ii'dusu is pi-obably tlie young of a new genus ; otherwise, it
may be the immature form of some well-known Medusa like Eucheilota. Pro-
visionally, therefore, I have referred it to Eucheilota, ami designate it as the
young of E. iiuadralis sp. nov.

Cladonema sp.

The genus Cladonevia has up to tlie ]tresent- time never been taken from
American waters. A species of this genus, found by Dr. C. O. Whitman near
Key West^C'ity, in 1883, is in certain particulars different from the C. radia-
tuin l)u Jardin, and may be found, on a more extended study, to be a new
species.

Cladonema was fijund \\-itli Cassiopea on the shoals near Fleming's Key.*
At the time of capture it was apparently at or very near the sea Ijottom, and
was brought up in a dip-net witli sand from the slund.

The bell is almost spherical, and is destitute of an apical projection. The
outer surface is smooth, and the Jjell walls thin. No indication could be
seen, either in sketches of the animal when alive or in the preserved specimen,
of a cavity at the base of the proboscis called a "brood sac" in the related
genus Dendroncma.

There are nine chymiferous tul)es in tiie bell walls. Of these tubes, six only
originate from the base of the proboscis. Three chymiferous tubes pass directly
without sudi\'ision from tlu; ])roboscis to tlie bell maigin, and thi'ec; bifurcate
a sliort distance from their origin. The three bifurcating tuljes alternate witli
tliose wliich do iu)t divide.

There are nine large tentacles hanging from the bell margin, each at an ex-
tremity of a chymiferous vessel. At the base of each there is an " eye-spot" of
black cc)lor. Two kinds of lateral branches arise from tlie tentacles. The first

* A mangrove key, a sliort distance north of Key West, Florida.

88 BULLET'IN OF THE

kind hang in a small cluster from the under side of the tentacle, not far
li'om the origin of the same from the bell margin. They are said to bear
suckers at their distal ends. In the single specimen this structure could not
be made out. The second kind of appendages to the tentacles are more slender
than the former, and bear along their sides small hisso-cells. These branches
are longer and appear more flexible than the former. The manubrium extends
from its origin from the inner bell walls to the vicinity of the bell opening.
The nundjer of oral tentacles is probably five. Six small lateral projections
on the outer walls of the manubrium, about midway its length, indicate the
future o\'aries or sexual organs.

'o^'

Cambridge, August, 1883.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 89

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

a. Axis.

a a. Float.

/). Contents of polypite (Alga?).

c. " Peronise."

cl. Extension of bell cavity into the " velarium."

e. Projection of tlie bell margin near an otocyst.

/ Mouth (opening into a gastric cavity).

g. Projection into the bell cavity from which the stomach hangs.

h. Hood.

i. Cluster of nematocysts.

k. Annulations formed by rows of nematocysts on the tentacles.

/. Lips.

//). Labial papillas.

m. Mouth.

7nl. Marginal lappets.

m s. Muscular bands.

oc. Otocyst.

;). Polypite.

/)/(. " Phacellen." Sexual filaments.

s. Sexual organs.

i. Tentacles.

/ 1. Tentacular appendages.

r. Velum.

Fig. 1. Rhizophjisa Eijsenhardtii Geg.
" 1". Portion of a tentacle of R. Eysenhardtii.
" 2. Young of an unknown INledusa.
" 3. The same from below.
" 4. Larva of Tamoj/n punctata, sp. nov.
" 5. Older larva of the same.
" G. View of T. pinictata from below
" 7. Larva of an unknown Tubularian.
" 7^. The same from below.
" 8. Oceaniopsis IJcnnudeiisis gen. et sp. nov.
" it. View of half of the same from below.

" 10. The same, from larva somewhat older.

90

BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMrAKATIVE ZOOLOGY.

Fig. IL Larva of Ectopleura sp.

" 12. Larva of an unknown Tubularian.

" 13. ICiichctloUi qnaclralis sp. nov.

" 14. Larva uf an unknown Tubularian.

'' 1"). " Phacellcn " of very young Zi/iejv/p.s.

" 10. Quadrant of tlie Epiiyra of an unknown Discophore.

Bermuda Medusas

lull Museum Comp Zool Hi.

'111. :l''iiu'-,vi-,.'iH;v»n>,n:i'lV~.^ni M.Hssi-r^

No. 4. — Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision
of Alexander Agassiz, on the East Coast of the United States,
during the Summer of 1880, hj the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer
" Blake," COMMANDER J. K. Bartlett, U. S. N., Commanding.

(Published by permission of J. E. Hilgard, Superintendent of the U. S. Coast

and Geodetic Survey.)

XXIII.

Report on the Isopoda. By Oscar Harqer.

The collection of Isopoda from the Blake Expedition, although small
in number, is remarkable for the large proportion of interesting forms se-
cured, since nearly all the specimens prove to belong to species that are
either new, or not hitherto known from our coast, or to species known
only from single specimens and hence only imperfectly described.

CIROLANID^.
Cirolana spinipes Bate & Westwood.

Plate I. Figs. 2-3 d. Plate II. Figs. 1-lc.

Cirolana spinipes Bate & Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., II., p. 299. 18G8.

Specimens of this species, not hitherto recorded from our coast, were ob-
tained from two localities ; viz. Station 316, Lat. 32° 7' N., Long. 78° 37'
30" W., 229 fathoms, one female ; and Station 321, Lat. 32° 43' 25" N., Long.
77° 20' 30" W., 233 fathoms, three females and one male.

These specimens appear to agree perfectly in all specific characters with
others in the collection of the Yale College Museum identified and sent to the
Museum by the Rev. A. M. Norman, from the Shetland Islands. They do,
however, differ in some respects from the description of that species in Bate
and Westwood's work, and to facilitate comparison with that species and with
others on our coast a full description is appended, with figures.

The body is a little more than three times as long as broad, with the dorsal
surface strongly rounded, polished and smooth except for minute punctations,
mostly near the posterior margin of eacli segment, and a median dorsal row of
shallow oval depressions, most distinct on the third, fourth, and fifth thoracic
segments.

VOL. XI. — NO. 4.

92 BULLETIN OF THE

The head is quadrate, widest across the posterior part of the eyes, which are
oval, and more distinct than in the other species on our coast. A horizontal
impressed line passes along the side of the head above and in front of the eye,
and another just above •the anterior margin over the bases of the antennae.
The antennidse (PI. I. Fig. 2 a) are short, not equalling the peduncle of the
antennse. Their basal segments are in contact above and in front ; the second
segment is short, the third as long as the first two, and is followed by a flagel-
lum not as long as the peduncle and composed of about fourteen short and
closely united segments. The antennae (PL I. Fig. 2 b), when reflexed, reach
the posterior margin of the third thoracic segment ; the first two peduncular
segments are short ; the third and fourth each twice as long as the second, and
of somewhat greater diameter; the fifth is the longest peduncular segment,
and, at base, only about half the diameter of the fourth. The slender, tapering
flagellum is about twice as long as the peduncle, and composed of twenty-five
or more segments. The fourth and fifth peduncular segments bear, near their
distal ends, a few slender and rather short bristles, much less conspicuous than
in G. concharum or C. folita (PI. I. Fig. 1 b), but longer than in the next species,
G. impressa (PI. I. Fig. 3 b).

The first thoracic segment is slightly longer than the second ; posteriorly
the segments increase slightly in length to the fifth or sixth, but the seventh is
the shortest. The first segment is marked by an impressed curved line just
above the lateral margin. The epimera of the second and third segments are
small, subquadrate, rounded behind. The fourth epimeron is larger than the
preceding ones, with the lower posterior angle rounded. The fifth and sixth
epimera are of about equal size and larger than tlie others, while the seventh
is the smallest of all. In the last three the posterior margin is oblique, and
the lower angle is pointed. All the epimera are quadrate in general outline,
and from near the middle of the line of union with the segment a sharp
depressed line extends upward upon each of the last four segments.

In the first pair of legs (PL II. Fig. 1 a) the basis is flattened on the upper
or inner side, and slightly curved in adaptation to the convex vmder surface of
the head. The anterior margin of this segment is also fringed with bristly
hairs. The succeeding segments are well armed with bristles, and the merus,
carpus, and dactylus are armed along their palmar margins also with acute
spines ; the carpus in this leg is triangular and articulated with little motion
to the propodus. The legs of the second and third pairs resemble the first, but
have a free articulation between the propodus and carpus, which is oval and
armed with several acute spines. These three pairs of legs are directed forward.
The fourth and subsequent pairs are directed backward. The legs of the fourth
pair (PL II. Fig. 1 b) are of moderate length and well armed with bristles or
spines throughout, especially on the merus and carpus, where the spines form
a striking feature. The palmar margin of both these segments is armed with
a row of slender elongated spines and bristles, with many shorter spines also
along the margin, while upon the outer or exposed surface of both segments is
a pretty regular longitudinal row of short spines, nearly along the middle of

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 93

the segment, and others in less regular order between this row of spines and
the palmar border. In the English specimens these spines are even somewhat
more numerous than in ours. The filth leg is similar to the fourth, but some-
what longer and more slender, and the spines on the merus and carpus are
nearly as pronounced and definitely arranged as in the fourth, while a similar
arrangement is found in a less degree upon the remaining two pairs of legs.
In the last two pairs of legs the bases are flattened, expanded, and well ciliated,
forming strong swimming organs. One of the last pair is figured on Plate II.
Fig. 1 c.

All of the pleonal segments are plainly evident above, the fiirst not being at
all concealed by the last thoracic segment, as in the other species on our coast.
The first four segments are subequal in length on the median dorsal line ; lat-
erally they are carinated, the carina ending behind in an angulation (see PL I.
Fig. 2 c) which is most pronounced on the third segment and is rounded off
on the fourth. The thickened, chitinous walls of these segments are more or
less continued below the lateral keel upon the inferior surface of the pleon, and
in the first two segments the inner and posterior angles of this portion are
acutely produced, in the second segment, into short, divergent spiniform pro-
cesses. In the third, the under part of the segment runs out to its lateral
angle, and in the fourth segment this portion is small and not angulated.
All these segments are smooth and not ciliated laterally. The fifth segment
is small, and does not reach the lateral margin of the pleon. The last segment
(PI. II. Fig. 1) is semioval, acutish at the tip, near which it is ciliated and
bears a few short spines. The basal segment of the uropod is produced at the
inner angle to about half the length of the outer ramus. This ramus is lan-
ceolate in outline, shorter than the inner, and of only about half its width ;
both are cUiated and armed with short spinules. The inner is destitute of .
the emargination seen on the outer border near the tip in the other species. ' I
The second pair of pleopods in the male (PI. I. Fig. 2 d) is armed, on its
inner ramus, with a stylet of peculiar form. The stylet is slightly longer
than the ramus and very acute at the tip, just below which it is- . suddenly
much expanded and sends off a prong on the outer side, toward the lamella,
as shown in the figure. A similar structure is seen in the male from the Shet-
land Islands, but I have seen nothing like it in the other American species.

Length of female, 23 mm. ; breadth, 7.5 mm. The single male specimen
obtained is smaller : length, 16 mm.; breadth, 5.5 mm.

Cirolana impressa sp. nov.

Plate I. Figs. 3- 3d. Plate II. Figs. 3 -3c.

This species closely resembles C. polita (Stimp.), as may be seen from the
figiu-es of the two species (PL I. Fig. 1, C. polita, Fig. 3, C. impressa). They
are most readily distinguished by the impressed lines on the surface of the
epimera in the present species, but a closer inspection brings to light other
characters, as will appear in the following description.

94 BULLETIN OF THE

The body is more than three times as long as broad, with the sides nearly
straight and parallel, smooth and polished, with fewer punctations than in C.
polita, but with the usual median dorsal row.

Head rounded hexagonal, broadest across the eyes, with an impressed line
just above them extending around the front of the head. Eyes small, subtri-
angular, notched on their front outline by a thickened marginal ridge, which
dies out in the ocular region. Antennulse (PL I. Fig. 3 a) about as long as the
peduncle of the antennae ; two basal segments swollen and together longer
tban the third; flagellum as long as the peduncle, composed of about a dozen
segments, shorter and more closely articulated than in C. polita. (PI. I.
Fig. 3 b). Antennae surpassing the margin of the first segment, shorter than
in the preceding species ; flagellum one half longer than the peduncle and
composed of about twenty-two segments.

First thoracic segment closely adapted to the hinder margin of the head,
about twice as long on the median line as the second. Behind the second,
the segments gradually increase in length to the seventh, while in C. polita the
fifth is the longest segment and the seventh is shorter than the sixth. The
first segment is marked in the epimeral region by a nearly marginal impressed
line. In the following segments the epimera are distinct and increase in size
to the last. The second and third epimera are subquadrate, with rounded
posterior angles, much as in C. polita, but each is marked by a curved im-
pressed line below and somewhat behind the middle. The third and fourth
epimera are also quadrate in outline, the posterior margins becoming oblique
and meeting the inferior margin in each at an angle, while in C polita both
these epimera are rounded behind. In the present species, moreover, both
these epimera are marked with an oblic^ue inqjressed line running from near
the middle of the upper margin toward the lower posterior angle. The last
two epimera are subtriangular in outline, as in C. polita, and the sixth is
marked with an impressed line, much as in the fourth and fifth. A similar
line is faint, or represented by a row of punctations, on the last epimeron.
The impressed lines on the epimera of this species serve also to disthiguish it
from C concharum (Stimp.), to which it has considerable resemblance.

In the first pair of legs (PI. II. Fig. 3 a) the merus is large and produced at
its outer angle beyond the middle of the propodus, its palmar margin is armed
with acute spinules much as in G. polita, but not quite as strong as in that
species (PI. II. Fig. 2 a), while it difl'ers from C. concharum (PI. II. Fig. 4 a)
in lacking the row of blunt spinules near the palmar margin of this segment.
The legs of the fourth pair (PI. II. Fig. 3b) are araied with spines, with
comparatively few bristles among them, and the spines upon the surface of the
merus abd carpus are arrangetl transversely, instead of as in the last species.
In the seventh pair of legs (PI. II. Fig. 3 c) the basis is slender and nearly
naked, as in C. concharum (PI. II. Fig. 4 c), and the three following segments
are flattened and furnished with close-set bristles distally.

The pleon (PI. I. Fig. 3 c) is more overlapped and concealed by the last
thoracic segment than in either C. concharum (PI. I. Fig. 4) or C. polita (PI. I.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 95

Fig. 1 c). The first segment is quite concealed above, and the second more
or less concealed also in the ordinary position of the segments. In the ventral
portions of the first three pleonal segments the posterior angles are rounded
instead of being acute, as in both the C. polita and C. concharum; laterally the
second, third, and fourth segments are ciliated, as in both those sjiecies. The
telson (PL IL Fig. 3) is much like that of C. polita (PI. II. Fig. 2). The
uropods have the basal segment produced internally; the outer ramus is about
half as wide as the inner, which has a distinct notch near the distal end of the
outer border and is obliquely truncate, or, in the larger specimens, emarginate
at the end; both rami, like the end of the telson, are strongly ciliated, but
sparingly spinulose. The telson is distinguished from that of G. concharum
(PL II. Fig. 4) by the emargination at the tip in that species. The stylet on
the second pair of pleopods in the male (PL I. Fig. 3) is simple, ensiform, and
tapers to a blunt point ; it surpasses the lamella to which it is attached.

The four large females of this species obtained by the Blake Expedition
measure in length 21-23 mm. and in breadth 6-6.5 mm. Specimens obtained
by the U. S. Fish Commission are many of them smaller, but vary from 15 to
27 mm. in length.

The specimens were obtained at Station 336, Lat. 38° 21' 50" N., Long.
73° 32' W., from a depth of 197 fathoms. Others have also been obtained by
the U. S. Fish Commission at the following stations: —

Station.

Fathoms.

N. Lat.

W. Long.

Specimeng,

871

115

40° 2' 24"

70° 23' 40"

4

949

100

40° 3'

.70° 31'

11

1094

301

39° 67'

69° 47'

1

1095

321

39° 55' 28"

69° 47'

2

.

^ga

psora (Linne)

Kroter.

One specimen from 306 fathoms at Station 303 in Lat. 41° 34' 30" N.,
Long. 65° 54' 30" W.

?iEga Webbii (Gderin) Schiodte & Meinert,

Pterelas Wehhii Guerin, Mag. ZooL, Classe VII., PI. XX. 1836.

yEfja WehUi SciiiuDTE & Meinert, Naturhist. Tidssk., R. IlL, B. XIL, p. 347.

PI. X. (Cym. IV.) Figs. 1-4. 1879.

.... . -"ir

A smgle immature specimen of this, or a closely allied species, was taken

at Station 307, Lat. 31° 57' N., Long. 78° 18' 35" W.-, from a depth of 333

fathoms. It measures 10.5 mm. in length, 5.5 mm. in breadth, and has not

yet developed the seventh pair of legs, but the propodi of the second and third

pair of legs are armed with the characteristic cultriform spine, and I have

referred it to this species, though not with certainty.

96 BULLETIN OF THE

^ga incisa Schiodtk & Meinert.

Plate m. Fig. 1.

JEga incisa Schiodte & Meineet, Naturhist. Tidssk., K. III., B. XII., p. 373,
PI. X. (Cyra. IV.) Figs. 13-15. 1879.

A single specimen, apparently of this species, was taken at Station 307, from
a deptk of 333 fathoms, iii Lat. 31° 57' N., Long. 78° 18' 35" W.

It agrees so closely with Schiodte and Meinert's description that I have little
doubt of its identity with that Mediterranean species, although the body is pro-
portionally narrower and the segments of the pleon more regularly curved
above than represented in the figure of y^. incisa given by those authors.

In our specimen the body is nearly three times as long as broad, sparingly
punctate, well rounded above.

The head is roimded behind, presenting no ocular lobes ; in front it is pro-
duced into a distinct, pointed process projecting downward between the bases
of the antennulai, separating them and nearly touching the frontal lamina,
which is small and rhomboidal. The first two segments of the antennulse are
short and small, and rounded in front, not enlarged as in ^. jJsora Kroyer ;
the third segment is longer than the first two, and is followed by a slender fla-
gellum, longer than the peduncle, composed of about fifteen segments, of which
the first is the longest, being as long as the next two, instead of " quam secundo
paulo longiore," as in the typical specimen of the species. The antenna;, when
reflexed, surpass the second thoracic segment; the flagellum is longer than the
peduncle, and composed of less than twenty segments.

The eyes are large, and meet broadly on the median line; ocelli in about ten
horizontal rows, half of which meet on the median line in front.

The first thoracic segment is longer than the second, thence they increase
slowly in length to the fifth or sixth, and the seventh is short. The epimeral
region of the first segment is marked by an obliquely descending depressed
line. The epimera are all angulated behind, though only the last two are sen-
sibly produced, and all are marked by one or two oblique curved lines, running
downward and backward, the posterior one ending in the lower angle. The
last epimeron does not attain the lateral angle of the first segment of the
pleon. The legs are weak, and armed with but few small and short spinules
throughout.

All the segments of the pleon are evident, but the first is very shore above ;
the first four are distinctly angulated laterally. The telson is subtriangular,
distinctly notched behind, as well as minutely crenulated and spinulose. The
basal segment of the uropods is produced internally about half the length cjf
the inner ramus, which is obliquely elong^+e triangular, larger and broader
than the narrowly ovate outer one ; both are i.i)i?.ted and minutely denticulate.

Length, 13.5 mm.; breadth, 5 mm.

I have seen no other specimens.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 97

Rocinela oculata sp. nov.

Plate III. Figs. 2 - 2 a. Plate IV. Fig. 1,

Body oval, length a little more than twice the breadth, surface sparsely-
punctate.

Head subreniform, produced in front into a truncated process over the bases
of the antennula), yoke-shaped behind, the ocular lobes projecting, upper sur-
face nearly covered with the large eyes in which the ocelli are large and quin-
cuncially arranged in ten rows along the long axis of each eye. Five of these
rows meet along the median line.

The antennuloe are slender and scarcely attain the tip of the antennal pe-
duncle; the basal segment is short and concealed from above; the second is
longer than the first; the third is slender, but not as long as the first two
together; flagellum about as long as the peduncle, slender and composed of
five segments, of which the first is much the longest and the last is the short-
est, and does not quite attain the posterior border of the eye when the anten-
nula is reflexed. The antennae surpass the first thoracic segment; the first two
segments are very short; the flagellum is about twelve-jointed.

First thoracic segment closely adapted to the head in front ; fourth segment
longest on the median line above; sixth short; seventh nearly concealed and
quite small, although bearing a well-developed pair of legs below.

The epimera of the second and third segments are oblique, but not acute nor
produced backward in a lateral view; in the four following segments they are
produced and very acute ; the seventh epimeron is much smaller than the
sixth, and, owing to the shortness of the seventh segment, ends behind about
on a line with it, both epimera surpassing the first segment of the pleon.

Legs of the first pair (PI. IV. Fig. 1) slender, armed with a long slender
dactylus, much curved near its base; propodus expanded with a large palmar
lobe armed with a marginal row of eight curved spines ; carpus short, with a
single curved palmar spine. Legs of the second and third pair much like the
first, but with only six spines on the propodus. Legs of the fourth and poste-
rior pairs slender, armed with spines principally at the distal ends of the
ischium, merus, and carpus.

First segment of pleon very short and nearly concealed by the thoracic seg-
ments, narrower than the next three segments, which are about equal, acutely
produced at the sides so as to resemble in shape the seventh epimeron; fifth
segment naiTower than fourth, but somewhat longer on the median line ; tel-
son semi-oval, regularly rounded behind and ciliated. Uropods equalling the
telson ; inner angle of basal segment produced, about one third the length of
the inner ramus, which is ligulate, rounded behind, slightly shorter than the
outer, and less than half as broad; outer ramus obovate, spinulose along the
outer border; both rami ciliated except near the base.

Length, 13.5 mm.; breadth, 6 mm.

VOL. XI. — NO. 4. 7

98 BULLETIN OF THE

A single specimen of this species, the only one as yet known, was taken at
Station 305, Lat. 32° 18' 20" N., Long. 78° 43' W., from a depth of 252
fathoms.

Rocinela Americana Schiodte & Meinert.

Plate III. Figs. 3, 3 a, 4. Plate IV. Figs. 2, 2 a.

Rocinela Americana Schiodte & Meinert, Naturhist. Tidssk., R. III., B. XII.,
p. 394, PL X. (Cym. IV.) figs. lG-18. 1879.

Two specimens of this species were obtained at Station 320, Lat. 32° 33' 15"
N., Long. 77° 30' 10" W., from a depth of 257 fathoms, and a considerable
number of other specimens obtained at various localities by the U. S. Fish
Commission enable me to add somewhat to Schiodte and Meinert's description
of the species, which was drawni from a single female specimen. A comparison
of their type, from Trenton,"^ Maine, now preserved in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology at Cambridge, and kindly loaned for the purpose by Pro-
fessor Agassiz, shows no differences that can be regarded as specific.

The body is oval, with the length more than twice the breadth, and nearly
all of our si^ecimens are proportionally broader than the type, although none of
them are quite as large.

Head subtriangular, rounded behind, acutish or slightly produced in front,
more distinctly produced and somewhat angulated in front in the males (PI.
III. Fig. 4). Eyes rather large, separated by about one quarter the diameter
of the head, rounded behind, more or less angulated at the point of nearest
approach, where, in the males, a distinct angle of a hexagon is seen at the
meeting of two rows of nine and six ocelli along the inner margin of the eye,
one ocellus at the angle being common to both rows.

The antennulae, when reflexed, only slightly surpass the head, and the flagel-
lum is composed of five or six segments, of which the first is not much elon-
gated and the last nearly attains the end of the antennal peduncle. The
antennre nearly attain the hinder margin of the second thoracic segment ; the
first and second segments are very short and concealed by the projecting front ;
the flagellum is as long as the peduncle, and composed of about fourteen seg-
ments.

The first thoracic segment is slightly excavated for the ocular lobes of the
head; epimera of second and third segments subquadrate, oblique but not acute
behind, marked with an impressed line near the lower margin ; remaining four
epimera acute and moderately produced ; last epimeroii usually surpassing the
first segment of the pleon, although in some of the larger females, as in the type
specimen, it fails to do so.

Prehensile legs (PI. IV. Fig. 2) armed with three acute spines on the palmar
margin of the propodus, and three obtuse spines on the same margin of the

* Trenton is incorrectly printed "Ireston" in Schiodte and Meinert's paper.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 99

mertis ; carpus short. Ambulatory legs (PI. IV. Fig. 2 a), well armed with
spines.

First segment of pleon small, nearly concealed by the last thoracic segment,
and usually surpassed by the last pair of epimera, narrower than the three
following segments, which are slightly broader than the last thoracic seg-
ment without the epimera. Last segment broader than long, rounded and
ciliated behind, faintly furrowed on the median line posteriorly. Uropods
about equal to the telson ; basal segment more or less produced at the inter-
nal angle, outer ramus shorter than the inner, both rounded behind and
ciliated, denticvdated externally, with short spinules in the notches between
the teeth.

The female specimens vary in length from 14 mm. to 25 mm. and in breadth
from 6 mm. to 10 mm., being mostly slightly broader in proportion than the
type specimen, which is 26.5 ram. long, 10 mm. broad. The large male in the
Blake Collection is 28 mm. long, 12 mm. broad ; the small female, 17.5 mm.
by 7 mm. A male collected by the U. S. Fish Commission at Station 871 is
22 mm. long, 9.5 mm. broad.

The typical specimen of this species is destitute of color markings, which
may however have faded out from exposure to the light. Nearly all the other
specimens are rather distinctly marked, chiefly along the sides of the body,
with dark brown, arranged as follows. The lateral margins of the first thoracic
segment, and the epimera sometimes of the third, and usually of the fourth,
fifth, and sixth segments, but not of the seventh, are dark or nearly black, and
the color extends distinctly to the adjacent regions of the fourth segment, and
may extend across the back along the hinder margin of this segment ; the
next two segments may be similarly, but less strongly marked. On the pleon
the color appears as a curved or crescentic band, along the lateral margins of
the second, third, and fourth segments, and across the back part of the fifth and
fore part of the sLxth segments. On the sixth segment the color when present
is divided by the median line into two more or less distinct spots, or maculae.
The posterior part of the telson is lighter-colored than the body.

This species has also been obtained by the U. S. Fish Commission at the fol-
lowing stations : —

station.

Fathoma

N. Lat.

W. Long.

Specimens.

871

115

40° 2' 54"

70° 23' 40"

5

874

85

40° 0'

70° 57'

Cast skin

87K

126

39° 57'

70° 57' 30"

1 /

897

157

37° 25'

74° 18'

2 '

1108

101

40° 2'

70° 37' 30"

1

Oct. 4, 1882

Trawl-line

Rocinela

sp.

1

A single specimen, probably of an undescribed species of this genus, was ob-
tained at Station 344, Lat. 40o 1' N., Long. 70° 68' W., from 129 fathoms.

100 BULLETIN OF THE

This specimen, althongh 27 mm. in length, is not yet adult, as shown by the
rudimentary condition of the seventh pair of legs, and differs from the pre-
ceding especially in having the eyes more finely granulated. The material is
too incomplete to attempt a fuU description.

Syscenus infelix Haeger.

Plate III. Figs. 5, 5 a. Plate IV. Figs. 3 - 3h.

Syscenus infelix Hakger, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., Pt. IV. for 1878, p. 387. 1880.

Three specimens of this species were obtained at two localities; viz. a sin^-le
female at Station 303, Lat. 41° 34' 30" N., Long. 65° 54' 30" W., from 3*06
fathoms, and two males at Station 309, Lat. 40° 11' 40" N., Long. 68° 22' W.,
from 304 fathoms. Besides these specimens a considerable number have also
been obtained by the U. S. Fish Commission, from various localities along the
coast as far south as Delaware Bay, and from a depth as great as 372 fathoms,
so that the species, originally described from a single specimen, has now be-
come comparatively common in the collection, and I am enabled to make
some corrections iu the description already given, as well as to add further
details and present figures of the species.

Many of the specimens since obtained are larger than the type, and such
examples often have the body quite distinctly corrugated and rather coarsely
pitted, especially upon the head and the anterior part of the thorax or pereion.
In some of the larger males the ocular regions on each side of the head are
swollen and distinctly pitted and corrugated. On the lateral margin of the
head is a notch, into which may be received a short process oil the anterior
angle of the first segment, thus producing a very firm articulation when the
head is drawn closely against the first segment. The flagellum of the anten-
nula is usually composed of seven segments instead of six, but the number
may be different on opposite sides of the same specimen. A bottom view of
the head, enlarged eight diameters, is given ou Plate IV. Fig. 3, showing the
antennary organs, the right antenna being removed to show the antennula
of that side.

The maxillipeds (PI. IV. Fig. 3 c) are robust, thickened along the inner or
median side where they meet; the first segment of the palpus is large, nearly
square, and armed at its inner distal angle with a single hook; its distal margin
is shorter than the proximal, and is angulated at the articulation with the second
short transverse segment. This segment is armed distally with three hooks,
of which' the anterior appears to be articulated and should perhaps be regarded
as a third segment of the palpus. The outer or second maxilla; are thin, deli-
cate, and obscurely lobed at the tip, where they are armed with a single small
hook. The inner or first maxilla; (PL IV. Figs. 3 b, 3 b') are armed with
spines, of which the inner are shorter and straight, the outer are larger and

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 101

curved or hooked at the tip. The mandibles (PI. IV. Fig. 3 a) are robust at
base, but slender and acute at the tip.

lu the prehensile, or first three pairs of legs, the merus, carpus, and pro-
podus are each armed with a short, curved, blunt spine on the palmar margin,
as shown in the figure of a leg of the first pair on Plate IV. Fig. 3 d. The
remaining four pairs of legs, not all natatory, are well fitted for prehension by
their slender curved claws, and differ considerably in their proportions in speci-
mens of different sizes, as shown by the accompanying table of measurements.
AU the legs are strongly flexed at the articulation of the basis with the ischium.
In the sixth and seventh pairs, the ischium, merus, carpus, and prnpodus are
elongated and in the small specimens slender, so that, with the addition of the
dactylus, the last five segments of the leg of the sixth pair may attain to five
sixths or even seven eighths the length of the body. The bases do not partici-
pate in this elongation and are therefore omitted in the measurements, since to
include them would only diminish the contrast between the large and small
specimens, shown especially in the last six columns of the table. In large
specimens, like the one figured, the sixth and seventh pairs of legs are much
more robust than in smaller ones.

The pleopods (PI. IV. Fig. 3 g) are not naked, as originally described, but
all the anterior ones, as usual in the JSgidce, are distinctly ciliated. The cilia
are however short and not very evident, and were overlooked in the single
specimen described. In the small specimens they are proportionally longer
than in larger ones. The second i^air of pleopods in the male (PI. IV. Fig.
3 g) bears a slender stylet tapering to the tip, and about as long as the ramus to
which it is attached. In the small specimen, whose measurements are given
in the last column of the table, the stylet is blunt, and considerably shorter
than the ramus. The uropods (PI. IV. Fig. 3h) are robust; the basal segment
is oblique, but not much produced internally; the rami are well ciliated.

Professor VerriU states that in life this species is bright colored, varying
from bright orange to salmon-colored above and light yellow underneath. This
color soon fades in alcohol.

Considerable variations in size, and corresponding variations in the propor-
tions, especially of the sixth and seventh pairs of legs, are shown in the fol-
lowing table of measurements, in which the first three columns contain
measurements of the Blake Expedition specimens, the next four columns con-
tain measurements of specimens obtained at a single locality (Station 945) off
Martha's Vineyard, by the U. S. Fish Commission in the summer of 1881,
while in the last column are measurements of a smaller specimen obtained by
the Fish Commission at another locality (Station 1028) in the same region.
The measurements in the fourth column are from the specimen figured on
Plate III. Figs. 5 and 5a; those of the next five columns are from specimens
gradually decreasing in size to the last. The length of the ambulatory legs,
especially those of the sixth and seventh pairs, is seen to increase proportionally
as the length of the body diminishes, except in the case of the seventh pair
of legs of the last specimen. This is doubtless to be explained as a mark of

102

BULLETIN OF THE

immaturity in addition to the one already noted in the second pair of pleo-
pods. The measurements are in millimeters, and the proportion of each to
the length of the body is indicated by the accompanying decimal.

MEASUREMENTS.*

E.

B.

B.

F. C.

F. C.

F. C.

F. C.

F. C.

F. C.

Syscenus iiifelix H.

3U3

l.OO
24.6

309

l.OO
31.0

cf
3U9

945

945

cf
945

?
945

10(1
25.0

945

i.no
18.0

1028

Length of body

1.00
30.0

1.00

44.0

l.OO

32.0

1 no
27.0

i.no
15.0

Transverse diameter of head

.16
3.8

.16

6.0

.15

4.5

.14

6.0

.16

5.0

.15

4.0

.10

4.0

.18
3.2

.19

2,8

" " Ist segment ....

.33

8.0

.29

9.0

.31
9.2

.28

12.6

.28

9.0

.,30

8.0

..32

8.0

.33

60

33
5,0

" " 3d segment ....

..36

8.8

..3.5

11.0

.35

10.5

.34

16.0

..33

10.6

,33

9,0

.X,

9.(

.41

7.4

.35

6.2

" " 7th segment . . .

.27

6.5

.26

8.0

.27

8.0

.26
11.5

.2,5

8.0

.23

6.2

.26

6.6

.25

4,6

,27

4,0

" " pleon at base . . .

.20

5.0

.18

5.5

.18
5.5

.19

8.0

.17

5.5

.17

4.5

.20

6.0

.20

3,6

.20

3,0

" " last segment of pleon

.2.3

5.6

.23

7.2

.26

7.8

.25

11.2

.24

7.5

.21

5.6

.23

6.8

4^0

.21
3.2

Longitudinal diameter of last segment of pleon

.23

5.6

.26

8.0

.29
8.6

.27
120

.26

8.2

.21

5.6

.23

5,8

.25
4,6

27
4,0

Length, beyond basis, of leg of 3d pair . . .

.18

4.5

.16

5.0

.17

5.0

.14

6.0

.18

5.2

.15
4.0

.17
4.2

.17

3,0

,20

3.0

" " " " 4th pair . .

.30

7.0

.26

8.0

.27

8.0

.25
11.0

.2.5

8.0

.26

7.0

.28
7.0

.28

5.0

.33

6.0

" " " " 6th pair . .

..37

9.0

..35
11.0

.33
10.0

.30

13.0

.31
10.0

..3.3
9.0

.34

8.5

.42

7.5

,40
6,0

" " " " 6th pair . .

.66

16.0

.58

18.0

.63
16.0

.45

20.0

.50
16.0

.63

17.0

.as
17.0

.83
16.0

.87

13,0

" " " " 7th pair . .

,«3

13.0

.50

15.5

.47
14.0

.41

18.0

.42
13.5

.54
14.6

,60

15.0

.67
12.0

.61
9,2

* In the table of measurements B. is used to denote the Blake Expedition, F. C. the U. S. Fish
Commission, and the accompanying numbers refer to the stations at which the specimens were ob-
tained. The measurements are in millimetersi and OTer each is placed in small figures the correspond-
ing decimal part of the length of the body.

New Hav|:n, September 6, 1883.

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 103

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Cirolana poUia Ilarger ex Stimpson. Lateral view of female, enlarged
tliree diameters.

" 1 a. Antennula of another specimen, enlarged twelve diameters.

" lb. Antenna of same, enlarged twelve diameters.

" 1 c. Lateral view of pleon of C. fiolitn as in fig. 4, enlarged five diameters.

" 2. Cirolana spinipes Bate & Westwood. Lateral view of female, enlarged
three diameters.

" 2 a. Antennula of another specimen, enlarged ten diameters.

" 2 b. Antenna of same, enlarged ten diameters.

" 2 c. Pleon of C. spinipes as in fig. 4, enlarged five diameters.

" 2 d. Pleopod of tlie second pair of C. spinipes, male, enlarged eight diameters.

" 3. Cirulana iiiiprcssa Ilarger. Lateral view of. female, enlarged three diam-
eters.

" .3 a. Antennula of another specimen, enlarged twelve diameters.

" 3 b. Antenna of same specimen, enlarged twelve diameters.

" .3 c. Pleon of C. iniprcssa as in fig. 4, enlarged five diameters.

" 3 d. Pleopod of tlie second pair of C.impressa, male, enlarged eight diameters.

" 4. Picon of Ciralami coni-Iianiin Harger ex Stimpson, showing the first five
segments in a lateral view, with dotted outline of last thoracic seg-
ment and its epimeron, enlarged five diameters.

PLA^E IL

Fig. 1. Cirolana spinipes Bate & Westwood. Last segment of pleon with uro-

pods, enlarged six diameters.
" 1 a. Leg of the first pair, enlarged eight diameters.
" 1 b. Leg of the fourth pair, enlarged six diameters.
" 1 c. Leg ^ tlie seventh pair, enlarged six diameters.
" 2. Cirulana polita Ilarger ex Stimpson. Last segment of pleon with uro-

pods, enlarged six diameters.
" 2 a. Leg of the first pair, enlarged eight diameters.
" 2 b. Leg of tlie fourth pair, enlarged eight diameters.
" ;J. Cirolana iinprissa Ilarger. Last segment of pleon with uropods, enlarged

six diameters.

104 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

Fig. 3 a. Leg of the first pair, enlarged eight diameters.

" 3 b. Leg of the fourth pair, enlarged eight diameters.

" 3 e. Leg of the seventli pair, enlarged eight diameters.

" 4. Cirolana concharum Harger ex Stimpson. Last segment of pleoo with

uropods, enlarged six diameters.

" 4 a. Leg of the first pair, enlarged eight diameters.

" 4 b. Leg of the fourth pair, enlarged eight diameters.

" 4 c. Leg of the seventh pair, enlarged eight diameters.

PLATE III.

Fig. 1. ^ga incisa Schiodte & Meinert. Dorsal view of specimen from Statiori
307, enlarged five diameters.

" 2. Rocinela oculata Harger. Dorsal view of specimen from Station 305,. en-
larged six diameters.

" 2 a. Ventral view of same specimen, enlarged six diameters.

" 8. Rocinela Americana Schiodte & Meinert. Dorsal view of female, enlarged
three diameters.

" 3 a. Ventral view of same specimen, enlarged three diameters.

" 4. Rocinela Americana Schiodte & Meinert. Head and first thoracic segment
of male, enlarged three diameters.

" 6. Syscenus infelix Harger. Dorsal view of male, enlarged one and one lialf
diameters.

" 5 a. Lateral view of same specimen, enlarged one and one half diameters.

PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Rocinela oculata Harger. Leg of the first pair from specimen figured on

Plate III., enlarged fifteen diameters.
" 2. Rocinela Americana Schiodte & Meinert. Leg of the first p«ir, enlarged

ten diameters.
" 2 a. Leg of the sixth pair of the same, enlarged six diameters.
" 3. Syscenus infelix Harger. Inferior view of the head, riglit antenna removed

to show the antennula, enlarged eight diameters.
" 8 a. Left mandible of same, enlarged twenty diameters.
" 8 b. Maxilla of the first or inner pair, enlarged twenty diameters.
" 8 b'. Tip of same, enlarged about seventy-five diameters.
" 3 c. Left maxilliped of same, enlarged twenty diameters.
" 3 d. Leg of the first pair of same, enlarged four diameters.
" 3 e. Leg of the fourth pair of same, enlarged four diameters.
" 3 f. Leg of the sixth pair of same, enlarged four diameters.
" 3 g. Pleopod of the second pair of same, male, enlarged four diameters.
" 8 h. Uropod of same, enlarged four diameters.

Blake Exped. Isopoda

PLATE 1.

0 Harget, from Natu

Photo Li'h. by E. Croand, New H-jt^en, Conn.

CIROLANA POLITA. C. SPINIPES. C. IMPRESSA. C. CONCHARUM.

Blake Exped, Isopoda

PLATE LI.

rxdiuu — /

-^1

3b

Ji-^_

0 Ha'get, from Nature

Photo. Lilh, hy E C'lsand Nevw Haven, Conn

CIROLANA POLITA, C. SPINIPES, C. IMPRESSA. C. CONCHARUM.

Blake Exped, Isopoda.

PLATE 111.

O Harge', from Nature.

Photo. Lith. by E. Cnsand, New Haven. Conn.

AEGA, ROCINELA, SYSCENUS.

Blake Eitped. Isopoda.

PLATE lY.

O. Harger. from Nature

Photo. Lilh. by E Crisartd. New Haven. Conn.

ROCINELA. SYSCENUS.

No. 5. — Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision
of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico and in the Carib-
bean Sea (1878-79), bg the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake,''
LiEUT.-CoMMANDER C. D. SiGSBEE, U. S. K, and Commander J. E.
Bartlett, U, S. N., Commanding.

(Published by permission of Carlile P. Patterson and J. E. Htlgard, Super-
intendents of tlie U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.)

XXV.

Supplementary Report on the Blake Cephalopods. By A. E. ^errill.

The following paper includes the results of an examination of a small
collection of Cephalopods received after my former report had been
printed. The specimens are not numerous, but among them there are
two very remarkable new genera, of unusual interest.

All the specimens in this lot were taken in the West Indian region,
and mostly in rather deep water.

Abralia megalops Veerill.

Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. XXIV. p. 364, 1882.

Plate III. Fig. 4.

A small immature specimen occurred at Station 294, in 137 fathoms, off
Barbados, 1878-79.

The body is moderately long, pointed posteriorly, with the anterior mantle-
edge prolonged into a broad, blunt median angle. Caudal fins large, the base
rather large, occupying nearly one third the length of the mantle. Taken
together the outline is broad-rhomboidal, and slightly sagittate ; the outer angle
of the fin is obtusely pointed ; the anterior margin is broadly convexly cm-ved,
projecting forward somewhat beyond the base. Head rather large. Eyes very
large. Arms slender, the dorsal ones shorter than the others, which are sub-
equal. Tentacular arms long, very slender, more than twice as long as the
sessile ones. The connective cartilage at the base of the siphon is large, broad-
est posteriorly, tapering to a blunt point anteriorly, with a central longitudinal
furrow, having thickened margins.

VOL. XI. — NO. 5.

lOG BULLETIN OF THE

The color is whitish, with rather large, well-separated, reddish brown chro-
matophores, both above aud below ; a large dark brown spot on the head above
each eye.

The basal portion of the arms is destitute of suckers for some distance, then
there are two alternating rows of small hookfe along the middle ; these are fol-
lowed, distally, by two rows of small oblique suckers, having the horny rim of
the orifice armed on the outer or higher side with several long, slender, in-
curved teeth.

The clubs are small, but distinctly enlarged and bordered by lateral mem-
branes ; in the middle portion there is a row of three or four lai;ger elongated
hooks, with a few smaller ones in the same row, and a row of suckers alter-
nating with the hooks ; outside of these, on each side, there is a row of mar-
ginal suckers ; at the tip there is a crowded cluster of minute suckers ; on the
wrist there is a small group of smooth suckers and tubercles.

Length of the mantle, dorsally, 12 mm.; length of body and head, 14 mm.;
breadth of head, 5.5 mm.; breadth across fins, 12 mm.; from tip of tail to an-
terior lobe of fin, 7 mm.; tip of tail to origin of fin, 6 mm. ; length of tentacular
arms, 15 mm.

The figure is from the type-specimen taken by the U. S. Fish Commission
oflf Martha's Vineyard, Station 1137, in 173 fathoms.

Sthenoteuthis Bartramii (Les.) Verrill (?).

Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. V., p. 223, 1880, p. 288, 1881.
Ommastrephes Bartramii D'Orbigny, Ceph. Acetab., PI. 2, figs. 11-20.

Steenstrup, Oversigt k. Danske Vid. Sels.^Forhandl., 1880, p. 79, fig. 2, p. 81,
fig. 3, p. 89.

A fragment of an arm, from a rather large species of Ommastrephes or Stheno-
teuthis, was obtained by Commander J. E. Bartlett. It was brought up on the
sounding lead in 607 fathoms, 4j miles N. W. § W. of Sombrero Light, N. Lat.
18° 36', W. Long. 63° 32' 30" ; temperature of the bottom, 41°.

This fragment is about 60 mm. long and 10 mm. broad at the larger end.
It is from the terminal portion of an arm of which the tip had been amputated
and healed. The suckers are rather large, on slender pedicles, which arise
from swollen elevations on the inner surface of the arm ; each margin of the
inner face is bordered by a moderately wide, thin, incurved membrane, which
is supported by well-marked transverse muscular ridges, which run out from
between the bases of the suckers. The suckers are obliquely attached, with
very oblique apertures ; the basal half of the cup is much smaller than the
outer portion, and is separated from it by a distinct constriction ; the distal
portion is obliquely cup-shaped, with the inner side much narrower than the
outer ; the margin is supported by a very broad, horny rim ; the outer edge of
the aperture is surrounded by a circle of 12 to 14 regular, close, very sharp
incurved teeth, _of which the median one is not distinctly larger than those
adjacent ; the inner half of the border is armed by numerous, very much

MUSEUM OF COMPARATR''E ZOOLOGY.

lo:

smaller, sharp denticles ; outside of the horny rim the marginal membrane is
covered with a regular circle of minute horny plates.

The transverse breadth of this ariu-fragment at the thickest end is 9 mm.;
across internal face, with the la,tei:al membranes extended, 15 mm.; length of
transverse mu.scular bands of the marginal membranes, 4 mm.; diameter of the
largest suckers, 4 mm. ; height of cups, 5 mm. Number of larger teeth on the
sucker-rings, 14 to 17; of smaller ones on the inner edge of the rim, 8 to 10.

Cheiroteuthis lacertosa Verkill.

Trans. Conn. Acad., V., p. 408, VI 56, ft^f. 1-1 f, 1881 ; Report U. S. Fish Commis-
sion for 1870, [pp. 110, 209,] PI. 4G, figs. 1-1 f, 1882.

A specimen of tliis rare species, somewhat smaller than the original type-
specimen, was obtained. It lias ijoth tentacular arms with the clubs in good
condition. It agrees closely with the type-specimen, already described in de-
tail, and figured by me, in all its essential characters. In color it differs only
ill being somewhat paler, and in having rather distinct pale, or whitish, small
round spots scattered over the dorsal surface. The row of dark spots along
each of the ventral arms is very distinct.

Mt'asnrrmr.nts of Clin'rntcuthis lacertosa.

Length of body to dnr>al edge of m-iutle, .

Breadth nf body, ........

Len''-th of caudal fin, ......

Transverse breadth across tips, about ....

Length of head from dorsal cartilage to base of arms,

Breadth of head at eyes,

Length of diii'sal anus, ......

" •• •• 2d pair,

3d pair, ....

" " " 4th pair,

Diameter of dorsal arms at liase, " . , . .
" '• '• '^ 2d pair, .

" 3d pair,
'• 4lh pair, .
Length of tentacular arm, ......

Length of club, ........

Its breadth, in the middle .....

Diameter of largest suckers of lateral arms, .
" " " ventral arms,

Station 230, in 404 fathoms, off St. Vincent, W. I., 1878-79.

A very large .specimen of this species has recently been taken by the U. S.
Fish Commission steamer "Albatross," at Station 2074, in 1309 fathoms, N. Lat.
41° 43', W. Long. 6o° 15' 20".

77

mm.

14

^40

36

15

60

75

96

153

4

5

5.5"

9

660

60

8

2

1

108 BULLETIN OF THE

NECTOTEUTHIS Verrill, gen. nov.

Sepiolidte allied to Stolotcuthis. Mantle with a free anterior dorsal edge ;
ventrally forming a sort of shield for the lower surface of the body, and pro-
longed far forward beyond the eyes, as a broad upturned lobe. Fins large,
thin. Eyes large. Arms iinited by a web of considerable extent. Sessile
arms, in the type-specimen (probably male) with the suckers on the distal
part very minute, conical, sessile on the ends of stout tapering or conical pedi-
cels ; those on the proximal part normal, small, obli(|ue, with slender pedicels.
Pen not observed, perhaps wanting. Club of tentacular arms with numerous
minute, subequal suckers, in many rows.

Nectoteuthis Pourtalesii Verrill.

Plate III. Figs. 1 - 1 b.

A very small species, remarkable for its short, thick body ; the great size of
the ventral shield, which extends forward beyond the bases of the ventral arms ;
and the large conical sucker-pedicels, surmounted by minute suckers, on the
distal half of the arras.

Body short, higher than broad, and well rounded behind ; dorsal surface con-
vex ; the free mantle border is nearly transversely truncated, with a slight lobe
in the middle ; sides, below the fins, compressed, nearly vertical. A large
ovate, convex shield occupies nearly the whole ventral surface, extending back-
ward nearly to the posterior end, covering the whole width in the middle, and
extending forward far beyond the lateral and dorsal mantle-margins, and to the
anterior portion of the head ; the anterior margin of the ventral shield is
curved upward, leaving a deep concavity within ; this portion of the ventral
shield conceals and protects the entire lower surface of the head and siphon ;
on the sides, the margin recedes in such a way as to leave the large, prominent
eyes exposed. The fins are attached aliove the middle line of the body; mod-
erately large, very thin and delicate, transparent, except at base, with the mar-
gin undulated in the preserved specimen ; the bases of the fins extend forward
close to the margin of the mantle and backward about half the leu"th of the
body; the anterior end is evenly rounded, forming nearly a semicircle. Head
large, as broad as the body, narrowed in front. The eyes, which are verj^ large
and prominent, occupy nearly the whole of the sides of the head ; eyelids thin
but distinct ; pupil round. Arms small, slender, unequal in size and length,
and connected together for some distance by a basal web, which extends farthest
between the dorsal arms and is wanting between the ventral pair. The web
has an outer fold, as it passes the second pair of arms, so that the latter appear to
be inside the edge of the web. Dorsal arms much shorter than the lateral and
ventral pairs, the free tips projecting but little beyond the edge of the web.
The arms increase successively in length froni the dorsal to the ventral pairs,
which scarcely exceed the third pair, but all have the same kinds of suckers, in

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 109

two alternating rows ; the free portion is slender, rounded externally, and
tapers to a slender tip ; on the distal half, the sucker-pedicels are long, very-
prominent, conical, larger tlian the suckers, and tapering toward the tip, which
terminates in a minute conical sucker, without any constriction between it and
the pedicel ; of these there are ten or more pairs on the lateral and ventral
arms, and four or five pairs on. the dorsal arms ; the length of the sucker-pedi-
cels and suckers together is greater than the diameter of the arms ; on the
basal half of the arms the suckers are of the ordinary structure, as in Rossia ;
they are small, with small apertures, oblong, obliquely attached, on short,
slender pedicels, which are surrounded by submarginal swellings of the arm-
surface. Of these normal suckers there are nine to ten pairs on the lateral
and ventral arms ; of these two or three, at about the sixth or seventh pair, on
the lateral arms, are distinctly larger than, those before or beyond them. One
or two of intermediate form connect the normal with the specialized suckers.
The dorsal arms are united together along their inner surfaces, which turn
toward each other, for some distance from the base by a thickened membranous
fold, which forms a sort of pocket or sinus between the arms, probably for
sexual 23urposes. Tentacular arms are long, slender, triquetral, tapering dis-
tally; club small, curled, a little wider than the portion of the arm just below
it, covered with numerous very minute suckers, arranged in many rows.

Siphon relatively large and prominent, projecting forward in front of the
bases of the ventral arms.

Measurements of Nectoteuthis Pourtalesii.

Length to tip of longest sessile arm, . . . .24 mm.

" dorsal edge of mantle, . . . . 11"

" ventral edge of mantle, . . . . 17 "

" bases of lateral arms, . . . . 17 "

Breadth of body (or head), 10 "

Diamete-^ of eyeball, • . . . , 6 "

Longitudinal extent of fin, . , . . _ . 10 "
Breadth from base to outer edge, .... 6 "

Length of its insertion, ..... 7 "

" dorsal arms, 6 "

" second pair, 7 5"

" third pair, 85 «

" ventral arms, 10 "

" tentacular arms, ,30 "

" club, 3 «

Color of the dorsal and lateral surfaces of alcoholic specimen dark reddish
brown, due to a large number of chroraatophores, which extend but a short
distance beyond the bases of the fins ; sides of the head, above the eyes, darker
brown ; ventral shield dark purplish brown, caused by great numbers of very
minute chromatophores ; its margin is surrounded by a pale band ; arms and

110 BULLETIN OF THE

sucker-pedicels yellowish white, with a few pmall brown chromatophores ; the
outer portion of the fins is yellowish white; and probably transparent when
living.

The sex of the single example was not determined. Possibly the remark-
able suckers and pedicels on the distal half of the arms may be due to hecto-
cotylization, peculiar to the male. In this example the dorsal arms are closelv
united together, to near the tips, and within the web the basal portion is much
thickened and the suckers are crowded and partially concealed liy the incurved
margins of the arms, and by their facing strongly toward each other. This
may also be a sexual character.

Station 295, in ISO fathoms, off Barbados, Blake Expedition, 1878-79.

This curious species has a striking general resemblance to Stoloteuthis leu-
coptera \ ., from deep water off the New England coast. It is readily distin-
guished by the free dorsal edge of the mantle, by the ventral shield projecting
much farther forward, and by the remarkable form and structure of the distal
sucker-pedicels and suckers. The hns are smaller, and the arms more slen-
der It is probal)le that the uni([ue specimen is a male, and that some of the
peculiar features of the arms and suckers may be only sexual.

Rossia brachyiira Verkill, sp. nov.

Plate III. Fig. 3.

A small species with a very short body, large fins, and very small suckers, in
two rows on the basal part of the arms, but in four rows distally.

Body unusually short, scarcely longer than broad, broadly rounded and
somewhat emarginate posteriorly ; mantle-edge advancing in a broad obtuse
lobe dorsally, extending farther forward with a slight median emargination
ventrally. Fins very large and prominent, the insertion equal to about three
quarters the length of the body, the outer margin thin and broadly rounded,
the anterior lobe free, rounded, and projecting forward beyond the mantle-
edge, the posterior margin also free and projecting back somewhat as a rounded
lobe, reaching nearly to the end of the body. Eyes large, with the lower lid
slightly thickened. Sessile arms rather long, subequal in length, the' dorsal
ones a little shorter than the others. The suckers are similar in size and
arrangement on all the sessile arms ; on the basal third they are arranged in
two rows ; farther out they form four rows, which become crowded toward the
tips. The suckers are very small, oblique, deep urceolate, with small aper-
tures ; thev decrease regularly from near the middle to the tips of the arms.
Tentacular arms moderately long and stout ; club rather large, distinctly thick-
ened, with a high dorsal keel ; suckers very numerous and small, campanulate,
crowded in about 16 rows, decreasing gradually in size from the upper to the
lower edge, where they become very minute.

Color, in alcohol, pale purpUsh brown, with numerous small, unequal chro-
matophores, beneath as well as above ; arms paler ; fins whitish.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Ill

Length of body, above, 18 mm.; of body and head, 27 mm.; breadth of
body, 15 mm.; length of insertion of fin, 12 mm.; its greatest length, front to
back edge, 16 mm.; height, base to tip, 9 mm.; length of dorsal arms, 15 mm.;
2d pair, 17 mm.; 3d pair, 18 mm.: 4th pair, 17 mm.; of tentacular arms,
28 mm.; of club, 12 mm.; diameter of largest stickers of lateral arms, 60 mm.;
of larscest suckers of tentacular clubs, 12 mm.

Station 148, in 208 fathoms, off St. Kitts, 1878-79. One female.

Heteroteuthis tenera Veerill.

Amer. Jour. Sci., XX., p. 392, 1880; Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zool., XIII., p. 103,
PI. 3, figs. 5-5 b; PI. 7, figs. 2-2 d, 3-3 b, 1881 ; Trans. Conn. Acad., V., p. 357,
PI. 46, figs. 2-2 d, 3-3 b, PI. 47, figs. 5-5 b, 1881 ; Pveport U. S. Fish Cora, for
1879, [p. 175,] PI. 33, PI. 34, fig. 1, 1882.

One specimen (9); ^om Station 148, in 208 fathoms, off St. Kitts.

Octopus tuberculatus Blainv. i

A species with long arms, a short basal web, and peculiar branched cirri
above the eyes and scattered over the back. Probably young.

The body is moderately large, oblonw, swollen below, well rounded behind.
Head about as broad as the body, with large prominent eyes. Upper surface
of the body and head thickly covered with rather small, low warts, which also
extend along the dorsal sides of the arms and on the basal web ; scattered over
the upper surface of the body and head are j^rominent cirri, some of which are
simple and tapered, while others are divided into three to five digitate lobes or
branches ; of these, two are situated in the median dorsal line, four form a
quadrangle on the dorsal surface of the body, and two are situated on each side
of the body in line with the eyes ; on the head, one is situated in the median
dorsal line between the bases of the dorsal arms ; one much larger and more
complicated than the others is situated above each eye; this may have seven or
eight slender bi'anches ; the eyelids are covered with prominent warts ; the
lower surface of the body is paler and smoother, with only minute inconspicu-
ous warts, more evident anteriorly. • Siphon moderately large, strongly tapered.
The arms are long and rather slender, tapering to slender tips ; they are sub-
equal in size and length, the ventral ones a little smaller and shorter ; the
suckers are rather small, the two rows well apart; the two basal ones are much
smaller than the succeeding ones and stand nearly in the median line. The
basal web extends about one third the length of the arms ; the arms are bor-
dered for some distance by a thin, narrow, marginal membrane on each side.
The hectocotylized arm is but little shorter than its mate, and tapers to an acute
but modified tip ; along the border of the arm there is an incurved marginal
groove formed by the narrow, inflpxed marginal membrane, which terminates

112 BULLETIN OF THE

in a minute conical papilla at the base of the modified tip ; this is very small,
narrow, tapered, acute, with thickened margins and a narrow median groove,
which is crossed by numerous, very small, transverse furrows. Color of the
upper surface of the body, head, and basal web pale purplish brown, mottled
and streaked with darker ; the color is due to numerous minute purplish cbro-
matophores, among which there are a few larger, more definite, dark brown
ones ; the warts appear to have been paler ; the cirri are yellowish white Math-
out chromatophores. The lower side of the body, head, siphon, and arms, with
the inner surface of the arms, is yellowish white, having very few chromato-
pho'res, among which are a few very definite, small, dark brown ones.

Length of body, 17 mm.; of body and head, 22 mm.; breadth of body,
13 mm.; of head, 13 mm.; breadth of web, from mouth, 13 mm.; length of
second pair of arms, 52 mm.; of first pair, 50 mm.; of third pair, 51 mm.; of
the ventral arms, 50 mm.; of the hectocotylized arm, 45 mm.; length of the
modified tip, 2.5 mm.; its breadth, 1 mm.

Stations 278, in 69 fathoms, and 296, in 84 fathoms, off Barbados, 1878-79.
Three specimens.

Octopus pictus Verrill, sp. nov.
Plate III. Fig. 3.

Body relatively large, oblong, smootli, bluntly rounded posteriorly. There
is no constriction between the head and body, and the head is rather broader
than the body; eyes large, rather prominent. There is a single small rounded
wart over each eye. Web between the arms rather small, thin, extending
about one fourth the length of the arms, narrower between the ventral arms.
Arms moderately long, nearly equal in size and length. Suckers relatively
large, in two rows, not crowded ; the two basal suckers are small, nearly in the
middle line, the innermost ones forming a regular circle around the mouth.
The color is peculiar ; over the entire surface of the body, above and below, and
on the upper surfaces of head, arms, and web, there are numerous rather large
distinct, round, reddish brown or dark brown spots, usually with a darker cen-
tral point ; between these there are numerous minute, lighter colored chromato-
phores ; inner surfaces of the web and arms yellowish white.

Length of the head and body, 8 mm. ; breadth of body, 6 mm. ; length of the
arms, 16 mm.

Station 142, in 27 fathoms, Flannegan Passage, and Station 278, in 69
fathoms, off Barbados, 1878-79. One young specimen from each place.

Although the specimens are probably the young of some larger species, it is
unlike any of 'the described West Indian forms known to me in its peculiar
ocellated coloration and the very smooth sm-face of its body, with only a single
wart above the eye.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. IV.

OPISTHOTEUTHIS Vekrill, gen. nov.

Body broad, depressed, closely united to the brachial web except at the
posterior end, which projects slightly. Fins long, attached at about the middle
of the body, near the dorsal surface ; bases wide apart, each supported by a
distinct transverse cartilage. Siphon small, projecting slightly from beneath
the posterior end of the body, and directed backward, with a very small aper-
ture. Head as broad as the body ; eyes large. The lower surfoce of the head
and body wholly attached to the brachial membranes. Arms subeciual, united
together to near their tips by a very broad, thick, soft web, which leaves only
the inner surface of the arms exposed ; suckers in a single row, those toward
the base of the arms largest. On each side and alternating with the suckers is
a row of small, tapered cirri ; these commence in a rudimentary form between
the first two suckers, and continue from there to the tips.

Opisthoteuthis Agassizii Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate I. Fig. 1. Plate II. Fig. 1.

The body is broad, depressed, rounded posteriorly, and with the head is
wholly adnate to the web connecting the arms, except at the posterior end
behind the fins, where it is slightly free and overhangs a little ; the siphon
projects backward beneath the posterior end in the groove thus formed ; the
Ijranchial opening appears to have been small, partially surrounding the siphon,
but the membranes in this region are much mutilated, so that its form and
extent cannot be determined. The fins are large, thin, wide apart, elongated,
oblong ovate in form, the outer end bluntly rounded, each fin is supported by
a separate internal cartilage, of which tJie inner end is broadest and thick, while
the outer end extending into the free portion of the fin is much thinner, lanceo-
late, tapering to a blunt point ; this cartilage is situated much nearer to the
posterior than to the anterior edge of the fin and does not extend much beyond
its middle, leaving the terminal third thin and flexible. The head is about as
large and as broad as the body ; the eyes are very large and occupy the entire
sides of the head. As seen from above the arms are concealed except at the
tip by a thick, soft web, which unites them together and unites them closely to
the sides of the head and body. The integument of the entire upper surface is
very soft and flabby, and appeai-s to have been smooth, although it is much
wrinkled in the alcoholic specimen ; the web between the arms extends to
near the end, leaving only about one fifth free, and this portion is bordered by
a membranous fold along each side. The web consists of an outer and inner
portion, separated by considerable thickness ; the inner membrane arises from
the inner surface of the arms, which projects but little above it. The arms are
rather large and moderately stout along the middle portion, much narrowed
toward the bases, which are. not in contact ; the free ends are rather slender,

VOL. XI. —NO. 5. 8

114 BULLETIN OF THE

compressed, with the tips attenuated ; the first five suckers are much smaller
than those that follow ; the next five or six suckers are the largest ; they de-
crease to about the tenth, and then become larger opposite the edge of the web,
finally diminishing gradually to the tips ; the cirri, which alternate with the
suckers on each side, are widely separated from them along the middle of the
arms ; they are small, slender, tapered, acute, dark purplish brown in color;
those toward the tip and close to the base of the arms are very small. The
beak is moderately large, black. The buccal membrane is covered with small
verrucae.

Color of the upper surface chocolate-brown, with small scattered roundish
spots of yellowish white. Fins paler brown. Inner surface of the web dark
chocolate-brown. Inner surface of the arms much paler than the web.

Length of body and head, to base of arms, 60 mm.; breadth of body, 50 mm.;
breadth of head across eyes, 52 mm.; extreme breadth across fins, 105 mm.;
from base of fin to tip, 30 mm.; anterior to posterior edge, 17 mm.; diameter
of eyes, 25 mm.; breadth of interbrachial web, from mouth, 75 mm.; length of
dorsal arms, 130 mm.; of lateral arms, 120 mm.; of ventral arms, 130 mm.;
greatest breadth of dorsal arms, 9 mm.: diameter of largest suckers, 3 mm.;
length of cirri, 2 to 3 mm.

Station 260, in 291 fathoms, off" Grenada, Blake Expedition, 1878-79.

This remarkable species dilfers widely from any hitherto described. It is
more closely related to Stauroteuthis sertensis than to any other known species ;
from the latter and from Cirrhoteuthis it differs in having the body and head
closely adnate to the brachial membranes so as to entirely conceal the ventral
portions ; in the posterior position of the siphon ; and in the arrangement of the
cirri on the inner surface of the arms. The fins appear to be larger and more
highly developed than in either of the genera referred to. The transverse sup-
porting cartilages are not united across the back, as they appear to be in both
the related genera. The arrangement of the web between the arms appears to
be unlike that of Staurote^iiJiis, but the only known specimen of the latter was
in such a poor state of preservation as to render this statement unreliable. Per-
haps the most remarkable characteristic of this species is the posterior position
of the siphon and branchial opening, a position which is rendered necessary by
reason of the close attachment of the head and body to the brachial membrane.
The condition of the internal parts of the specimen is such as to render it im-
possible to determine the precise character and position of the branchial opening
and gills. Only one specimen was obtained, and this is probably a female, for
no evidence of hectocotylization can be detected on any of the arms, all of which
are well preserved.

New Haven, October, 1883.

MUSEUM OF COMPAILVTIVE ZOOLOGY. 115

EXrLAXATION OF PLATES.

I'LATK 1.

Fig. 1. Opisthoteuthis Agasstzii Verrill. Dursal view. Natural size.

PLATE IL

Fig. L Opisthoteuthis A/jnssi:ii Verrill. Ventral view, showing the arrangement of
the suckers and cirri. Natural size.

PLATE in.

Fig. 1. Nectoteuthis Pourtalpsii Verrill. Dorsal view. Enlarged two diameters.

" 1 a. The same. Enlarged two diameters.

" lb. The same. Left arm of the fourth pair. Side view. Enlarged four di-
ameters.

" 2. Rossia hrachyura Verrill. Left arm of the second pair. Front view. En-
larged four diameters.

" 3. Octoims pirtus YcrfiW. Dorsal view. Enlarged three diameters.

" 4. Abralia ii)c(/aptcm Verrill. Ventral view of the type-specimen from Sta-
tion ll;]7, in 173 fathoms. Eularued two diameters.

Supplement, Blake Exped Cephalopods.

PLATE I.

J H. Emcrton. frcnn Naitire

Photo Lith by L S Punderson New Haven Conn

OPISTHOTEUTHIS AGASSIZII Verrill.

Supplement, Blake Exped. Cephalopoda

PLATE II.

^>\

as?:

^ 0 ^g,^{y:;^\.:

- » -2$§>:<-

■ ' • A^----

^ • -c'-.;

< e -^:'.r

■ / » _■>",.

' . " « -*^-'-

: ■ ■>• ^?-V

; ^ ■'-' e Uj':, ■

■ . . ' 9 :j> ■

^ ■-■--••'« :r

• ■-"« -'

'■ fy <-:.

■. -.© -i^

•ii;i^.;■;■ ^-fe"*:

^'•^IM

f

J, H. Emerton. ffom Nature.

Photo Lith by L S PunJ^-^on. New Hd»cn, Conn

OPISTHOTEUTHIS AGASSIZII Verrill.

Supplement, Blake Exped Cephalopods

PLATE 111.

*■•

J H Emcrton. from NatgfC

Photo Lith by L S Pu'idcrson, New Ha«n, Conn

No. 6. — Descriptions of Two Species of Octopus from California.

By A. E. Vereill.

In the following paper the large Octopus punctatus, which inhabits the
Pacific coast, from San Francisco to Sitka, is described and figured more
fully than hitherto. A nev/ species, known to the author for many
years, is described under the name of 0. himaculatus, a name intended
to recall the presence of two large dark spots, one in front of each eye,
near the bases of the arms. This species ranges from San Diego to
Panama, and perhaps even farther south.

Octopus punctatus Gabb.

Octopus punctatus Gabb, Proc. California Acad., II., p. 170, 1862.
Dall, Proc. California Acad., III., p. 243, fig. 27 (dentition), 1866.

Plate IV. Plate V. Fig, 3.

Body in preserved specimens more or less ovate, or depressed pyriform,
broadly rounded behind and narrowed toward the neck; upper surface of the
body and head covered with a soft lubricous integument, which, in the best
preserved examples, is strongly and irregularly longitudinally wrinkled, but
these wrinkles can be easily smoothed out by the fingers, leaving only slightly
thickened, irregular patches and blotches, which are of a darker brown color
than the rest of the surface ; similar, shghtly raised, darker spots, of smaller
size, are numerous on the web and outer sm-face of the arms ; at the posterior
end of the body the wrinkles are more conspicuous, and often give rise to
prominent irregular folds, concentric to the body ; these appear to have more
persistency than those of the dorsal surface, but as they can be nearly smoothed
out, they probably appear and disappear during life, according to the state of
contraction of the skin, as modified by the temper of the animal. The entire
lower surface is smoother and paler, but shows small, irregidar, scattered
brown blotches, largest at the sides. The head is of moderate size, with promi-
nent eyes ; above each eye are two large, prominent, compressed or angular,
soft cirri, blunt at the tip, but not lobed ; the most anterior of these is oppo-
site or in advance of the centre of the eye, the other is farther back ; around
the bases of these chri, and between them and the eyelids, there are numerous
small, unequal, irregular, rounded and compressed warts, which stand some-
what in lines radial to the eye. The siphon is large and long, gradually

VOL. XI. — NO. 6.

118 BULLETIN OF THE

tapered. The arms are, in normal specimens, subequal in size, very long, not
very stout at base, and very slender toward the tip ; the two lateral pairs are
nearly equal, and a little longer than the dorsal ones ; the ventral arms are
slightly smaller at base than the others, and about equal in length to the dor-
sals, or sometimes slightly shorter. The web between the arms is broad and
thin ; it is widest between the lateral arms, where it is nearly one fourtli as
wide as the arms are long, and narrowest between the ventral ones ; between
the dorsal arms it is nearly as wide as between the laterals. The web extends
as a lateral membrane along the sides of all the arms, but it is widest and
extends farthest along the posterior margin of the dorsal and lateral arms and
along the anterior margin of the ventrals. Along these margins the membrane
can be traced nearly to the ends of the arms. On the anterior sides of the
dorsal arms, and on the posterior margins of the ventral ones, the web rapidly
narrows, and does not run very far out as a distinct fold, recognizable in pre-
served specimens. The sucker-bearing face of the arms is not very broad, the
breadth of the arms being usually less than the depth, toward the base. The
arms are stoutest about opposite the edge of the web, the portion nearer the
mouth gradually narrowing. The suckers nearest the mouth are small and
elevated, not very close together, alternating, but not standing f;ir out of the
median line ; they gradually increase in size, to about the sixteenth or eight-
eenth, which are within the border of the web, where they attain their full size ;
the largest-sized suckers, in the male, continue for some distance beyond the
edge of the intermediate web without much change in size ; they are of nearly
equal size on the three upper pairs of arms, but somewhat smaller on the ven-
tral ones. Farther out the suckers very gradually diminish in size, becoming
very small and very numerous toward the tips. The larger suckers are broad
and moderately elevated, with a wide rim and a deep, crenulated central pit,
from which strongly marked grooves radiate to the rim. The largest suckers
have from 30 to 35 primary grooves that reat;h the margin of the central pit ;
many of these fork once, or even twice, toward the outer margin. The beak
is strong and black.

The two large males examined have tlie third right arm hectocotylized, but
not very conspicuously so. A well-marked membranous fold, of moderate
breadth, runs from the web along the posterior edge of the arm nearly to the
tip ; its inner surface is white and smooth, and naturally curls inward, thus
forming a groove, which, at a small, acute, conical papilla, situated at the base
of the terminal organ, passes into the furrow of the latter. This organ is rela-
tively small, narrow, rather long, tapering to the tip ; its inner sxirface is flat-
tened or concave, forming a groove where the margins are incurved. In the
best preserved specimens the groove is covered internally, especially near its
base, with small, soft, granule-like warts, or papillae, in about six longitudinal
rows, but there are no distinct transverse partitions. The hectocotylized arm,
in one of the specimens, had 107 suckers, the distal ones being very small.

The general color of preserved specimens is, as in most species, dull purplish
or dark bro\\'n on the upper and outer surfaces, paler and more yellowish on

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 119

the lower surfaces and on tlie inside of the arms and web. The color varies
much, as in all otiier ceplialopods, accordini^- to the mode of preservation,
strength of the alcohol, etc. In the best ])i'eserved specimens there are ii'refu-
lar, ill-defined blotches and spots of darker pn]-[)lish brown, often longitudinal
in direction, scattered over the upper surfaces of the body, head, and web, and
on the sides of the body, beneath. Between these blotches the surlace is rather
thickly sprinkled with small, dark brown chromatophores.

In life, the color seems to l)e very changeable. Mr. A. Agassiz has sent
me two colored drawings made l)y him iu 1859, from a living specimen taken
in the Gulf of Georgia, W. T., and kejit iu continemciit. In one of these draw-
ings the color of the dorsal surface of the body, which is represented as nearly
smooth, is purplish red, mottled and streaked with dark brown and with a
longitudinal band of brown along the sides, running l)ack from the eyes; the
upper and front sides of the web and arms are dull ])ur}ilish red, irregularly
mottled with dark brown ; the bases (jf the ventral arms, with the wel) lietween
them, and the lower surfaces of the head, have a lighter orange tint. In the
other drawing (a side view) the whole surface of the body and head is repre-
sented as covered with large and ju'omiuent, irregularly wavy folds ami lidges,
separated by deep wrinkles ; the folds are larger posteriorly, ))ut prdject as
irregular warts, lioth on the back and on the ventral surfaces. The colors of
the body and head, in this figure, are dark ;ind rather bright ; the upper parts
are mottled and streaked with lake-red, dull orange, dark brown, and grayish
green, the dark Inviwu a)iil red tints predominating ; the lower surfaces are
lighter, hut similarly nrnttled, with the orange and lake-red tints most con-
spicuous ; the siphon and edges of the gill-opening are orange-j'ellow, the
latter bordered with dark brown ; eyelids brownish red ; eyes silvery.

According to the drawings referred to, the body, in life, is swollen and pyri-
form or ovate, nmch broader and thicker than the head. In one of tlie figures
there appears to be a membranous ibid running along the sides and forming a
posterior prominence at the end of the body ; in this figure the membranous
folds along the sides of the arms are represented as much wider and extending
nearer to the ends than iu the preserved specimens.

Mr. William H. Dall, who has dbserved this species in life, furnishes the
following notes on its habits : "AVhen angry the horn over the eye is erected,
the arms coil together, the eye dilat(;s, and the body quivers with rage. The
muscles keep up a .squirming motion, but I have never seen any approach to
the <lark color figured by Cheiui as characteristic of the angry Octopus vulfjaris
of the i\Iediterranean, nor any such elevated longitudinal ridges. The suckers
project or are retracted according to the mood of the animal ; their outer edge
expands when about to seize hold, and contracts after getting hold of anything.
In very large individuals the extremities of the arms are long and much attenu-
ated. I suppose they can adjust their shape to their ([uarters, but when in
motion the body is round and always on fop and the oral disk is invisible. It
never willingly turns its mouth u]>, and when forced to do so clinches its arms,
like a fist, over it. "With death comes flaccidity and Ihitleuing. One with a

120 BULLETIN OF THE

body 8 inches in diameter had the arms 16 feet long. They shrank much in
alcohol."

Mejisun'meiits of Octopus imndatus Gabb, in onlUimcfers.

Nat. Mus., No. 33076 cf. M. C. Z., No. C2 (f.

Length of body to eye, ....

From edge of mantle to tip of tail (below),

Breadth of l)ody,

Breadth of head, at eyes,
Breadth of liead, at base of arms.
Diameter of eyeball, ....
Eye to web between ventral arms,
Eye to web between 3d ajid 4th arms,
Eye to web between 2d and 3d, . .
Eye to web between 1st and 2d,
Mouth to edge of web between dorsal arms.
Mouth to edge of web between 1st and 2d,
Month to edge of web between 2d and 3d, .
Mouth to edge of web between 3d and 4th,
]\Iouth to edge of web lietween ventral arms,
Length of siphon, lower side, .

Diameter of siphon, near base.
Diameter of siphon, at tip, . . .

Length of dorsal arms (1st pair),

Length of lateral arms (2d pair),

Length of lateral arms (3d pair).

Length of ventral arms (4th pair),

Breadth of 1st pair* of arms.

Breadth of 2d pair of arms,

Breadth of 3d pair of arms,

Breadth of 4th pair of arms,

Diameter of largest suckers, 2d and 3d pairs of arms, 20 to 25.5

Diameter of central pit, ....

Diameter of largest suckers on doi'sal arms, .

Diameter of largest suckers on ventral arms.

Length of terminal organ on hectocotylized arm,

Diameter at base, . . .

This species has a wide range along the Pacific coast. It extends from San
Francisco to Sitka, Alaska. On the coast of Alaska it is smoked and dried by
the Indians as an article of food. In the markets of San Francisco it is often
sold fresh, to the French and other foreigners, for food.

.

229

,

.

153

,

. 140

. 70

.

66

82.5

.

. 89

. 25.5

,

28

203

. 1G5

178

. 153

114 .

. 165

. 178

.

216

178 .

.

. 216

. 216

.

229

153 .

. 114

70

,

106

38 .

. 33

13

15

Right side. 1

Left side.

Right side. Left side.

. 485

672

915

953

648

699

965

978

. 533

673

737

965

737

635

838

915

. 32

25.5

35.5

25.5

. 38

25.5

32

21.5

■ms, 20 to

25.5

18

6

3

19 to

23

18

19 to

20

15

m, 71

71

6

6

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 121

Octopus bimaculatus Verrill, sp. nov.

Plate V. Figs. 1, 1 a. Plate VI.

Size moderate, body relatively large, elongated pyriform, enlarged poste-
riorly, somewliat depressed iu alcoholic specimens. Upper surface everywhere
covered with prominent, unequal, raised warts, usually conspicuous in pre-
served specimens, except in those which are unusually flaccid, in which they
sometimes become low, rounded, or flattened, but do not entirely disappear.
On the ventral surface the warts are much smaller and loss conspicuous. Head
large, not so broad as the body, from which it is separated by a slight constric-
tion ; sides of the head about the eyes promineu^t. Eyes large. Upper sur-
face and sides of the head conspicuously warted like the l>ody, or more coarsely
than the body ; above and a little behind the eyes there is one large, conical,
warted cirrus ; in front and around this, above the eye, there are numerous
large, prominent warts, some of them larger than those on the general surface.
Arms rather long, moderately stout, united at the base for a considerable dis-
tance by a strong thick wel), the upper surface of which is strongly warted, like
the head and body. The web is much more extensive between the dorsal arms
than between the ventral ones, usually broadest between the second and third
pairs. The lower surface of the Aveb and the sides and ventral surface of the
arms are covered with very numerous, crowded, minute, conical or granule-like
warts, which often appear to be arranged in small patches or clusters separated
by smoother, paler, reticulated lines or wrinkles: Arms unequal, the dorsal
pair considerably smaller and shorter than the others. The second and third
pairs are very nearly equal in size and length. The fourth pair is a little
smaller and shorter, Vait considerably longer than the dorsal pair. The arms
are rounded trapezoidal toward the base, with the sucker-bearing face broad
and the dorsal surface well roimded ; the membrane along the sides of the arms
in continuation of the web is usually narrow and inconspicuous, and can often
be traced oidy for a short distance. The suckers toward the bases of the arms
are large, broad, saucer-shaped, w^ith strong radiating grooves, about thirty in
uuml^er, and with a large and deep central pit. Margin much expanded, with
two borders, the outer one soft and finely crennlated, the inner one divided
into lobes by radiating grooves. In some males examined, one sucker within
the border of the web is A-er}^ much larger than any of the others on the second
and third pairs of arms. This enlarged sucker is the twelfth from the base,
and in the posterior row on each arm. One male of large size has the cor-
responding sucker only a little larger than the adjacent ones, but the two pairs
of lateral arms in the males jjave ten or twelve suckers (from about the tenth
to the twentieth suckers) mostly within and near tlie edge of the web de-
cidedly larger than the corresponding ones on the d(n'sal and ventral arms.
Beyond the edge of the web the suckers rapidly diminish in size, and on the
distal half become relatively small, and gradually decrease to the very small
ones which cover the attenuated tips. The large suckers toward the base oi

122 BULLETIN OF THE

the arms are but little elevated, and have verv broad bases ; thev alternate re^u-
larly, and their borders ai-e nearly or quite in contact. The three suckers next
the mouth on each arm are nearly in one line ; the smaller inner ones forming
a regular circle around the mouth.

In the male, the right arm of the third pair is hectocotylized. This arm is
decidedly shorter than its mate, and tapers much more rapidly to the tip, which
is acute ; along the posterior dorsal angle of the arm there is a strong, broad
memliranous fold, with the lower surface strongly concave, white, and crossed
liy numerous distinct transverse grooves ; the outer edge of the membrane is
thin, sharp, white, and curves inward over the grooA'e. The groove with its
covering membrane extends close to the tip of the arm, where it terminates in a
minute conical papilla ; beyond this, there is a minute, conical, naked tip, but
without any appearance of the spoon-shaped cavity and transverse grooves
found in other species of Octopus.

In alcoholic specimens the entire upper surface is usually very dark purplish
brown, varying to dark bluish gray. In some specinu'iis there are obscure
patches of darker and lighter over the upper surface. In all the specimens
examined there is a large, rounded, purplish black spot near the base of the
web, and corresponding to the interval between the second and third pairs of
arms. Lower surface of the body, head, and web nmch lighter than the upper
surface, dull grayish or yellowisli white, finely specked with purplish chro-
matophores. Terminal portion of the siphon darker, much like the dorsal sur-
face, inner surface of the web and arms grayish purple, pah;r than thi^ upper
surface. Inner surface and rim of the suckers yellowish while.

The largest male observed (from San Diego, Cal.) has the dorsal arms 325
and 390 mm. long, from the mouth; second pair of arms, 540 and 450 mm.
long; third pair of arms on left side, 550 mm.; right (hectocotylized) arm,
400 mm. ; ventral arms, 500 and 490 mm. ; greatest transverse diameter of the
dorsal arms, 20 mm.; lateral arms, 25 mm.; ventral arms, 20 mm.; diameter
of the larger suckers of the lateral arms, 11 to 14 mm.; of the twelfth sucker,
15 to l(i mm.; l)readtli of the web between dorsal arms, from the mouth,
GO mm.; between lateral arms, 70 to 100 mm.; between ventral arms, GO mm.;
length of body, 70 mm.; greatest breadth, 75 mm.; vertical thickness, 42 mm.;
breadth of head across eyes, 45 mm.; breadth of dark spot at base of web,
20 nmi.

A somewhat smaller male, with the tissues more contracted, has the dorsal
arms 2G5 mm. long ; second pair of arms, 270 mm. (probably reproduced) and
280 mm. ; third pair of arms, 300 mm. (left side) ; hectocotylized arm, 2G5 mm. ;
ventral arms, 285 mm.; dianietei' of tlie twelfth sucki-r of ihc lateral arms, 20
to 22 mm.; of the adjacent suckers, 12 to 14 mm.; length of liody, 70 mm.;
breadth, 60 mm.; breadth of head, 45 mm.

This species has an extensive southern distrilnUion on the Pacific coast. It
is comnKjn at San Diego, California, where it has been obtained by Dr. Edward
Palmer and others. Numerous small specimens were obtained at Panama and
on the c^.ast of SaTi Salvador bv ^fr. Frank If. Pradh-v, for tlie Museum of

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 123

Yale College, in 1866 and 1867. The largest specimens that I have seen are
two males from San Diego, Cal. These were sent to me for description by
the National Museum. They were collected by Prof. D. S. Jordan. A female,
of somewhat smaller size, from the same locality, was sent to the museum of
Yale College by Dr. Edward Palmer.

New Havkn, October, 1883.

124 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE IV.

Fig. \. Octopus ])!inctatus Gabb. ]\Ialc. Dorsal view, from an alcoholic specimen,
somewhat restored. T?"duced to one fourth natural size.

PLATE V.

Fig. L Octopus biiudculatus Verrill. INIale. Side view. One half natural size.
Somewhat restored from an alcoliDlie specimen.

" la. Tiie same. Ileetocotylized arm. Side view, showing the marginal groove
spread open and the very small terminal organ. Enlarged two diam-
eters.

" 2. tfcto/iHs punctiUtis Ga))b. Distal i)ortion of the hectocot^dized arm, front
view, ,'iiiowing the terminal organ, spread open, and the commencement
of the marginal groove, with a few of the distal suckers. Enlarged two
diameters.

PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Octopus hiiiiaciilatH.-^YorYiU. ^iale. Front view of the inner surface of the
wel) and arms, showing the entire length of the riglit arm of the second
and third pairs, and the basal i>ortion of the other arms. To illustrate
particularly the great size of certain suckers of the lateral arms.

California Cephalopods.

PLATE IV.

J. H. Emcrton. from Nature

Photo Lith by L S. Punderson, New Haircn. Conn

OCTOPUS PUNCTATUS Gabb.

California Cephalopods.

PLATE V.

m

^■4 \ ■"'$1 M' ■%,

• ■"•■ V ■ ■ • *. ■ ■"

:",-^-T"^

a-;

ft

■0

:-i^y^

®

J H. Emeflon, iicm Nature.

Pholo Lith by L S Punderion. Nt* Haven Conn

1, OCTOPUS BIMACULATUS 2. OCTOPUS PUNCTATUS

California Cephalopods.

PLATE VI.

VJ-TT^.

'^**"-%s»<^r,^„.^ ^^^^^,,,,?y?

o ^'

~s«i

■i

( igt

J H Emerton. from Nature

Photo Lilh by L S Pundorson, New Haven. Conn

OCTOPUS BIMACULATUS Verrill.

CORRIGENDA.

Ueberall lies statt host — Wirth,
p. 127, Z. 2 von uiiton lies statt

p-

128,

Z.

2 „

p-

129,

Z.

1 „

p-

129,

Z.

8 „

p-

130,

Z.

5 „

p-

130,

Z.

10 „

p-

131,

Z.

20 „

p-

132,

Z.

4 „

p-

132,

Z.

12 „

p-

133,

Z.

6 „

p-

133,

Z.

9 „

oben

T.

— P. Herb. Carpenter,

Blake

— Bibb,

Stat. 23

— Stat. 203,

der

— des Pharynx,

Blake

— Bibb,

Blake-

— Blake- und 2?2ii-Exped

Langs-r/.\7i"

— Langs-Zm^,?,

Blake

— Bibb,

,.?

— Connn,

glatt

— plait,

bei dew,

— bei den.

No. 7. — Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision
of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), and
in the Caribbean Sea (1879-80), by the United StaMs Coast
Survey Steamer " Blake," Lieut.-Com. C. D. Sigsbee, U. S. N.,
and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U. S. N., Commanding.

(Published by pennission of Carlile P. Patterson and J. E. Hilgard, Superin-
tendents of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.) I

XXVI.

Verzeichniss der von den United States Coast Survey Steamers " Hassler "
und '■'■Blake'" von 1867 zu 1879 gesammetten Myzostomiden. Von Dr.
L. V. Graff, Professor of Zoology at the College of Forestry of
AschafFenhurg (Bavaria).

In dem nachsten Bande des " Report on the Scientific Results of the
Exploring Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger" wird eine von 16 Tafeln be-
gleitete ausfuhrliche Beschreibung der mir in den letzten Jahren von
den verschiedensten Seiten zugekommenen Myzostomiden erscheinen.
Es befiuden sich darunter audi die Formen welche Herr P. Herb. Car-
penter (Windsor) von den Crinoideen des "Hassler" und "Blake" aus-
gesucht und mir mit alien nur wiinschenswerthen Notizen iibersandt
hat. Es sind nicht weniger als 22 Species von denen 21 neu sind.
Vierzehn derselben sind dem Blake- und Hassler-Materiale eigenthlim-
lich (ich werde sie in dem folgenden Verzeichniss mit einem * bezeich-
nen) wahrend der Rest auch in dem von der Challenger-Expedition, und
aus den Museen von Copenhagen, Kiel, Bergen, Leiden, etc. stammenden
Mater iale Reprasentanten hat.

Ohne die allgemeinen Resultate meiner Publication im Challenger-
Repoi't zu anticipiren, will ich hier nur eine kurze Beschreibung der von
den SchiflFen "Blake" und "Hassler" erbeuteten Formen liefern. Die-
selben lassen sich folgendermaassen gruppiren : —

VOL. XI. — NO. 7.

126 BULLETIN OF THE

AA. Typische Zwitter Myzostomen, meist mit Saugnapfen
verseheii, (^ctoparasitisch lebend uud keine Delbrmitateii
an ihren AViithen erzeugend.

A. Obne Caudalanh tinge.

I. Mit deutlichen Saiignapt'en.

1. Eand der Korpersclieibe ohne Cirren, glatt . . M. longipes,

2. Rand der Korperscheibe mi". Cirren.

a. .^ederseits 10 Cirren vorhanden.

a. Cirren sehr kurz, Korper dick und undurch-
sichtig, meist mit gewolbtem Rticken und
ohne hyalinem Raudsaum M. areolatum.

M. marginatum.

M. brevipes.

M. testudo.
/S. Cirren lang, Korper meist ein diinnes

durclischeineudes Plattchen mit hyali-
nem Randsaum M. pictum.

M. excisum.

M. crenatum.

M. Agassizii.

M. vastum.

b. Jederseits mehr als 10 Cirren vorhanden.

a. Korper viel langer als breit M. oblongum.

M. Caribbeanum.
j3. Korper kreisformig, Lunge und Breite

nicht oder niir wenig verschieden . . M. irregulare.

M. elegans.

M. rotundum.

M. abundans.

II. Saugnapfe fehlen . . M. carinatum.

B. Mit Caudalanhangen und Saugnapfen . . . . M. bicaudatum.

M. filicauda.

BB. Getrennt-geschlechtliche Myzostomen, ohne Saugnapfe,

Paarweise in Cysten ihrer Wirthe lebend . . M. cysticolum.

M. inflator.
M. Murrayi.

*Myzostoma longipes u. sp.

Der kreisrulide ockergelbe Korper hat einen Durchmesser von 2 mm. und
entbehrt der Cirren sowie eines durchscheinenden Randsaumes. Der Rticken
ist mit scharfbegrenzten stumpfen Warzen besetzt. Die Muskulatur ist sehr
kriiftig und bauchseits tritt dieselbe als gewolbtes IMuskelpolster hervor, in
dessen Umkreis die grossen bis iiber den Rand der Korperscheibe ausgestrekten

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 127

Parapodien entspringen. Saugnapfe ruxid und stark vorspringend. Mund und
CloakenofFnung ventral, subterminal. Ein Exemplar vorhanden.
Host : Incertain. Von Stat. 269 (St. Vincent) der Blake-Exp.f

*Myzostoraa areolatum n. sp.

Das grbssere der vorliegenden Individuen naisst in der Lange 1.5 mm. in der
Breite 0.9 mm. und stellt eine ovale, undurchsichtige, braune, lederartige
Scheibe dar, die am Eande 20 sehr kurze und stumpfe Warzchen tragt. Der
Riicken zerfaUt durch Langs- and Querfurchen in vierseitige bis polygonale
Felder, die gegen den Eand kleiner werden und ihxe longitudinale Anordnung
verlieren. Im iibrigen ist sowohl Riicken als Bauch flach und letzterer springt
etwas vor, so dass eine schmale, diinnere Randparthie sich. von der Mittelparthie
absetzt, an deren vorderer Grenze ventral der Mund, an der hinteren Grenze
die Cloakaloflfnung liegen. Die kurzen gedrungenen und breit abgestumpften
Parapodien sowie die ovalen Saugnapfe liegen in der Mittelparthie, der aucli
allein die Verzweigungen des Darmes und der Geschlechtsorgane angehoren.

Host: a. Actinometra Blakei'P.'H.C. von Stat. 172 (Guadeloupe) ; undb. Act.
meridionalis var. quadrata P.H.C. von Stat. 203 (Martinique) und Stat. 278
(Barbados) der Blake-Exp.

*Myzostoma marginatum n. sp.

Der kreisfdrmige Korper des grosaeren Individuums hat einen Durchmesser
von 2 mm., ist gelbbraun gefarbt, am Riicken gewblbt und init Warzen vou
sehr verschiedener Grosse besetzt. Iiidem die Bauchseite ebenfails stark vor-
springt und sich von dem hier vorhandenen hyalinen Randsaum scharf absetzt,
erreicht der Korper eine bedeutende Dicke. Die Randcirreu messen bis 0.18
mm. Die Parapodien haben eine mittlere Grosse und stehen im Kreise in der
Mitte zwischen Centrum und Rand der Korperscheibe ; etwas mehr nach aussen
die kriiftigen runden Saugnapfe. Mund und Cloakenoffnung liegen ventral
zwischen Bauchmasse und Randsaum.

Host: Actinomei.ra discoidea P.H.C. von Stat. 155 (Montserrat) der Blake-
Exp. Ein anderes Exemplar von Stat. 203 (Martinique) stammt wahrschein-
lich von demselben host.

*Myzostoma brevipes n. sp.

Das grbssere der beiden vorliegende Exemplare hat eipen Durchmesser seiner
kreisrunden Korperscheibe von 2.3 mm. Die Dicke steht in der Mitte zwdschen

t Die Stationsmimmern beziehen sich auf die " List of Dredging Stations occupied
by the United States Coast Survey Steamers ' Corwin,' 'Bibb,' ' Hassler,' and
'Blake,' from 1867 to 1879," Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. VL No. 1, Cambridge,
1879. Die Namen der hosts sind mir von Mr. T. Herb. Carpenter uach seineu Manu-
scripten mitgetheilt worden, soweit sie zu ermitteln waren.

128 BULLETIN OF THE

Myz. glahrum F.S.L., Myz. cirriferum F.S.L. Mit letzterem hat die vorliegende
Species den Besitz eines liyaliuen Kaudsaumes sowie der 20 kurzen Cirreu ce-
meiu. Eiickeu uud Jiauchhaut t-iaLt, FarLe oben lebliait Guuimio-utt-eelb.
unten matt graubrauu. Sauguapie und Parapodieu ausserst schwach ent-
wickelt.

Host : Antedon Pourtalesii P.H.C. von Stat. 241 (Cariacou) der Blake-Exp.

*Myzostoma testudo n. sp.

So benannt, weil die mit dichtgedrangten flachen Warzchen versehene
Ruckenhaut durch tiefe Langs- und Querfalten in eine Reibe von Mittelfeldern
zeriallt, denen sicb seitliek funf Paare von Hbckern anschliesseii, so dass die
Felderung ahnUch wird der des Riickeupanzers eiuer Scbildkrote. Farbe
Sepia-braun, Riicken starkgewolbt, Bauch concav mit wenig vorspringendem
Muskelpolster. Die schwachen Parapodien sowie die kleinen runden Saugnapfe
steben viel niiber dem Rande als dem Centrum der Baucbscbeibe. Die beiden
maunlicben Genitalpapillen sind grosser als die Parapodien. IMund ventral aui'
der Hobe der Parapodien-Insertion, Cloakenofiniuig desgleicben "aber naber
dem Hinterrande. Die Randcirren messen bis 0.14 mm. bei einem Gesammt-
durcbmesser des kreisrunden Kbrpers von etwas Uber 4 mm. (bei dem
grosseren der beiden ExempLare gemessen).

Host: Actinometra lincata P.H.C. von Stat. 285 (Barbados) der Blake-Exp.

*Myzostoma pictum n. sp.

Durchmesser des einzigen Exemplares 1.8 nmi. Gestalt abnlicb dem Myz.
cirriferum F.S.L., aber derber gebaut als dieses und am Riicken zierlicb ge-
zeicbnet. Auf liellbrauner Grundlage em gelblicber Randstreifen, drei eben-
solcbe Liingsbander am Riicken und von diesen zur Seite ausstrahlend eine den
Darniverzweigungen entsprecbende belle Zeicbniing.

Host: Incertain. Von Stat. 157 (Montserrat) der Blake-Exp.

Myzostoma excisum n. sp.

Charakterisirt durcb einen Ausscbnitt des Hinterendes der dadurch zu
Stande kommt, dass die Seitentheile sicb tiber die terminale Cloakalpapille
hinaus-erstrecken. Liinge in der Medianlinie 0.8 mm., der Seitentbeile 1 nnii.
Farbe des Korpers dunkelbraun. Der Pharynx ist sehr plumj? und steht weit
zum Munde vor. Die runden Saugnapfe sowie die Parapodien sind massiv
und gross.

Host: Antedon Hagcni Pourt. gefunden durch das Schiff "Blake," 6 May,
1868, in 96 fathoms, am AlHgator-Reef.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 129

IvIS'Zostoma crena,tura u. sp.

Eine der zierlichsten unci regelmassigsren Myzostomen. Der Kbrper ist
vollig kreisrund bei eineni Maximaldurchmesser von 1 mm. und die stumpfen
Cirren gleichlang und in gleiclien Intervallen von einander angebracht. Para-
podien scliwach, Saugnapfe oval und sehr gross. Die mannlichen Genital-
papillen als Eohren a'ou Parapodiumlange ausgebildet.

Host: Incertain. Vielleicbt Actinonutra meridionalis, die auf beiden Statio-
nen gefangen wurde, zwischen deren Ausbeute dieses Myzostonia loose gefuudeu
wurde : Stat. 203 (Martinique) der Blake-Exp. ujid Capt. Cole's Dredging mit
dem Amer. Telegraph Steamer "Investigator" bei St. Lucia (13° 22' N., 61° 7'
W., 278 fathoms).

* Myzostonia Agassizii n. sp.

Von dieser schonen Form die ich zu Ehren des Herrn Al. Agassiz benenne,
liegen nicht weniger als 22 Individuen vor. Der Korpei ist ausserordentlich
diiun und durchscheineud und hat in niaximo 1.4 mm. Durchmesser. Die
Cirren sind in Jiusserst feine Spitzen ausgezogen und insol'erne von verschie
dener Liiiige, als die beiden letzten Paare viel grosser sind als die iibrigen (letz-
tere messen hier durchschnittlich 0.25 mm. wiihrend eine der ersteren 0.57 mm.
maas). Beine und Saugnapfe sind sehr schwach und es scheint diese Species
im Leben sich hauptsachlich mittelst der Cirren und durch undulirende
Schlage mit dem Rand der Kcirperscheibe lebhaft bewegt zu haben, wie daraus
zu schliessen ist, dass die meisten Exemplare den Rand faltig eingeschlageij
haben.

Host : a. Antedon Hageni Pourt. von Bahia Honda (4 May, 1868, 100 fath-
oms) und wahrscheinlich auch auf Stat. 32 (1877) der Blake-Exp.

b. Arif Stat. 155 und 269 der Blake-Exp. komnit Ant. Hageni nicht vor und
es war hier wahrscheinlich Antedon spinifera P.H.C. der host.

Myzostoma vastum n. sp.

Die Grbsse der Parapodien und Saugnapfe sowie der Pharynx, namentlich
aber die Lange und Dicke der stumpfen Cirren geben dieser Species ein sehr
plumpes Ansehen. Von den letzteren sind die erste'n- beiden rnd letzten bei-
den Paare am machtigsten (bis 0.6 mm. lang und O.Ob. mm. breit), die iibrigen
Cirren erheblich kleiner (ca. 0.2 mm.). Der Korper ist eiwas langer als breit
(1.7 mm. : 1.47 mm.) und hat einen .sehr schmalen Randsaum.

Host: Actinometra Blakei P.H.C. von Stat. 39 der Blake-Exp. Dieselbe
Actinometra war wahrscheinlich auch der host auf Stat. 23 der Blake-Exp.

VOL. XI. — NO. 7. 9

130 BULLETIN OF THE

* Myzostoma oblongum n. sp.

Das einzige vorliegende Exemplar maas 1.7 mm. Lange, 1 mm. Breite ; beide
Enden sind abgerundet ; der breite, ganz durchsichtige Randsaum tiagt 44
firigerformige Cirren vou 0.045-0.18 mm. Lange. Farbe schwach-gelblich.

Most: Wahrscheinlich Actinometra meridionalis var. carinata P.H.C. von
Stat. 249 (Grenada) der Blake-Exp.

* Myzostoma Caribbeanum n. sp.

Eine schmutzig-gelbbraune Scheibe von 1.2 mm. Langs- und 1 mm. Quer-
durchmesser. Der wenig durchscheinende Rand tragt 43 stumpfe Cirren in
alien Grbssen abstufungen von unscheinbaren Warzcben. bis zu 0.09 mm.
Lange und ohne regelniassige Abwechslung von laugeren und kurzeren. Das
Hiiiteren.de tragt eine unpaare Mediaucirre. Parapodien sehr schwach, Saug-
napfe klein und rund.

Host: Incertain. " Blake" 1877-78 or 1878-79, Caribbean Sea (label lost).

Myzostoma irregulare n. sp.

Unter diesem Namen vereinige ich eine Anzahl Myzostomen von wenig iiber
1 mm. Durcbmesser der diinnen mit durchsichtigem Randsaum versehenen.
Kbrperscheibe. Sie baben das gemeinsam dass sich ihre Cirren in 20 grbssere
Hauptcirren und in kleinere (zum Theile warzenfbrmige) Nebencirren ein-
theilen lassen, welche'letzteren zwiscben ersteren zu 1 oder 2 eingepflanzt sind.
Doch ergeben sicb Unterschiede in der relativen Lange der Cirren sowie in
dem Vorhandensein oder Feblen von unpaaren Mediancirren am Vorder- oder
Hinterende oder an beiden zugl'iich.

Hosts: Actinometra meridionalis A. Ag. sp. und Act. m.erid. var. carinata
P.H.C. von verscbiedenen Stationen der Blake-Exp. (W. of Tortugas, 16 Jan.
1869. — No. 45, 1877-78. — Caribbean Sea, 1877-78 or 1878-79. — Stat. 200,
Martinique. — Stat. 249, Grenada.)

Myzostoma elegans Graff.

Ein Exemplar dieser von mir scbou friiher f bescbriebenen Species fand sich
auf Actinometra meridionalis A. Ag. sp. April 3, 1869, off French Reef, Blake
Exped.

* Myzostoma rotundum n. sp.

Ein kreistbrmiges diinnes und dnrchscheinendes Plattchen, am Rande
schmutzig-gelb in der Mitte braunlich gelarbt, von 0.832 mm. Lange und

t "Das Genus Myzostoma," Leipzig, 1877, p. 12, Taf. X. Fig. 1-3.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 131

0.88 mm. Breite. Am Eande zahlt man 51 kvirze (hbchstens 0.08 mm. lange)
stumpfe Cirren. Die Parapodien sind schwach, die runden Saugnapfe gross.
Der Darmkanal mit seinem grossen Pharynx ist sebr deutHch zu sehen und
entsendet jederseits 5 baumformig verzweigte Aste.

Host: Wahrscbeinlich Actinometra meridionalis var. carinata P.H.C. von
Stat. 249 (Grenada) der Blake-Exp.

*Myzostonia abundans n. sp.

Lange 3 mm., Breite 3.2 mm. Die braune von den kurzen Parapodien um-
grauzte Mittelpartbie ist umgeben von einer gelben Zone in der die Endver-
ZAveigungen des Darmes liegen, worauf zu ausserst der ganz belle Randsaum
fulgt. Dieser tiagt an 100 stumpfe Cirren von 0.04G-0.14 mm. Lange. Die
ovalen Saugnapfe sind von auffallender Grosse.

Host: Actinometra pulchella Pourt. sp. von Stat. 210 (Martinique) und 224
(St,. Vincent) der Blake-Exp. Ein von Stat. 269 stammendes Exemplar war
wabrscbeinlicb aucb an der genannten Actinometra-Species angebeftet.

^ Myzostoma carinatum n. sp.

Das einzige der Saugnapfe entbebrende ]\Iyzostoma unterdem Blake- Materi-
ale. Es ist Uber 2.5 mm. lang, bellgelb, von der Dicke eines ausgewacbsenen
Mij::. cirriferum F.S.L., und wie dieses mit 20 Cirren besetzt. Docb mangelt
ein byaliner Randsaum. Den Riicken ziert eirie erbabene Langs-Ciste vou
der 7 Paar seitliuber Rippen zum Rande abgeben. Die Parapodien sind
sebr schwacb. Mund und Cloakenoffnuntr lieyen subterminal.

Host: Actinometra ■pulchella Pourt. sp. von Stat. 193 (Martinique) der
Blake-Exp.

* Myzostoma bicaudatum n. sp.

Von Myzostomen mit Caudalanbiingen war bisber bloss das von mir be-
scbriebene Myz. lobatumj l)ekannt, Im Cballenger-Report werde icb eine
gauze Anzabl neuer Myzostomata cauclata mit 2, 4 oder 6 Caudalanbangen be-
scbreiben. Es stellen die Caudalanbange, im Gegensatze zu den Cirren, hoble
Aussackungen der Kbrperscbeibe dar, in welehe sicb die Leibesboble mitsammt
den Verastelungen des Darmes und der Gescblecbtsorgane fortsetzt.

Mij::. hicaudatuni, wie aucb die folgende dem Blake-^Iateriale entnommene
bat bloss 2 Caudalaubiinge.

Der last kreisrunde, dunki-lbraune, oben und nnten flacbe K6r])er ist ohne
• lie Caudalanbange 0.45 mm. lang und tiiigt 20 Cirren am Rande. Die dreb-
I uudcn Caudalanbange messen von der Basis bis zu ibreni stumpfen Ende 0.3
nun., .-^ie sind liis zur Spitze bold und enthalten je einen Da'-niast. Der Pbarynx
ist sebj gross, Mund und Cloakendffnung liegen subterminal, ventral, letztere

t Loc. cit., pag. 19, Tjf. II. Fig. 3 und 4.

132 BULLETIN OF THE

zwischen den Wurzeln der Caudalanhiinge. Die runden Saugnapfe sind klein.
die Parapodien schlank und weit abstehend.

Host: Actinomedra meridionalis A. Ag. sp., W. of Tortugas, 16 Jan., 1869,
Blake.

*Myzostoina filicauda n. sp.

1st etwa dreimal so gross als die ebengenannte Species und unterscheidet sicb
von dieser baupts'acblicb durch die Form der Caudalanbiinger Diese zerfalleu
nabmlicb in einen dicken Basaltbeil der allein bobl ist und etwa \ des ganz(;ii
Caudalanbanges ausmacbt, und einen von der Spitze des Basaltlieiles ent-
springenden dtinnen und soliden Terminalfaden, der liinger ist als die Korper-
scbeibe des Tbieres.

Host: Antedon Hagenii Pourt. sp., off Sand Key, 17 May, 1867, Blake.

*Myzostoina cysticolum n. sp.

Nacbdem scbon Wilkmoes-Huhm f auf das Vorkomnien von endoparasitiscben
cysticolen Myzostomen aufnierksani geniacbt batte, war icb in der Lage, an
eineni reicben Materiale die interessanten Beziebungen dieser Myzostomen zu
ibren Wirtben darlegen und namentlicb aucb die eigeiitliiimlicben Geschlecbts-
verbaltnisse derselben studiren zu konneii. Indem icb in dieser Beziebuiig auf
meine ausfiibrlicbe Publication verweise, bemerke icb bier bloss, dass folgeiide
Arten von Deformitaten durcb Myzostomen an Crinoideen bervorgerufen
werden : —

1. Einfacbe Verbreitungen der Pinnule dmcb ausserlicbes Einbacken ;

2. Yerbreiterung der Pinnulffi mit gleicbzeitiger spiraliger Einrollung der-
selben, wodurcb eine Kammer gebildet wird, in der ein j\Iyzostonia-Paar
wobnt ;

3. Birnformige Auftreibung der Pinnuhe, deren Innerer bobl ist und die
Myzostomen beberbergt ;

4. Verscbiedene Arten von boblen Auftreibungen der Arme ; und scbliesslicb,

5. Selbsfaiulige Cysten, d. b. solcbe, die nicbt durcb Umbildung der Pin-
nula- oder Arniglieder entsteben, sondern selbststandige durcb Kalkablageruiig
erbartende Auswiicbse der Ilaut der Ambulacralseite dnrstellen. Solcbe Cys-
ten kommen sowobl an den Armen Avie an der Scbeibe vor und alle drei cysti-
colen Blake-Myzostomen biklen Cysten dieser Art.

Myz. nisticolum bildet an der ATubulacrnlseite der Arme von Actinnvi'tni
vieridionalis var. carinata P.H.C. wurst- oder eiformige Cysten von ca. ?> nnn.
Lange und 2 mm. P>reite. Jede Cyste liat an einem Ende ein kleines Liiilnl-
cben, welcbes in den Cystenraum fiilirt. Hier findet sicb stets ein gni-^-cs
Weibcben von 2 mm. Durcbmesscr unil ein Zwergmanncben von 0.8 nun.
Durcbmesser. Der Kcirper des Weilx'bens ist ausseroidcnllicli (bck und niil

t " Von der niallenger-Expfaitioii," III. r.rir.f, Zcitsrlnift, C. wiss. Zool., Bd. X.X \'.,
1875, pag. xxxi., uml VI. Brief, ebendaselbst Bil. XXVI., 1S7(>, jiag. Ixxix.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 13o

seinen Seitentheilen zuin Riicken aufgeschlagen. Es fehlen ihm sowohl Saug-
napfe als Parapodien (deren Stelle bloss noch durch rudimentare, wenig iiber
die Oberflache vorragende Hackchen vertreten wird). Seine LeibeshoLile ist
erfUllt von Eiern und nur ganz .si)arlicbe Rudimente von Hoden sind noch
vorhanden, die aber, da die niann lichen Geschlechtsoffnungen felilen, nie zur
Funktiou kommen. Im Mannchen, dessen Kdrper ganz diinn und glatt ist,
finden sich bloss die beiden compacten Hoden und keine Spur von weiblichen
Geschlechtsoffnungen. Dagegen sind die Parapodien desselben als kleine
conische Erhebungen wahrzunehmeu. Bei dem Geschlechtern fehlen Cirren
und Mund sowie After (resp. beim Weibchen Cloakendffnung) liegen terminal.
Host: Actinometra mcridionalis var. carinata P.H.C., von Cape Trio, 22 Jan.,
1872, Hassler- und Stat. 249 (Grenada) der Blake-Exp.

Myzostoma inflator n. sp.

1st durch seine langgestreckte Gestalt und iiberaus reiche dichtgedrangte
Darinverzweigungen ausgezeichnet. Auch ist das Weibchen hier platt und
nicht in der Mitte so colossal verdickt wie bei Alyz. cysticolum. Reste von
Hoden ■\vurden bei deni Weibchen dieser und der folgenden Species nicht con-
statirt. Lange des Weibchens 2.2 mm. bei 1.2 mm. Breite, Lange des Mann-
chen 0.9 mm. bei 0.8 mm. Breite. Cirren, Saugnapfe und Parapodien wie bei
der vorigen Species.

Die Cysten entweder birnformig und beweglich yerbunden mit den Armen
(;iuf Aid. ayujustiradia P.H.C. von der Challenger-Expedition) oder in ganzer
Lange mit der Scheilje fest verwachsene Auftreibungen von Wurstfbrmiger
Gestalt und 3 mm. Liinge (auf Actinometra pulchella Pourt. sp. von Stat. 294
der Blake-Exp.).

Myzostoma Murray! n. sp.

Diese Species ist sehr ahnlich der vorigen und unterscheidet sich hauptsach-
lich (lurch die bedeutendere Grdsse (Weibchen bis 5.5 mm. Mannchen 1.3 mm.)
beider Geschlechter imd den kreisfdnnigen contour namentlich des Weib-
chens. Die Cysten messen bis 8 mm. Liinge, sind sehr schmal und langge-
streckt, gegen das freie Ende kenlenformig verdickt walirend das diinnere
Ende die Anheftung an den Armen oder der Scheibe des Wirthes bewerk-
stelligt.

Host: Antedon duplex P.H.C. von Stat. 269 (St. Vincent) der Blake-Expedi-
tion. Die Challenger-Expedition brachte von Stat. 170 und 192 Exemplare
des Antedon r.adinspina P.H.C. und Ant. angustiradia P.H.C. mit, welche
Cysten desselben Myzostoma aufwiesen.

Received, November 7, 1883.

No. 8. — A Supplement to the Fifth Volume of the Terrestrial Air-
Brcathing Mollusks of the United States and Adjacent Territories.
By W. G. BiNNEY.

The following pages embody all the additional information relating to
the subject which I have been able to obtain since the publication in
the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Vol. IV., of the
fifth volume of the Terrestrial Air-Breathing Mollusks of the United
States.

BuKLixGTON, New Jersey, July, 1883.

I^ the chapter on Geograpical Distribution several additions and corrections
are to be made.

On p. 18 to the first list add : —

Onchidiiim Carpenter!.

The species are said to range over the whole of the Pacific Province. Some
of tlieni are only coast range species in Culil'ornia, not being found in tlie
Sierra Nevada.

On p. 19 to the second li>;t add : —

Macrocyclis Hemphilli. Onchidium borealis.

In the Californian Region (p. 19), the^range of the species is limited, as shown
in the descriptive portioii of tlie work. Most of the species are confined to the
vicinity of the coast ; as, —

Macrocyclis Voyana. Arionta Nickliniana.

Duranti. Californiensis.

Limax Hewstoni. Traski.

Ariolimax niger. Carpenter!.

Hemphilli. sequoicola.

Anderson!. Dupetithouarsi.

Aglaia infumata. Diabloensis.

Arionta arrosa. Stearnsiana.

exarata. Euparypha Tryoni.

VOL. XI. — NO. 8.

136 BULLETIN OF TIIK

Glyptostoma Ne'wbenyanuni. Onchidium Carpenter!.

Pupa Rowelli. Verouicella olivacea.

Califoruica.

Still as coast species, but ccnifined to islands, are: —

Arionta intercisa. Arionta ruficincta.

Ayersiana. Gabbi.

Kelletti. Biniieya notabilis.

Ill the Sierra Nevada are found : —

Vitrina Pfeifferi. Polygyra Harfordiaiia.

Zonitea Whitneyi. Aglaia Hillebrandi.

chersinellus. Arionta Mormonum.
Gouostoma Yatesi.

Both in the coast counties and Sierra Nevada are found : —

Ariolimax Californicus. Arionta tudiculata.

Triodopsis loricata.

The last species near the coast only between San Buenaventura and San
Diego.

Piqoa corpulcnta is incorrectly referred in the lists to the Pacific rather than
Central Province.

On p. 21, in the (list list add : —

Macrocyclis riemphilli.

In the second : —

Onchidium Carpenteri.

To the list on p. 22 add : —

Onchidium Carpenteri. Macrocyclis Hemphilli.

borealis.

And omit Pupa corpulenta, a species restricted to the Central Province. This
last species is to be adde<l to the list on p. 24.

To the list on p. 33 add : —

Zonites petrophilus. Zonites macilentus.
Wheatleyi. Andrewsi.

Rugeli. Patula Bryanti.

Lav^i. Helicodiscus fimbriatus.

cuspidatus. Mesodon Andrew^si.

To the list on p. 37 add : —

Triodopsis Levettei. Triodopsis Copei.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 137

Glandina truncata, (iMi;r.ix. (p. 84.)

Found ul^o in North Carnlina.

Glandina Texasiana, Pfeiffek. (p. 87.)
Fdunil also iu Louisiana.

Macrocylis Voyana, Xewcomh. (p. o.l.)
A smaller varit-tv of !J mm. 'ueater dianiuter i.s t'ouml at Lo.s An"ele.='.

Macrocylis Hemphilli, w. n. Einn.

Plate II. Yifi. M.

At Olympia, Oregon, Mr. II. Hemphill collected several specimens of a
Macrocijdis, which appears to be distinct from, tliough nearly allied to, M. J^an-
cniivey-cnsis. It may l>e Ijest described l)y saying that

Tlie umliilicus is narrower and not exca\'ated so nnu'h, the termination of
the last wliorl not receding I'rom the umbilicus as in all the foirus of ]'niivttii-
vercnsis and concara ; in all, the whorls are more or less strongly striated with-
in the uml)ilicu.% often almost ribbed in cnncava ; not so in this shell ;thi-
texture of the shell is i^lassy like Ifyaliim, and there is no trace of the micro-
scopic spii'al lines found iu all the other forms ; beneath, the last whorl is [iro-
portionately wider. The greater diameter is 14 mm. ; lesser, ](>; height,.").

The jaw and lingual dentition aie as usual in the genus. I could not dis-
tinguish the characters of the central tooth in this species.

Zonites capnodes, W. G. Bi\x. (p. ns).

ri.ate III. Fig. C.

Living specimens recciveil IVom near Kiio.-vcville, Tenn., through the kimlness
of Mrs. George Andrews, have enahled me to figure the gi'uitalia. The genital
bl.idder {(j. h.) is large, globular, on a slun't, narrow duct : the ]ienis-sac (p. .s-. )
lias the same ]ieculiar accessory process which I liave detected in those of
Z. Iirrtijiifus^ 1,'uiicU. fi(liiji)ii)sii.<, J'riiihili.'^, and inornafn.^. There is a vaginal

pi'epuce.

It is in many individuals more easy to distinguish ca2)nodes from fidiijinnsii.i
by the dentition than by the shell.

Zonites fuliginosus, Griff, (p. 100.)

In a specimen from Indiana, sent me by Mi'. F. Stein, I find the sami; ai'ces-
sory process to the penis-sac noticed above. It is not given in Leidy's figure
in Vol. I.

138 BULLETIN OF THE

Zonites Rugeli W. G. T>iss.

Plate II. Fi;,'s. H, I. Plate III. Fi;;. D.

Shell (Icprosseil l^IuImisc, peiTuratud, lliiii, (K-liral^ly wn'iikk'd, the apical
wliorl>; soin(;tiiiU's striate, ^n-ciiisli li(ini-cnl(iri-il, dark sinol<y abuxe ; spire
sli^'litly elevatud, apex flat ; wIidiIs C, sliglitly rmuidi-d, the last .i^hibose,
scarcely excavated at tlie pcrl'dratiuii ; apei'ture large, louudid, (ililii[iu' ; ]ici'is-
tome simple, thin ; ends sliL;'litly a]>proacliing ; the cdluiiicllar (Uie scarcely
liruadeui-d. J)ianietrr, laiger, ID nnn. ; los^r, I'j nun. ; height, !) mm.

Zonites Rugeli, W. G. Binx., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. I. Xo. 2, p. 357, PL XV.
Fig. II, ri. XIV. Fig. I), 1879.

Enan INlimntain, ]\liti'liell C'd., Xnrth Carolina. ^Mrs. George Andrews.

When first icccived, I hcdicved this to he an extremely globose form of
Z. inornntas, but an examination of the lingual dentition showed this to be
impossible.

1 have given a figure of the genitalia. It will be seen that the accessory
pait of the penis-sac is in this species continued to a point beyond the retrac-
tor-muscle : otherwise the genitalia are very sinular to these of capnodcs, fria-
bilis, i/iDrniitus, Ifrvigatiis, undfidifjiiinsus.

Jaw as usual in the genus. Lingual nuanbrane as usual : teeth .3^-1-38.
There are about 4 or .5 laterals ; the 8th is a ]iure nunginal on lilher side of
the central line. It will be seen that iiKJiimtits, suhjilniin.-^, imd In riijatus are
peculiar in having no perfect lateral teeth, but only transition teeth : fvliijinn-
sus, c((pno<h:S, and friabili.'i, as well as Ji'uijili, ]ia\-e well-foiiued laterals, diU'er-
ing in number in the various species : thus the lingual dentition in this group
is a good guide in distinguishing the .si)ecies.

The animal is dark shde-colored : the caudal mucus-pore is a longitudinal
slit, as in ifiipprcssHs.

Some individuals have their apical whorls striate, as in Z. suhjjla^ms.

Zonites laevigatus, Pkeh-fer. (p. 102.)

The caudal mucus-jiore seems to be round, and not a simple longitudinal
slit as in Z. cupnoJi.'i, frutbilis, fulighiosus, liugeli, and iiioniutn,',.

The globose variety shares with the tyjie the peculiar lingual dentition.

Zonites demissus, Rinnkv. (j). lOt.)

Found also at Cedar Keys, I'dorida, and Texasana, Texas.
From the mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee I have received a
gradual series of size from the typical demissus to accrrus.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 139

Zonites intertextus, Bixney. (p. 106.)
I have received it from Texas.

Zonites subplanus, Binney. (p. 107.)

Plate II. Fig. J.

This rare species has lately been found on Roan Mountain, Mitchell Co.,
North Carolina, by Mrs. George Andrews.

The dentition (see plate) is the same as in Z. inornatus.

The shell from Roan Mountain is very dark, almost black. Wyoming
Co., Pennsylvania (J. S. Phillips).

Zonites sculp tilis, Bland, (p. 109.)

Found also at the mouth of Laurel River, Wilby Co., Kentucky (A. G.
Wetherby).

Zonites cerinoideus, Anthony, (p. ill.)

Zonites cuspidatas, Lewis, is a variety of Z. gidaris, or a distinct species.
See below, p. 143.

Zonites cellarius, Muller. (p. 111.)

St. Louis (L. B. Case).

Zonites "Whitneyi, Newcomb. (pp. 113, 432.)

Plate III. Fig. L.
The dentition is figured on the plate referred to.

Zonites viridulus, Menke. (p. 115.)
Portland, Oregon (H. Hemphill).

Zonites indentatus, Sat. (p. 116.)
To the synonymy add : —

ITijalina subntpicol'i, Dali,, Bull. U. S. Gcol. and Geogr. Survey of the Territories,
Vol. III. No. 1, p. 163, Fig., April, 1877.

A copy of Dr. Dall's description and figure are here given (the latter on
PI. IV. Figs. H, I) : —

Of the following species, described by Mr. W. H. Dall, several examples

140 BULLETIN OF THE

occurred. Specimens were sent to Mr. W. G. Binney, who regards it as " ap-
parently an albino variety of Zonites indentata." Specimens were submitted to
Prof. J. S. Morse, 'who judged it to be quite distinct from Z. indentata. Other
specimens were sent to Mr. Didl, who describes it as a new species, and has
kindly prepared the following notice.

Hyalina subrupicola, n. sp. (Fig. 7).

This little shell is best described by a comparison of its various character-
istics with those of H. indentata, Say, as given by Mr. Binney in his Land and
Fresh-water Shells of the United States (Part I. p. 35).

IT. subrupicola, while exhibiting radiating lines of growth, some of which
are more conspicuous than others, does not show any such well-marked grooves
or indentations as are figured by Morse (Land Shells of Maine) in indevtata,
and which form its most striking character. The former has five and a lialf
whorls, with a greatest diameter in the largest specimen of 0.14 inch, while
indentata has but little more than four, with a diameter of 0.20 inch. The
former is perfectly pellucid, while the latter has a peculiar whitish spermaceti-
like lustre. H. sxibruincola has the last whorl smaller proportionally than
indentata, and in fact the increment of the whorls in the former is much more
regular and even. The umbilicus in both is precisely similar.

The animal of subnipicola varies from whitish to slaty ; the granules of the
upper surface of the foot are remarkably coarse and well marked. The ten-
tacles are, as contracted in alcohol, hardly perceptible ; the eye-peduncles are
from the same cause not extended, but appear to be as usual in the genus, and
to possess normal ocular bulbs. The office filled by these, however, beirtg
quite as much of a tactile nature as for purposes of sight, the usual rule in
regard to the blindness of most cave animals does not apply in the case of the
Hclicidce. With the exception of H. indentata, this species does not seem very
near to any of the described American species, and it is totally dissimilar to
Ammonitella Yatesii, J. G. Cooper, a remarkable form found in caves in Cala-
veras County, California.

Hab. — Cave in Utah. Collected by Dr. A. S. Packard, Jr., of Dr. Hay-
den's Survey.

It may be noted that H. indentata does not appear to have been collected
west of the Rocky Mountains.

Zonites petrophilus, Bland.

Plate I. Fig. F.

T. late umbilicata, depresso-subglobosa, tenuis, nitens, translucens, albida,
irregulariter striata ; sutura mediocris ; anfr. 5^-6, convexiusculi, ultimus
convexior, non descendens ; umbilicus extus late excavatns, perspectivus ;
apertura rotundato-lunaris ; peristoma simplex, paululo subincrassatum, ssepe
roseum, margine columellari reflexiusculo.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 141

Shell broadly umbilicate, depressed ; subglobose, thiii, shining, translucent,
whitish, irregularly striated ; suture moderately impressed ; whorls 5^—6, rather
convex, the last more convex, not descending ; umbilicus widely excavated
externally, pervious ; aperture roundly lunate ; peristome simple, somewhat
thickened, often rose-colored, the columellar margin slightly reflected. Diam-
eter, greater, 6mni. ; lesser, 5-5j mm. ; height, hardly 3 mm.

Zmites petrophilus, Bland, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. II., Fig., p. 369 (1883).

The Cliffs, Knoxville, Tennessee, found with Z. Jrheatleyi, Mrs. George
Andrews.

This species is, in general form, nearly allied to Z. arboreus, but the color is
different, the stria3 are more developed, and the umbilicus is much wider.

My friend, Mr. W. G. Binney, examined the dentition of Z. petrophilus,
and favored me with notes on the subject. He found the teeth 15-1-15, with
two perfect laterals, one only on each side. Z. viridulus has the same number
of laterals, but many more marginals.

I would express my deep obligation to Mrs. Andrews for her uniform kind-
ness and liberality in supplying me, during many years, with numerous rare
and interesting species. (Bland.)

Fac-similes of the original figures are given on PI. I. Fig. F.

Zonites Wheatleyi, Bland.

Plate I. Fig. G.

T. umbilicata, depressa, tenuis, nitens, pellucida, fusculo-cornea, delicata
striatula ; spira subplanulata ; sutura leviter impressa ; anfr. 4^, convexius-
culi, ultimus basi convexior, ad aperturam rapide accrescens, vix descendens ;
umbilicus pervius ; apertura depressa, obli(|ue lunaris ; peristoma simplex,
acutum, niarginibus approximatis, callo tenui junctis.

Shell umbilicated, depressed, thin, shining, pellucid, brownish horn-colored,
finely striated ; spire subplanulate ; suture slightly impressed ; whorls little
convex, the last more convex at the base, rapidly increasing at the aper-
ture, scarcely descending ; umbilicus pervious ; aperture depressed, obliquely
lunate ; peristome simple, acute, the margins approximating, jomed by a
thin callus.

Greater diameter, 5 mm. ; lesser, 3i mm. ; height, 2 mm.

Zonites Wheatleyi, Bland, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. II. p. 368, Fig. 1 (1883),

The Cliffs, Knoxville, Tennessee, Mrs. George Andrews ; also, Tiverton,
Rhode Island, J. H. Thomson.

This, with the following species (pdrophilns), was discovered and communi-
cated to me, in 1879, by Mrs. Andrews, who thus described the locality in
whicli the two species were found : " The Cliffs rise up 200 feet on the south
side of the river ; they are very steep and rocky, face the north, are almost

142 BULLETIN OF THE

always shady, damp, and covered with mosses and ferns. I collected the shells
on the ledges of the rocks among the dead leaves, at an elevation above the
river of about 100 feet. I have not found either of the species in any other
locality."

Mr. J. H. Thomson, to whom I suumitted specimens, sent to me examples
of the same species collected by him, "on a high rocky ledge, covered with old
trees, at Tiverton, Rhode Island."

This species, Z. JVhcatleyi, is more nearly allied to Z. viriduliis, Menke, than
to any other North American form, but diifers from it, especially in the form
of aperture, in the descending last whorl, and in having a wider umbilicus.

I dedicate the species to the memory of my late valued and lamented friend,
Charles M. Wheatley. (Bland.)

Fac-similes of the original figures are given on PI. I. Fig. G.

Zonites Binneyanus, Morse, (p. 121.)
Vermont.

Zonites conspectus, Bland, (p. 122.)
Alaska : Salem, Oregon : Merced Co., California (li. Hemphill.)

Zonites chersinellus, Dall. (p. 12C.)

Dr. Dall gives the number of whorls 42-5. A copy of his
original figure is here given, as mine is said by him to be
incorrect.

Zonites capsella, Gould, (p. 123.)

Lexington, West Virginia ; Knoxville, Tennessee (Mrs.
George Andrews).

The true capsella has 15-1-15 teetli on the lingual memlnaiie, tAvo on each
side of the median tootli being true laterals ; the fourth is a marginal.

Zonites placentula, Shlttl. (p. 124.)

Plate II. Figr. A.

The description in Vol. V. is a translation of that of Shuttleworth. Fig.
44 in Vol. V. represents Zonites Lard (see below). The true placentula is
here figured.

Zonites La-wi.

Plate II. Fig. E.

I propose to indicate under tlie name of Z. Laid the form here figured and
formerly considered by me as Z. place')itula. When tlie limits of the species in

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 143

ill is puzzling group are better understood, a description of Z. Laid may be
given.

Zonites placentula, W. G. Binn. (not of Sluittlewortli), Terr. Moll. U. S., V. 124,
Fig. 44, not description.

Mountains of Tennessee and North Carolina.

There is a variety in which is a heavy internal callus or plate like teeth
within the aperture.

This species furnished the lingual membrane described in Vol. "\". us that of
Z. capscUa.

Zonites fulvus, Mull. (p. 125.)
The dentate form sometimes has radiating rows of teeth, as in muUidentatus.

Zonites Stearnsi, Bland, (p. 130.)

This species from the ribbed form of its jaw must be considered a Microphysa
(see below).

Zonites cuspidatus, Lewis, (p. 113.)

Plate H. Fig. C.

This form, previously referred by nie to a v.iriety of Z. ccrinoideus, may l)e
considered a distinct species, or a form of gulwis. It is not a variety of ccri-
noideus (see p. HI). Th(^ internal tooth-like processes within the aperturi!
strongly curved one towards the other form almost an arclied space. The um-
bilicus is closed.

Found Ijy Miss Law in Monroe Co., Tennessee ; by Mrs. Aiulrews on Roan
Mountain, Mitchell Co., North Carolina.

Zonites macilentus, Shcttl.

Plate II. Fig. B.

Formerly I referred this to Z. lasmodon, but having received .specimens from
near Shuttleworth's original locality, I am convinced of its being distinct. The
original description is given in Vol. III. p. 20.

It is found in the mountains of Tennessee and North Carolina.

Zonites lasmodon, Phillips, (p. 131).

The caudal mucus pore is erect, not the simple longitudinal slit as in
Z. suppressus (see Fig. on p. 128).

144 BULLETIN OL TlIK

Zonites significans, Bland, (p. i:]2.)

Plate II. Fi{j. G.

By can unfortunate mistake another sbuU is ligured on ji. 132. That now
given coiTecLly represents the species.

Roan Mountain, Mitchell Co., North Car(jlina (Mrs. G. Andrews).
To synonymy add : —

Ili/alina sirjnijicans, HAErER, Journ. Cin. Soe. N. II., Oct., 1881, p. 258, Figs. 2, 2 a.
Zonites multidentatus, Ijixsky. (p. i;j:3.)'

Plate II. Pifj. P.

For comparison with the last-mentioned and folldwing sjiecies an enlarged
figure is given.

Zonites Andrewsi, W. G. Binn

Plate II. Pig. D.

The specimen figured was received irom ]\Irs. G. Andrews, who collected
it on Itoan Mountain, Mitchell Co., North Carolina. It has the general
apiiearance of Z. signiticans, multidentatus, and Idsnwdon, hut dill'ers so de-
cidedly from each that I propose to designate it hy the name of its discoverer.
A full .specific description can be given later. Compared with Z. lasmodon,
it has fully 8 whorls, is ()A nnu. in dianictiT, ihe unil)ilicus 1 mm. wide, whilst
lasmodon with 7 whorls, is 7 mm. in diameter, with an umljilicus 2 mm. wide :
the Roan Mountain shell has also five parallel lamella;, while lasmodon has
only two, or at most three, and does not show the successive rows of lamellaj
which are characteristic of Andrewsi, radiating from the centre.

From Z. signijicans it differs in its larger size, greater number of whf>rls,
much wider und)ilicus, and in the character of its internal denticles, which are
long and winding on the wall of the whorl ; while in significans the denticles
are simply erect and conical, with broa<l base. The same difl'erences distin-
gui.sh it from mi'lfidintiftus, which is still smaller than signijicitns, and has a
much narrower umbilicus.

Zonites Andrnrsi, W. G. Binv., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol I. No. 2, p. 358,
r\. XV. Fig. D, 187y.

VITRINIZONITES, W. G. Binn.

Plate III. Pig. A.

Animal heliciform, lilunt before, in motion greatly acuminated behind:
mantle subcentral, protected by an external shell : two longitudinal furrows

MUSF.UM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 145

above the margin of the loot, iiu'etiiig over a roninl camlal mucus-pore : dis-
tinct locomotive dislc to It nit: external orifice of cimibiia'd generative organs
on ri'dit side of body, far belund the eye-peduncles : of respiratory and ex-
cretory organs on the right of the mantle under the peristome : jaw smooth,
with median projection : lingual membrane as in Zonitcs, central teeth tricus-
pid, lateral teeth bicuspid, marginals aculeate.

Shell external, Vitrina-like.

The above generic name is proposed for the shell described as Vitrina latissivia
(p. 136), as it combines the characters of Vitrina and Zonitcs. The animal dilfers
from Vitrina by having simple, not bitid, marginal teeth to the lingual mem-
brane, and by a caudal mucus-[ujre, with longitudinal furrows alx)ve the margin
of the foot, and by the want of an appendiculate mantle. From Zonitcs it
diflers only in the ibrm of the shell, though the caudal mucus-pore seems to be
circular, with projecting process when open, rather than a simple longitudinal
slit, as in Zonites supprcssus. There appears no developed appendiculate mantle
process.

The genus in my arrangement will I'oUow Zonitcs.

Vitrinizonites latissinius, Lewis, (p. KG.)

Plate I. Fig. H. Plate III. Fig. A, B.

I hi/re add a figure of the animal in mulinn (r\. III. l"ig. A), not fully
extended, drawn by Miss Ennna I'ringle. The caudal mucus-pore is circular,
bordered with a nai'row transversely grooved rim ; and when closed is covered
completely. When open the cover is raised along its longitudinid centre into
a sharp carina, leaving posterioidy, Avhen seen from l)ehind, an erect triangular
opening. It thus differs from the simple hiMgitudinal slit ibuud in most of the
American species of Zonites, such as frinhi:is, capnodcs, fuliginosus, inornatus,
demissus, ligerus, suppressus, the last figured in Vol. V., Fig. 47. Z. Umngatus,
however, has a nearer approach to the circular pore of Vitrinizonites.

The genitalia are figured ou Plate III. Fig. B, The ovary is very large (or.)
and stout : the genital bladder (;/. //.) is glol)ular on a short, narnnv duct: the
penis-sac (p. s.) is very long, narrow, cylindrical, receiving the retractor
muscle (/•.) near its basal termination, and merging at its ai)ex into the vas
deferens (v. <?.). The penis-sac has not the accessory process found in Zonites
capnodcs, friabilis, Icevigatns, inornatiis, fulic/inosus, and Htujili.

The species has been found from Carter Co. to Blount Co., Tennessee, on
the dividing line between Tennessee and North Carolina.

On Roan ]\Iountaiii it is usually found under damp moss.

I am indelited to Miss Annie E. Law for the opportunity of exann'ning tlie
specimen figured. She collected it in June, 1879, at the original locality, Bald
^Mountain, Blount Co., Tennessee, on dividing line with North Carolina. At
Washington Co., Tennessee, it was Ibuud by Dr. Bugel. Airs. G. Andrews
fouml it on Roan Aloiiiitain, in Nortli Carnlina (over (;,()<)n feet), on the divid-
voi, XI — NO 8. 10

146 BULLETIN OF THE

ing line with Carter Co., Tennessee, and at Tbunderhead of Smr)ky Mountain?,
North Carolina.

The lingual membrane is broad and not long ; the ends are Iduntly truncated.
There are al>out 3U rows of ^4-1-24 teeth each, arranged as in Zonitcs. TheTe
are six laterals, scarcely one pi;rl'ect, mostly transition teeth, on each side of the
central line ; the seventh tooth is a nuuginal ; the twelfth tootli is the largest.
Plate I. Fig. II, shows all the teeth from the central to the first fully formed
marginal, and the two extreme marginals. The dentition is nearest to that of
Zonites Icevigatus.

Limax campestris, Binney. (p. 149.)

An e.vhaustive paper by E. L. ]\Iark on the ^Maturation, Fecundation, and
Segmentation of this species will be found in Bull, !^^us. Conip. Zool.,Vol. VI.
No. 12.

Limax Hewstoni, J. 0. Cooper, (p. IGO.)

Found by II. Hemphill, from Portland, Oregon, to San Tomas River, Lower
California.

Patula solitaria, S.w. (p. IGO.)

I have seen one specimen from Madison, Indiana, measuring 35 mm. greater
diameter.

Patula strigosa, Gould, (p. 157.)

To synonymy add : —

Helix Brnnrri, C. F. AxcET, Lo Naturaliste, III. p. Am, Sept. 1st, 1881. (Angui-
spira.)

Diam. maj. 15| mm. ; min. 14 mm. ; alt. 7 mm. — Testa sordidealba, pe-rvie
late(pie umbilicata, utrin(iue convexa, vahle dejiressa. Spira obtusi.-^sima, la-
tissime subconica ; anfr. 5, valde convexis ; grosse striis incrementi parum
regularibus, costist^ue s|)iralibus crenulatis, interdum subinterruptis, su]na,
in anfranctibus ])rimis privsertim, vix distinctis sculjita. Sutnra marginata,
impressa, sul)planulata. Anfr. ult., ad peri])]ieriam carina exserta, non acuta,
munitus, costis spiralibus circa 8 subtus intructus. Ajiertura subemarginato-
circularis, obliqua ; peristomium simplex, acutum, marginiljus callo tenui
junctis. Testa colore sordide albo, vittis duabus l)ruiuieis ad ]ieripheriam ali-
([uando nuuiita.

Montana (L. Bruner).

Cetle espece, du groupe de L' ILTix (Anguispira) Cuopcri, "\V. G, Pinney,
m'en semble reellement distincte par la carene tres .'sensible, mais nullement
aiguii de son dernier tour, les cotes spinde.s dont elle e.-^t ponrvue surtout en
dessous, par .sa forme beaucouj) ]ilus di'piimee, cgalement convexe en dessus et

MUSEUM OF COMPAllATIVE ZOOLOGY. 147

en (lessons. L'ombilic parait en proportion plus large. U Helix Haydeni Gabb,
en diflere par ses cotes spirales niieux niaPjiues, tres apparentes des deux cotes,
sa careue plus aigue, et son ombilic nioindre. L'H. Bruncri presente avec
L'll. Ilcmphilli, a pen pres les mcmes differences qu'avec L'JI. Cooperi. Sauf les
cotes spirales, cette coquille presente les plus grands rapports de forme avec
L'H. (^Xerofliila) filimargo, de la Crimee. L'onibilic et la careue sont aussi
presque identiques. (Ancey.)

Patula perspectiva, Say. (p. 1G4.)
A carinated form is found iu Union Co., Tennessee.

Patula Bryanti, Harper, (p. 165.)
Plate I. Fig. C.

Shell broadly and perspectively umbilicate, discoidal, nearly flat above, and
deeply excavated below ; whorls 5, gradually increasing, regularly ribbed, outer
whorl bicarinate ; color light-brown ; aperture small, rhomboidal ; peristome
simple, acute, having its extremities united. Greater width, 6j mm. ; least,
5| mm. ; height, 2 mm. ; width of umbilicus, 4| mm. (Harper.)

Patula Dri/miti, Harper, Journ. of Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Ilist., Oct., 1881, p. 258,
Figs. 1, 1 u.

Found deeply buried under old logs on Roan Mountain, Mitchell Co., North
Carolina.

I have given the original description above, and figures of one of the original
specimens kindly furnished Ijy Prof. Harper.

It may prove a carinated variety of iKrsiwctiva, but apparently deserves to
be designated by a specific name.

Patula striatella, Anthony, (p. 165.)

Said to be found in Kamtschatka and Northern China, distinct from iiauper,
by Mollendorft". J. B. MoU. Ges., VIII. 35.

Patula asteriscus, Morse, (p. 167.)
Tacoma, Washington Territory,

Microphysa Stearnsi, Bland.

Plate II. Figs. N, O.

Olympia, Washington Territory, and Portland, Oregon. (H. Hemphill.)
As shown above, from an examination of the jaw and lingual dentition, it

148 BULLETIN OF THE

appears that this species is not a Zonites, as orign;illy described, but rather a
Microphysa, like M. Lansingi and M. Ingcrsolli. With the Ibriuer it shares
the peculiarity of having a ribbed jaw and aculeate marginal teeth to its lingual
membrane.

The jaw has over 19 ribs of the same type as those of M. Lansingi (see PI. II.
Fig. 0). A portion only of the jaw is figured.

The lingual membrane (PL II. Fig. B) has four laterals on each side of tlie
central tooth.

Microphysa Ingersolli, Blani>. (p. 173.)

Ogden, Utah.

Onchidella Carpenteri, W. G. Binnky. (p. 179.)

Body oblong, extremities bluntly rounded : upper surface regularly arched ;
below, quite near the edge, the border of the mantle is readily
distinguished ; most of the under surface is occupied l)y the
broad, distinct locomotive disk : the body is uniformly smoke-
colored ; the four sjiecimens received vary from 5 to 3 mm. in
length.

Onchidium Carpenteri, W. G. Binn., Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Sc., 1800, p. 154. Land
& Fresh-W. Sh. N. A., Part I. p. 308, Fig. 515 (1869).

Unfortunately omitted from Vol. V. The locality. Cape San Lucas, is doubt-
ful. It is so referred, probably by mistake, in the volume of Land and Fresh-
water Shells of North America, quoted above. There is no jaw, which renders
still more peculiar the presence of one in 0. borcalis ; on this account, I place
the genus in Agnatlm in the catalogue offered with this. The dentition is as
in 0. borcalis (see Vol. V.). The upper margin of the base of attachment is still
more prolonged in this species.

Helicodiscus fimbriatus, Wetherby. (p. 180.)

Plate I. Fig. D.

Shell light green color, discoidal or planiform, widely umbilicate, consisting
of about five whorls, very gradually increasing in size. Aperture lunate, and
oblique to the axis of the shell. Peristome subacute, slightly thickened, and
darker than the rest of the shell, the outline somewhat sinuous when viewed
from the side of the whorl. Suture deeply and regularly impressed. Um-
bilicus exhibiting all the volutions. Whorls ornamented with from 6 to 8
revolving ridges, terminating in a fringe-like ]irojection of the epidermis, fol-
lowing this arrangement. Two or three of these ridges on the upper side of
the body whorl are often of such prominence as to give that portion of the

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. liO

shell a fluted appearance. In old shells these epidermal fringes are somewhat
worn away, leaving the ridges upon which they stood. Greater diameter,
5 mm. ; lesser, 4^ mm. ; height, H mm.

In some specimens as many as six teeth may be observed, none of which can
be seen on the aperture. (Wetherby. )

Helicodiscus Jimbriatus, Wetherby, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist, IV., Dec,

1881, p. 9.

Ocoee District, Eastern Tennessee.

The figure is drawn from one of Prof. Wetherby's specimens.

Ferussacia subcylindrica, Linn. (p. 187.)
To the synonymy add : —

Cionella {Ziia) Morseana, DonERXT, Quart. Journ. Conch., I. 342, PI. IV. Fig. 2

(lb78).

Pupa armifera, Say. (p. 205.)

I am indebted to M. de St. Simon of Toulouse for a knowledge of the lin-
gual dentition. There are 68 rows of 14-1-14 teeth, of which 7 on each side
of the median line are laterals.

Pupa contracta, Say. (p. 207.)
To the synonymy add: —
Pupa Cincinnatiensis, Jddge, Quart. Journ. Conch., I. 843, Fig. (1878).

Fossil Species of Pupa. (p. 213.)

Add : —

Anthracopupa, Whitfield, Amer. Journ. Sc, [3,] 21, 126, cut.

Vertigo ovata, Say. (p. 219.)

To the synonymy add: —

Zonites Upsoni, Calkins, Valley Naturalist, St. Louis, Vol. IL No. 4, Dec, 1880,
p. 53, Fig. Home and Science Gossip, Rockford, Illinois, March, 1881.

An examination of the lingual membrane alone would prove this to be a
Zonites. Until then I retain it in Vertigo, as identical with or allied to ovata.
1 have, however, on Plate I. Fig. L, given a copy of one of the original figures,
leaving out the stria), which are exaggerated in the original, and here give the
original description, from which the species may be recognized, should it prove
a Zonites.

150 BULLETIN OF THE

Shell conic, thin, transparent, shining, amber-colored, nmbilicated ;
whorls 4^, convex, very finely striated ; striae visible only under microscope.
Snture distinct, aperture orbicular ; peristome simple, acute, its outer termina-
tion perpendicular to the body whorl, the columellar termination reflected over
the umbilicus. No internal teeth or process. Greater diameter, 1.35 mm. ;
lesser diameter, 1.20 nun. ; length of axis, 1 mm. Locality, Winnebago Co.,
Illinois.

The animal not having been examined, I am unable to decide the generic
character of the species with certainty ; but judging from the shell I believe
that it is a Zonites, and may be placed in the section Conulus of W. G. Bin-
ney's arrangement (Terr. Moll., Vol. V.). The shell resembles A. liarpa in
outline, but dilfers in other respects very materially. It is smaller ; the texture
of the shell is like that of Conulus fulvus. The striae are visible only under
the microscope. It is distinctly nmbilicated, and the aperture is not ubli([ue.
It is no Vertigo. This shell, which is unlike any known Helix, was first dis-
covered by ]\Ir. Jesse B. Upson, in a damp meadow f;;rm in Rockford, Illinois,
beneath some refuse boards.

I have examined a large number of specimens under the microscope, and
have made conipaiisons with many other species, both American and foreign,
but have found none like it. There is no ]>robability of its being an impor-
tation. The locality and surroundings forbid tliat.

I may mention that Messrs. Binney and Bland have examined the shell
and agree that it is new. Such being the case, it is a matter of congratulation
(though a surprise) to l)e able to add a new species to the American Helices
from Illinois. I have the pleasure of naming the shell after the first discoverer,
Mr. Upson. (Calkins.)

Mr. Upson suggests to me that the shell is the young of V. ovafa, as it was
found in company with mature specimens of that species.

Veronicella olivacea, Steakns. (p. 243.)

" Lobitos is a small creek enterino; the sea aljout fortv miles south of San
Francisco Bay. The ranch and hamlet through whicli it passes bear the
same name." (Stearns.)

Specimens of the original lot found in Nicaragua have kindly been fur-
nished me by Dr. F. W. Putnam. The jaw has over 20 ribs. The lingual
membrane is as usual in the crenus.

HEMPHILLIA. (p. 240.)

Plate Til. Fig. H.

Animal limaciform, blunt before, swollen at centre, and greatly attenuated
behind: tentacles simple: mantle subcentral, large, oval, concealing all Imt
a small portion of an internal shell-plate: longitudinal furruws above the

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 151

margin of the foot and caiulal niurus-pore, over wliicli is a liump-like process :
no distinct locomotive dislc: external respiratory and anal orifices at the central
ri^ht margin of the mantle : orifice of comljined genital system near the right
eye-peduncle.

Shell-plate horny, small, unguiform, longer than wide, with posterior nucleus
and concentric lines of growth, exposed in part.

Jaw rihbed.

Lingual membrane with tricuspid central teeth, bicuspid laterals, and quad-
rate marginals.

Coast of Oregon.

The swollen central portion of the animal seems the first approach to a tur-
binate mass of viscera, separated from the foot.

This emended generic description is drawn from larger specimens (40 mm.
contracted in alcohol) collected at Portland, Oregon, by Mr. H. Hemphill.
Found also at Tacoma, Puget Sound, and Olympia, Washington Territory, l>y
the same collector.

Polygyra auriculata, Sat. (p. 263.)
Cedar Keys : St. George's Island, Florida.

Polygyra Texasiana, Moricand. (p. 270.)
Fort Gibson, Indian Territory.

Polygyra Dorfeuilliana, Lea. (p. 278.)

Fort Gibson, Cherokee Nation, Indian Territory : Ali'xandria, Louisana.
"Wc'therby suggests the specific name of Sampsoiii iov the variety described
in Yiil. V.

Polygyra pustuloides, Bland, (p. 287.)
Lookout Mountain, Tennessee.

Polygyra leporina, Gould, (p. 288.)
Fort Gibson, Indian Territory.

Polygyra Harfordiana, J. G. Coorr.u. (p. 809.)

Fig. 203 is said by Dr. CDiipcr not to represent liis species, l)ul ivithor the
Salmon lUver sm;ill furni of Mi'^^idnn (hri<t var. Mulldil. 1 have, llierefure,
here given a figure of ])r. Cooi)er's original type of
D. IlarfimUann preserved at tli(; Academy of Natural
Sciences at Philadeliiliia. The species from this seems
more nearly allied to pnhjijijra than to Triodiqma.

152 BULLETIN OF THE

It must be rememliererl that my figure of the dentition (PI. VI T I Fig. Pi)
and description of jaw were drawn from tlie Salmon River shell, nut the typical
shell found only in the Sierra Nevada region at " Big Trees."

Triodopsis vultuosa, Gould, (p. 312.)

Plate III. Fig. J.

There are 12 ril)s on tiie jaw. The lingual membrane has 2()-l-20 teeth, 1 1
laterals on each side of tlie median line.

For the variety called Henrietta', see below.

Triodopsis Copei, Wetiierby.

Plate I. Fig. J.

Shell reddish, somewhat thin, deeply striated by lines of growth, and of
medium size. Spire somewhat depressed in some specimens, slightly more ele-
vated in others. Whorls 5, transversely striated with ol)li(|ue lines of growth,
and increasing very gradually and regularly in size ; a faint cai'ina appearing
at the junction of the upper third and lower two-thirds of the body whorl,
from which the latter tapers inwardly to the base of the shell. Sutures regu-
lai'ly and moderately imprcs.scd. Peristome subacute, and liroadly reflected
outward and dowuwai'd at the lower two-thirds, and bearing on its basal third
an acute carina, within which is seen a prominent, vertical, double tooth, of
which the outer poi'timi is the larger. A second tooth is carried by the inner
margin of tlie peristome at the centre of the Imdy wlmrl, the point of which is
in close relatioTi to an arcuate tooth carried by tlie jiarietal wall of the aper-
ture. Umbilicus wide, exhibiting most of the volutions. Height, 7 mm. ;
greater diameter, 14 mm. This size is about the average. (Wetherljy.)

Ilclix Copei, WETiii.uin-, Amer. Nat, Mar., 1877, p.

Twenty miles nmth of Beaumont, Harden Co., Texas.

It is very like a largo vultuosa, the aperture not produced beyond the teeth
as in Jlriirieffce, but there is no trace of the callus connecting the parietal tooth
with the angle of the peristome.

The fiuure on Plate I. is a fac-simile of that of Prof. Wetherby.

o

Triodopsis Henriettse, ^Lvzyck.

Treated as a var. of T. rulfnosa, p. 313. Perliajis will prove distinct.

Shell rimatelv umbilicated, de]U'essed, gloli.i-e, rallier snlid, willi iiunierniis
I'CLTular delicate stria', ilark browni-h horn-cidur ; spire obtusi' ; wlunls abdut,
live and a half, slightlv cnuvex ; suture deeply iiunresseil ; beneath cduvex.

MUSEUM OF COMPAllATIVE ZOOLOGY. 158

smoother than above ; luubilicus very deep, reaching the apex, but only ex-
hibiting the last three whorls, grooved within ; body whorl
centlv ascendinu iust behind the aperture, and then suddeidy
and shortly deliected, very much constricted behind the peri-
Rtomc, with two deep exterior pits, having the space between
them elevated into a prominent ridge ; aperture subtriangukr,
peristome much thickened within and very slightly reflexed,
very tortuous, yellowish white, furnished with a small den-
ticle near its upper termination and an erect lamelliform tooth,
whicli is equal in length to about one fifth the diameter of
the base of the shell, extending from the lower end of the
u[ipernii)st pit almost to the inner edge of the body whorl ; low down in the
nmuth of the shell there is, Ijetween this tooth and the denticle, a large white
tongue-shaped, concave tooth ; and very near this, but rather lower down in
the mouth of the shell, and on tlie base of the body wliorl, there is an obli([ue
stout, white tooth, wliich is sometimes slightly cleft on the edge. The parietal
wall, which is covered with a semi-transparent callus, bears a very strong,
arcuated, entering, white tooth, whose outer margins form almost a right
angle.

Diameter, major, h inch ; minor, ^^g inch ; altitude, j inch.

Eastern Texas. j\Ir. Jacob Boll.

This species more nearly resembles Helix vultuosa, Gould, than any other
North American species, but ditfers from that shell in the shape and size of
the umbilicus and in the form and armature of the aperture, which in valtunsa
is lunate, almost circular, and in this species is rather V-shaped ; in vnJfuosa
the peristome, thougli moderately so, is decidedly reflexed, and its plane is
almost entirely unbroken ; in Ilenriettcc it is very much thickened, but scarcely
at all reflexed, is very tortuous, and bears on its inner margin an obtuse den-
ticle and a long lamelliform erect tooth, which are wanting in vulfunsa ; in
Ilenriettcc the two internal teeth are so far within the aperture as to l>e seen
only on looking into it, while in vultuosa they are plainly visible from the base
of the side ; in the latter the parietal tooth is arched ujnrards, and its outer
margin is rounded ; in Henrietta} it takes the opposite direction, and its mar-
gins form almost a right angle ; the deep pits behind the peristome are want-
ing or olisolete in vultuosa. (Mazyck.) Tlie species is referred to by Mr.
Blanil in his "Eemarks," p. IIG.

To the original description of Mazyck I add a figure drawn by "Sir. Arthur
F. (iray from the original specimen. As stated above, IMr. Bland and myself
formerly considered this as a variety of T. vultuosa. It seems, however, quite
as worthy of specific weight as T. Copci.

Triodopsis loricata, Gocld. (p. 313.)

Mariposa Co., California.

154 BULLETIN OF THE

Triodopsis Levettei, Bland, (p. 314.)

Plate I. Fig. E.

Shell urabilicate, orbiculate-couvex, thin, shining, translucent, slightly and
irregnlai'ly obli(|uely striated, chestnut-colored, tlie upper whorls paler ; spire
scarcely elevated, apex obtuse ; suture im])ressed ; whons 7, rather convex,
gradually increasing ; the last somewhat depressed at the aperture, obsoletely
spirally striated, constricted behind the aperture, and slightly scrobicuLitcd,
base subconvex ; umbilicus moderate, ^ diameter of the shell, pervious ;
aperture very oblique, subcircular, with a well-developed flexuose, transverse
white tooth on the parietal wall ; peristome reflected, pale chestnut-colored,
thickened within, the margins joined by a slight callus, the right margin with
a white, obtuse, erect, submarginal tooth, the basal margin with two white
transverse teeth, the upper one the larger.

Triodopsis Levettei, Bland, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. II. No. 4, p. IIG, Fig.

(1880).

Near Santa Fe, New Mexico, where two living and one dead specimen were
collected by my friend, Dr. G. M. Levette, who presented to me one of the
former. Cabinet of L)r. Levette, and tlie Liiniey and Bland collection in the
American Museum of Natural History, New York.

This species is quite distinct from any known North American or other
form. Tlie number of whorls, and of teeth, their form and color, with the
color of the shell and peristome, are its peculiar features. The striaj are by no
means so well developed as shown in the figures. (Bhuid.)

The figures are copied on my plate.

Von Martens suggests that the species may be a Pohjgyra.

Mesodon. (p. 314.)
All the specific names should have tlie masculine termination.

Mesodon Andrews!, W. f;. Binn. (p. 324.)

Plate II. Fig. L. Plate III. Fig. E, F.

Shell imperforate, globose, very thin, witli delicate wrinkles of growth and
microscopic revolving stria^ ; horn-color ; s]»ire elevated, conic, apex olituse ;
whorls six, convex, the last greatly swfdlen ; peristome white, thickened,
slightly reflected, ends separated, the columellar one expanded. Greater diam-
eter, 25 mm. ; lesser, 20 mm. ; heiglit, 14 mm.

Mesodon Andrewsi, W. G. Binn., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. I. p. 300, VI XIV.
Fig. E, F, PI. XV. (1879).

Roan Mountain, Mitchell Co., North Carolina. Mrs. G. Andrews. The

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 155

absence of limestone on Roan Mountain accounts for the extreme thinness of
the shell.

It can scarcely be said to resemble closely any known species of Mesodon,
though perhaps somewhat like a gigantic M. Mitchellianus.

The jaw has sixteen ribs.

The lingual membrane (PI. III. Fig. F) is long and narrow ; teeth 64-1-64,
with about 15 perfect laterals on either side of the central line. There are no
side cusps or cutting points to the central and lateral teeth, and only on the
extreme marginals does a side cutting point appear. The cutting point of the
marginals is long. Thus the dentition is like that of dausus and thyroides.

The genitalia are figiu'ed on Plate III. Fig. E. The genital bladder (g. b.) is
large, oval, on a short, narrow duct : the penis-sac (j). s.) is long and stout, with
a subcentral constriction : the prostate gland (pr.) is highly developed.

A dentate form is figured on Plate IV. Fig. A.

Mesodon Wheatleyi, Blaxd. (p. 327.)

Roan Mountain, Mitchell Co., North Carolina ; Cliff Springs, Monroe Co.,
Tennessee. Mrs. G. Andrews. The parietal tooth was wanting in these
specimens.

Mesodon dentiferus, Binnet. (p. .328.)

Plate III. Fig. G.

On Plate III. Fig. G, I have figured the genitalia of this species.

The genital bladder {g. b.) is small, oval, on a short duct, which is greatly
swollen at a short distance below the bladder : the penis-sac (p. s.) is long,
stout, and contracted at a short distance below its blunt end ; the retractor is
inserted in the vas deferens at about the middle of its lencrth.

In another individual, the constriction of the penis-sac was not so well de-
veloped.

Mrs. G. Andrews found at Sugar-Loaf IMountain, North Carolina, twenty
miles east of Roan Mountain, a specimen of 5j whorls ; greater diameter,
30 mm. ; lesser, 25 mm. ; height, 12 mm.

Mesodon Wetherbyi, Blaxd. (p. 330.)

Roan Mountain, Mitchell Co., North Carolina ; Campbell Co., Tennessee,
Mrs. G. Andrews. Animal uniform slate-color.

Mesodon clausus, Say. (p. .3.32.)

Helix InqaUsiana. See Fischer, in Simttle worth's Notitia; Ma!., II. 10, PI. III.
Fig. 5 (1877).

156 BULLETIN OF THE

Mesodon La"wi, Lewis, (p. 335.)
Monroe Co., East Tennessee. Mrs. G. Andrews. Houston Co., Georgia.

Mesodon devius, Gocld. (pp. 337, 432.)

Plate III. Fig. I.

The genitalia are here figured.

The typical form was found by Mr. H. Hemphill, at Freeport, Cowlitz Co.,
Washington Territory.

Mesodon Sayii, Binney. (p 339.)

Plate I. Fig. A, B. Plate II. Fig. K.

An opportunity of e.xamining the animal of this large form of M. Sayii,
for which I am indebted to ])i: Lewis, shows that the genital system (PI. I.
Fig. B) is similar to that of the typical form, excepting that the penis-sac is
still more developed, surpassing by three times the whole genital system in
length. (See Vol. I., PL XL Fig. 11.)

The jaw and lingual dentition are the same as in the typical Sayii. I have
figured on Plate I. Fig. A, the dentition of this variety.

In the mountains of Tennessee and North Carolina is found the form called
var. Chilowcensis, one of which is figured in the plate referred to (PL I.
Fig. K).

Aglaia fidelis, Gr.\t. (p. 350.)

The small form from Mount Shasta, mentioned on p. 351, which also is
found at the Dalles, has the same dentition and genitalia as the typical form.
(See PI. IV. Fig. G.)

There is a black variety from northern parts of California still more nearly
allied to infumata.

Aglaia infumata, Gould, (p. 352.)

The animal is Idack with brick-red tultercles. Latitude 37° 30' is said to be
its southern limit. Its shell is sometimes banded. Plate IV. Fig. B, C, re]>
resent the species denuded of its hairs.

Aglaia Hillebrandi, Newcomb. (p. 352.)
Calaveras Co., California.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 157

Arionta. (p. 353.)

The species are not well grouped iu the text. The following is more nat-
ural: —

Arionta arrosa. Arionta Mormonum Traski.
Townsendiana. Carpenteri.

exaraia. seqiioicola.

* Diahloensis.
Californiensis (including reticulata *

Nickliniana, ramentosa, Bridoesi) Dupetilhouarsi.

* *

intercisa (including rcdimiia). rujicincta.

* Gabbi.
Ayersiana. *

* Kelletti.
tudiculata. Stearnsiana,

The geographical distribution of the species is very peculiar. A. Townsend-
iana belongs to the Oregon fauna. I doubt its ever having been found in
Tuolumne Co., California. A. Mormonum belongs to the Sierra Nevada
counties, as does A. tudiculata, which also is found in southern coast coun-
ties. All the others are restricted to the coast counties, ranging as stated in
the text, the following being island species : A. rujicincta, Gabbi, intercisa,
Ayersiana, and Kelletti. A. Stearnsiana and Carpenteri are Lower Californian
species.

The lingual dentition of all the species is essentially the same, excepting
Townsendiana and rujicincta, which have tricuspid centrals and inner laterals.
The genitalia are the same in arrosa, exarata, Nickliniana, Californiensis, Ayers-
iana, tudiculata, Traski, Carpenteri, sequoicola, Diahloensis, and Dupetithouarsi.
From these the genitalia of Mormonum differ very essentially, being more
nearly allied to that of Aglaia Jidelis and infumata. A. Townsendiana has sim-
ple genitalia, without the accessory organs usually found in Arionta. A. Kel-
letti and Stearnsiana have the organs still more complicated with accessories.
A. rujicincta and Gabbi are related by their genitalia to the last, but differ
considerably in wanting the accessory duct of genital bladder.

I have not examined the genitalia of intercisa.

Arionta arrosa, Gould, (p. 354.)

J. G. Cooper, in Proc. Cal. Ac. N. S., 1875, p. 16, indicates a variety, Hol-
deriana, and another variety, Stiversiana.

158 BULLETIN OF THE

Arionta Townsendiana, Lea. (p. 355.)

The variety i^tychophora is Bometimes very tliin and smooth, not malleatod.
I have it from Salmon River, Idaho ; Bitter Root Mountains ; Dalles, Ore-
gon; UmatiUa Co., Oregon. (Hemphill.) (See PI. IV. Fig. E, F.)

Arionta tudictilata, Binney. (p. 357.)

In the Sierra Nevada from San Diego it ranges 450 miles north. J. G.
Cooper says this and A. Mormonum are the only large species found east of the
coast range.

Dr. Cooper mentions a variety, Jf<Va?i^i, in Amer. Journ. Conch., V. 209. In
letters to me, however, he says this is a misprint I'or Traski.

Arionta Ayersiana, Newcomb. (p. 359.)
San Clemente Island. (Yates.)

Arionta intercisa, W. G. Binney. (p. 360.)

Plate I. Fig. I.

Mr. Henry Hemphill has lately sent me alcoholic specimens, collected Ijy
him at San Clemente Island, California.

The jaw is as usual in the genus, with six separated rilxs.

The lingual membrane is as usual in the genus. Teeth 31-1-31, with ahout
15 laterals on each side. The extreme laterals only are bicuspid, (PL I.
Fig. I.)

The genitalia are like those figured by me for Eujoaryjjha Tryoni. (See Terr.
Moll., V.)

From the series of specimens sent ])y Mr. Hemphill, I am inclined to believe
Arionta redimita to be a variety of intercisa. The original specimen may have
come from the same locality. Formerly I suspected redimita to be a variety of
ramcntosa.

Arionta Mormonum, Pfeiffer. (p. 3G6.)

PL I. Fig. K.

The small form from Dalles, Oregon, is probably a small variety of Aglaia
fidclis. Sonora, Mexico, is given as a locality of this species, from conlbunding
the toivn Sonora of Tuolumne Co., California, with the Mexican state. Mor-
mon Island is a rocky islet in the American River, seventy miles north-north-
west of this town of Sonora.

A variety is indicated as rircumcarinata by Stearns (Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci., Vol. I. p. , Fig., 1879). A copy of two of his figures is given on
Plate I. Fig. K. It is thus described by him

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 159

Shell widely umbilicated, discoidal, flattened, angiilated, with a peripheral
keel ; whorls six to six and a half, slightly tabulated near the sutures, which
latter are deeply impressed ; surface finely granulated, varying in different
specimens ; and otherwise sculptured by conspicuous subacute ribs parallel
with the lines of growth both above and below, which meet, and sometimes
cross, the peripheral keel ; these ribs are more or less irregular and uneven,
of varying prominence, and are also unequally spaced, being closely crowded
in some places and farther apart in others. Aperture ol)li(piely subangiilate,
semilunate ; peristome moderately thickened, reflected somewhat, covering the
open umbilicus, and made continuous by a connecting thin deposit of callus
(ih the labium. Color, in some specimens, dingy white to white, in others a
dingy redilish white, ornamented with a double revolving band, — the upper
stripe being whitish, the lower reddish or light chestnut just above, and con-
tiguous to the peripheral keel ; the pinch or fold of the keel taking up what
in Helix Alormonum is the third or lower stripe of white.

Number of specimens four, two adult and two immature, but nearly full
grown.

Greater diameter, .92 to 1.01 inches; lesser diameter, .75 to .86 inch; height,
.3G to .37 inch.

Animal not observed.

Stanislaus County, near Turloch, California. (Stearns).

The form to me appears a distinct species.

Arionta Diabloensis, J. G. Cooper, (p. 3G9.)
The species ranges one hundrcil miles north of Mt. Diablo. (Cooper.)

Arionta Traski, Newcomb. (p. oG9.)

Dr. Cooper gives its ranges from Los Angeles fifty miles to Fort Tejon, and
one hundred and fifty miles to San Luis Obispo. He says the first four whorls
are hirsute.

Arionta Dupetithouarsi, Desh. (p. 370.)
In the grove at Cypress Point, "Monterey.

Glyptostoma Newberryanum. (p. 374.)
The under surface of a large specimen is figured on Plate IV. Fig. D.

Macroceramus Kieneri, Pfeiffeu. (p 38.j.)

Mr. Bland (Aim. X. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. IL p. 127) has shown the United
States specinuMis tn be distinct under the name oi' ponfi'Jir/ix, Gould.

160 BULLETIN OF THE

Bulimiilus Schiedeanus, Pfeiffer. (p. 391.)

Plate III. Fig. K.

Jaw slightly arcuate, ends scarcely attenuated, blunt ; anterior surface ■with
17 ribs, denticulating either margin. It is difficult to decide the exact charac-
ter of these ribs. I have usually called the ribs in Bulimulus, CijUndrella, etc.
narrow and widely separated. They should perhaps be described as very
broad, with narrow interstices, and with a gradual increase of thickness towards
their outer longitudinal margin. This jdainly thickened margin is w hat I have
formerly described as narrow ribs. In the jaw before me there is no tendeiic};
to oblique arrangement of the ribs at the upper central portion.

The lingual mendjrane (see plate) is long and narrow. Teeth of the same
type as described by me under Hal. dcalbatus, Say, in \'()1. V.

Bulimulus multilineatus, Sat. (p. 305.)
Mexico (Fischer and Crosse).

Orthalicus undatus, Brcg. (p. 408.)
The upper figure of Plate LIV. is referred by Von Martens to 0. Ferussaci.

Succinea ovalis, Gould, (p. 417.;

To the synonymy add : —

S. Calumctcn/tis, Calkins, Valley Naturalist, Vol. I. Xo. 2, p. 1, with a figure. St
Louis.

Spurious Species of I1ei,icid/E. (p. 431.)

Clausilid nnolrjiid, " L'AiiuTique Uusse" is a typographical error for " L'Arnienie
Kusse." ZoGl. Rec, 1881.

In the following li-t I have incorporated all the foregoing additions and
alterations.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

161

CATALOGUE

OF THE

TERPiESTRlAL AIR-BKEATHIXG MOLLUSKS

OF THE rXITED STATES AND ADJACENT TERRITORIES OF NORTH AMERICA.

PULMONATA GEOPHILA.

Agnatha.

Glandina Vanuxemensis, Lea.
truiicata, Ginel.
decussata, Desli.

Glandina bullata, Gld.
Texasiana, Pfr.

Holognatha Vitrinea.

Macrocvclis Vancouverensis, Lea.

sportella, Gld.

concava, Say.

Hemphilli, W. G. Binn.

Voyana, Newc.

Duranti, Newc.
Zonites Mcsnmphix.

cainuidL'S, W. G. Binn.

i'uliginosus, Griff.

frial>ilis, W. G. Binn.

Rn-eli, W. G. Binn.

caducus, Pfr.

iBCvigatus, Pfr.

deniissu3, Binn.

ligeius, Say.

intertextus, Binn.

.suLplanus, Binn.

inornatus, Say.

pculptilis. Bland.

Ellintti, Pvedf.

turinnideus, Anth.
Ilyfdina.

cellarius, Midi.

Whitneyi, Newc.

nitidus, Miill.

arliorens, Say.

VOL. XI. — NO. 8.

Zuiiites viridulus, Mke.

indentatus, Say.

petropbilus, Bland.

Wheatleyi, P>land.

limatulus, Ward.

minn^^culus, Binn.

milinni, Morse.

Binneyanns, Mor.'ie.

ferreus, Morse.

conspectns, Bland.

exiguus, Stinipson.

chersinelluf?, Dall.

capsella, Gld.

placentula, Sbuttl.

Lawi, W. G. Binn.
Conulus.

fulvu.s, Drap.

Fabricii, Beck.

Gnndlacbi, Pfr.
Gastrodonta.

gularis, Say.

cuspidatns, Lewis.

.snppres.sus, Say.

lai^modon, Phillips.

macilentus, Sbnttl.

significans, Bland.
11

162

BULLETIN UF THE

Zonites Andrewsi, W. G. Binn.

interniis, Say.

multidentatus, Binn.
Vitrinozonites latissinius, Lewis.
Vitrina linipida, Gould.

Angelica;, Beck.

Pfeifferi, Newc.

Vitrina exilis, Morelet.
Limax maxinius, L.

flavus, L.

agrestis, L.

canipestris, Binn.

Hewstoni, J. G. Cooj^er.

montanus, IngersoU.

Holognatha Helicea.

Patula solitaria, Say.

strigosa, Gld.

Hempliilli, Newc.

Idalioensis, Newc.

alternata, Say.

Cuniberlandiana, Lea.

perspectiva, Say.

Bryanti, Harper.

.striatella, Anth.

pauper, Gld.

Horni, Gabb.

asteriscus, Morse.
Microphysa incrustata, Poey.

vortex, Pi'r.

Lansingi, Bland.

IngersoUi, Bland.

Stearnsi, Bland.
Hemitrochus varians, Mke.
Holospira Roemeri, Pfr.

Goldfussi, Mke.
OncHdella borealis, Dall.

Carpenteri, W. G. Bum.
Tebennophorus Caroliniensi.s, Bosc.
Helicodiscus lineatus, Say.

fimbriatus, Weth.
Ferussacia .subcylindrica, L.
Csecilianella acicula, Miill.
Stenogyra liumina.

decollata, L.
Opens. ■

octonoides, C. B. Ad.

subula, Pfr.
Melaniella.

gracillima, Plr.

Pupa Pupilla.

muscorum, L.

Blandi, Morse.

Hoppii, Aldll.

variolosa, Gld.

pentodon, Say.

decora, Gld.

corpulenta, Morse.

Rowelli, Newc.

Californica, Rowell.
Lcucnchila.

fallax, Say.

modica, Gld.

Arizonensis, Gabb.

hordeacea, Gabb.

armifera, Say.

contracta, Say.

rupicola, Say.

corticaria. Say.

pellucida, Pir.

borealis, Morelet.

alticola, IngersoU.
Vertigo Gouldi, Binn.

Bollesiana, Morse.

milium, Gld.

ovata, Say.

ventricosa, Morse.

simplex, Gld.

Strophia incana, Binn.

* *

Arion fuscns, Miill.

foliolatus, Gld.
Ariolimax Columbianus, Gld.

Californicus, J. G. Coop.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

163

Ariolimax niger, J. G. Coop.

Hempbilli, W. G. Binn.

Andersoni, J. G. Coop.
Prophysaon Hempbilli, Blaml & Bimi.
Veronicella Floridana, Biim.

olivacea, Stearns.
Binneya iiotabilis, J. G. Coop.
TIenipliilliaglandulosa, Bland & Binn.
Pallilera dorsalis, Binn.

Wetberbyi, W. G. Binn.
Strobila labyrintbica, Say.

Ilubbardi, A. D. Brown.
Gonostonia Yatesi, J. G. Coop.
Polygyra auriculata, Say.

uvulifera, Sbuttl.

anrii'ormis, Bland.

Postelliana, Bland.

espiloca, Raven el.

avara, Say.

ventrosula, Pi'r.

Hind.si, Plr.

Texa.'^iana, Moricand.

triodontoides, Bland.

^Idoreana, W. G. Binn.

bii)pocrepis, Pfr.

I'astigans, L. W. Say.

Jacksoni, Bland.

Troostiana, Lea.

Hazardi, Bland.

oppilata, Mtnicand.

Dorluuilliana, Lea.

AriudiicT, Pfr.

septeniv(dva, Say.

cereolns, IMnblf.

Carpenteriana, Bland.

Feliigeri, Bland.

]iustula, Per.

l>ustuli)ides, Bland.

lepurinn, Gld.

lIarrorili;ni:i, .J. G. Cooji.
Polygyrulla iiolygyrL-lla, Blaml & J. G.

Coop.
Stenotrema spinosuin, Lea.

labrosum, Bland.

Edgariannni, Lea.

Stenotrema Edvardsi, Bland.

barbigernm, Redtield.

stenotrenuun, Fer.

birsntnm, Say.

maxillatnm, Gld.

monodon, Rack.

germanum, Gld.
Triodopsis palliata, Say.

obsti-icta, Say.

appre.ssa, Say.

inflecta, Say.

Rngeli, Sbuttl.

tridentata, Say.

fallax, Say.

introferens, Bland.

Hopetonensis, SImttl.

Van Nostrandi, Bland.

vultuosa, Gld.

Copei, Wetb.

loricata, Gld.

Levettei, Bid.
Mesodon major, Bimi.

alb<jlabri.s, Say.

divestns, Gld.

multilineatus, Say.

Penn.^ylvanicus, Green.

Mitcbellianu^;, Lea.

elevatu.«. Say.

Clarki, Lea.

Cbristyi, Bland.

exoletus, Ijiim.

Wbeatleyi, Pdand.

denlifL-rui^, Binn.

Riienieri, Pi'r.

Wetberbyi, Bland.

tbyroides, Say.

Andrew-si, W. G. Binn.

clan.su.'^. Say.

Colninbianns, Lea.

Do\vnieann>i, Bland.

Lawi, Lewis.

]\-junus. Say

Mol)ilianus, Lea.

devius, Gld.

prorumlus, Say.

164

BULLETIN OF THE

Mesodon Sayii, Binn.
Acanthinula harpa, Say.
Vallonia pulchella, Miill.
Fruticicola hispiJa, L.

rufescens, Penn.
Dorcasia Berlandieriana, Moric.

griseola, PIV.
Turricula terrestris, Chemn.
Aglaia fidelis, Gray.

infiimata, Gld.

Hillebrandi, Newc.
Arionta arrosa, Gld.

Townsendiana, Lea.

yar. ptychophora, A.D.Brown.

exarata, Pfr.

Californiensis, Lea.

iritercisa, W. G. Binn.

Ayresiana, Newc.

tudicnlata, Binn.

Mormonnni, Pt'r.
var. circumcarinata.

Traski, Newc.

Carpenteri, Newc.

sequoicola, J. G. Coop.

Arionta DiaLloensis, J. G. Coop.

Dupetithouarsi, Desh.

ruticincta, Newc.

Gabbi, Newc.

Kelletti, Fbs.

Stearnsiana, Gal)b.

Glyptostoma Newberryannni, W. G. B.

Euparypha Tryoni, Newc.

Tacbea hortensis, Miill.

Ponmtia aspersa, Miill.
* *

Cylindrella Poeyana, D'Orb.

jejuna, Gld.
Macroceramus pontificus, Gld.

Gossei, Pfr.
Bulimulus patriarcha, W. G. Binn.

alternatus, Say.

Schiedeanus, Pl'r.

dealbatns, Say.

serperastru.s, Say.

multilineatus, Say.

Dormani, W. G. Binn.

Marielinus, Poey.

I'loridanus, Pfr.

Liguus fasciatus, Miill.
Orthalicus undatus, Brug.

Goniognatha.

Punctuni ])ygina3ura, Dr.

Elasmognatha.

Succinea Haydeni, W. G. Binn.
retusa, Lea.
Silliniani, Bland,
ovalis, Gld., not Say.
Higginsi, Bland.
Concordialis, Gld.
luteola, Gld.
lineata, W. G. Binn.
avara. Say.
Stretcliiana, Bland.
Verrilli, Bland,
aurea, Lea.
Groenlandica, Beck,
obliqua, Say.

Succinea Totteniana, Lea.

canipestris, Say.

Hawkin.si, Bainl.

rusticana, Gld.

Nuttalliana, Lea.

Oregonensif;, Lea

effusa, Sbuttl.

Salleana, Pfr.
* *

Haleana, Lea.
Mooresiana, Lea.
Grosvenori, Lea.
Wilsoni, Lea.

MUSEUM 01'' L'OMrAllATIVE ZOOLOGY. 165

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tiie figures of shells were drawn by Mr. Arthur F. Gray ; those of genitalia and lingual deutiiiou,

by W. G. Cinuey.

PLATE I.

^'ig-

A.

li

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

K.

L.

Mesodon Cliilowecnsis : linyual dentition.

" " genitalia.

Patula Bryanti.
Ilelicodiscus fimbriatus.
Triodo[)sis Levettei.
Zonitcs petrophilus.
Wlieatleyi.
Vitrinozonites latissimus : lingual dentition.
Arionta intcrcisa : Ungual dentition.
Triodopsis Copei.

Arionta Mormonum, var. circumcarinata.
Zonites UpsonL

PLATE IL

Fig. A. Zonites placentula.

" B. " niacilentus.

" C. " cuspidatus.

" D. " Andrews!.

" E. " Lawi.

" F. " niultidcntatus.

" G. " significans.

" H. " Rugeli: slicll.

" L " " dentition.

" J. " subplanus : dentition.

" K. Mesodon Chiloweensis.

" L. " Andrcwsi.

" M. :\Iacrocyclis HempliiUi.

" N. Micropliysa Stearnsi : dentition.

•' 0. " " jaw.

166 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMrAKATIVE ZOOLoCV.

PLATE IIL

Pig. A. Animal of Vitrinozonites latissimus : drawn by Miss Emma rrini^lc.

'• 13. Genitalia of same.
" C. " Zonites capnodes.

" D. " " Rugeli.

" E. " Mesodon Andre wsi.

" ¥. Dentition of

" G. Genitalia of Mesodon dcntifcrus.

" 11. i\nimal of Hempliillia eontraeteil in spirits.

" 1. Cienitalia of Mesodon devius.

" J. Dentition of Triodopsis vultuosa.
" K. " Buliinulus Schiedeanus.

" L. " Zonites Whitneyi.

PLATE IV.

Fig. A. Mesodon Androwsi, var.
' B, C. Aglaia infumata, denuded of hairs.
' D. Glyptostoma Newberryanum.

E. Arioftta Townsendiana, var. ptycliopiiora.
' F. " " v'lr.

' G. Fac-siniile of original figures of llyalina subnipieola.
II, I. Aglaia fidelis, nir.

All but B, C, and II, I, pliotograplied from nature.

Biriney: Sijppl to Terr. Moll. Plate

k

_^^ C;^

46

50

AithuiF.Gra;, &W.ar.aei

dH£uffoTas. fio/is ^>>sror

Bij:]!^-' ':_;•.] toTeirMol^

A

B

M

G

7^

I)

^>«ii^.<

0[

C3>

F

O

iV

/^'

I

^'l

- \

•#f^

.-scf'-^^K

if

'^-^^

-1 f

0

"\ i

,^4,^ R^ \'^

Sri-'

\ ■'

,^'i

\

/;

^
^

y

I

J

-M

j^

:0

y 37

Arthiu r.nr^v '.77/T'E,'i^l

JHSi.iff^- ^'■ : tTt''*' r .^pyw/i

Binney; Siippl. to Terr Moll. Plate III

f)ii ',

1

>

■i0

I

"Ul

kJ

V

I -■

i g-b

;^/r-

4

v

».v '-^

^^^0^

I

M

.\/

iO

r /*

^^-i^

'r^

if

);

^

0.\ Jl

9 '■*■ ] 4

]%){ )ov.

Miss Pnnde &:"W.'3-.E.del.

'// Z M-.^-.- ■■-■- Pr.:f(y'

^Bmney; Suppl.toTeirMoll.Pldte. N

A'

■"'■>.

--%

D

*f>-

a

k- x^^

H

-#

/tMu^f^n. ■" -^O/V P.C^^f'^r

No. 9. — Studies from the Ncioport Marine Zoological Lahoratory.
Communicated hy Alexander Agassiz.

XIII.*
On the Development of Certain Worm Larvoe. By J. Walter Fewkes.

Prionospio tenuis Vekk. (?).

Plates I. and II.

The youngest larva (PI. I. Fig. 1, PI. II. Fig. 7) of this worm has a trans-
parent head and a body which is 2-3 mm. long, tapering uniformly from ante-
rior to posterior extremity. The head (PL I. Fig. 1) has four eye-spots, or

* The present paper, which is the first to appear under the above title, is one
of a series from my Newport Laboratory, of wbich the following have already
been published : —

I. Tlie Development of Salpa. By Wm. K. Brooks, pp. 58. 34 cuts. March,

1876. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoul., Vol. III. No. li, p. 291.
II. On the Young Stages of some Osseous Fishes. By A. Agassiz. I. De-
velopment of the Tail. pp. 10. 2 plates. 1877. Proc. Amer. Acad., Vol.

xm. p. 117.

III. The Development of Lepidosteus. Bv A. Agassiz. pp. 11. 5 plates.

1878. Proc. Amer. Acad., Vol. XIV. p. G5.

IV. On the Young Stages of some Osseous Fishes. By A. Agassiz. II. Devel-

opment of the Flounders, pp. 1\. 10 plates. 1878. Proc. Amer. Acad.,
Vol. XIV. p. 1.
V. On some Young Stages in the Development of Ilippa, Porcellana, and Pin-
nixa. By Walter Faxon, pp. IG. 5 plates. April, 1879. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool, Vol. V. No. 11, p. 251.
VI. On the Development of Palffimonetes vulgaris. By Walter Faxon.
pp. 27. 4 plates. September, 1879. Bull. IMus. Comp. ZoiJL, Vol. V. No.
15, p. 303.
VII. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Tubular Jelly-Fishes. By J. Walter
Fewkes. pp. 20. 3 plates. ]\Iarch and April, 1880. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., Vol. VI. No. 7, p. 127.
VIII. On some Points in the Structure of the Embryonic Zoi-a. By Walter
Faxon, pp. 7. 2 double plates. October, 1880. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Vol. VI. No. 10, p. 159.
IX. Studies of the Jelly-Fishes of Narragansett Bay. By J.Walter Fewkes.
pp. 42. 10 plates (3 double). February, 1881. JBull. Mus. Comp. Zoiil.,
Vol. VIII. No. 8, p. 141.
X. On the Development of the Pluteus of Arbacia. By J. Walter Fewkes.
pp. 10. 1 double plate. May, 1881. Mem. Pcabody Acad. Sci., I. 0.
XI. On the Acalepha; of the East Coast of New England. By J. Walter
Fewkes. pp. 19. 1 double plate. April, 1882. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zocil.,
Vol. IX. No. 8, p. 291.
XII. On the Young Stages of some Osseous Fi.shes. III. By A. Agassiz.
pp. 32. 20 plates. 1882. Proc. Amer. Acad., Vol. XVII. p. 271.

Alexander Agassiz.

VOL. XI. — NO. 9.

168 BULLETIN OF THE

ocelli, each of a reddish color. Two of these are placed near the median line,
and two appear near the bases of appendages called cephalic tentacles (t),
Both pairs are situated in the dorsal walls of the head. In the cephalic walls
below the median eye-spots there is a greenish spot of triangular shape. Sim-
ilarly colored spots are also situated in the dorsal walls of the head under the
lateral eyes.

Two pairs of appendages, known as the cephalic tentacles (t) and the cepha-
lic setse (s), arise from the head. Both of these cephalic appendages are em-
bryonic.

The tentacles (i) are long, flexible bodies, which are sometimes closely
coiled about their bases, and at other times widely extended. These append-
ages are transparent, of a slightly reddish color, and unjoiuted. Their surface
is covered with short stiff spines or hairs, which are especially numerous near
their distal extremities. Each appendage has a cavity throughout its length,
opening into the body cavity, and through the walls the circulation of a fluid
contained within can be easily seen. There'are two of these cephalic tentacles,
both of which arise from the dorsal regiou of the head, a little above the lateral
lines of the body. They are probably homologous to dorsal cirri.

The cephalic setae (s) are smooth, easily deciduous spines projecting from
ear-like lappets on the dorsal side of the head below the cephalic tentacles.
Their length varies, but in young specimens it is about one half that of the
body. Although generally carried separated in a fan-like manner, they are
often folded closely together, parallel with the sides of the body (Fig. 6).
The cephalic setse are probably homologous with the embryonic spines of
(^Nerine) Spio, and may be regarded as the setiB of a single segment of which
the head is formed. It is a significant fact that these spines, as far as known,
are only found in those annelid larvce which are free swimnuDg. In the
young Arenicola, for instance, which passes its youth enveloped in a mass of
slime, these enibryonic spines never appear. This fact leads one to ask if they
are not special organs for defence rather than ancestral features descended
from fossil forms, which according to A. Agassiz they sometimes closely re-
semble. Their peculiar positions when a Nerine or Prionospio larva is alarmed
leave no doubt of their defensive function.

The mouth is terminal and slightly ventral. The proboscis is short when
retracted, not extending back of the posterior part of the head. It is protru-
sile even in this early condition, and bears a chsetinons (?) toothed body of
red color, visible through the mouth opening. The position of the posterior
extremity of the proboscis is marked by a pair of diverticula {g) from the
intestinal tract, whose walls are here pigmented with brown and yellow. They
lie near the medial dorsal line, one on each side of the junction of proboscis
and oesophagus. These "glands" begin to form as small lateral diverticula
from the oesophagus, and extend forward in the body cavity, one on each
side of the proboscis. Later in their growth yellow pigment appears in
their walls, and they assume a superficial likeness to glands. In tlie dorsal
medial Hne, upon the intestinal tract between them, there is a pulsatile sac

1

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 1G9

opening into a large anterior vessel. The pulsatile sac resembles a heart ;
the vessel opening from it, an artery which may distribute blood to the head
and cephalic tentacles. Of tlie true homology of these organs there is, how-
ever, some doubt.

The body of the youngest Prionospio (Fig. 1) is composed of nine anterior
segments, bearing as many pairs of long provisional setae and four smaller
terminal segments without spines. Consequently, it will be seen that in the
youngest larva two segmented regions can be distinguished in the body ;
the anterior (ar) forming its great mass and bearing provisional setaj, and
the posterior (pr) relatively almost inconspicuous in size and vv-ithout spines.
The terminal segments of the latter are colored by bright red pigmentation.
The diameter of the intestinal tract narrows uniformly from the head to the
anal extremity, with little variation in different regions.

Marked changes of most important character have taken place in the head
and l)ody of the next oldest larva (Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5). The arrangement of the
tentacles, seta3, and eye-spots on the head is about the same as iu the former
larva, and the dorsal walls have extended forward above the mouth into a lip
wliich had a rounded border, forming a structure which persists into the adult,
and will l;)e called, in subsequent larvaj of this worm, the prajoral lobe. This
nomenclature, however, does not imply that it is homologous with the struc-
ture which has the same name in certain other Annelid larvce. The body of
this larva has dropped, either normally or abnormally, most of its embryonic
setiP, and three regions, an anterior, a middle, and a posterior, have differentiated
themselves in it. Almost the whole of the body is still taken up as foimerly
by the anterior region. The middle region (mr) is smaller than the anterior,
has its walls more thickly pigmented, and retains the embryonic setaj even
when the larva is kept in confinement for some time. This region is formed
from tlie originally undivided posterior part of the former larva. The pos-
terior body region is the smallest of the three, and is the same as the non-
spinous part of the body of the youngest larva.

The anterior region of the body in the present larva is composed of nine
segments, the lines of separation between each pair of which, liowever, are not
well marked. The lateral spines of this part are short and small. The body
walls are very transparent. On the sides of the body near the fourth pair of
spines there is a cluster of reddish pigment spots (ms), which persist even into
the oldest larva3 which have been taken (Fig. 13).

The middle body region, which is developed from the original posterior por-
tion, is formed of four segments, the constrictions between which are deep
and well marked. The segments are sometimes swollen to a diameter
greater than that of the transparent anterior portion of the hoUj. The walls
are thicker than those of the transparent part described above, and are more;
densely pigmented with yellow and lirown. That portion of llie digestive
tract which lies in the middle b(jdy division is here considcreil the stomach.
The posterior division of the body has a smaller diameier than either of the
others, and is without appendages. It is, however, segmented, and later in its

170 BULLETIN OF THE

growth becomes spiniferous. The terminal segments bear small papillae, and
are colored with crimson pigment.

The next following larvae (Figs. 6, 7, 8, 9), which are slightly more mature
than the last, differ from it in several particulars. The most important
changes which have taken place in the form of the head (Fig. 9) are an antero-
posterior lengthening of the whole segment of which it is formed, and a still
greater projection of the prseoral lobe, which also becomes more pointed.
Perhaps the most significant of the general changes which have occurred is
the api^earance of a basal joint in the cephalic tentacles. These appendages,
which in all the younger larvae are almost uniform in size throughout, in this
are found to be marked at a short distance (b /) from their origin with patches
of red pigment. The color is first seen on the anterior wall of the appendage.
The walls of the tentacle, where this pigment first appears, are somewhat thick-
ened, and a slight corrugation forms on the tentacle at this point (Fig. 9).

The body of the larva has meanwhile become more elongated, and two addi-
tional bundles of setffi have arisen on each side in the anterior or transparent
region of the body. The backward growth, leading to an increase in the dis-
tance between the " glands " (g) found at the posterior part of the head and
the cephalic tentacles, has greatly increased, while the size of the " glands " has
diminished. The portion of the intestinal tract which lies in the transparent
anterior region of the body, between the glands mentioned above and the first of
the four segments which compose the middle body region, fills most of the body
cavity, and lies on the dorsal side. Each parapodium of the anterior body re-
gion is double, consisting of a dorsal and ventral protuberance, both bearing a
small bundle of setoe. The parapodia of tlie middle and posterior regions
have a single protuberance of similar character.

The general appearance of a larva a little older (Figs. 10, 11) than the last is
somewhat different by reason of the loss of the temporary embryonic seta (s)
formerly found on the head. It is extremely difficult to indicate definitely
the time when these bristles normally disappear, but it is probable that the
disappearance takes jilace when the larva is in about the condition figured
in Fig. 11. The internal modifications of structure which have taken place
in passing into this larva are important. The diverticula (" glands," g)
mentioned above have changed their position relatively to the crimson pig-
ment spots (??is) of the fourth pair of bristles. They are now situated in
the same segment as these spots, and a diameter connecting opposite clusters
of setae passes through them both. Important changes have also taken
place in the cephalic appendages. The basal portion (b f) of the tentacle
has enlarged at the expense of the distal, which is the remnant of the em-
bryonic appendage. Fully one half of the old tentacle (/) now enters into
the formation of the new liasal joint, which ultimately becomes a perma-
nent cephalic a]ipendage. The distal end of the same is not changed from
the condition which it formerly had. The corrugations of the anterior wall
of the basal jt»int have risen into small appendages, which gradually in-
crease in size as one compares those found near the head with those at the

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 171

distal end of the joint near its articulation with the distal article. These
appendages cease at the point of division between the basal and terminal joints.
Patches of reddish pigment are found at intervals corresponding with the
positions of the parapodia along the anterior region of the body. Although
their color is less conspicuous on other segments than on the fourth, it is
as a general thing best marked on the anterior somites. The protuberances
(" auricles ") from which the embryonic spines (s) of the head formerly arose,
are also marked with crimson (Figs. 10, 11).

In this stage, the peculiar crochet spines (c h) hanging to the posterior region
of the body first appear.* On each segment three pairs of these bodies were
counted. They arise from the dorsal region of the parapodium. In addition
to these appendages the posterior body segments also bear on a ventral eleva-
tion smooth spines similar to those on the anterior and middle regions of the
body. Later, the hook-like setae (Fig. 13, h) appear on the segments of the
middle body region, and rudiments of them may exist in the middle division
of the body of the larva we are considering.

The last segment of the posterior region of the body (Fig. 12, a) has an oval
elongated shape, and is dark red in color. It is flattened ventro-dorsaUy,
broadening into small lateral expansions. Minute papillae are found on the
terminal segment. The anterior body region is now formed of nine, the
middle of five, and the posterior of ten segments. The oldest larva of Prio-
nospio which was found (Fig. 13) was raised from the last, and differs from it
in many particulars. The prseoral lobe (p I) is much larger and more promi-
nent than formerly. The cephalic tentacles have wholly absorbed the embry-
onic appendages, whose place they now occupy, appearing as two tentacular
bodies with appendages (branchiae ?) on their anterior outer walls. The tenta-
cles found on the head in the youngest larva have been wholly absorbed into
the proximal joint (b t). The separation between the middle and posterior
divisions of the body is not as well marked in the oldest larva as in those
which we have already considered. The posterior limits of the anterior divis-
ion is easily recognized from its transparency. Although this portion is more
transparent, its division into different segments is not as evident as in the
middle region. It bears nine bundles of setae, arranged at regular intervals on
each side, and we may regard it as made up of nine segments.

Each parapodium consists of a dorsal and ventral prominence, upon each of
which there is a small bimdle of setae. The cluster of crimson (m s) opposite
the fourth bundle of spines is still well marked. The " glands," which in
earlier larvce were so prominent, have in this very much diminished in size, or
completely disappeared.
The intestinal canal does not now occupy comparatively so large a part of

* These spines were first noticed in a larva of this age. They may have escaped
observation in earlier larva;. Tiie embryonic spines of all Annelid larvae easily fall
ofi" when kept in confinement, and there is no uniformity in the appearance of the
larva when they disappear under these conditions.

172 BULLETIN OF THE

the cavity as formerly, and its course is more tortuous, especially in the pos-
terior region of the hody, than in the preceding. Not only have the temporary
cephalic bristles fallen off, but also the long spines found on the body have
been replaced by shorter and less conspicuous setse. The most persistent of
these deciduous spines are situated in the middle region of the body. In this
larva, however, these have given place to minute bristles, and to the " crochet
hooks" (Fig. 13, h) of the terminal region. I am inclined to think that the
temporary body bristles are confined to that portion of the body "which is
described above (Fig. 1, a ?•) as the anterior region.

The colors of the oldest larva (Fig. 13) are similar to those of the younger.
The prieoral lobe has little color except in the green regions near the eye-
spots. There is in the cephalic dorsal walls, in front of each of the latei-al
eye-spots, a hemispherical green body. Just below and in advance of the
median pair of eye-spots there is a body of the same kind, which has a median
prolongation extending nearly to the anterior margin of the prasoral lobe.
The cephalic tentacles are reddish in color. The lateral lobes on the head,
from which the spines formerly arose, are likewise red. Tlie body of the worm
is green and brown, with red pigment spots.*

The temporary cephalic tentacles are homologous with the dorsal cirri, while
the temporary setaj are strictly the same as those found on the segments of the
body.

It will later be seen, in a description of tlie young (Nerine) Spio, which like-
^vise has embryonic spines on the head, that two long dorsal cephalic append-
ages or tentacles also exist in this genus. Here likewise these bodies may be
regarded as homologous with dorsal cirri, and as belonging to the same segment
as the embryonic cephalic spines, which are later dropped. The median and
lateral antennaj and the palpi are not represented in Prionos^pio. From this
absence of the appendages last mentioned, we are not to suppose that they
indicate in Lepidonotus a larger number of cephalic segments than that which
e.xists in Prionosjiio.

In the account given above, the two long appendages to the head are called
tentacles, from the fact that in younger larvae they resemble so closely the
tentacles of other Annelides, especially those of the Spionidcc. In function,
however, they are probably in later larvse branchiae, and ultimately assume a
form approximating that of the branchiae in other Annelides. In the growth
of the worm, additional branchia) must also be formed, if we are right in our
reference of this larva to Prionospio. Intermediate larvaj between that last
mentioned and the adult may show that a new identification must be made,
and that the larvse do not belong to Prionospio.

* Professor Verrill has kindly examined some of my sketches of this worm, and
writes me that they can perhaps be referred to the Annelid which he has mentioned
in Amer. Jour., November, 18S2, under the name of Priuuosjno. (See also Trans.
Conn. Acad., Vol. IV., PI. XXVII. Fig. 3.)

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 173

Spio sp.

Plate II.

The embryos of a species of Sjno are among the most common larval worms
found at Newport. They are very characteristic in form, and on that account
are seldom confounded with the larvse of other genera.

The youngest Spio (Fig. .3) is telotrochal, and has a large, prseoral lobe
bearing an equatorial ring of cilia and embryonic spuies, which arise from ear-
like backward projections of the head. There are no paired cephalic append-
ages, and no cephalic eye-spots, although scattered pigment marks the future
position of the latter organs on the dorsal region of the head. The embryonic
spines are about double the length of those on the body. Each embryonic
spine, even when slightly magnified, is found to bear small lateral spurs at
regular intervals along its length. When the larva is alarmed, the spines are
raised, and project at all angles to their point of origin.

The body is unsegmented, and, like that of other telotrochal Annelid larvae,
bears at its posterior end a ring of vibratile cilia, which arise from a thickly
pigmented caudal segment.

In a larva still older* (Fig. 1) than the last, several marked changes have
occurred. One of the most important of these is a division of the body into
somites, although no parapodia are yet visible along the lateral lines. When
seen from the dorsal side, the ridge which bears the ring of cilia will be
observed standing out more prominently from the body than in early condi-
tions. Along the anterior or upper jDart of this ridge there is a row of pigment
spots. Slightly removed from the median line, and a little in advance of the
ciliated ridge last mentioned, there are four eye-spots, called lateral ocelli.
An additional pan- of median eye-spots is placed near together on a slight
backward extension of the head, behind the ciliated ridge. These, apparently,
are wanting in a similar larva of Ncrine,-\ of about the same age.

The cephalic appendages (Fig. 2) are short and blunt, and have a length of
about one third that of the body. They correspond to the dorsal cirri of the
segment which forms the head. Small ventral cirri of the same segment are
also found on the same side of the head as the mouth. The body consists of
five segments and a terminal joint, which bears a well-marked circle of anal
cilia. Each intermediate body segment is pigmented in the following pattern.
When seen from the dorsal side, five narrow parallel bands of black pigment
extend across the body in the interval between a Ime on the body opposite the
extremity of the dorsal cephalic cirri and the anal circle of cilia. Each of
these lines corresponds to a body segment, and, extending through about one

* Tliis larva is of nbont tlic snmc nso as that fignrpil nnd described by liCUckart
and Pageiisteclier in Miiller's Arcbiv for 1858, Taf. XXII I.

t Sec A. Airnssiz, On the Young Stages of a Few Annelids, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. VIII., 1^G6.

174 BULLETIN OF THE

fourth the circumference of the body, lies midway between anterior and pos-
terior border. Five similar lateral lines of black pigment alternating with
those of the dorsal region are found on the sides of the larva. These markincs
are placed in two lines, and are found on each segment, but do not join the
dorsal series of markings, since they are placed in different regions of the body
segments, which are not continuous. On the ventral side of the larva, similar
lines of black pigment also appear ; but, instead of extending across the medial
hne, as the markings on the back, they are arranged in two series of parallel
markings, of which there is a row on either side of the median line.

The number of segments in the next oldest larva has increased to seven, or,
if we include the terminal, to eight. The pattern of color in each segment is
the same as that in the younger larva abeady described. In this, the number
of pigment spots on the head has also increased. At the base of the cephalic
appendages, near their origin under the ciliated ridge, more especially in the
ear-like protuberances (" auricles ") which carry the embryonic setae, there
will also be noticed prominent patches of crimson pigment.

Spines indicating the position of future parapodia have appeared in the body
segments, although the lateral protuberances are still quite small. The spines
of the penultimate segments in many specimens are much longer than the
others. The intestinal tract, with the exception of the bend which the oesoph-
agus makes just before it opens into the stomach, follows an almost direct
course from the mouth to the vent. The lips and walls of the oesophagus are
richly ciliated. The external walls of the body are sparsely covered with
small black pigment dots.

Aricidea sp. (').

Plates II. and VI.

A series of larval Annelides referred to the genus Sjno has been described by
Claparede and Metschnikoff.* The youngest larva, which is here considered
the young of Aricidca,-f closely resembles the oldest which they describe.

The youngest larva of this genus has a close likeness to the young Spio (p.
173), but differs from it in having three pairs of setae, one upon the head, a
second on the body at about two thirds the distance from the mouth to the
posterior end of the body, and a third at or near the posterior terminal segment.
In very young larvoe these spines are very short. The head is more rounded
than that of Sjno, but like it has two ear-like lappets from which the tempo-
rary bristles below the ring of cilia arise. There are no eye-spots, and instead
of well-bounded ocelli irregular patches of pigment are found on the dorsal
surface of the head in a position where eye-spots are later to be seen.

The temporary head bristles are smooth, and destitute of the lateral spurs

* Zeit. Wiss. Zool., XIX., 18G9.

t Aricidea "Webster is not found in our waters. It was taken by H. E. Webster
on the Virginian coast. Trans. Albany Inst., Vol. IX., 1870.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 175

already spoken of in S2:)io. There is no well-defined ciliated cephalic ridge
bounding the 'j^raeoral lobe. The body is divided into two segments by a deep
constriction just in advance of the first of the two bands of body cilia. The
segment which forms the anterior portion of the body shows a number of an-
nulations ; the posterior part of the body is thickly pigmented in irregular
patches. The final segment bears laterally a pair of long setae, which extend
backward beyond the posterior end of the body. The anterior body segment
seems destitute of lateral spines. Bands of black pigment mark the position
of the two circles of cilia which accompany the body segments.

In the next oldest larva, raised from the last, we find that the body has
become more elongated, and is now marked with two deep constrictions
forming three body segments. The anterior of these is crossed by a number
of lines forming the annulations to which reference has already been made.
The second bears a pair of lateral setae and a band of pigment. The third body
segment carries two ciliated rings, each encircled with bands of pigment. That
portion of the head which is in advance of the irregular patches of pigment
already mentioned bears a small band of cilia.

An older larva has a body even more elongated than those already described,
which is divided into four segments, the first and second of which bear lateral
sjiines. Two pairs of ocelli have differentiated themselves from the irregular
masses of pigment formerly found in the dorsal walls of the head.

The next oldest larva was nqf; raised from the last, but has so many resem-
blances to it that it seems identical with the larvae already described.

The head has the same general form as that of the preceding, although the
praeoral lobe is less prominent. It has four eye-spots. The body is divided
into fifteen segments, each with lateral spines, and a single terminal segment
Avhich is destitute of these bodies although richly ciliated. The spines of the
anterior segments are much longer than those of the following. Almost the
whole interior of the body is occupied by a stomach, which narrows abruptly
in the twelfth segment, passing into a tubular uncoiled intestine. The head of
a larva (PI. VI. Fig. 10) following the last in age is different from that of its
predecessor, in possessing a single njedian antenna {mt). The body of the
same has fifteen segments, and still retains the embryonic seta, although their
length has very much diminished. The head bears four eye-spots. The
cephalic auricles as well as the terminal body segment are still richly ciliated.
The stomach ends in the neighborhood of the tenth body segment. The intes-
tine is narrow and straight.

The loss of the embryonic seta3 of the head occurs at about this age in the
growth of the worm, and in a larva of about the same age as the last, having
still fifteen body segments and a ciliated caudal one, these long spines have
fallen off, leaving the cephalic "auricles" projecting prominently outward
back of the head and in advance of the anterior body segment. This is the
oldest larva of the series whicli was taken.

The above history of the larvae which are referred to Aricidea is of interest
on account of the fact that the worm has in the oldest larvoe the long pro-

176 BULLETIN OF THE

visional setoe, yet wants the other cephalic aj^pendages of the larval Spio. In
other words, the appendages, which have been honiologized with the dorsal
cirri of a head segment, are never developed in this genus, while the spines
are formed only to disappear in subsequent growth of the worm as it matures.
The median antenna and other cephalic appendages are subsequent growths,
and may be looked upon as appendages of the originally single segment.

Polytrochal Larva.

Plate VI.

A single polytrochal larva was taken about the end of the summer. The
body is elongated, wormlike, and bears on the sides of the head two flat circu-
lar ear-like appendages (" auricles "). Two small well-marked median cepha-
lic eye-spots are well developed. There are no tentacles, palpi, nor tentacular
cirri. The rudiments of two appendages resembling tentacles yet of a circular
shape point to a relationship between this larva* and some member of the
Spionidce. The body is composed of twenty-four segments. Tbe posterior
terminal body segment ends in two protuberances. Each of the body seg-
ments is pigmented on its posterior border. Along the dorsal region of the
larva there is also on the median line a similar although larger mass of pig-
ment. There are ten small pigment spots, ring-shaped and of black color,
which are i)laced at regular distances on one side of the body. Each lies on
a ciliated segment, and is situated in a median line on the ventral side of the
larva.

The pigmental rings (j) ?•) on the ventral side of the body of the above-
described polytrochal larva seem to have a morphological meaning. At th
same time with our collecting of Sj)^ larvae we captured many yo.ung worms
(Figs. 2, 3, 4), which in outward appearance resemble very closely the older
stages in the growth of the same. These larvag, however, have one very in-
teresting difference, which allies them more intimately Avith the polytrochal
larva described above. As in many Annelid genera, Phyllodoce, Prionospio,
Telepsavus, and others, the fourth body segment is modified by the introduction
of diflfereut-shaped spines, or by pigmentation of the body walls, we naturally
expect in other genera to find this segment individualized as compared with its
neighbors. In a worm larva, somewhat resembling the polytrochal just de-
scribed, we find on the ventral side of the fourth body segment a pair of pig-
mented eye-spots (ocelli?), and that the fourth body segment bears a belt of
large cilia similar to those found on the head and caudal extremity. While
we recognize in these pigment spots the homologue of the ring-shaped pig-
mented regions in the median ventral line of the polytrochal larva, we can see
in this larva an intermediate larval form between the telotrochal and poly-
trochal conditions. The pigment spots are probably homologous with the
pigmented regions (jas) already described in Prionospio^ where, however, they
are forced more laterally, and the ciliated ring on the same segment is lost.

e

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 177

Telepsavus {?)•

Plates III. and YTU.

The most common mesotrochal larva at Newport is similar to one supposed
by Claparede and Metschnikoff * to be the young of Telepsavus. The adult
Telepsavus has not been found in Narragausett Bay, and the allied genus
Spiochcetopterus, to which Dr. E. B. Wilson f doubtfiUly refers larvas from the
Chesapeake Bay with many points of resemblance to those which are about to
be described, has also not yet been recorded from the locality where my studies
were made.

A very common worm larva, which has the whole surface ciliated and an
apical compound iiagellum, but in which no equatorial ring of cilia had formed,
is very commonly found at Newport in our dip-nets. These larvae (PI. VIII.
Figs. 12, 13, 14) resemble closely the young of Clmtopterus, but are larger, and
in older stages more elongated. They resemble closely the young Telepsavus
figured by Claparede and Metschnikoff, and on that account are here referred
to this genus, although they have not been raised into any member of the
present series. They might equally well, however, be connected with the
larvae which have been identified as belonging to the closely allied genus
Phyllocluctopterus.

The young Telepsavus (PI. III. Figs. 6, 7) is quite large as compared with
other Annelid larvae, and can with the unaided eye be easily distinguished swim-
ming about in the water. The body is swollen into an almost globular shape,
and is divided into two regions by a mesial ring of cilia. In the youngest statues
of growth neither of these divisions is segmented. A fleshy triangular lobe,
rounded in front, is largely developed, and extends beyond the mouth on the
dorsal side of the head. The lower lip is bilobed. There are two cephalic
eye-spots in the youngest larva. The whole body is covered with cilia, and a
prominent median cilium is found on the prseoral lobe near its rim. The
mouth (to) has a triangular shape, opening below the lobe, and is surrounded
by fleshy lips. No tentacles or cephalic appendages are yet developed.

The posterior portion of the body is. short, tapering to the posterior pole of
the larva, which bears a segmented (?) tail (Fig. 7, a). The anus is dorsal in
larvae of this age.

Almost the whole interior of both cephalic and caudal regions of the body
is taken up by a large cavity (s) called a stomach, which occupies the greater
part of the anterior body region, and extends a short distance into the posterior
part. Its walls have a green color, while those of the body are brown and
pink. A diverticulum from the stomach extends forward in the ventral region
of the body cavity below the oesophagus. The CESophagus in its course bends
twice upon itself, and opens into the stomach on the dorsal side. Its walls are

* Zeit. Wiss. Zool., XIX., 1869.

t Observations on the Early Developmental Stages of some Polychaetous An-
nelides, Stud. f. Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ., Vol. II. No. 2.

VOL. XI. — NO. 9. 12

178 BULLETIN OF THE

thicker than those of the stomach. The intestine is short, slightly coiled, and
ojjens externally through a dorsal anus. The " ventral gland " (v g), indicated
by a dei:)ression in the external body wall on the ventral side of the anterior
body region, has not yet appeared.

The above larva is easily distinguished from the young Phyllochcetoptenis
(Fig. 16) of about the same age, by the absence of dorsal median eye-spots near
the long cilium on the prseoral lobe of the head.

In the next oldest larva (Fig. 5) of Tclepsavus, we find that a new pair of
lateral eye-spots has formed, and two slight projections, one on each side, at
the base of the head, now appear. These last-formed bodies are the begin-
nings of cephalic appendages, which later attain a great development. In other
particulars, the two larvae differ very slightly from each other.

The next oldest larva (Figs. 8, 9) to that last described is one in which we
have few changes, except those which result from the growth of the cephalic
tentacles. Segmentation of the body has begun in the posterior hemisphere,
but it has not yet aj^peared in the anterior. The present larva is almost iden-
tical with one of those figured by Claparede and Me^tschnikoff.*

A larva somewhat older (Figs. 10, 12) than that last mentioned shows more
striking resemblances to other Annelid larvae than any of those which have
been spoken of above. Anterior and posterior portions share about equally in
the elongation of the whole body. Very slight changes have taken place in the
head, although the praeoral lobe has elongated and become more prominent,
and the median cilium has fallen off.

On the ventral side of the body, a deep infolding ("ventral gland," vg)
of the body wall has taken place, at a point about one third the distance from
the ciliated belt to the front edge of the lower lip. Eight simple lateral pro-
tuberances,.each bearing a small cluster of spines, are found in the interval
between the cephalic appendages and the ring of cilia. On the fourth of these
parapodia, counting from the anterior, there are spines (m s) which can be
homologized with the cluster of spines on the fifth segment of Pohjdora.^ These
bodies occupy in Telepsavus nearly the same position as the crimson pigment
spots (m s) near the " fourth segment" in Frionospio. The portion of the body
behind the equatorial ciliated circle has become segmented. The segmentation
constrictions are clearly defined, especially on the ventral side of the body.
Two pairs of lateral branchiae (6) appear on the segment just behind the ring
of cilia, and a single pair on the following. J These appendages are richly-
ciliated over their whole surface. The oesophagus (ce) extends through the
anterior part of the body cavity from the mouth to the seventh segment of the

* Op. cit.

t In Polydora, according to A. Agassiz, these spines are found on the fifth seg-
ment, which is really the fourth body segment if we regard tlie head as a single
somite. The clusters of red pigment in Frionospio are also found on the fourth
body segment.

X In Dr. Wilson's larva " two pairs of branchiae " appear "on each of the two
segments behind the thickened ciliated ring."

MUSEUM OF COMPAKA.TIVE ZOOLOGY. 179

anterior body region. The stomach (s) fills most of the body cavity from that
point to the sixth segment of the ijosterior region. The intestine (;') is coiled
in the posterior part of the body cavity behind the stomach. Tlie anus, as
before, opens dorsally. The " tail," a median terminal appendage, is segmented
and slightly enlarged at the distal end into a knob or button.

The oldest larva (Fig. 11) gives no more definite information than others
already known in regard to the genus to which it belongs.* The posterior part
of the body of this larva is swollen, leaving the band of cilia about midway in
its lenc^th. The pr^oral lobe has become more contracted, and the external
surface of the body is covered with small papilli3e. Another pair of pigment
spots — the cephalic eye-spots — has been added to the two already existing.
The cephalic appendages have elongated so that theii- tips extend downward to
the vicinity of the ring of cilia. There are now ten parapodia in the anterior
region of the body between the cephalic appendages and the band of cilia.

The posterior portion of the body is almost hemispherical. The median anal
appendage is greatly reduced in size, appearing as a slight projection, on either
side of which there are similar lateral knobs. The intestine is slightly coiled,
and lies wholly in the posterior body cavity.

Phyllochaetopterus sp.

Plate III.

The youngest larva (Figs. 16, 17), of this genus which we tave obtained
resembles closely a young Telejisavus. It is mesotrochal, and has a large prse-
oral lobe, which, like that of the older form of the same figured by Claparcde
and Metschnikofl",t bears six eye-spots upon the dorsal region. These eye-spots
consist of a pair of median and two lateral ocelli on each side. The oral lobe
carries on its rim, just in advance of the median pair of ocelli, a flagellum, as
in Tdepsavus. The young Tckpsavus has four eye-spots ; the median pair
failing even in a larva in which the tentacles have begun to form on the sides
of the head. The youngest PJiTjllochcetoptcrus, even when it has developed into
a larva possessing six eye-spots, is still destitute of lateral cephalic tentacles. {

* Professor Verrill (Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. IV., PI. XVIII. Figs. Ifi, 17) ficrures
tliis larva, and in MS. explanation of plates, which he has kindly sent me, refers it
doubtfully to SpiochcBtopterus. His larva is a little younger than that which is here
figured in Fig. 19.

t Op. cit.

t The Annelid larva [Mesntroclin sexomJatn) described by Johannes IMiiller (Miil-
ler's Arcliiv, 1840), by Busch (Ibid., 1847), and by Max Miiller (Ibid., 1855), seems
more closely allied to tliis than to the ^YQcei'm^' [Tilepsavus larva). Like the
PkijIlocha:topteriis larva, it has six eye-spots and two mesial rings of cilia separated
by a wide segment. In the figures, however, whicli are given by the above-men-
tioned autliors, there is no representation of a tuft of cilia (flagellum) situated on
the praeoral lobe between two of these eye-spots, as is mentioned in the larvas of

180 BULLETIN OF THE

The body of the youngest Phyllochmtoptenis is divided into a large thick
anterior, and a smaller posterior region. The mouth opens as a triangular slit
on the ventral side, near the anterior extremity of the former. The posterior
extremity of the posterior region of the body bears a short median appendage.
The mesial band of cilia thus separates the body of the larva into two regions.
The anterior of these, which lies in atlvance when the Annelid is in motion, has
a slight depression in its ventral region which marks the position of the " gland-
ular body " described in the larva of Telepsavus (and Spiocludopterus). The
CESophagus, stomach, and intestine can easily be seen through the walls of the
body. The anus opens on the dorsal side of the posterior body region, just in
advance of the medial caiulal appendage. A still older larva (Fig. 18) shows
one in which two rows of cilia, separated from each other by a broad segment,
are well developed. A segmentation of that part of the posterior body region
which is behind the smaller ring of cilia, as well as the more elongated form of
the whole larva, is to be noticed in this worm. No cephalic tentacles have yet
formed, and the external surface of the body is still covered with small cilia.
The globular appendage to the posterior region of the body, figured by Clapa-
rede and MetschnikofF,* was not observed. The discovery of the youngest ot
these two larvae of Phyllochcetopterii,s is interesting, as showing how close the
resemblance between the youngest known Phyllochcctopterus ■f and the so-called
Telepsavus larva is ; or, that the young Phyllochcetopterus larva has but one ring
of cilia between the anterior and posterior openings of the digestive canal, as
other mesotrochal larvae. The second and smaller ring is a later addition.

-"o

Nephthys sp.

Plate IV.

The very little which is known of the development of Nephthys we owe for
the most part to Claparkle and Metschnikoff. J Larvae similar to those which
they describe, yet in different stages of growth, were raised or fished up in great
numbers in our work.

The youngest of these (Fig. 1) are telotrochal, and may be classed with the
larva of Polygorclius. The pra;oral lobe is very large, and imparts an almost
spherical shape to the upper hemisphere of the larva. Equatorially about the
larva there runs a ridge upon which a circle of large and powerful cilia is
borne. The upper hemisphere or prceoral lobe is rounded ; the lower more
pointed. The whole larva has a green color, is somewhat transparent, and is

both Telepsavus and PhyUochcetopierus, by Clapar^de and MetschnikolT, and in the
present paper.

* Op. cit.

t The adult Phi/llochcetoptems has not been recorded in our waters. (See Verrill's
Check List.) Cliaparede and Metschuikoff's identification of the larva has been
followed in my studies.

t Op. cit.

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 181

ciliated on its outer walls. The ridge upon which the large cilia arise is col-
ored light red. At the lower pole near the vent there is a ring of small cilia.
No segmentation has yet appeared in the lower hemisphere. There are con-
spicuous pigment spots in the lateral walls of the prseoral lobe, but they appear
in irregular patches of red and brown color. The general disposition of the
internal organs is easily seen through the transparent body walls. By far the
greater part of the interior of the larva is taken up by the stomach (s), a globular
inflated sac with gall-green colored walls. It occupies most of the interior of
the oral lobe of the larva above and in advance of the ciliated equator. The
digestive tract communicates with the external water through two orifices.
The first of these is a mouth, and the vestibule intermediate between it and
the stomach is j^rrobably the oesophagus. The mouth opening lies on one side
(ventral) of the larva, just below its ciliated equator. The lower lip of the
mouth is richly ciliated. The double row of cilia which together make up the
prominent mesial ring divides in the vicinity of the oral opening, one half,
composed of smaller cilia, passing below the mouth on the lower lip ; the
other, or larger, skirting the border of the upper lip. The inner walls of the
oesophagus and stomach are likewise ciliated. The lower pole of the larva is
placed at an imequal distance from the equator measured on ventral and dorsal
sides of the body. Almost the whole of the lower part of the cavity of the
embryo, below the plane of the equatorial band of cilia, is taken up by the
intestine, which is an elongated sac-like body opening into the stomach on one
side, and into the external water through the vent on the other.

The pattern (Fig. 1, a) of color on the anal pole of the larva is characteristic
in Nephthys, and on that account has been of great service in identifications of
larviB of different ages, whenever one could not be raised from another. The
pigment is here arranged as follows. Two small areas of green color are found
on either side of the anal pole. These areas coalesce with each other on the
dorsal, and are distinct on the ventral side. Slightly in advance, and removed
from them by a colorless zone, there is a narrow parallel band of green, closed
on the dorsal, and open on its ventral side, encircling the body. This imclosed
band marks the position of an anal ring of vibratile cilia. It persists with the
same characteristic form in very late stages in the development of the worm.

The next oldest larva (Fig. 2) to that described has assumed a slightly dif-
ferent form from the last. The body is no longer spheroidal, but the lower
hemisphere has elongated to double its original length. In this growth the
prseoral lobe has taken, comparatively speaking, no share, and still remain?
of about the same shape as before. A zone of green appears about the pole of
the prteoral lobe, and most of the scattered cilia on the external surface of the
body have disappeared. The lower or body hemisphere, on the dther hand,
has become elongated and segmented, although no parapodia have yet ap-
peared in the several body segments. The intestine has lengthened con-
siderably. Its walls, as well as those of the stomach, have a green color, as in
younger larvae.

In a larva still older (Fig. 4) the growth of the body hemisphere has gone

182 BULLETIN OF THE

on, and new segments have been interposed between the ciliated ridge and the
anal pole. A pair of pigment spots (k) resembling ocelli, or " eye-dots," appear
in the dorsal walls of the prteoral lobe. The general appearance of this larva
from the ventral side is characteristic. The prajoral lobe is no longer hemi-
spherical, but the elevation of the pole and the formation of a circular ridge or
zone a short distance above the ciliated equator imparts to it a characteristic
shape. The rounded projection or polar elevation of the pra;oral lobe above
this zone is crowned by a cluster or tuft of cilia. A black spot is found
on each side of a median dorsal line passing to the apex of this protuberance.
The green zone which was formed in the cephalic region of Fig. 2, while the
prseoral lobe had a regular hemispherical shape, has now increased in width,
and the wall in which it lies bulges out, forming a collar about the lol)e.
This collar has a more greenish color than the rest of the larva. About its
lower rim, however, there is considerable black and some red pigment. The
mouth lies near the equator, situated similarly to that of the young Pobjgordius
(" Loven's larva "), between two rows of cilia.

The most important change which results in passing from that represented
in Fig. 4 into the next oldest Ncphthijs (Fig. 5) is a still further elongation of
the body, and consequent diminution in size of the praeoral lobe. The most
important addition is the formation of the parapodia, the spines (Fig. 6, b) of
which even in this early stage are serrated, like those of the known species
of Nephthys. The number of body segments is nine. Each parapodium (Fig.
12, 6) has a dorsal and ventral cirrus, and bears two bundles of setae, each
composed of several short, serrated spines. The form of the stomach and
intestine is more elongated than in the earlier larvae.

A larva a little older (Fig. 6) than that last described, although not unlike it
in general contour, differs considerably from it in some particulars. This dif-
ference is a result of changes which have taken place in the internal organs.
On looking at the larva from the ventral side, the mouth can be seen just
below the equatorial ring of cilia. Behind the mouth through the body walls
appears the cEsophagus, which when seen from the ventral side has a circular
profile. Below the mouth, extending to the region of the seventh body seg-
ment, is the stomach. At this point (seventh segment) the intestine begins,
and from it is continued into the terminal body segment. Just below the
junction of the cEsophagus and stomach, on the right-hand side of the figure
representing a larva of this age seen from the ventral side, there will be no-
ticed an indentation in the stomach walls, forming by the enlargement a space
in the body cavity, in which lies a globular sac. The pulsations of the sac in
this and subsequent larvae can be plainly seen through the body walls. The
terminal body segment ends bluntly in two lateral prominences, which are
colored green. In the median line between them on the dorsal side there is a
small unpaired appendage, which persists in subsequent stages into the oldest
larva of Nephthys which was studied.

Fig. 7 represents a larva of Nephfhijs still older than the last. The whole
larva, more especially the body region below the circle of cilia, has become

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 183

longer, and additional segments have formed in the body, by which a still
greater likeness to the adult worm has been acquired. It is still, however,
free-swimming, although sometimes resting iipon the bottom of the glass in
which it is confined. The penultimate as well as the terminal body segments,
are destitute of spines. The oesophagus has lengthened considerably, and
throuf^h its walls the jaws (j) can be easily seen between the third and fourth
segments.* The stomach walls are opaque and colored green.

The " pigment dots " {k) found on the apex of the prseoral lobe have now
changed their position in the head, and moved somewhat backward towards
the middle of the body. Each lies on the outside border of a transparent
body of spherical shape, which touches on the median line of the larva a
similar body on the opposite side. Both are situated in the dorsal walls,
and are almost invisible when the larva is viewed from the ventral side. The
rows of cilia about the neck are very active, as are also those near the posterior
end of the body. The head retains its comparatively large size, and is without
appendages.

The next stage (Fig. 9) in the development of Nephthys shows us one where
the reduction in the relative size of the head and body has gone on, and the
cilia, which once formed such a prominent feature about the lower part of the
former, have almost wholly disappeared. The head bears a single pair of short
antennae. The body is composed of ten setiferous parapodia and a pair of ter-
minal somites, which are without spines. The segments are separated by deep
constrictions, and each parapodium is composed of a ventral and dorsal pro-
tuberance, both of which bear serrated spines. The ventral cirrus is short
and blunt ; the dorsal long and slender.

The oesophagus has elongated to such an extent that its posterior end now ex-
tends backward in the body cavity to the eighth segment. The " eye-spots " (k)
lie in the dorsal walls of the third body segment. When the oesophagus is
protruded outside the mouth opening, these bodies retain their relative position
as regards the segment, and are not moved with it, which indicates that they
are not connected with the digestive tract, as might at first be supposed. The
mandibles, with which they might be confounded, lie between the sixth and
seventh segments, and can be protruded with the proboscis.

The oldest larval Nephthys (Figs. 11, 12) which was observed has ten body
segments which bear spines. I was able in one specimen to detect on the head
the beginning of a single representative of a second pair of antennae, although
such could be seen only on one side. In this larva, which is shown in Fig. 11,
the head is quite small as compared with the body. The distance from the tip
of one lateral spine on a body segment to the end of another, on the opposite side
of the body, is three or four times the breadth of the middle of the body. The
dorsal region of the head has a green color, in which are irregular patches of
black and red. The black pigment probably later concentrates into those

* In the oldest Nephthys, figured by Claparede and Metschnikoff, they lie oppo-
site the first body segment.

184 BULLETIJS OF THE

special pigment spots of the head which are called ocelli. The original
"pigment dots" (k) lie in the third body segment. The point of separation
between the stomach and oesophagus is near the seventh and eighth body seg-
ments. The formerly enclosed anal ring of green color and tlie two regions
of green pigment on the last body segment have coalesced, so that the whole
terminal segment has the same yellow and green color as the head. The intes-
tine is slightly tortuous in its course, and is clearly differentiated from the
stomach. Scattered red pigment spots appear on the external body walls along
the dorsal and ventral median lines.

The oldest worm in the series described above was raised from the youngest
through the successive stages mentioned. Although the larvae as a rule bear
confinement with little discomfort, I was never able to raise them into the
adult Nephthys.

The identification of the larvae of a related species by Claparede and Metschni-
koff has been followed, since three forms of the larvae which are here figured will
be found to resemble " stages " which they have already represented. The old-
est larva which was studied is much more developed than the oldest which they
had, and approaches the adult form more closely, which seems to me to add new
evidence to confirm the identification which they made. Until, however, it is
raised into an adult, or the youngest is traced back to the mother through the
egg, the identification must be regarded as provisional. The homology of
the black spots originally found on the apex of the preeoral lobe, but now in
the fourth body segment, is doubtful. The theory that they are homologous
with the embryonic otoliths of Terebella, has little to recommend it. It is
not known whether they are lost in later growth in older larvae or not.

Claparede and Metschnikoff speak of these " eye-spots " as eyes with lenses,
and the neighboring transparent " cells " as brain lobes. In the oldest larva
which they represent in their figures (PI. XIV. Fig. 3, c) these bodies are
situated in the head. In the oldest larva which is described in the present
paper, they lie in the fourth body segment. Similar bodies have been figured
by Bobretsky * in the larvae of Pholoe.

The movement of the " eye-spots " from the head into the fourth body seg-
ment is probably brought about by the growth forward of the head and the
anterior body segments. The means by which this has been accomplished is
not, however, perfectly clear.

* KB HCTOPIH PA3BHTIJI AHHEIH;i;B, PI. IX. Figs. 3, 4. The copy
of this paper which I have used is from Zapiski Kiefskavo Obshto Yestestvois-
pitatalyei.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 185

Lepidonotus squamatus (■?)•

Plates III. and IV.

The youngest* larva (PL IV. Fig. 14) of this genus is monotrochal. The
body has a globular shape, upon which the arrangement of the circle of cilia i-
not ])erfectly equatorial. The pole of the cephalic hemisphere is pointed, an^l
bears two eye-spots connected over the dorsal surface of the prseoral lobe by a
double row of pigment spots. Parallel with the mesial circle or circles of cilia
are two rows of pigment spots on the upper and two on the lower (posterior)
hemisphere of the body. The lower half of the embryo is more elongated than
the upper. The mouth is widely open, and lies just below the rim which
bears the larger cilia. The lower lip is fringed with a row of smaller cilia
The interior of the larva is occupied by a stomach, oesophagus, and intestine,
which are not clearly differentiated from each other.

The next oldest larva (Figs. 16, 17), Lejpidonotus, is characteristic.f The
body has elongated itself, although it has not yet become worm-like in shape.
The oral lobe is hemispherical, without appendages, and bears scattered cilia
upon the pole. There are four eye-spots arranged in two pairs. The body
bears three pairs of lateral appendages, and the terminal segment is prolonged
into two short protuberances. When seen from below, each of these will
be found to consist of a single appendage, from which arises a bundle ot
spines. Each of these spines ends in a small tooth and a short terminal ar-
ticulation (Fig. 16, «). Upon the back of the larva we find rudiments of the
elytra as diminutive circular plates hangmg from the bases of the parapodia,
which, however, do not cover these bodies. The interior of the larva is taken
up by an oesophagus, a large stomach, which fills most of the prsoral lobe and
extends downward in the body cavity to the second appendage (parapodinm),
and a long, straight, narrow intestine, which diminishes gradually in size from
its union with the stomach to the -vent. Cephalic appendages first appear in a
larva a little older than the last. (PI. III. Figs. 1, 2.) The first of these to arise
is the median antenna, which first appears as a stout median ^protuberance of
the cephalic walls on the dorsal side of the head between the eye-spots. Tlie
larva now has six ocelli, three on each side. The two lateral antennae form at
about the same time, and have at first very much the same general appearance
as the single median appendage.

In the oldest larva (Figs. 3, 4) which I have studied all the cephalic ap-
pendages have grown more prominent, while the head itself has become con-
siderably reduced in size. In addition to the median and lateral antennae,

* The larval stages of Lepidonotus given above confirm closely in essential
points the account of the metamorphosis of Pol/jnoe contained in Max MuUer's
account published in Miiller's Archiv for 1851. The segmentation and early de-
velopment of the egg up to the formation of the monotrochal larva of an Annelid
closely allied to Max Miiller's Polynoe are figured by Sars (Wieg. Arch. 184o).

t This larva was not raised from the former.

186 BULLETIN OF THE

two palpi and two pairs of tentacular cirri have also formed. The anal cirri
have greatly increased in length, and now resemble simple filaments.

When such a larva is seen from the dorsal side (Fig. 4), four large circular
elytra can be observed above the parapodia. The setae of the lateral ap-
pendages of the body terminate in a short joint, as in the youngest larva,
which has already been described. Rudiments of a fifth pair of elytra, the next
to appear, can be seen just behind the most posterior of those already formed,
or between it and the posterior body segment.

The body of the larva is only partially transparent, although an intestinal
tract is visible from the dorsal side through the elytra and dorsal body walls.
The parapodia are well developed, and eight in number on each side of the
body. Each parapodium is single, undivided, and bears a cluster of long bris-
tles and a long dorsal cirrus. Each seta has a terminal joint and a basal ar-
ticulation, which carries a small tooth, as in the younger larvae which have been
mentioned above. The elytra are still of diminutive size, although they cover
the bases of the parapodia. The point of separation between the stomach and
the oesophagus lies just behind and beneath the first pair of elytra. The stom-
ach sends oft' lateral extensions in pairs corresponding to the second, third, and
fourth parapodia.*

Larva of Nereis sp. (?).

Plate VI.

The young of a doubtful species of Nereis bears upon the head two lateral
tentacles, and two short palpi, each with a basal and terminal joint, the latter
of which is richly ciliated. There are also upon the head three well-developed
tentacular cirri. The dorsal surface of the head has six eye-spots, two of which
are placed near the anterior dorsal rim, and four near the posterior. All are
widely separated from a median line.

The body is composed of ten segments, nine of which bear pairs of setae.
The parapodia are very prominent. f Each parapodium has a dorsal and ven-

* The young of an unknown Annelid (PL IV. Figs. 13, 13") is easily mistaken for
the youngest Lepidonotus mentioned above. Although nionotroclial it wants the par-
alleled rows of black pigment spots situated above (anteriorly to) and below (poste-
riorly to) the mesial row of cilia. This embryo is exceptional among monotrochal
larvae, in possessing a single caudal appendage, which is well developed before
lateral caudal cirri appear. The unpaired median appendage is not unlike that
found in the raesotrochal larvse of Chcetopterus, Telepsavus, and PhijUochatopteriis.
Does this larva belong to the genus Harmothoe, or is it the young of some Bryozoan ?

t Compare tl)is larva, as well as the young Nephthrjs (PI. IV. Fig. 12), in this
particular, with the strange genus Tetracjlene Verr. In respect to its color, size,
cephalic appendages, and other particulars, the two are very different. Many
specimens of Tetraqlene liave been taken in our work at Newport. (See Verrill,
Trans. Conn. Acad , Vol. IV., PI. X:Jf V. Fig. 10.)

An unknown pelagic worm (PI. VL Fig. 5) was found on several excursions,

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 187

tral cirrus. The final segment is destitute of lateral spines and has two long
anal cirri.

The mandibles can be easily seen through the body walls, and are well devel-
oped in this early condition of the worm. The stomach extends from the sec-
ond to the third or fourth body segment, and the intestine is a small straight
tube. The body is transparent, colorless, or of a slight green or brownish
tinge.

Pilidiura recurvatum sp. nov.*

Plate V.

One of the mcst interesting of the worm larvfe found at Newport is a Pili-
dium which has many structural relationships to Tornaria, the larva of Balano-
glossus, and to Actinotrocha, the young of Phronis. This Pilidium is the nurse
of a worm which has many resemblances to the Nemertean genus Lineus.
As it differs widely from any known species of Pilidium, I have given it for
convenience in description the provisional name of P. recurvatuin on account
of the characteristic curvature at its upper end. The new Pilidium from New-
port differs very greatly from any known species of this genus. The upper
hemisphere of the larva is not greatly unlike that of the other species of the
genus Pilidium, but the outlines of the lower hemisphere are so very exceptional
that it is almost impossible to homologize it with any known forms. P. recur-
vatum lias not the two circular lappets of P. gijrans, nor the arm-like bodies of
P. brachiatum and P. auriculatum. The ring of cilia about the lower hemi-
sphere of P. recurvatum is not represented in any other species of Pilidium,
unless we homoh)gize it with a part of the ring of large cilia on the rim of
the body and along the edges of the circular oral plates of P. rjyrans.

The youngest form of /'. recurvatum which was taken is represented in
Plate V. Fig. 1. The body is elongated, egg-shaped, with the upper end re-
curved and the mouth downward. The walls are of glass-clear transparency,

but always in the same condition, so that it is impossible to tell its age, although it
seems to be immature. This worm is of very dark brown or black color, especially
in the anterior body segments. The head is small and of spherical shape, although
totally destitute of appendages. The eyes are large rounded bodies, two in num-
ber, deeply sunken into the anterior dorsal cephalic walls. They have a brownish
or chocolate color.

The first six (?) anterior body segments have a black color, and bear small per-
manent setai. The following segments of the body are furnished with very long
spines, which are very conspicuous as the worm swims in the water. The posterior
body segments resemble the anterior in bearing very short spines, although their
color is lighter brown and contains more yellow than those of the middle body
region. There are in all over fifty body segments. One or two specimens of this
worm are taken each year, generally by night fishing.

* This nomenclature is provisional. The larva is not a true Pilidium.

188 BULLETIN OF THE

and their outer surface is ciliated. The lower hemisphere at a short distance
from the lower pole is girt about by a ring of large cilia, which by their con-
stant movement impart onward and various rotary motions to the embryo. It
sometimes moves forward in the line of its length, and then whirls on its axis
without any direct forward motion. Both of these movements are the results
of ciliary action. From the thin outer wall to the cavity* within extend many
muscular fibres, which are sometimes simple and sometimes compound, and
are generally disconnected with each other. Two of these musculai threads
are more prominent than the rest, and extend from a thickening at the apex of
the larva to the junction of the oesophagus and stomach. These are regarded
as homologous to those muscular strings in P. gyrans, which were long ago
noticed by J. Muller, and regarded by him, and later by Metschnikoff, as
nervous elements.

From the apical thickening of the walls of the larva there arises a short,
flexible flagellum, which waves back and forth as the larva moves through the
water. The interior of the larva is occupied by an oesophagus, and an amniotic
cavity which contains a growing Nemertine worm. The cesophagus fills
almost the whole of the bent portion of the larva under the apex. It opens
externally by a mouth with ciliated lips. Internally it is continued into the
intestinal cavity of the Nemertean. Its walls are muscular, ciliated inter-
nally, and contractile. The external lips are slightly pigmented. No intestine
or anal opening was seen in the larva. The interior of the body, from the
inner end of the oesophagus to the walls which form the lower pole below the
ring of cilia, is taken up by a sac, which has been homologized with the am-
nion of P. gyrans. In this sac is formed the young worm. The most con-
spicuous regions of the amnion are the upper, which is a prolongation toward
the apex from the vicinity of the inner terminus of the oesophagus, and the
lower part, near the anal pole, which occupies most of the body of the larva.
Both of these regions have the walls of the amnion thickly pigmented, as
shown in the figures. In the blind sac which constitutes the upper of these
pigmented regions lies the future proboscis of the worm. This last structure
is movable in the pigmented sheath in which it lies. It sometimes completely
fills its sac, and when vnthdrawn leaves the pigmented amnion in the shrunken
condition shown in the figure. The pigmented regions are composed of small
granules of a dark red color closely crowded together. They are represented in
Biitschli's figure f of P. gyrans by a single large and irregular pigment spot.
This amniotic pigmentation is not the same as the colored bodies described liy

* An Amnion such as lias been described in P. gyrans is already formed in tlic
youngest larva of P. recurvatum which was taken.

t In the young of Polijgorditis (Loven's larva), we have described around the
margin of the disk a number of problematical bodies, which are very similar -to
tiiose spoken of by several authors as existing on the rim oi Pihdium. In botii
genera they may be foreign bodies, and not patterns of pigmentation. In some
specimens of a large undescribed Pilidium, found at Newport, they were present;
in others, apparently of the same species, absent.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 189

oeveral authors about the rim of the disk and the margin of the oral lappets in
the same species.*

Two different sides may be distinguished in the larva. These may arbitrarily
be known as the dorsal and ventral. The term dorsal as here used refers to
the flexure of the body diametrically opiDosite that on which the drooping
mouth hangs, while the mouth may be regarded as opening on the ventral side.
In the imprisoned Nemertean there is also a corresponding dorsal and ventral
side. The worm is fastened to the larval nurse by the ventral region, and is
free from the amnion at all other points. It hangs in the amniotic cavity in
such a manner that iti ventral side lies in the same direction as the ventral
side of the larva, and the proboscis extends into the recurved portion and lies
in an extension of the amnion above the oesophagus. The posterior end of
the body of the Nemertean in older stages of its growth is bent at right angles
to its length, the extremity being bent upward on the ventral side.

Fig. 2 represents the youngest larva of P. recurvatum as seen from the dorsal
side. The proboscis is so drawn back that it does not inflate the upper pig-
mented region of the amnion. The recurved outline of the upper part is
turned away from the observer. The lower portion of the body is short and
thick. The diameter from one side to the other is less than that measured
dorso-ventrally. The general shape of the larva from this side is pyriform.
One of the most prominent organs in the structure of the Nemertean enclosed
in the Pilidium is a pair of spherical organs (cs), shown in both Figs. 1 and 2,
just below the origin of the proboscis at its point of differentiation from the
body of the worm. These bodies lie one on each side of a dorsal median
line, and have lateral openings into the amniotic cavity in which the worm
is contained, and are ciliated. They may be known as the cephalic sacs,
and are probably the same as the " Saugnapfe " mentioned by J. Miiller.
These organs are among the earliest structures to differentiate themselves in
the growth of the worm, and in older stages of growth each opens externally
on the sides of the head by a small ciliated orifice. Four of these bodies were
mentioned by Miiller, and Biitschli speaks of and figures four in P. gyrans.
Two only were seen in this stage of P. recurvation. Another pair is of later
growth. In the stages of growth older than Figs. 1, 2, the external shape of
the larva is somewhat changed, but the increase in size of the Nemertean con-
tained in and borne about by the free swimming nurse takes place without any
changes of great importance in the external contour of the larva.

A larva of P. recurvatum slightly older than that represented in Fig. 1 car-
ries its snout in a very exceptional manner. In this larva that extremity of
the body which is in the majority of cases simply dependent is carried pro-
jected outward at right angles to the longer axis of the body. This inode of
extending the mouth was observed in a single specimen, and may have been
an individual peculiarity. It shows, however, the capabilities of movement
which the snout has.

The proboscis of a worm shown in Fig. 3 is very movable in the sac of the

* Arch. f. Naturges., 1873, Band I.

190 BULLETIN OF THE

amnion in which it lies. It is here represented as filling the whole sheath,
although it seldom remains long in this state, but is drawn back and forth as
if even at this early stage in its career its larval life was soon to terminate.
The walls of the cavity of the proboscis are well seen in a larva of the age
shown in Fig. 2, especially when it is extended so as to fill its amniotic sac.
Fig. 4 is another larva of about the same age as that represented in Fig. 3,
which carries its snout turned down as in the majority of specimens cap-
tured. Fig. 5 is slightly older than Fig. 4, and is a view of the last from the
dorsal side. It has at the lower pole a short flagellum, smaller than that
found at the apex of the larva, but prominently larger than the majority of
vibratile cilia with which the whole external surface of the larval body is
covered.

Figs. 6, 7, 8, represent stages in the development of the worm which show a
.progressive growth of the contained Nemertean. It will be noticed that the
whole larva has considerably lengthened its body and become slighter, while
the pigmented sac which encloses the proboscis has become much larger. It
is also to be noticed that the projecting snout upon which tlie mouth of the
nurse is situated has become contracted in size, and that, as shown in Fig. 7, it
has dwindled to a slight prominence. The oesophagus also keeps pace with
this reduction in size of the projection in the cavity of which it lies.

In Fig. 9 the relative size of the " nurse " and the contained Nemertean is
very different from that shown in previous figures. The proboscis now forma
a large and jirominent body in a pigmented amniotic sac, filling most of the
upper portion of the larva. It moves back and forth in a most restless manner
within its prison walls, and seems attempting to escape. The muscular threads
which formerly united the apex of the larva with the cavity have disappeared.
The lower end of the worm has grown so long that it is folded upward on
the ventral side of the nurse, reaching a short distance above the region of the
larva in which the ring of cilia lies. The whole of the amnion in which
the posterior end of the worm lies is pigmented a fine dark red color similar
to that upon the proboscis. On the ventral side of the Nemertean there is
an enlargement which is the unabsorbed part of the contents of the amnion
transmitted from younger conditions of growth. The walls of the amnion
fit tightly upon the worm within, but in places they can be very easily
distinguished from those of the worm. The cephalic sac is well marked,
the cavity of the proboscis clearly evident, and a well-marked organ on the
dorsal side of the Nemertean is probaljly the primitive formation of the dorsal
water-tubes.

In Fig. 10 is represented the oldest Pilidium which we have observed. The
contained worm has outgrown its narrow confinement, and there remains one
important change by which it can extricate itself. If in order to hasten on
this change, somewhat akin to evisceration, the larva be put in a small quan-
tity of water, as in a watch crystal, the worm thus confined will be observed to
move in the amniotic cavity even more briskly than before, and to fret more
strongly against the barrier which envelops it. This hastens on the " critical

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 191

stage," similar in some respects to a metamorphosis which has been described
in some Gephyrean worms. The enclosed Nemertean, drawing back its probos-
cis out of the pigmented sheath, protrudes it outside the body walls through an
orifice at the lower end of the larva. In a single specimen (Fig. 15) in w^hich
the " critical stage " was observed, this opening was seen below the ring of
cilia on the lower end of the larva. After resting a moment, suddenly, either
normally or abnormally, the half-protruded proboscis is forced still farther
outside the larva, turning the Pilidium in such a way that it is everted, and
appears as a shrunken reninant, forming a marked enlargement at the poste-
rior end of the body. No part of the "nurse" is imabsorbed, and even the
pigmented regions of the amnion described above can be detected in the en-
largement which characterizes the posterior extremity of a Nemertean which
has just passed through the critical stage. In other species of Pilidium a
majority of authors declare that the original larva, with its enclosed amnion,
lives independentlj' for some time after the escape of its Nemertean. Such is
not the case in a single specimen of P. recurvatum, which was made to pass
through the critical stage in the way described above. The body of the larva
with the amnion is here absorbed into the posterior end of the body of a grow-
ing worm, which it carried in a way not imlike that in which the pluteus bears
the young Sea-urchin. The absorption of the larval envelope in Pilidium
recurvatum is in reality a true Echinoderm feature, and seems to me one more
'.haracteristic pointing to the close affinities of these worms and the Echino-
Jerms.

The form of the worm, after it has passed through the wonderful meta-
morphosis which has just been described, is shown in Figs. 11 and 12. It is
now no longer free-swimming, as formerly, anil, although ciliated over its whole
exterior, is slow moving, and immediately sinks to the bottom of the aquarium
in which it is confined. The worm just after the metamorphosis from the
Pilidium is eloligated in shape, pointed at the anterior, and swollen almost
globular at the posterior extrenuty. It is ciliateel on its whole external sur-
face. The body is semitransparent, and large patches of pigment appear in
the enlargement at the posterior end of the body. Cephalic sacs, with ciliated
linings, are well marked, but no eye-spots are seen on the head of the Nemer-
tean immediately after its escape from the Pilidium. According to Biitschli
the fully grown Nemertcs of P. gijmns is probably destitute of ocelli. In the
few specimens of P. recurvatum which were found at Newport, no ocelli were
observed, while the worm was contained in the amnion previous to the critical
stage, and it was only later that the two eye-spots were formed. The oldest
form which we have obtained of the Nemertean derived from P. recurvatum
is yet a long distance structurally speaking from the adult, but yet has so
many resemblances to Lineus that I have referred it provisionally to this
genus. Its general appearance from the dorsal side is shown in Fig. 14.

Many prominent differences between this and the last stages which have
been described are found in the general outlines of the body. The great en-
largement at the posterior extremity of the worm just escaped from the larva,

192 BULLETIN or THE

as shown in Figs. 11, 12, and 13, has become reduced in size, so that now the
greatest diameter is found just behind the cephalic sacs, and the body tapers
from this point bacl^ward to its posterior end. The larva has three pigmented
regions, viz. the ver}' anterior end of the snout, the region just behind the
cephalic sacs, and the posterior end of the body. The eye-spots are found on
the sides of the head just in advance of the cephalic sacs. These last-men-
tioned organs are relatively smaller than formerly, and are ciliated in their
interior and on the inner walls of the tubes which lead to them from the
external orifices.

The internal organs differ slightly from those of the adult Lineus. A large
stomach, the movements in the walls of which could be easily seen, fdls most
of the interior of the larva. There is in this larva no visible anus. The sinu-
ous tube (?r t) which lies on the dorsal side of the stomach has been identified
as a water vessel. A similar organ is figured by Leuchart and Pagcnstecher in
P. gyrans.

The form of this singular larva and the strange development of the enclosed
worm suggest very interesting theoretical f|uestions. The external outlines of
the larva ally it to animals widely separated in our classification from the
Kemcrtean to wliich it gives origin. Busch, Leuckart and Pagcnstecher, and
others, have pointed out that in the similar relationship of Ncmcrtcs to its
Pilidium we have a parallel condition to that which exists between an Echinus
and \i9, iiluteus. In the species of Pilidiwn which they studied, not only the
stomach of the larva, but also its oesophagus and mouth, were found to be
directly changed into the same organs in the contained Nemertean. In P. rc-
curvatum the resemblance which they suggested is even closer than in those
species which they have studied, for here not only is the larval mouth and
oesophagus only indirectly if at all changed into the same organ in the adult,
but also the lower portion of the embryo has a true brachiolarian form which
is highly suggestive. Our larva, even more than those of other species of Pili-
dium, shares with Tornaria and ActinofrocJia many Echinoderm characteristics.

The history of the opinions which have been advanced by Miiller, Busch,
Leuckart and Pagenstecher, Huxley, A. Agassiz, and others, in relation to
the resemblance or want of likeness of Tornaria to the young Echinoderms,
is too Avell known to be repeated here. If Balanorjlossus were the only worm
whose larva resembles the young Holothurian, the i'act might be explained by
the abnormal character of the adult. "With the Xemerteans, however, the case
is somewhat difierent, for in them we have a large group, whose larvfe have
many points of resemblance to the embryonic Echinoderm. Nowhere is that
likeness carried so far as in the strange Pilidium recurvatum, which has been
described above. It would seem at first si^ht that the circular belt of cilia
dcscriljed in this larva would be an arifiunent aciainst its close aflinitv with the
larval Echinoderm. The same thing may be said of this, which has already
been said of a similar belt in Tornaria. Far from being an unknown feature,
it is a peculiarity in some Echinoderm young, as in Comatula and the Holo-
thurians, which are the closest allies of the worms. We find in some young

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 193

Holothurians the body girt by several parallel belts of cilia. One only of
these rings of large cilia remains unchanged in Tornaria and in Pilidium recur-
vatum ; but in the former genus two others, very much modified in position
and never parallel, form the loop-like bands between which the mouth opens.
These bands, quite simple, as I shall later show in the young Tornaria, have a
very tortuous course later in their career, but never attain the complexity
which marks the course of homologous bands on the young of our common
Starfish or Sea-urchin. Much greater than its resemblance to the young Echi-
noderm is the likeness of our new Pilidium to the well-known Tornaria.

On the same plate with my figures of the larvae of P. recurvatum are
introduced for a comparison two illustrations of very young stages in the
growth of Tornaria (Bakmoglossus). These are still younger than any larvae
which are yet known of our American Tornaria, and present many very inter-
esting features. The closeness of the relationship between them and the
younger members of the series of Pilidium which they accompany is not the
least interesting of the many comparisons which they suggest.

In the youngest (Fig. 16) we have a Tornaria of an irregular pear-shaped
form, with well-marked oesophagus, stomach, and intestine. A mouth opens
on one side of the body and an anus is found at its lower pole. The external
surface of the body is crossed by two simple ciliated bands. These have a
common union at the upper pole of the larva, but a very divergent course on
its external surface. The shorter of these ciliated bands forms a loop varying
slightly from the form of a ring, which extends from the upper pole nearly to
the equator, but never into the lower hemisphere. The larger band has a
more tortuous course than the other, which it resembles in its loop-like form.
It is much longer, and extends into the lower hemisphere almost to the lower
pole. It meets in its course the smaller band only at one point, which is at the
upper pole of the embryo. The mouth opening of the young Tornaria lies on
its equator under the eaves of a projecting upper hemisphere, and between
these two ciliated bands. At the common junction of the two ciliated bands
is found a pair of eye-spots, above which rises a small tuft of cilia. The Tor-
naria swims with this region uppermost in the water. From that part of the
larva upon which these ocelli are bornfe, extending internally to the neighbor-
hood of the union of cEsophagus and stomach, passes a muscular thread very
similar to like threads already mentioned in Pilidium. An unpaired tulje
extends from the point of union of the oesophagus and stomach, on its dorsal
side, to the middle of the dorsal flexure, opening externally by a "dorsal
pore" about diametrically opposite the mouth. The sac or enlargement of
this tube at its inner terminus has not yet reached any great size.

In this youngest Tornaria there are, as appears also in Miiller's original
description of Tornaria, no ring of large cilia near the anal pole and no lateral
bodies (" lateral plates," " lappets," A. Agassiz) by the side of the stomach,
such as we find in the older Tornarice. All theoretical questions which
consider a comparison of these last bodies to the' water-tubes of the Star-
fish larvae must take cognizance of the fact that the median water-tube, which

VOL. XI. — NO. 9. 13

194 BULLETIN OF THE

passes to the dorsal flexure from the internal end of the oesophagus, is fully
formed before any trace of the anal ring of cilia or the lateral bodies (" lap-
pets ") found near the stomach have appeared.

The second of the two figures of Tornaria (Fig. 17) is taken from a larva
still older than the last, from which it differs in one or two particulars. The
most important character which has been acquired in the growth of the former
is a belt of cilia not far removed from the anal pole, which is found in all later
stages in the development of the worm up to its metamorphosis into Balauo-
glossus. The same ciliated belt we also find in the larva P. recurvatum, the
young of the Nemertean worm which we have studied, but it does not exist
in the known species of Pilidium, which are the nearest allies of our new
Nemertean larva. It is, however, represented in Actinotrocha.

A noticeable fact is that the lateral bodies found near the stomach in older
Tornarioi have also not yet appeared in the growth of the internal organs at
this stage of development.

There is another difference between the second and the first of these two
larval youngest stages of Tornaria. On either side of the oesophagus, originat-
ing from the inner end of the muscular thread which arises from the eye-spots
at the apex of the larva, is found a pair of rein-like bodies in the form of
threads, which exteiid to points on either side of the mouth. It is not known
what their function is, but their position is the same as that of like threads
which have been described elsewhere in this paper, for the first time, in our
common Loven's larva, similar to its European representative, referred by
Schneider and Hatschek to the strange genus Fohjgordius. There is also an-
other characteristic in the A'ery young Loven's larva never yet observed by
others, which seems to me of some importance in theoretical questions con-
cerning the affinities of Polygordius. A very young Loven's larva was found, in
which a long vibratile cilium is borne upon the apex, just as has been mentioned
in Pilidium and' the larva of the above-described Nemertean. Moreover, this
cilium, which has the character of a flagellum as far as size goes, rises from a
specialized portion of the body of the larva upon whicli eye-spots are borne.
The flagellum in Loven's larva is an embryonic structure, and the portion of
the larva which carries it is directly changed into the head of the future worm.
In the Nenierteans, however, the flagellum is embryonic, like that of Loven's
larva, but the body of the larva plays no part in the formation of the head of
the worm, but by its wonderful metamorphosis makes the whole posterior
extremity of the larva. No Tornaria has been observed with this flagellum
at its apex, unless we homologize with it a small tuft of cilia larger than
the others on the surface of the body, found at the apex of our youngest larva.
Close as the resemblances between Tornaria and Pilidium recurvatum are,
there are many very intimate relationships between the latter and the young
of the Gephyrean worm Phoronis when known as Actinotrocha. The rapidity
of the transformation of the Pilidiuvi into the Nemertean, more especially the
apparent evisceration and turning inside out of the larva at that time, led me
at first to regard my larva as the young of some unknown worm allied to

1

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 195

Phoronis. Indeed, I have borrowed from those who have written on the
metamorphosis of Actinotrocha the term " critical stage," on account of this
likeness. I have no hesitation now in identifying Pilidium recurvatum as a
young Nemertean, rather than a young Gephyrean, although I am doubtful
whether I know the generic name of its parent.

Prominent among the characteristics v/hich Pilidmm recurvatum shares with
Actinotrocha is the existence in both of a belt of cilia which divides the body
into such unequal parts. These regions thus marked out resemble each other
in general shape, and probably, if a younger larva of Pilidium could be com-
pared with those already known of Actinotrocha, befnTp, tbe arms had formed,
3ven closer resemblances might be traced between them. Whatever likenesses
there are earlier in the internal organs, they have now been completely masked
by the progress of the development. It is very difficult to compare the
youngest known Pilidium recurvatum with Actinotrocha, as far as the internal
organs are concerned, notwithstanding there is such a similarity in external
outlines.

Polygordius ("Loven's Larva").

Plate II.

The writings of A. Agassiz, Schneider, and Hatschek,* on the develop-
ment of the very common larva known as Loven's larva, have given a history
of its metamorphosis from a somewhat advanced larva into the adult form.
All is still dark, however, in regard to the segmentation of the egg and the
earliest forms which the larva passes through. As any contribution to either
of these parts of the subject must have a value, figures and descriptions of two
larvae younger than any of this worm yet described are here introduced. These
take us one step nearer a complete knowledge of the growth and early history
of this most interesting worm.

Loven's larvse are among the most common Annelid larvse taken in the dip-
net at Newport. They are found in all conditions and of all sizes, sometimes
swarming in numbers in the collecting glasses. The youngest larva which was
found. Fig. 10, has a general structure as follows.

The body of the larva is spherical, transparent, and as gelatinous as that of a
Medusa. In its movements in the water it tumbles about, moved principally
by the strokes upon the water of an equatoriully placed double belt of cilia.
The larva has a slightly irregular spherical form, rounded above, somewhat
flattened below, and girt midway by two f rings of motor cilia. The hemi-
sphere above these ciliated bands may be called the upper hemisphere, and that
below the lower. The upper hemisphere is, with the exception of a slight prom-
inence on one side, regularly rounded and dome-shaped ; the lower is ilattened,

* According to tlie last-mentioned authors, Loven's larva is the young of the
strange genus Po!i/r;ordiiis.

t See Balfour, Treatise on Comparative Embryology. Our Polygordius larva is
like the European in having two ciliated belts.

196 BULLETIN OF THE

broken by an eccentric protuberance on one side. Both moutb. and anus open
through the lower hemisphere ; the former on one side just below the upper of
the equatorial ciliated bands, and the latter on the eccentric prominence already
mentioned. The whole exterior surface of the body is ciliated, and the equa-
torial band consists of two parallel rings, which extend side by side for most of
their course, and separate from each other in the region of the mouth, the
larger passing above and the smaller below this orifice. This position of the
two ciliated rings in an older larva can be seen in Loven's original figures of
the European larva. The upper hemisphere has its walls unbroken by any ori-
fice, and is of regular dome-like shape. At its pole arises a short flagellum (/),
which waves back and forth as the larva moves thi'ough the water. The flagel-
lum found at its apex is an embryonic structure, and appears to be lost in
more advanced larvse. On the body walls just below the pole, in a granulai
zone surroimding the point from which the flagellum arises, there is a collection
of cells more or less scattered, the thickness of which decreases more and more
near the ciliated equatorial band. This granular mass is the first appearance of
that nervous centre which later aggregates a-bout this pole of the larva, and
bears the ocelli. Slightly removed from the base of the flagellum, in the walls
of the larva, are two pigment spots, one on each side, with well-marked lens,
which as the larva grows older and older approximate closer and closer, until
they are brought into the immediate vicinity of the pole, in connection with
the consolidated collection of cells already mentioned. In the youngest larva,
however, they are widely separated ; later, they grow nearer each other. Two
prominent clusters of cells (c d) are found in the lower hemisphere in the walls
diametrically opposite the cluster on the upper hemisphere. These also later
form a nervous centre at this extremity of the worm. Around the rim of the
larva, in the slight ring-shaped protuberance from which the cilia arise, many
brown and yellow colored cellular bodies (Fig. 10", p) of a problematical char-
acter can be found. These bodies vary somewhat in color and size, being gen-
erally brownish, yellowish, or greenish, and have a regular spherical shape.
They appear to be suspended in membranous dilatations of the disk rim, and
to hang from it by a slight attachment. Their disposition on the bell margin
is iiTegular, and not constant. Can this be an instance of the symbiosis of an
algous growth on a worm larva ?

The interior of the larva is occupied for the most part by three cavities, each
with its own walls separate from those of the body cavity. Two of these have
external openings into the medium in which the larva lives. The greater part
of the interior of the larva is occupied by the largest of these three organs,
which is called the stomach. This structure, which is almost globular in
shape, has two openings, one into each of the two smaller ca ities. It does not
communicate with the surrounding water, and its whole inner surface is cili-
ated. Of the remaining two internal sacs, one is an oesophagus, and the other
an intestine. The oesophagus opens externally through the mouth, and inter-
nally into the stomach. Its walls are muscular, contractile, and the inner
surface is ciliated. Granules of food in masses were observed in its cavity.

MUSEUM OF CO:\IPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 197

The intestine is more globular in shape than the oesophagus, opening internally
into the stomach, and externally through the anus. Its inuer walls are cil-
iated, and its cavity is partially tilled in many specimens with feces.

In a second slightly older larva (Fig. 11) of Polygordius, several additions in
structure have been made, and marked modifications in form have taken place.
In J he general outline, the most important change is the flattening of the whole
larva, especially on the lower hemisphere, by which the e(|uatorial axis is rel-
atively very much increased. The flagellum on the apex of the upper hemi-
sphere has disappeared, and the two ocelli have drawn still more closely
together; so that both now lie very close to the apical pole. The stomach
has become more elongated in shape, while the oesophagus has assumed a more
tubular form. The begiuuings of the funnel-shaped bodies described by
Hatschek in the European Loven's larva can be seen as two globular sacs (< ),
one on each side of the stomach, on a level just above a plane passing through
the equatorial ring of cilia. Two prominent fibres arise from the collection of
cells upon which the ocelli are placed, and jjass to the lips above the mouth.
Two other threads have a similar origin, and extend meridionally on each
side of the stomach to the clusters of cells on the inner walls of the lower
hemisphere, at the anal pole of the body. A third pair of threads, hitherto
unnoticed, take their rise from the same clusters of cells at the anal pole, and
extend parallel with each other to the lower lips of the mouth. They end
near two pigment bodies which are constantly found in this region.

The different larval stages m the development of Loven's larva which lie
between that represented in Fig. 11 and the adult Fig. 18 have been figured by
Hatschek for the European species, and for the American representative by
A. Agassiz. New figures of the American larva are introduced in order to
show the pecuHar brown bodies found about the bell margin, which seem to
be characteristic, and the two ventral " nerve cords " shown in Fig. 14, v n,
which are unrepresented in any drawings of these larvae which have been pub-
lished. With the exception of these two differences, our common Loven's larva
is similar to the European.

Capitella (young).

A larva referred to the genus Capitella has been taken several times in our
Newport fishing. These were always in the same condition as that figured in
Plate III. Figs. 19, 20, and do not differ essentially from one already repre-
sented by Claparede and Metschnikoff.*

Lumbriconereis.

Plate VII.

The cove near the laboratory is the home of many genera of Annelides which
live in the fine mud covering the bottom in many places. In the months of
June, July, and August, a plentiful supply of eggs in all stages of growth,

* Op. cit.

198 BULLETIN OF THE

which were identified as belonging to the genus Lumbriconereis, were col-
lected at low tide from this locality. They were found attached to the surface
of the mud in the form of gelatinous clusters glued together in spherical masses
of slime, which, when the flats are covered with water, wave to and fro with
passing currents. In size and general external appearance, they closely
resemble similar clusters of mollusk eggs found in the same place. The worm
embryos, however, have a more greenish color than that of the mollusk, and
can after a little practice be distinguished by the unaided &\e.

The segmentation of the Arenicola egg, which is identical with that of Lum-
briconereis, has been described and figured by several naturalists, so that the
changes which take place in the egg up to the formation of the planula are well
known. The series of larval forms which are described and figured in tliis paper
opens with one where a segmentation of the ovum is completed, and extends to
a larva in which certain generic structures of Lumbriconereis are well marked.*

In Fig. 1 we have represented the egg at that period in its development
when the smaller spheres, " micromeres," have jiartially grown about the larger
" macromeres," two of which seen in profile appear at one pole. When the
pole at which the macromeres lie is seen from above, so that they occupy the
centre of the circle of vision, four macromeres surrounded by the encroaching
micromeres can be easily seen. When viewed in profile, as in the figures
given, only two of the larger spheres appear. In an egg a little older, the form-
ing micromeres encroach still more on the pole at which the macromeres
approach the surface of the ovum, until ultimately the latter are wholly sur-
rounded by the smaller cells.

The youngest of the planula series has a spherical and slightly ovate form,
bearing at one pole a clear projection easily distinguishable from the remaining
parts of the embryo. This projection may be called a cephalic prominence.
The whole interior of the larva is occupied by large nucleated cells, which are
easily seen through a transparent outer layer. On the pole opposite that capped
by the transparent cephalic projection which has been mentioned, there has
been differentiated from the outer surface a thin layer which marks the begin-
ning of the body of the v/orm. The cap-shaped cephalic prominence at the
upper pole is the first appearance of a head. The whole external surface which
lies between these prominences of the larval body is a broad ciliated zone,
which occupies the greater part of the external surface of the worm.

The first important additions to a simple larva girt by a broad band of cilia,
which we have just described, is the formation, at either pole, in the clear
spaces which we have mentioned, of small prominent pigment spots. Five of
these are formed at the cephalic, and four at the caudal pole. Those which
appear in the cephalic prominence are three in number, placed one medially,
with one on each side near the pole, and one on each side near the equatorial

* These larvae resemble closely the young Arenicola marina {piscaloruni) of Max
Schultze (Abhand. d. Natur. Gesell., 1856), or those of A. cristata, Stimp., described
by Dr. E. B. Wilson, op. cit. The larvje doubtfully referred to Lumbriconereis by
Claparede and Met.schnikoff (op.' cit.) are generically different from mine.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 199

band of cilia. The caudal embryonic spots are arranged in a row side by side,
near the lower or caudal pole. From each pigment spot, cephalic or caudal,
pass towards the centre of the larva a number of delicate threads, which are
ultimately lost in the larval body. The cephalic protuberance is formed of
two layers, an outer transparent, and an inner more opaque. The large cells,
macromeres, in the interior of the larva, are smaller in number, and do not
occupy as large a part of the embryo as formerly. The ciliated band has nar-
rowed relatively to the length of the whole embryo.

Fig. 4 is taken from a larva still older than the last. In this embryo, the
cephalic protuberance has been but little changed, while the caudal has grown
much larger than formerly. The most important additions in this embryo are
two rows of lateral pigment spots on the posterior margin of the ciliated band.
These lateral spots persist into very late stages in the growth of the worm, and
are identical with those collections of pigment found on the auricles which bear
embryonic cephalic spines in Nerine, Sjno, and other genera. The row of
lateral ocelli (1) cross the body of the embrj-o following the lower edge of the
ciliated band in an oblique direction. Around the dorsal surface of the larva
the ciliated band is uniform in breadth, but on the opposite or ventral side it
contracts and narrows to fully two thirds its former width. The oblique di-
rection of the lateral lines of pigment is due to this narrowing of the ciliated
band. Posterior to the narrowest part of the ciliated band is a clear space,
into which, on the ventral side, the mouth opens.

The posterior or caudal portion, which is in reality the growing body of the
worm, now becomes more elongated, and the two layers which form its walls
become more and more e-\adent. The central part is not yet differentiated into
stomach and intestine, but is made up of large and small clusters of original
macromere cells.

In Fig. 7 is seen the formation of the first body segment with its solitary
spine. The head is now more pointed than formerly, and through its walls,
near the upper margin of the ciliated band on the ventral side, two small
clusters of cells, the origin of the infraoesophageal ganglia, appear. The body
has become more elongated, and is swollen midway in its course, at the points
in which the first parapodia are formed. One or two more pigment spots have
formed at the posterior terminus of the body.

The spines first appear as needle-like bodies, enclosed in the lateral walls
midway between the posterior border of the ciliated band and the caudal pole
of the embryo. It is only after they break through the walls which surround
them, and greatly increase their size, that their extremity is modified in the
manner shown in the figure.

In Fig. 8, a still older larva than that last described, it can be seen that the
spines of the first parapodium have already broken through the external body
walls, and a second segment has begun to form behiud the first. As in the
former only a single spine at first appears on each side, so here there forms
on the second parapodium a simple spicule imbedded in the body walls. The
whole worm has lengthened very considerably, and a mouth has broken through

200 BULLETIN OF THE

into a clear space beneath the ventral surface, the beginning of the oesophagus.
No ciliary ring lias yet appeared at the anal end of the larva.

The embryo, although possessing spines which can be projected from the
body, and a ring of cUia about the head, is still with others enclosed in the
mass of slime in which they were laid. All have very limited movements,
even when artiflcially set free from the cluster in which they are bound
together. Their bodies, especially the central part, have a dirty green color,
while the head, ciliated band, and body walls are more transparent.

In the subsequent changes which the external form of the larva passes
through, there is little of interest to be mentioned. Parapodium after parapo-
dium is added, increasing the length of the body of the worm. The new seg-
ments always arise back of that which is previously formed, while in advance
of all, between the first body segment and the posterior border of the ciliated
band, marked on the sides by the lateral rows of pigment spots, there are no
lateral appendages to the external body walls. From its position and its sub-
sequent history, this bare part of the body immediately behind the head is
probably homologous with the anterior bodj^ region (ar. Fig. 1), which has
been already elsewhere described in the genus Prionospio.

In my figure of the larval Lumbriconercis witb two pairs of well-formed
spines, it will be noticed that the digestive tract has already diff'erentiated itself
into two regions, an anteiior, larger, and more capacious, and a posterior more
tubular portion. The former of these is later changed into the stomach, while
the latter is destined to form the intestine. The point of separation of one of
these from the other is not yet well marked.

At the anterior end of the stomach, on one side, a globular body is constricted
from the stomach walls at about this time. The ultimate history of this organ
has not been traced, and its function is unknown. A similar body has been
mentioned in the young Nephthys. The jaws in the larval, as in the adult
Lumbriconereis, are very complicated, and consist of two parts, a dorsal and a
ventral. The ventral jaw is formed of a single crescentic chatinous plate, the
horns of which extend forward. The regularity of the concavity of the ante-
rior edge of the jaw is broken liy a single small median tooth. The posterior
edge of the jaw is continued backward into two elongated projections, which
extend parallel with each other, and are separated by a narrow slit.

The dorsal jaws are still more complicated than the ventral. They consist
of four pairs of chajtinous articulations which act as teeth, and are arranged in
pairs the members of which are placed opposite each other. The two anterior
of these are simple teeth with smooth edges, the former with a triangular out-
line ; the latter is more elongated, narrower, and more ])ointed.

The l)0(ly of the dorsal jaws is formed of two flat or slightly curved oblong
plates, whose opposite edges are serrated. By the approximation of these bor-
ders, the true function of this complicated mechanism is accomplished. To
these ol)long, serrated plates, on their posterior border, are articulated the last
pair of bodies Avhich fonii the dorsal jaws. These take a triangular shape, and
have for their function a firm attachment for the remaining parts of the jaw.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 201

They have a ligamentous junction with the posterior border of the oblong ser-
rated plates which form the body of the jaw.

In their simplest form there is a remote resemblance between these jaws
and the chaetinous teeth of the species of Branchiobdclla found parasitic on the
crayfish.

Nectonema agilis Verr.

Plate VIII.

Almost every summer for a number of years we have captured at Newport a
worm of doubtful affinities, which seems to be the same as that described by
Prof. Verrill as Nectonema agilis.* The only description of Nectonema known
to me is found in the Proc. Nat. ]\Ius., 1879, p. 187. The present account will
be found to confirm in the main the excellent observations recorded there by
Prof. Verrill, and I hope add something to what little is at present known of
its highly interesting anatomy. As no figures have yet appeared of this worm,
a few are introduced in Plate VIII. to illustrate its general form.

Three specimens of Nectonema were collected in 1883. These were found
free-swimming, and were taken in evening fishing

The body is long, thread-like, round, with the lateral lines slightly flattened.
It has a light brown or straw color and nearly opaque walls. Nectonema moves
through the water with great rapidity, coiling and uncoiling itself with tireless
energy as it swims. The length of the body varies in the specimens studied,
from four to six inches.

The external body walls are smooth and unsegmented. Generally opaque,
in some specimens internal organs can be seen through its sides. The two
extremities are for the most part the most transparent.

From one extremity to the other on each side there extends a well-defined,
broad, lateral liand, which is laid out in s(piares marked in outline by blaclv
pigment. This superficial marking may define a deeper anatomical segmenta-
tion, or it may be confined to the surface of the body and the walls immediately
adjacent below the surface. Each square is separated from its neighbors by a
raised band. The dorsal f sides of the squares appear the most densely jiig-
mented. A granulated line of cells extends from one end to the other through
all the lateral squares which make up the lateral bands.

In some specimens there is found on the lateral bands two rows of hairs
closely crowded together, so that they sometimes appear in bundles. These
hairs seem to be connected by a muscular web, and are generally covered with
mucus and foreign matter which has become attached to them.

Although the two extremities closely resemble each other, there exists a
marked difference between them in minute anatomy.

* My attention was called to his description by Prof. Verrill, on beincr asked to
identify one of my specimens.

t Dorsal and vgntral lines of the body of this filiform worm are very difficult to
distinguish.

202 BULLETIN OF THE

The anterior end (Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8) is blunter than the posterior (Fig. 10),
and in cue specimen has a clear cavity within, easily ^een through the cephalic
walls, in which, as Verrill has already mentioned, four transparent, nucleated,
cells lie. The mouth cannot be observed very distinctly, but is discovered by
close observation on the ventral side of the head as a narrow longitudinal* slit.
There are no cephalic tentacles or other appendages to the head. A pigment
spot was noticed in the walls of the head just in advance of the transparent
region, but whether it is an ocellus or not was not determined. The digestive
tract, which is of varying diameter, but always small as compared with that of
the body cavity, extends from one extremity of the crown to the other. The
walls are muscular, and at times have a rhythmic pulsatile motion, which may
be seen through the body walls. The anus is terminal, and mounted on a
curved caudal prolongation of the body, slightly enlarged at its extremity.
According to Prof. Verrill the posterior end of the male and female Nectoncma
differ from each other, and he speaks of a peculiar " papilla " found in this
region of the female.

The stomach and intestine often become so inflated that they fill the body,
so that they cannot be distinguished from those of the body cavity. The
"yellowish white organ [ovary?] extending from near the head to the tail,"
mentioned by Prof. Verrill, was observed in one specimen.

The affinities of this singular worm with known genera are somewhat doubt-
ful. Prof. Verrill, with an implied expression of doubt, refers it to the Nema-
todes. That reference seems to me a proper one, but from what little is known
of its anatomy it can find few near relatives among the genera now known in
this group of worms. It must, if a Nematode, take its place near tlie Cha'toso-
midce, or j^erhaps by the side of that strange worm Eubostrichus, of even more
problematical affinities, described by Greef,t from the North Sea. If near the
latter, it is as a giant with a pygmy, for Eubostrichus is but 8 mm. in length, while
Nectoncma is ten times as large. The matted covering, formed of hairs, which
characterizes Eubostrichus according to Greef, does not exist in Nectoncma.
There is, however, a tendency for something like this covering to form on the
hairs along the lateral lines. Nectoncma is a genus with close affinities on the
one side with the Nematodes, while on the other it presents strongly marked
Chajtopod characters. The segmentation so pronounced on the lateral bands,
and the douUe row of hairs upon the sides, point to the Annelides as its near-
est allies. The connecting web of the lateral hairs recalls the lateral fins of
Sagitta.

* In Prof. Verrill's specimen, " a transverse whitish band seemed to indicate the
position of the mouth."
t Arch. f. Naturg., 1860.

Cambridge, December, 1883.

i

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 203

EXPLANATIO]^" or THE PLATES.

PLATE I.

Prionospio tenuis Veeb.

a r. Anterior region of the body.

ag. Anal gland.

bt. Basal joint of the tentacle, wliich, as the larva grows older, increases its size

at the expense of the embryonic tentacle (t).

c h. "Crochet hook " spines.

ff. Glandular body which originates as a sac-like prolongation of the stomach

cavity, becomes pigmented, and is ultimately lost in older larvse.

h. Heart.

m. Mouth.

m s. Cluster of pigment spots found on the fourth body segment.

o. Ocellus.

/'. Proboscis.

p l. Praeoral lobe.

p r. Posterior region of the body.

s. Embryonic setae.

Figs. 1, 2. Young larvas of P. tenuis.
" 3. Young of the same, a little more advanced in age.
" 4. Head of the last larva from the ventral side.
" 5. Still older larva in which an articulation has appeared at the base of the

cephalic tentacle.
" 6. The same, with the cephalic sets pressed to the sides of the body.
" 7. Still older larva.
" 8. Side view of the last.
" 9. Ventral view of the head of the same.
" 10. Side view of an older larva.

11. Older larva, in which the cephalic spines have disappeared (dorsal view).

12. More developed larva in which the provisional cephalic tentacles have

been replaced by the permanent branchiae.
" 12 . Posterior segment of the last larva (dorsal view).
" 13. Oldest observed larva of P. tenuis.
" 18. " Crocliet hook" spines of posterior segments.
" IS*". One of the same magnified.

204 BULLETIN OF THE

PLATE II.

Spio, Aricidea, and Polygordius.

a. Anus.

at. Tuft of cilia arising frooi tlie caudal extremity of the body on the dorsal side

of the vent,

r. Cluster of cells near the anal pole of the larva.

cs. Ciliated pits.

d. Cluster of cells wliicli later concentrate into a cephalic ganglion.

e. Funnel-shaped organ descrihed by Hatschek.
/. Flagellum.

frs. Larger ciliated belt.

{. Intestine.

In. Lateral nerves.

m. Mouth.

mp. Pigmented bodies on the lower liji.

77. Nerve from apical ganglion to upper lip.

o. Ocellus.

ce. Oesophagus.

p. Spherical bodies on rim of the disk.

r. Characteristic pigment band on the dorsal region.

s. Stomach.

s ;-.5. Smaller ciliated belt.

tt. Transparent projection on the dorsal side at the junction of anterior and pos-
terior body regions.

r?i. Ventral nerve, extending from the caudal end of the larva to the splierical
bodies found on the lower lips.

Fig. I. Sjiio larva (dorsal view).

2. More advanced larva of the same.

3. Spio larva (side view).

4. Aricidea larva (dorsal view).

5. The same, with embryonic spines elevated.
G. Older larva of Aricidia.

7. Youngest larva of Prionospio tenuis Verr.

8. Posterior region of the last.

9. Capite/la larva.

10. Youngest " Loven's Larva" (Polygordius).
10*. The same, from above.

11. Still older larva of the same.

12. Older Loven's Larva.

13. More advanced larva (side view).

14. View of the same from above.

15. Magnified portion of the rim of the last.

16. 17. Pigmentation of posterior end of Pol yrjordius larva (16, anus closed;
17, cloacal wall extruded).

18. Adult Pobjrjordius raised from tlie above larva.

a.

Anus.

b.

BranchiEe.

e.

Elytron.

i.

Intestine.

m.

Mouth.

ms.

Modified fourth segment

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 205

PLATE III.

Lepidonotus, Telepsavus, and Phyllochaetopterus.

ce. Qisophagus.
pi. Prffioral lobe,
s. .Stoniacli.
t. Tentacle.
vg. Ventral gland.

Fig. 1. Side view of a young larva of Lepidonotus.

" 2. Ventral view of a still more advanced larva of Lepidonotus.

" 3. Older larva of the same.

" 4. Oldest larva of Zc/)iVZo?2o/«s (dorsal view).

" 5-15. Telepsavus (?). (Figs. 8-15 drawn by A. Agassiz.)

" o^ Youngest larva of Tehpsaims (dorsal view).

" 6. Older larva of Telepsavus (ventral view).

" 7. Side view of the last.

" 7'. Tail of the last.

" 8. Older larva of Telepsavus.

" 9. Side view of the last.

" 10. Side view of a still older larvn.

'• 11. A larva still older (dorsal view).

" 12. Oldest Telepsavus larva.

" 13. Mouth and pra?oral lobe of the same.

" 14, 15. Differently formed spines of the oldest larva.

" lG-18. La.r\x of Phijllochu'topterus ('.).

" 16. Youngest larva of P/iyUochatopterus.

" 17. Side view of the same.

" 18. Older larva of the same.

" 19, 20. Larvffi of Capitella.

PLATE IV.

Nephthys and Lepidonotus.

dc. Dorsal cirrus. w. Mouth.

i. Intestine. ps. Pigment spots.

j. Jaws. s. Stomach.

k. Cephalic spots (ocelli ?). vc. Ventral cirrus.

Fig. 1. Youngest larva of A^if'/)////(if.s.

2. Older larva of the same.

3. The same.

4. Still older Inrva from the ventral side.

5. Later sta<_je (ventral view).
5^. Lateral view of the last.

6. Larva with well-developed ]iarapodia.
G''. Single parapodiuni of the .same.

206 BULLETIN OF THE

Fig. 6\ Serrated spine of parapodium.

7. Larva of Mejj/ttfiijs oldor tlian die last. View from the dorsal side.

" 8. Tlie same. View from tiie ventral side.

9. Larva of Nepldhys in wliich tlie cephalic tentacles have begun to form.

" 10. The same. View from the dorsal side.

" 11. Still older larva.

" 12. Oldest larva of A\7;/i%s.

" 12*. Head of tlie same.

" 12''. Parapodium of fourth segment.

" 13. Larva of JIarmothoc {i).

" 13'. The same seen from above.

" 14. Youngest larva, iomul o{ Lepidonotus squamatus.

15. The same, more advanced in growth (lateral view).

" 16. More advanced stage of Lepidonotus than the last (dorsal view).

" 17. The same (ventral view).

" 18. Telotrochal larva allied to the young of Pohjgordius.

PLATE V.
Pilidium (?) and Tornaria.
a. Anterior end of the worm.
CO. External opening of the cephalic sac.
cs. Cephalic sac.
dp. Dorsal pore.

i. Invagination in the lateral wall of the larva.
m. Mouth.
ce. (Esophagus.

r. Half-absorbed remnant of the larva.
s. Stomach.
lu t. Water vascular system.

Fig. 1. Youngest Nemertean larva with well-developed oesophagus and stomach.

" 2. Dorsal view of the same.

" 3. Older larva with extended snout.

" 4. Larva still older than the last.

" 5. Dorsal view of the same.

" 6. Older larva with lengthened proboscis.

" 7. Larva just before the extrusion of the worm.

" 8. Larva of the same age as that shown in Fig. 3, yet without cephalic sacs.
" 9, 10. Larva just before the birth of the contained Nemertean.

" 11. Young worm just transformed from the larva.

" 12. Dorsal view of the same.

" 13. Side view of tlie last.

" 14. An older Nemertean which probably developed from the last.

" 14*. Proboscis, seen from below.

" 14*. The same, from one side.

" 15. Critical stage in the metamorphosis from the original larva.

" 16. Youngest Tornaria found at Newport.

" 17. Still more mature Tornaria, also from Newport.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 207

PLATE VI.
Aricidea, Nereis, and Unknown Genera.
m. Mouth. pr. Ring-shaped pigment regions on ventral side

m s. Mandibles. of body.

mt. Median tentacle. <J- Two ventral pigment spots on fourth body

ce. (Esophagus. »'• Dorsal pigment bands. [segment.

Fig. 1. Larva of ^r/c/c^ea (dorsal view).

" 2. Unknown Annelid larva with two ventral pigment spots.

" 3. The same, slightly older.

" 4. The same, older (Figs. 2, 3, 4, ventral view).

" 4\ Side view of Fig. 2, showing the prominence {g) upon which the ventral

pigment spot is borne.

" 4''. Side view of ventral prominence in Fig. 4.-

" 5. Unknown pelagic worm larva.

" 6. Larva of Nereis.

" C)K Head and jaws of the last.

" 7. Larval Annelid with pigmented ventral rings, described in the text as

polytrochal larva (ventral view).

" 8. Tlie same, dorsal view.

" 9. The same, lateral view (head represented downward).

*' 10. Larva of Aricidea more advanced than that shown in Fig. 1.

PLATE VII.

Lumbriconereis.

a p. Anterior pole. ma. Macromeres.

(I r. Anterior body region. mi. Micromeres.

cb. Ciliated band. nc. Ventral nerve cells.

(•/). Caudal pigment spots. ce. GCsophagus.

i. Intestine. pp. Posterior pigment spots which ultimately

j. Jaws. become the caudal pigment spots, cp.

I o. Lateral ocelli. s. Stomach.

I p. Lateral pigment spots. z. Unknown organ developed from stomach.

7/1. Mouth.

Fig. 1. Egg of Lumbriconereis, in which the micromeres have almost wholly

surrounded the macromeres.
" 2. Larva of Lumbriconereis, in which the anterior prominence {a p), the ciliated

band, and the external layer have formed. Tlie large macromere

cells are to be seen in the middle of the larva througli its walls.
" 3. Still older larva of the same, more elongated, and with the anterior

prominence pointing to one side.
" 4. Larva of Lumbriconereis, in which the internal large cells are less distinct,

and in which cephalic and caudal ocelli have appeared.
" 5. The same larva, a little older, in wliicli lateral pigment spots, as well as

those mentioned in the preceding figure, are seen.
" 6. A larva still older, the caudal segment of which has begun to lengthen
into the future body of the worm.

208 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

Fig. 7. Larva of Lumhrironereis, showing the formation of the mouth and first
body segment (1) below the ciliated band. The two clusters of cells
above the upper border of the same, near the medial line, are the
beginnings of cephalic ganglia. (Ventral view.)
7". Lateral view of a larva a little younger than the last.

8. Larval Liunhrkonereis older than that shown in Fig. 7.

9. Still more mature larva of the same, with the rudiments of a second (2)
and third (3) body segment.

10. The same larva still more mature.

n. Larva with three well-defined parapodia and rudiments of two segments
posterior to tUc last.

12. A more mature larva with extended sette and well-developed jaws.

13. The oldest form of the larval series referred to Lumhriconereis possessing

seven pairs of seta;, the most anterior of which are doubled, while
the immature forms of new spines can be seen in the more posterior
segments.

PLATE VIII.

Lumbriconereis, Nectonema, and Unknown Genus.

a. Anus.

cp. Ciliated pits on the sides of the head.

is. Immature setae at the base of those already formed in the body walls.
/. Lateral hnes.
/ /. Lower jaw.

sg. Division between two segments.
uj. Upper jaw.
ii\ Segmental orifice.
M' h. Bod^' walls.

1, 2, 3, 4, in Fig. 3", articulations which together form the lower jaw. Of these
No. 1 is anterior.

Fig. 1. Seta; and muscular attachments of the same in Zy((?n6r/co«cceis' larva. (The

spine is represented as retracted.)
" 2. The same, extended.

" 3. Larval Lumhriconereis with three parapodia.
" 4-10. Nectonema agilis Verr.
" 4. The adult Nectonema.
" 5. Enlarged view of the head of the same.
" 0. The head from dorsal side.

" 7. Clear space witli contained cells (ova ?) in the head.
" 8. The same from dorsal side.
" 9. Magnified view of a section of the lateral line, destitute of lateral spines

and "connecting web." These last structures were not found in this

specimen.
" 10. Posterior end of the body ( ? ?).
" 11. Cephalotrix linearis (young).

" 12-14. Three larval stages in the development of a mesotrochal Annelid,
probably Telejisnvfis or Phi/Iloclialojderus. (Younger than those
figured in PI. III. See text.)

FEWKES "WORM hAKVAl.

PI, 1

14. vt. '^■■*P-

FEWKES WORM IJiRVJC.

PL, in

Keli a typ^ Frrrrtm^ Cn^osUm

FKWKES WORM lAB.ViE.

:.. IV.

FEWKES WORM LARV^.

PL.V

FEWnCES WORM LAP.V^.

PL.YI.

FEWKJESjWOTlM XAHViE.

•PL.Yir.

FEV/KES WOP.M LAP.V^.

PL . \ J

No. 10. — Bibliography to accompany '^Selections from Emhryological
Monograp)hs, compiled hy Alexander Agassiz, Walter Faxon,
and E. L. Mark."

III.*
ACALEPHS.

By J. Walter Fewkes.

Tjie most significant of the early contributions to the embryology of the Acra-
speda was the recognition by Sars (M.), in 1853, that the sessile genus Scyphist.oma
Sars, and the free medusa, Ephyra Eschscholtz, are larval stages of Aurclia aurita.
The importance of this discovery was much enlarged by Steenstrup (Joh. J.), who
pointed out in 1842 that it was an example of "alternation of generations, " similar
to that described by Chamisso in Salpa. The development of genera of Acraspeda
without a fixed larval stage was first described by Kiohn (A.) in 1855. A similar
direct development has been discovered by Haeckel (E.) in Aurclia. Important ob-
servations on the development of different genera of Acraspeda have been published
by Agassiz (L.), Clark (H. J.), and Claus (C).

The segmentation and peculiar delamination of the ovum of the Trachyraedusae
have been studied by Fol (H.) and Haeckel (E.). The larval forms of the same,
more especially of the commensal genus Cunina, have been investigated by Gegen-
baur (C), Haeckel (E.), McCrady (J.), Miiller (F.), Schultze (F. E.), and Ul-
janin (B.).

Dalyell recognized the "planula" among the Hydroida. The production of the
free medusa known as the gonopliore from the fixed hydroid by an asexual method of
gemmation was traced by Dujardin (F. ) in 1848. The knowledge of a wide distribu-
tion of this phenomenon among other genera, and its identity with the method of
growth called "alternation of generations," we owe to the researches of Agassiz (A.),
Agassiz (L.), Allman (G. R. ), Claus (C), Gegenbaur (C), McCrady (J.), and others.
Kleinenberg's account of the embryology of Hydra is the best existing of this re-
markable genus.

The Discoidea ( Vdellidce and Porpitidm) have engaged the attention of many
embryologists, among whom are Agassiz (A.), Huxley (T. IL), Kolliker (A.), Pagen-
stecher (H. A.), Stuart (A.), and Vogt (C. ). Gegenbaur (C.) first followed the seg-
mentation of the egg and the early larval stages of Diphycs, and Leuckart (11.)

* I. Crustacea. By Walter, Faxon. Bull. Mas. Comp. Ziiol., IX. 6, ]>. Ift?.
March, 1882. II. Ecliinodermata. By Alexander Agassiz. Ibid., X. 2, p. 109.
August, 1882.

This bibliography extends tn the year 1883 inclusive. Simple descriptions of
new hydroids, which add notliiiig to a knowledge of embryology, are omitted. An
asterisk [*] before a title denotes that the work has not been seen by the compiler.

VOL. XI. — NO. 10. 14

210 BULLETIN OF THE

discovered the connection between monogastric (Eudoxia) and digastric (Abyla)
Calycophores. The other most important contributions to the embryology of the
Siphonopliora are by Agassiz (A. ), Chun (C), Chius (C), Haeckel (E.), and Metschni-
kotf(E.).

Tlie embryology of the Ctenophora has been followed by Agassiz (A.), Chun (C. ),
Fol (H.), Kowalevsky (A.), and Metschnikoff (E.).

Cambridge, June 1, 1884.

Agassiz, Alexander.

[Development of Nanomia caraJ] Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., IX. p. 181.
1862-63.

[Young of Medusa of Halopsis ocellata.'] Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., IX.

pp. 219, 220. 1S62-63.
On the Mode of Development of the Marginal Tentacles of the Free Medusse*

of some Hydroids. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., IX. pp. 88-101.

1862-63.

North American Acalephte. ///. Cat. Mas. Camp. Zool. at Harvard College,
No. 2. Cambridge, U. S. 1865.

(Development passim.)

Embryology of the Ctenophorse, Hem. Amer. Acad. Arts ^- Set , X., No. III.
(Separate, in advance.) pp. 357-398, pis. 5. Cambridge, Mass. 1874.
{Idyia roseola, Pleurobrachia rhododactyln, Bolina alata, Ulertensia ovum.)

Hacckel's Theory (Allccogenesis) of the Genetic Connection between the
Geryonidaj and iEginidae. Amer. Journ. Arts and Sci., May, 1816. Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XVII. p. 481. 1876.

(Critical notice of Haeckel's Theory in Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Ily-
dromedusen.)

Ex])loration of tlie Surface Fauna of the Gulf Stream under the Auspices of
the (U. S.) Coast Survey. By Alexander Ag.\ssiz. III. Pt. I. The
Porpitidaj and Vclellidae. Mem. Mas. Comp. Zool., VIII. No. 2, pp. 1-16.
1883.

(Younger stages of Velella and Porpitn ; Chrysoviitrce of both ; Rataria de-
scribed by Pagenstecher corresponds with young stages of Porpita.)

Agassiz, E. C. and A.

Seaside Studies in Natural History. Marine Animals of Massachusetts Bay.
Radiates, pp. 157, figs. 185. Boston, 1865 and 1871.
(pp. 21-90 larval stages, passim.)
Agassiz, Louis.

Twelve Lectures on Comparative Embryology, delivered before the Lowell
Institute in Boston, December and January, 1848-49. pp. 104. Boston,
ISJ^d. (Originally published in the Boston Traveller, December 22, 18J^8.)

(Development passim. )

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 211

Coutributious to the Natural History of the Acalepbae of North America.
Pt. I. Oil the Naked-eyed Medusae of the Shores of Massachusetts, iu
their Perfect State of Development. Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts 8f Sci., IV.
Pt. I. pp. 221-316, pis. 8. 1850.

Contributions to the Natural History of the Acalephae of North America.
Pt. II. On the Beroid Medusae of the Shores of Massachusetts, in their
Perfect State of Development. 3Iem. Amer. Acad. Arts ^ Sci., IV.
Pt. II. pp. 313-374, pis. 8. 1850.

(Correspondence of the ciliated lobes of Pluteus and ambulacral rows of flappers
of Pleurobrachia and Bolina.

Contributions to the Natural History of the United States of America. III.
pp. i.-xi., 1-301, (l)-(26), pis. I.-XIX. IV. pp. i.-viii., 1-380, (1)-
(12), pis. l.-XXXV. Boston, 1860, 1862.

(Aurelia Jlavidula, Cyanea arctica, Pelagia cyanella, Coryne mirabilis, Clava
leptostyla, Eudendrium dispar, Farypha crocea, Tubularia, Thamnocnidia, Hydrac-
tinia, Laomedea, Millepora, larval stages of other Acalephs, passim.)

Review of Agassiz's Contributions to the Natural History of the United
States of Araerica. By J. R. Greene. Nat. Hist. Rev., I. pp. 433-444.
III. pp. 344-359, 479-497. 1861, 1863.

Homologies of Radiata. Proc. Boston, Soc. Nat. Hist., VIII. pp. 226-23.2.

1862.

(Comparison of young Acaleph, Polyp and Echinoderm, passim.)

Methods of Study in Natural History, pp. i.-vi., 1-319. Boston, 1863.

( Development passim. )
Alder, Joshua.

Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham. Trans. Tyneside

Nat. Field Club, III. pp. 93-160, pis. III.-X. V. pp. 225-247, pis.

VIII.-XI. Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 185^-58, 1860-62.

(Describes hydroids.)

A Notice of some New Genera and Species of British Zoophytes. Rep. Brit.

Assoc. Adv. Sci., Trans. Sect., pp. 90, 91. London, 1857.

(Describes hydroids.)
Descriptions of three new Species of Sertularian Zoophytes. Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. [3], III. pp. 353-356, pis. XII.-XIV. 1859.

(Young of Piumularia hal&cioides resembles Hakcium. Young of Ilalecium
labrosum is parasitic, )

Report on the Zoophytes. 1862. Trans. Tj/neside Nat. Held Club, V, pp.
288-290. Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 1860-62.

(Describes h^-droids.)
Descriptions of some new and rare Zoophytes found on the Coast of Northum-
berland. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], IX. pp. 311-31?, pis. XIII.-XV.
1862.

(Development passim, hydroids.)

212 BULLETIN OF THE

Allman, George J.

Oil the Universality of a Medusoid Stnicture in the Reproductive Geinmte of
the Tubularian and Sertulariau Polypes. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci.,
Trans. Sect., pp. 70, 71. 1852.

On the Anatomy and Physiology of Cordylophora, a Contribution to our
Knowledge of the Tubularian Zoophytes. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London,
pp. 367-384. 1853.

Abstr. in Adstrs. of Papers of Roy. Soc, pp. 319-321. 1854-

On the Structure of the Reproductive Organs in certain Ilydroid Polyps.
Edinburgh New Philos. Journ., VII. pp. 294-303. 1858.

Notes on the Hydroid Zoophytes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], IV. pp. 137-
144. 1859.

(Medusa of Coryne eximia, nov. sp. described.)

On Laomedea tenuis, n. sp. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Trans. Sect., p. 143.
1859.

On the Reproductive Organs of Sertularia tamarisca. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv.
Sci., Trans. Sect., pp. 119, 120. 1859. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3J, III.
pp. 238-240. 1859.

On the Structure of the Lucernariadse. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Trans.
Sect., p. 143. 1859.

On some new British Tubularida. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Trans. Sect.,
pp. 101-103. 1862.

Ou tJie Generative Zooid of Clavatella. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Trans.
Sect., p. 100. 1862.

On the Structure of Cori/morpha nutans. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Trans.
Sect., p. 101. 1862.

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Structure and Development of the
BeroidcB. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, IV. ]ip. 519-524. 1862. Edin-
burgh NeiD Phil. Journ., XV. pp. 285-289. 1862.

{Beroii, ovum forms two layers, development of tubes.)

Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of the Reproductive System
in the Hydroida. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., pp. 351-42G. 1863.

Notes on the Hydroida. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XL pp. 1-12, pi. II.
1863.

(Describes medusa of Corymorpha nutans.)

Notes on the Hydroida. Ami. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XIV. pp. 57-04, pi. II.
1864.

(Medusa of Periffonimus vestitus and Zanclea imphxa.)

On the Construction and Limitation of Genera among the Hydroida. Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XIIL pp. 345-380. I864.

(Changes in the medusa form of Campanidava All., Zanclea, Perif/onimus, Bvu-
gainviUia, Corymorpha.)

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 213

Notes on the Structure of certain Hydroid Medusa. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Ado.
ScL, Trans. Sect., pp. 77-79. 1867.

{Slabberia, Oieiia, and medusa of Campanularia.)

On the Structure of Coppinia arcta. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Set., Trans. Sect.,
pp. 87, 88. 1868.

The Genetic Succession of Zooids in the Hydroida. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin-
burgh, XXVI. pp. 97-106, figs. 9. Read May, 1870. Pub. 1872.
Abstr. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh. VIT. p. 6S

On the Homological Relations of the Coelenterata. Tram. Roy. Soc. Edin-
burgh, XXVI. pp. 459-46G, figs. 13. Read May, 1870. Pub. 1872.
Abstr. Rroc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, VII. pp. 512, 513.

A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids. London,
1871-72. Ray Society. 1869-70. pp. xxiv. + 50, pis. 23.
(Development, passim.)

On the Structure and Development of Myriothela. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc,

Vol. CLXV., Pt. II, 1875.
Recent Progress in our Knowledge of the Development of the Ctenophora.

(Anniv. Address.) Jojirn. Linn. Soc. Zool., XVI. pp. 89-109. 1881.

On the Development of the Ctenophora. Abstr. in Zoologist, pp. 342-

343. Aug. 1881. Die Entwickelung der Rippenquallen. Auszug in

Kosmos, X. pp. 55, 56, von E. Kkause.

Balfour, Francis M.

A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. I. pp. xi. + 492 -\- xxii., figs. 275.
London, 1880. Vol. IL pp. xi., 655, xxii., figs. 429. London, 1881.
[Acalephse, Vol. I. pp. 125-138, 143-155.]

Trans, by Vetter, B. : Handbuch der vergleichenden Embryologie.
I. Jena, 1880.

Essays on Embryology : —

I. On the Structure and Homologies of the Germinal Layers of the Embryo.

Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XX. pp. 247-273, fig. 17. 1880.
n. Larval Forms ; their Nature, Origin, and Affinities. Quart. Journ. Micr.

Sci., XX. pp. 381-407, figs. 21. 1880.

Beneden, P. J. van.

Recherches sur la Structure de I'CEuf dans un nouveau Genre de Polype.
[Genre Hydractinie.] Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique, VIII. Pt. I. pp. 89-93.
18^1.

Memoire sur les Campanulaires de la Cote d'Ostende consideres sous le Rap-
port Physiologique, Embryogeuique et Zoologique. 18JiS. Nouv. Mem.
Acad. Bruxelles, XVII. pp. 3-42, pis. III. 18U- Ann. Sci. Nat. [2],
XX. pp. 350-369. 18J^. Eroriep's Notizen, XXXI. col. 17-25, 33-42.
18U.

214 BULLETIN OF THE

Recherches sur I'Embryog^nie des Tubulaires, et I'Histoire Naturelle des diffe-
rents Genres de cettc Famille qui liabitent la Cote d'Ostcnde. Nouv. Mem.
Acad. Bruxelks, XVII. pp. 3-72, pis. 6. I844.

Sur les diffe'rents Modes de Reproduction dans la ramille des Tubulaires.
Arch. Anat. Fhysiol. wissensch. Med., pp. 110-126. 15.^4-

Un Mot sur le Mode de Reproduction des Animaux inferieurs. Bull. Acad.
Roy. Belffique, XIV. Pt. I. pp. 448-462. 18Jp^. Frorieps Notizen, V.
col. 193-198. 18j^. Oken's Isis, col. 229-231. IS^S. Amer. Journ.
Arts ^ Set., pp. 280, 281. I848.

La Strobilation des Scyphistomes. Bull, des Seances, Classe des Sci. 1859.
Acad. Roy. Belgique, pp. 487-495. 1860. On the Strobilation of the
Scyphistouiata. Ann. ^ Mag. Nat. Hist., V. p. 504. 1860. Ann. Sci.
Nat. [4], pp. 15.4-159. 1859.

Recherches sur la Eaune littorale de Belgique. [Polypes.] Mem. Acad. Roy.
Belgique, XXXVI. pp. 1-207. 1867.

Beneden, E. van.

De la Distinction originelle du Testicule et de I'Ovaire; Caractere sexuel des
deux feuillets primordiaux de TEinbryou ; Hermaphrodisme morphologique
de toute Individuality ; Essai d'une Tlieorie de la Fecondation. Bull.
Acad. Roy. Belgique [2], XXXVII. pp. 530-595. 187]^.

Bergh, R. S.

Studien iiber die erste Entwicklung des Eies von Gonothyrcea Loveni [Allm.].
Morphol. Jahrb., V. pp. 22-61. 1879.

Boeck, C.

Omhandlede en Tubularie fra Belsund paa Spitzbergen, Tuhularia regalis.
1859. Vidensh. Selsk. Forhandl. Christiania, pp. 114-117. 1860.

Bosc, L. A. G.

Histoire Naturelle des Vers. 2« edit. III. pp. 342, pis. 25. Paris, 1830.
(Suites a Buffon.)

Bronn, H. G.

Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs II. Strahlenthiere. pp. 434,
pis. 49. Leipzig u. Heidelberg, 1860.

Brooks, W. K.

Budding in Free Medusae. Amer. Natur., XIV. pp. 670-671. 1880.

(Alternation of generations in budding gonophores of Willia.)

List of Medusae found at Beaufort, N. C, during the Summers of 1880 and
1881. Studies Biol. Labor. Johns Hopkins Univ., II. No. 2, pp. 135-146.
Baltimore, 1882.

(Development of Steenstrupjia ; Oceania foUeata is gonophore of Canipanularia
noliformis McC.)

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 215

Handbook of Invertebrate Zoology for Laboratories and Seaside Work. Bos-
ton, 1882.

(AcalephK, pp. 30-56, figs. 15-28.)

On the Origin of Alternation of Generations in Hydromedusse. Johns Hop-
kins Univers. Circular, II. No. 22, p. 73.

(Young Cunina octonaria in bell cavity of Turrilopsis comparable with hydroid
stage. )

Burmeister, H.

ZoonomiscHe Briefe. 2 vols., pp. 139 and 200. Leipzig, 1S56.
Busch, W.

Beobaclitungen iiber einige niedere Thiere. Miiller's Arch., pp. 439-443.

181^.

(Developmeut o^ Medusa aurita.)
Busk, G.

On a new Hydroid Polype belonging to the Genus Cordj/lophora Allm., discov-
ered by Senator Kirchenpauer of Ritzebiittel. QuarL Journ. Micr. Sci.,
I. pp. 283, 284. 1861.

Carus, J. v., and Gerstaecker, C. E. A.

Haudbuch der Zoologie, II. pp. viii. -\- 642. Leipzig, 1863.
Carus, J. Victor.

Icones Zootomicse, mit Original-Beitragen von AUman, Gegenbaur, Huxley,
Kolliker, Miiller, Schultze, Siebold, und Stein. Pt. I. Pis. 23. Leip-
zig, 1857.

Zoologischer Jahresbericht fiir 1879-1882. Herausgegeben von der Zoologi-
schcn Station zu Neapel. Acalephse by CajRL Chun.

Cavolini, Filippo.

Memorie per servire alia Storia de Polipi Marini. pp. 116, pis. 4. Napoli,
1785. Transl. Abhandlungen iiber Pflanzen-Thiere des Mittelmeeres.
Uebcrsetzt von Wilhelm Sprcngcl und herausgegeben von Kurt Sprengel.
pp. 131, pis. 9. Nurnbcrg, 1813. ^

Chun, Carl.

Die Ctenophoren des Golfes von Neapel, und der Angrenzenden Meeres-
Abschnitte. pp. 99-147. Fauna and Flora des Golfes v. Neapel, I.
pp. i.-xviii., 1-313, pis. 18. Zool. Stat, zu Neapel. Leipzig, 1880.
(Development of Cestus, Eucharis, Cydippe, Beroe, Lampetia, and Callianira. )

Uebcr die cyclische Entwickeluug und Verwandtschafts vcrhaltnisse der Sipho-
nophoren. Sitzungsber. Acad. Wissemch. Berlin, LU. pp. 1155-1172,
pi. •XVII. 1882.

Trans, by Dallas, Am. ^ Mag. Nat. Hist. £5], XL pp. 153-169, pi. V.
1883.

(Development of Monophyes, Muggicea, and Eudoxia.)

216 BULLETIN OF' THE

Ciamician, J.

Ueber den feineren Bau und die Entwicklung von Tuhularia mesembryanthe-
mum, Allman. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXXII. pp. 323-347, pi.
XVIII., XIX. 1S79.

ClaparSde, A. Ren^ Edouard.

Beitrage zur Fauna der schotlischen Kiiste. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., X.
pp. 401-405. 1860.

(Budding and egg of Lizzia.)

Develo])penient d'Hydro'ides Manns du Genre Tubulaire. Bibliog. Univ. de
Geneve, XV. p. 150. 1862.

Beobachtungen uber Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte -wirbelloser
Thiere an der Kiiste von Normandie augestellt. pp. viii. -f- 120, pis. 18.
Leipzig, 1863.

Clark, H. J.

Mind in Nature, pp. 322, figs. 210. New York, 1865.

(Development, passim. )

Tubularia not Parthenogenous. Amer. Journ. Arts 8f Sci., XXXVII. pp.
61-66. 186Jf.

Lucemarise and their Allies. A Memoir on the Anatomy and Physiology of
Haliclystus auricula, and other Lucernariaus, with a Discussion of their
Relations to other Acalephae, to Beroids and Polypi. 1818. Smithsonian
Contrib. Knowledge, XXIII. pp. 130, pis. 11. Washington, 1881.

Clarke, S. F.

Descriptions of New and Rare Species of Hydroids from tlie New England
Coast. Trans. Conn. Acad., IV, pp. 58-66, pi. IX. 1875.
(Describes planula of Gonothyrcea tenuis.)
New and interesting Hydroids from Chesapeake Bay. Mem. Boston Sac. Nat.
Hist., III. pp. 135-142, pis. 2. 1882.

(Development of Stylactis arge, and Lovenella gracilis.)
Clarke, W. B. See Giles, E., and Clarke, W. B.
Claus, Carl.

Ueber Fhysophora hydrostatica ncbst Bemerkungen iiber andere Siphono
phoren. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., X. pp. 295-332. 1860. (Separate
pp. 1-40, pis. XV., XVI., XVII.)

(Development of nectocalyx and tentacular knob. )

Neue Beobachtungen iiber die Structur und Entwickcluug der Siphonophoren.

Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XII. pp. 536-563, pis. XLVI.-XLVIII.

1863.

(Young Agalma.)

Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Geryouopsiden- und Eucopiden-Entwicklung. Ar-
beit. Zool. Inst. Wien, 4. Bd. 1. Heft, pp. 89-120, pis. 4.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 217

Development of Geryouopsida and Eucopida. Abstr. Journ. Roy. Micros. Soc.
(2), II. pp. 58-59.

(Development of Octorchis, Tima, and Phialidium.)
Die Entwickelung des Aequoridcn Eies. Zool. Anzeig., No. 112, 5 Jahr.
pp. 2S1-288. Development of Aequorea. Abstr. Journ. Roy. Micros. Soc.
(2), II. p. 4, p. 515.
Schriften zoologischen Inlialts. II. Die Gattung Momphyes Cls. und ihr Ab-
kommling Diplophysa Gbr. pp. 27-33, pi. IV. Wien, 187^.
(Relation of Monophyes and Diplophysa.)

Grundziige der Zoologie. 3d ed. pp. xii. + 1254. Marburg und Leipzig,

1876. AcalephBe, pp. 216-255.
*Grundzuge der Zoologie. 4th ed. Marburg, 1879.

(Development, passim.)

Bemerkungen iiber Ctenoplioreu und Meduseu. Zeitschr.f. wissemch. Zool.,
XIV. pp. 384-393. 186^.

(Young Beroe and Ctenophore larva.)

Studien iiber Polypen und Quallen der Adria. I. Acalephen (Discomedusen).
Denksckr. k. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, XXXVIII. pp. 1-64, pis. 11.
1878.

Ueber einige bislang uoch unbckauute Larvenstadien von Rhizostoma. Zool.
Am., Nr. 76, 4 Jalir. pp. 79-85. 1881.

Ueber das Verbaltniss von Monophyes zu den Diphyiden sowie iiber den phylo-
genetisehen Eutwickluugsgang der Siphonopboren. Arbeit. Zool. Inst.
Wien, v., Pt. 1, pp. 15-18. 1883.

Untcrsuchuugen iiber die Organisation und Entwicklung der Medusen. pp.
(4), 96. Cuts, pis. 20. Prag and Leipzig, 1883.
*Cocks.

Report of Roy. Pol. Soc. Corntcall, p. 34. 1853.

(" Locomotive stage of Myriothda.'")
Conn, H. W.

Development of Tubularia cristafa. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circular, No. 17,
p. 247. Zool. Anzeig., Nr. 120, 5 Jabr. pp. 483, 484.

(Corrects Ciamician's account.)
Coldstream, J.

Acalephse. Todd's Cyclop. Anat Physiol., I. pp. 35-46. London, 1835-36.

( Development, passim . )
Dalyell, J. G.

On the Propagation of Scottish Zoophytes. Edinburgh New Philos. Journ.,
XVII. pp. 411-415. 1834.

On the Propagation of certain Scottish Zoophytes. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Ado. Sci.,
pp. 598-607. 183It. his, XLII. No. 920. rinstitut, III. 95. 1835.

218 BULLETIN OF THE

Further Illustrations of the Propagation of Scottish Zoophytes. Edinburgh
New Phil. Journ., XXL pp. 88-94. 1836.

Reviewed in Froriep's Notizen, L. No. 6, pp. 81-87. 1836. Arch./.
NaturgescL, p. 278. 1837.
*Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland. London, I., II. ISp, ISJjS.
("Relation between hydroid and free medusa.")

Danielssen, D. C. See Koren, J., and Danielssen, D. C.

Davidoff, M.

Ueber Theilungsvorgange bei Phialidium variabile Haeckel. Zool. Anz., Nr.
98, 4 Jahr. pp. C20-622, mit Abbilduugen.
Abstr. Journ. Roy. Micros. Soc. (2), II. p. 59.

Dawson, J. W.

Elementary Views of the Classification of Animals. Canadian, Nat. ^- Geol.,
IX. pp. 241-258. 1864.

Zoological Classification, or Coelenterata and Protozoa versus Radiata. Cana-
dian Nat. .j- Geol., VII. pp. 438-443. 1862.

De Quatrefages, A. See Quatrefages, A. de.

Desor, E.

Froc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., III. pp. 137-140. 1845.
(Development of Aurelia aurita.)

Froc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., III. pp. 158-lGO. 1845.
(Development of Cnmpanularia.)

De Varenne, A. See Varenne, A, de.

Donitz, W.

Ueber die Entwickelung der Zoospennien bei Schwimmpolypen. Sitzungsb.
Gesellsch. naturf. Freunde, Berhn, pp. 53-54. 1872.

Du jar din, F.

Observations sur un nouveau Genre de Medusaires provenant do la Metamor-
phose des Sjncorynes. Ann. Sci. Nat. [2], XX. pp. 370-373. 1843.
Memoire sur le Developpement des Meduses et des Polypes Hydraires.
Ann. Sri. Nat. \Z\1Y.^^. 2^7-2^1. 1845. Compt. Rend., XXI. 1845.
ninstitut, XIII. 1845. Froriep's Notizen, XXXVII. No. 808, XL. No.
859, pp. 1-9, pi. 1. (Continuation) No. 860. 1846.

(Development of Stenyo, Callkhora, and Syncoryna, pp. 277, 278.)

Du Plessis, G. See Plessis, G. du.

Duthiers, H. Lacaze. See Lacaze-Duthiers, H.

*Ecker, (A.).

Entwicklungsgeschichte der griincn Armpolypen. 1853.

(Hydra.)

Eidwards, H. Milne. See Milne Edwards, H.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 219

Ehlers, E. See Keferstein, W., and Ehlers, E.

*Ehrenberg, (C. G.).

Symbolse Physicse, IV. Berolini, 1831.

(Describes egg-capsules in hj^droids.)
Ellis, J., and Solander, D.

The Natural History of many curious aud uncommon Zoophytes, collected
from various Parts of the Globe. London, 1786.

Eschscholtz, F.

System der Acalephen. Eine ausfiibrliche Bescbreibung aller Medusenartigen
Strahlthiere. pp. 1-190, pis. I.-XVI. Berlin, 1829.

Fabricius, O.

Fauna Groenlaudica. Hafnise et Lipsiae, 1780.

Fewkes, J. Walter.

Studies of the Jelly-fishes of Narragansett Bay. 1881. Bull. Mas. Comp.
Zodl, VIII. No. 8, pp. 141-182, pis. 10. 1880-81.

Abstr. in Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. (2), I. p. 5, Oct., pp. 746, 747.

(Lizzia, Zygodactyla, Tima, Eucheilota, Trachynema, Cunina, Agalraa, Cyanea,

Mnemiojjsie.)

Explorations of the Surface Fauna of the Gulf Stream. I. Notes on Acalephs
from the Tortugas, with a Description of New Genera and Species. Bull. .
Mus. Comp. Zodl., IX. No. 7, pp. 251-289, pis. 7. 1882.
{Eucharis, Ocyroe, Cassiopea, Linerges, Glossocodon.)
Budding in Free Medusae. ^;«(?r. A^«/2^a, XIV. pp. 50, 51. 1881.

(Alternation of generations in Willia.)
Note on the Structure of Rhizophym fiUformis. 1879. Froc Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist., XX. pp. 292-303, pi. I. 1878-80.

(Development of tentacular knobs and sexual organs.)
Contributions to a Knowledge of the Tubular Jelly-fishes. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zodl., VI, No. 7, pp. 127-146, pis. 4. 1880.

(Development of the knobs of Physophora.)
The Siphonophores. II. The Anatomy and Development of Agalma. Amer.
Natural., XV. pp. 186-195, figs. 1881.

(Development of Agalma- eleqans.)
On the Acalephae from the East Coast of New England. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zodl., IX. No. 8, pp. 291-310, pi. 1. 1882.

(Mnemiopsis, Willia, Phialidium.)
Exploration of the Surface Fauna of the Gulf Stream under the Auspices oi
the U. S. Coast Survey. By Alexander Agassiz. I. On a Few Medusae
from the Bermudas. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo'ol., XI. No. 3, pp. 79-90, pi. I.
(Young of Tamoya punctata sp. nov., Ectopleura sp. (?) ; Ephyra with sixteen
otocysts (young Cassiopea); resemblance of sexual clusters of Rhizophysa and
rhysalia.y

220 BULLETIN OF THE

Filippi, F. de.

Sopra due Idrozoi del Medlterrano. Mem. d. Real. Accad. Torino [2],

XXIII. pp. 1-13, pi. 11.

(Development of Eleutheria.)
Pol, H.

Ein Beitrag zur Anatomic una Entwickelungsgeschiclite einigerRippenquallen.

(Inaug. Diss.) pp. 12, pis. 4. Berlin, 1869.

(Development of Eurhamphaa vexilligera.)

Die erste Entwickelung des Geryonideueies, Jenaische Zeitschr., VII. pp.
471-492, pis. XIV., XV. 1873.

Forbes, E., and Goodsir, J.

On the Corymorpha nutans of Sars, a remarkable Hydroid Polype. Ann. Mac/.

Nat. Hist. [1], V. pp. 309-315. ISJ^O.

(Quotes Sars's account of development.)
On some remarkable Marine Invertebrata, new to the British Seas. 1851.

Trans. Roy. Soc, Edinburgh, XX. pp. 307-314. 1853.

Forbes, E.

On the Morpliology of the Beproduetive System of the Sertularian Zoophyte,
and its Analogy with the Reproductive System of the Flowering Plant.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [1], XIV. pp. 385-391, pi. X. 18U.
On the Pulmograde Medusae of the British Seas. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [1],

XVIII. pp. 284-287. 18Jfi.
A Monograph of the British Naked-eyed Medusae. Ray Soc. London, pp.
104, pis. 13. 18MS.

(fragmentary stages of Medusae.)
Forskal, P.

Icones Rerum Naturalium. Ilauniae, 1776. Pis. 43. Hydra, pi. XXVI.

Fraipont, J.

Histologic, Developpement et Origine du Testicule et de I'Ovaire de la Cam-
panularia angulata [Hineks]. Comptes Rendus, XC. pp. 43-45. 1880.
Transl. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5],V. pp. 265-267. 1880. Guide du Na-
tural., No. 2, pp. 45-46.

Origine des Organes Sexuel chez les Carapanularides. Zool. Anzeig., III.
pp. 135-138. 1880.
Franzius.

Ueber die Jungen der Cephea. Zeiisch.f. wissensch. Zool., IV. pp. 118-122,
pi. VIII. figs. 1, 2, 3. 1852.

Frey, H., and Leuckart, R.

Beitrage zur Kenntniss Avirbelloser Tliiere, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung

der Fauna des Norddeutschen Meeres. pp. 170, pis. 2. Braunschweig,

18J!t7.

(Siifcgests the name Coelenterata.)

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 221

Fuller, C. B.

Report on Mariue Zoology. Second Annual Rep. Nat. Hist. Sf Geol. Maine,

pp. 129-133. 1862.
See Wood, W., and Fuller, C. B.
Gegenbaur, Carl.

Beitriige zur nalieren Kenntniss der Schwimmpolypeu [Siphonophoren].
Zeitschr.f. wissensch. ZooL, V. pp. 285-344, pis. XVI.-XVIII. 1854.
(Development of Diphyes.)

Zur Lehre vom Generationsweclisel und der Fortpflauziing bei Medusen und
Polypen. pp. G8, pis. 2. Wiirzburg, 1854-
(Stages of development of Campanularia, Syncoryne, Cunina, Lizzia, Cassiopea.)
Ueber Diphyes turgida n. sp., nebst Bemerkuugeu iiber Schwimmpoljpen.

Zeitschr.f. wissensch. ZooL, V. pp. 442-454, pi. XXIII. 185^.
Studieu iiber Organization und Systcmatik der Ctenophoren. Arch. f. Na-
turgesr.h., pp. 163-205, pis. VII., VIII. 1856.

(Young Cydippe.)

Bemerkungen iiber die Bandkorper der Medusen. Arch. Anat. Physiol,
wissensch. Med., pp. 230-250, pi. IX. 1856.

Versuch eines Systemes der Medusen, mit Beschreibung neuer oder wenig

gekannter Formen ; zugleicli ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Fauna des

Mittelmceres. Zeitschr.f. wissensch. ZooL, VIII. pp. 202-273 pis. VII.

X. 1857.

(Young Medusae, passim.)

Ueber Abyla trigona(^. et G. und deren Eudoxienbrut. pp. 10, pis. 2. Jena,

1859.
Neue Bcitrage zur nalieren Kenntniss der Siphonophoren. Nov. Act. Acad.

Leop. Car. Nat. Cur., XIX. pp. 333-424. 1860.

Grundziige der Vergleichcnden Anatomie. pp. xiv. -|- 600, figs. 198. Leipzig,

1859.

(Development, pp. 89-103.)

Grundziige der Vergleicliendeu Anatomie. 2'® Auflage. pp. 892, figs. 319.
Leipzig, 1870. Also 2d ed. (Improved), pp. i.-viii. -|- 1-655, figs. 356.
Leipzig, 1878.

Trans, by Bell F. Jeffrey. Elements of Comparative Anatomy.
(Translation revised and Preface by E. R. Lankester.) pp. i.-vi. -J-
1-645, figs. 356. London, 1878.

Grundriss der Vergleichcnden Anatomie. pp. i.-viii., 1-660, figs. 320. Leip-

zig, 1874.

(Acaleph?e, pp. 69-9(5, 117-121, general statements.)

Gegenbaur, C, KoUiker, A., and Miiller, H.

Bericht iiber einige im Ilerbste 1852 in Messina angestellte vergleichend-

anatomische Untersuchungen. Zeitsch. f. wissensch. Zool., IV. pp. 299-

329. 1853.

(Development, passim.)

222 BULLETIN OF THE

Gerbe, Z.

Developpemeiit et Metamorphoses de la Coryna squamafa. Journ. V Anui. et
de la Phj/siol., XI. pp. 411-451, pis. XI.-XIII. 1875.

Giles, E., and Clarke, W. B.

A few Remarks upon a Species of Zoophyte which has been discovered in the
New Docks of Ipswich. Ami. Mar/. Nat. Hist. [2], IV. pp. 26-28. 18Ji9.

(Hj'droids.)

Goodsir, J. See Forbes, E., and Goodsir, J.

Gosse, P. H.

Evenings at the jMicroscopc, or Researches among the minuter Organs and
Forms of Animal Life. pp. viii. -|- 480, figs. New York, 1860.

Naturalist's Rambles on the Devonshire Coast, pp. xvi. -\- 451. London,

1853.

(Alternation of generations in Acalephse.)

A Manual of Marine Zoology. Part I. London, 1855.

(Acalephne, pp. 37-53.)

Tenby, a Seaside Holiday, pp. xviii. -f- 400. London, 1856.

The Blue Cyanea. 1863. The Intellectual Observer, IV. pp. 149-156, pi. I.
1864.

Gotte, A.

Eiu neuer Hydroid-Polyp mit einer neuen Art der Fortpflanzung. Zool.
Anzeig., III. No. 60, pp. 352-358. 1880.

Gould, A. A.

Invertebrata of Massachusetts, pp. 347-351. j-o^i.

(Page 348, EphyrcB.)
Greene, J. R.

A Word on Embryology, with Reference to the Mutual Relations of the Sub-
kingdoms of Animals. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Trans. Sect., p. 132.
1860.

Recent Contributions to the Literature of the Sub-kingdom Coelenterata.
Review. Nat. Hist. Rev., I. pp. 416-432. 1861.

A Manual of the Sub-kingdom Coelenterata. London, 1861. pp. xiii. -)- 271.

Grobben, C.

Doliolum und sein Generationswechsel nebst Bemerkungen iiber den Genera-
tionswechsel der Acalephen, Cestodcn und Trematoden. Arbeit Zool.
Inst. TJ'ien, IV. Ft. 2, pp. (77-174) 1-9 S, pis. 5.
(Acalepha?, pp. 86-88.)
Grube, A. E.

Ein Ausflug nach Triest und dem Quarnero. Berlin, 1861. pp. 175, pis. 5.

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 223

Haacke, W.

Zur Blastologie der Gattung Hydra. Specielle und generelle Studien zur
Morphologic und Eutwickelangslehre. Jenaische Zeitschr., XIV. pp. 133-
153, pi. VI. 1880.

Haeckel, Ernst.

Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Hjdromedusen. Erstes Heft : Die Familie
der Russelqualleu [Geryonida]. pp. 194, pis. 6. Leipzig, 1865.

Ueber eiue neue Form des Generationswechsels bei den Medusen, und iiber
die Verwandtscliaft der Geryoniden uud Aegiuiden. Monatsb. k. preuss.
Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 85-95. 1865.

Trausl. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XV. pp. 437-444, 468-474. 1865.

Generelle Morphologic der Organismen. II. Berlin, 1866.

Zur Entwickelungsgeschichtc der Siphonophoren. Beobachtungen iiber die
Entwickclungsgeschichte der Genera Fhysojihora, Crystallodes, Athorybia,
und Reflexioncu iiber die Entwickclungsgeschichte der Siphonophoren im
Allgcmeinen. pp. 119, pis. 14. Utrecht, 1869.

Ueber Arbeitstheilung in Natur- und Menschenlebcu. 1869. Populare Vor-
trage, pp. 99-141, figs. 25. 1878-79.

Die Gastraea-Thcorie die phylogcnctische Classification dcs Thierreichs und
die Homologie der Keimblatter. Jenaische Zeitschr., VIII. pp. 1-55, pi. 1.
1874

Die Gastrula uud die Eifurclmng der Thiere. Jenaische Zeitschr., IX. pp.
402-508, pis. XIX.-XXV. 1875.

Studien zur Gastraea-Thcorie. II. Die Gastrula und die Eifurchuug der
Thiere (Zoophyten). pp. 111-116. Jena, 1877.

Nachtrage zur Gastraea-Thcorie. Jenaische Zeitschr., XI. pp. 55-98. 1877.

Die Physemarien {HaViphysema und Gastrophysema'], Gastrseaden der Gegen-
wart. Jenaische Zeitschr., XI. pp. 1-54, pis. I.- VI. 1877.

Ursprung und Stamm verwandtscliaft dqr Ctenophoren. Sitzunqsb. Jenaisch.
Gesellsch. Med. Naturw. pp. 70-79. Jena, 1879.

Das System der Medusen. Erster Theil einer Monographic der Medusen.

Denkschr. Med. Naturw. Gesellsch., I. Jena, 1879-80. pp. xxv. -j- 672,

pis. 40.

(Young stages of Meiusse, passim.)

Monographic der Medusen. 2. Th. 1. Halfte. Die Tiefsec Medusen der Chal-
lenger Reise. 2. Halfte. Der Organismus der Medusen. pp. 1-205,
pis. I.-XII. Taf. 32, also cuts in text. Jena, 1881.
(Young Medusa', passim.)
Dirccte uud iudirecte Entwickelung von Aurelia aiirita. Jenaische Zeitschr. f.
Naturwissensch. 15 Bd. 4 Hft. Sitzunrjsber., pp. 14-15.
(Aurelia with direct development.)

224 BULLETIN OF THE

Metagenesis und Ilypogenesis von Amelia aurlfa. EIn Beitrag zur Eutwick-
lungsgeschichte und Taratologie der Meduseu. Jena, 1881.

Hamann, O.

Der Organismus der Hydroidpolypen. Jenaisrhe Zeitschr., XV. pp. 473-544.
(Planula always formed by delamination.)

Zur Entstehung und Entwickelung der griinen Zellen bei Hydra. Zeitsch.f.
wissensch. Zool., XXXVII. pp. 457-464, pi. XXVI.

Hertwig, O. and R.

Der Organismus der Medusen und seine Stellung zum Keimblattertheorie.
pp. 1-70, pis. I.-III. Jena, 1878.

Hincks, T.

Notes on the Reproduction of Campanulariadte ; with a Description of a new
Species oi Laomedea. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], X. pp. 81-S7, pis. 3.
1852.

Notes on British Zoophytes, with Descriptions of new Species. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. [2], XV. pp. 127-130, pis. I., II. 1855.

(Describes hydroids.)

On a new Species of Laomedea ; with Remarks on the Genera Campanularia
and Laomedea. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Trans. Sect., p. 126. 1858.

On Clavatella, a new Genus of Corynoid Polypes, and its lleproduetion.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], VII. pp. 73-81, pis. VII., VIII. 1861.

On the development of the Hydroid Tolypes, Clavatella and Stauridia ; M'ith
Remarks on the Relation between tlie Polyp aud the Medusoid, and be-
tween the Polyp aud the Medusa. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Trans.
Sect., p. 145. 1861.

A Catalogue of the Zoophytes of South Devon and South Cornwall. A^in.

Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], VIII. pp. 152-161, 251-262, 290-297, 360-366,

pis. VI.-VIII. 1861.

(Describes hydroids.)

On the Production of similar Medusoids by certain Hydroid Polypes belong-
ing to different Genera. Rep. Brit. Assoc. 4dv. Sci., Trans. Sect., pp.
107-108. 1862.

On New Australian Hydrozoa. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], \ll. pp. 279-281,
pis. XII., XIII. 1861.

On the Production of similar Gonozooids by Hydroid Polypes belonging to
different Genera. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], X. pp. 459-461, pi. IX.
1862.

Hodge, G.

On a new Hydroid Zoophyte [^Podocorj/ne Alderi\ Trans. Tytieside Nat.
Field Club, V. pt. 2, pp. 82-84. 1861.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 225

Hoeven, J, van der.

Handbucli dcr Zoologie. See Leuckaet, H.
Huxley, T. H.

Observations upon the Anatomy of the Biphyida and the Unity of Organiza-
tion of the Biphjjida and Phjjsophoridce. Proc. Linn. Soc. London, II.
pp. 15, 60, 65, 67-69. 1843-55.

On the Anatomy and Physiology of Plii/salia, and on its Place in the System
of Animals. lSi8. Proc. Linn. Soc. Ijondon,ll. ^^. '^-7). 1S4S-55.

On the Anatomy and AfBuities of the Family of the Medasaj. P/ul. Trans.
Roj/. Soc. London, pp. 413-434. . 1849.

Ueber die Sexualorgane der Liphijidce und Phjsophorida. Arch. Anat. Physiol,
wissensch. Med., pp. 380-384. 1851.

An Account of Researches into the Anatomy of the Hydrostatic Acalephse.
Pep Bnt. Assoc. Ado. Set., Trans. Sect., pp. 78-80. 1851.

The Oceanic Hydrozoa : a Description of the Calycophoridce and Physophoridce
observed during the Voyage of H. M. S. "Rattlesnake," in the Years
1846-50. pp. 143, pis. 12. Ray Society for 1858 London, 1859.

(Development, passim.)

Elements of Comparative Anatomy, pp. vi. -{- 303, figs. 111. London, I864.

A Manual of the Anatomy of Invertebrated Animals, pp. viii. -j- 687. Lon-
don, 1877.

Trans, by J. W. Spengel.

(Development, passim.)
Jager, G.

Ueber das spontane Zerfallen der Suss wasserpoly pen nebst einigen Bemerkun-
gen iiber Generationswechsel. Sitzungsh. Alcad. Wisserisch. Wien, Math.
Naturw. Classe, XXXIX. pp. 321-340, pi. I. 1860. Ann. Sci. Nat. [4],
XII. p. 306. 1859.

Johnston, G.

A History of British Zoophytes. --Edinburgh. *lst Edition, 1838. 2d Edi-
tion, I847. pp. i.-ix. + 1-341, pis. 44.

(Development, j^asstm.)
Jung, H.

Beobachturgen iiber die Entwicklung des Tentakel-kranzes vou .■■'•'dra-
Morph. Jahr. Per., VIII. pp. 339-350. 1883.

(No fixed law of development of tentacles in different species.)
Keferstein, W.

Untersuchungen iiber niedere Seethiere. I. Ueber die Gattung Lucernaria,
O. F. Miiller. pp. 1-26, pi. I. II. Ueber euiige Quallen. pp. 26-31,
pis. I., II., figs. 1-14. 1862. Zeitschr.f. wissensch. Zool., XII. pp. 1-147.
1863.

(Budding {Eucope?) gemmifera, pp. 28, 29.)

VOL. XI. — NO. 10. 15

226 BULLETIN OF THE

Keferstein, W., and Ehlers, E.

Auszug aus den Beobachtungen ilber die Siplionophoren von Neapel und
Messina augestellt im "Winter 1859-GO, p. 2G0. Nacli. Ges. JFiss. Gbi-
tingen. No. 23, pp. 254- 2G2. 1860. Arch./. NaturgescL, I. pp. 324-331.
1860.
Zoologiscbe Beitrage gesammelt im Winter 1859-GO, in Neapel und Messina.
pp. viii. -|- 113, pis. 15. Leipzig, 1861.

1. Beobacbtungen iiber die Sipliouopboren von Neapel und Messina,
pp. 1-34, pis. I.-V. V. Ueber einige in Neapel und Messina beobacbtete
QuaUen. pp. 78-95, pis. XIII.-XIV.

Kirchenpauer, (Senator).

Die Seetomieu der Elbmiindung. Ein Beitrag zur Tbier und Pflanzentopo-

grapbie. 1862. Abhandl. Naturw. Vereiii, Hamburg, IV. Pt. 3, pp. 59.

1858-1862.

(Development of Laomedea, pp. 20-23.)

Kleinenberg, N.

Hj/dra, eine anatomisch-entwicklungsgescbicbtlicbe Uutersucbung. pp. 90,

pis. 4. Leipzig, 1872.

Koch, G. von.

VorlauGge Mittbeilung iiber Colenteraten. Jenaische Zeitsckr., VII. pp. 4G4-
470, (Continuation) 512-515, pis. XXIIL, XXVI. 1873.

(Development of Tubuiaria, and origin of egg in Ccelenterates.)
Kolliker, A.

Bericbt iiber einige im Herbste 1852 in Messina angestellte vorgleicbend-
anatomiscbe Untersucbnngen von Gegenbaur, Kolliker und II. Midler.
II. Ueber QuaUen. pp. 315-329. Scheibenquallen. Zeitschr. f. wis-
semch. ZooL, IV. pp. 299-370. 1853.

Die Scbwimmpolypen oder Sipbouopboren von Messina, pp. 9G, pis. 12.

Leipzig, 1853.

(Development, passim.)

See Gegenbaur, C, Kolliker, A., and Miiller, H.
Keren, J., and Danielssen, D. C.

Fauna LittoraLis Norvegise. Pt. 3. pp. 163, pis. 16. Bergen, 1877.
Korotncff, A.

Entwickelung der Mi/riothela. Zool. Anzeig., II. pp. 187-190. 1879.
Zur Kenntniss der Embryologie von Hjjdra. Zeitsch. f. wissensch. ZooL,
XXXVIII. Pt. 2, pp. 314-322, pi. XIV.

Abstf Development of Hydra. Journ. R. Micros. Sac, III. Pt. 4,
pp. 514, 515.

Korthals, P. W.

Over de Oorzaak van bet Branden der Phi/salia. 1837. Tijdschr. voor
Natuurl. Geschied en Fhysiol, IV. pp. 209-210. 1837-38. Froriep's.
Neue Notizen, VI. No. 112.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 227

Kowalevsky, A.

Eutwicklungsgeschichte der E-ippenquallen^ 1866. Mem. Acad. Imp. Set.
Si. Petersbourg, X. No. 4 [7], pp. viii. + 28, pis. 5. 1867.
{Eschscholtzia, Cestum, Eucharis, Beroe.)
Untersuchungeu iiber die Eutwickelung der Cceleuteraten. Vorlaufige Mit-
theilung. Nachr. Gesellsch. IFissensch. Gottingen, pp. 154-159. 1868.

hab.tio,t;hdi ha,t;b pasbiitiem'l. ccelenterata. iisB^cTia

IIMnEPATOPCKArO OBIIIECTBA .HOBIITEJEH ECTECTB03H
AHia TOMl) X BLmyCK'L2-M.

(Development o{ Euccpe, Pelagia, and Ctenophores).

Entersucliungen iiber die Entwicklung der Coeleuteraten. Nach. k. Gesellsch.
Freunde Naturw. Anthr. Eihn. Univ. Compt. Rendus, X. pt. 2, pp. 36,
pis. 8. 1872-73. Moskau, 187^. Jahresb. Anat. Fhys., II. pp. 279-
283. 1873.
Krohn, A.

Ueber die Brut des Cladonema radiatum und deren Eutwickelung zum Stan-
ridium. Arch. Anat. Physiol, wissensch. Med., pp. 420-426, pi. XIII.
1853.

Ueber die friibesten Entwickeluugsstufen der Pelagia voctiluca. Arch. Anat.
Physiol, wissensch. Med., pp. 491-497, pi. XX. 1855.

Beobachtungen iiber den Bau und die Eortpflauzung. der Eleutheria Quatref.
Arch.f. Naturgesch., pp. 157-170. 1861.

Trans, by W. S. Dallas. Observations on the Structure and Reproduc-
tion of Eleutheria Quatref. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], IX. pp. 1-9. 1862.

Lacaze-Duthiers, H.

Enibryogenie des Bayonnes. Beproduction geneagenitique des Porpites.
Extrait d'une Lettre addressee a M. de Quatrefages. Comptes Rendus.
LIII. pp. 851-853. 1861. Rev. et Mag. Zool.,TLll.^^.^i^-^^Q. 1861.

Lamarck, J. B.

Systeme des Animaux sans Vertebfes. Paris, 1801.

Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres. 1st Edit. II. Paris, 1816.

Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres. 2d Edit. II. Paris, 1836.

(Multiply by budding. )
Lamouroux, J. V. F.

Histoire des Polypiers coralligenes flexibles vulgairement nommes Zoophytes.
Caen, 1816.

Exposition Methodique des Genres de I'Ordre des Polypiers. Paris, 1821.

Lankester, E. Ray.

On Limnocodium \Craspedacustes'\ Sowerhii. A new Trachomedusa inhabiting

Fresh Water, quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XX. pp. 351-371, pis. XXX.,

XXXI. 1880.

228 BULLETIN OF THE

On Young Stages of Limnocodium and Geryonia. Quart Journ. Micr. Sci.,
XXI. pp. 194-201, pi. XIII., and figs. 1883.
Leidy, J.

Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Marine Invertebrate Fauna of the
Coasts of Rhode Island and New Jersey. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia [2], III. pp. 135-152, pis. X., XI. 1855.

{Eucoryne, elegans Leidy, produces medusa-like buds.)
Lesson, R. P.

Memoire sur la Famille des Beroides \_Beroidece Less.]. Jnn. Sci. Nat. [2],
V. pp. 235-266. 1836.

Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes Acalephes. Paris, ISJiS. pp. 596, pis. 12.
Suites a Buifon.

Leuckart, R.

Nachtrage und Berichtigungen zu dcm ersten Bande von J. Van der Hoeven's
Handbuch der Zoologie. Leipzig, 1856.

(Separates hydroids with direct development and those with indirect.)

Ueber den Bau der Physalien und Rohrenquallen im Allgemeinen. Zeitschr.
f. wissensch. Zool., III. pp. 189-212, pis. I.-VI. 1851. Ann. Sci. Nat.
[3], XVIII. pp. 201-230, pi. V. 1852.

Zur nahern Kenntniss der Siphonophoren von Nizza. Arch.f. Naturgesch.
pp. 219-377, pis. XI.-XIII. 185Jt.

(Young Agalma.)

De Zoophytorum et Historia et dignitate Systematica, pp. 38. Lipsia;, 1873.

(Development, passim.)

Zoologische Untersuchungen. Erstes Heft. Siphonophoren. pp. 95, pis. 3.
Giessen, 1853.
(Relation between Diphyes, Abyla, and Eudooda. Development, passim.)

Bericht iiber die wissenschaftlichen in der Naturgescliichte der niederen Thiere
wahrend der Jahre 1859-1879. Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1860, 1861, ]S63,
1864, 1866, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1875, 1879.

See Frey, H., and Leuckart, R.

Lov^n, S. L.

Bidrag till kannedomcu af Slagiena Campantilaria och Sjpicoryna. Handl. k.
Seensk. Vetensk. Akad. Stockholm, pp. 260-281. 1835.

Trausl. Arch.f. Naturgesch., pp. 249-262, 321-326, pi. VI. 1837.
(Confirm? Ehrenberg's views of the sexual nature of egg-bodies.)
McCrady, J.

Gymnophthalmata of Charleston Harbor. 1857- Proc. Elliott Sac, Charles-
ton, S C, 1. pp. 103-221, pis. VIII.-XII. 1853-58.
(Commensalist in bell of Tu7Tito])sis is a Cunina.)

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 229

Description of Oceania [Turritopsis] nutricula nov. spec, and tlie Embryo-
logical History of a singular Medusan Larva found in the Cavity of its
Bell. 1856. Troc. Elliott Soc, Charleston, S. C, I. pp. 55-90, pis. IV.-
VII. 1853-58.

On the Development of two Species of Ctenophora found in Charleston Har-
bor. 1857. Proc. Elliott Soc, Charleston, S. C, I. pp. 254-271, pi. XIV.

1853-58.

(Describes tentaculated young.)

Mereschkovsky, C. de.

On an Anomaly among the Hydromedusce, and on their Mode of Nutrition by
Means of the Ectoderm. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], III. pp. 177-181,
pi. XX. 1879.

(Young Bougainvillea has no mouth or stomach.)

Developpement des Spermatozoides dans la Meduse {Cassiopea borbonicd).
Arch. Zool. E.rperiment., X. No. 4, pp. 577-582.

Structure et Developpement des Nematophores des Hydroids. Arch. Zool.
Experiment., X No. 4, pp. 583-610.

Metschnikoff, E.

Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte einiger niederen Thiere. Vorlaufige
Mittheilung 1870. Bull. Acad. Imper. Sci. St. Petersbourg, XV. pp.
502-509. 1871.

(Larva of Gleba (Hippopodius).)

Ueber die Entwickelung einiger Coelenteraten. 1870. Bull. Acad. Imper.

Sci. St. Petersbourg, XV. pp. 95-100. 1871.
Keview by R. Leuckart, Arch.f. Naturgesch., pp. 225, 231-233. 1872.

Studien iiber die Entwickelung der Medusen und Siphonophoren. Zeitschr.

f. wissensch. Zool., XXIV. pp. 15-83, pis. II.-XII. 187Ji..

(Young stages of Cunina, Pohjxenia, Agnlma, Stephanomia, Epibulia, Halistemma,

Pvaya, and Utppopodius.)

Vergleichend-Embryologische Studien. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXXA'I.
pp. 433-444, pi. XXVIII. 1881.

(Early stages of development of Carmarina fungiformis.)

Metschnikoff, E., and Ludmila.

MATEPIA.ILIK'L n03HAHIK) Cn$OHO$OPL H M,T;y31). HSB-SCTia
HMnEPATOPCKArO OBIIIECTBA .IK)BlITE.IEfr ECTECTB03HA-

nm, AHTiionojoriii ii 9TnorPA$m. mockba, i871. pp. 1-75,

pis. I.-VI.

(Development of Siphonophora and Medusae.)

Meyen, F. J. F.

Beitrage zur Zoologie, gesammelt auf einer Beise um die Erde. Eiinfte
Abhandl. Leuchten des Meeres und Beschreibuug einiger Polypen und

230 BULLETIN OF THE

anderer niederer Thiere. Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur., XVI., Suppl.
pp. 125-216, pis. XXVII.-XXXVI. Breslau u. Bona, 1831^.
Meyer, A., and Mobius, K.

Kurzer Ueberblick der iu der Kieler Bucht von uns beobachteten wirbellosen
Thiere, als Vorlaufer einer rauna derselben. Arch. f. Naturgesch., pp.
229-237. 1862.

{Sarsia tubulosa develops from Syncoryne, p. 231.)

Milne Edwards, H.

Lecons sur la Physiologic et I'Auatomie comparee de rHomme et des Ani-
maux. I.-XlV. Paris, 1857-1881.

Mobius, K. See Meyer, A., and Mobius, K.

Morse, E. S.

Something about Jelly-Pishes. Amer. Natur., pp. 244-253, pi. VIII. ISQl .

(Development of Discophora and Hydroida.)
Muller, F.

Zwei neue Quallen von Santa Cathariua [Brasilien"' 1858. Abhandl. Naturf.
Gesellsch. Halle, V. pp. 3-12, pis. 3. 1858-59.

Ueber die angebliche Bilateralsymmetrie der Bippenquallen. Arch. f. Na-
turgesch., pp. 320-325. 1861.

Polypen und Quallen von Santa Cathariua. Arch.f. Naturgesch., pp. 310-321,

pi. XI. 1859.

{Glossocodon SLud Cunina.)

Polypen und Quallen von Santa Cathariua, Olindias sambaquiensis, n. sp.
Arch.f. Naturgesch.., pp. 312-319, pi. IX. 1861.

(Larval form has longer tentacles than adult.)

TJeber die systematische Stellung der Charybdeiden. Arch. f. Naturgesch.,
pp. 302-311. 1861. Aim. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], X. pp. 6-12. 1862.

Cunina Kollikeri, n. sp. Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte der Aeginiden, Arch.
f. Naturgesch., pp. 42-52, pi. IV. 1861.

(Development of Cunina.)
Ueber die Uandbliischen der Hydroidquallen. Arch. f. Mikr. Anat., I. pp.
143-147, Pl. VII., fig. 4. 1865.
Muller, J.

Ueber eine eigenthiimliche Meduse des Mittelmeercs und ihren Jugendzustand.
Arch. Anat. Physiol wissensch. Med., pp. 272-277, pl. XL 1851.
(Young Beroe, direct development.)

Miiller, H, See Gegenbaur, C, Kolliker, A., and Muller, H.
Muller, P. E.

lagttagelser over nogle Siphonophorer. 1869. Natur. Tidskr. [3], VII. pp.
261-332, 541-547, pis. XI.-XIH. Kjobenhavn, 1870-71.

(Development of Eudoxia and Diphyes ; describes deformed Spermatozoa direction cells ?)

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 231

Mummery, J. B.

On the Development of Tubularia indivisa. 1852, Micr. Journ. Trans., 1.
pp. 28-30. 1853.

Nordmann, Alexander von.

Sur les Chaugenieuts que I'Age appoite dans la Maniere d'etre des Campanu-
laires. Comptes Rendus Acad. Set. Paris, IX. p. 701. 1839.

Noshin, N.

Ueber einen Generationswechsel bei Qeryonia proboscidalis und die Larva von
Rhizostoma. Mel. Biol., V. pp 27-33, pi. 1. 1865.

Packard, A. S., Jr.

Life Histories of Animals, including Man, or Outlines of Comparative Embry-
ology, pp 239, figs. 268, pi. I. New York, 1876.
(Acalephae, pp. 56-70, figs. 46-63.)
Pagenstecher, H. A.

Uutersuchungen liber niedere Seethiere aus Cette. VIII. Zur naheren Kennt-
niss der Vellelideuform Rataria, nebst Betracbtungen iiber die Velleliden
im AUgemeinen. pp. 49G-527, pis. XL., XLI. Zeitschr. f. wissensch.
ZooL, XII. pp. 486-529. 1863.

Eiue neue Entwickelungsweise bei Siphonophoren. Zeitschr. f. wissensch.
ZooL, XIX. pp. 244-252, pi. XXI. 1869.

(Young Siphonophore develops in a mantle out of which it is born with provis-
ional organs.)

Allgemeine Zoologie oder Grundgesetze des thierischen Baus und Leben.
Berlin, l.-IV. 1875-1881.

Pallas, P. S.

Elenchus Zoophytorum. Hagse Comitum. 1766. pp. i.-xvi. -f- 17-451.
Spicilegia Zoologica. 1, Berolini. 1774. Zoophyta Quaedam Minuta. Ease.
10, pp. 34-41.

Peach, C. W.

Notice of a curious Metamorphosis in a Zoophyte-like Animal. 1856. Proc.
Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, I. pp. 59-61, figs. 2. 185^-58. Edinburgh
New Philos. Journ., IV. pp. 162-164, figs. 2. 1856.

On the Zoophytes of Caithness. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Set., Trans. Sect.,
p. 155. 1859.

Perrier, E.

Les Colonies Animales et la Eormation des Organismes. pp. xi. -j- 798,
pis. 2, figs. ] 58. Tans, 1881.

Philippi, R. A.

Ueber den Bau der Physophoren und eine neue Art derselben [Physophora
tetradicha\ Arch. Anat. Physiol, wissensch. Med., pp. 58-67, pi. V.
18Ji3.

232 BULLETIN OF THE

Pillsbury, J. H.

Development of tlie Planula of Clava leptosti/la, Ag. Amer. Monthly/ Micr.
Journ., III. pp. 181, 182. 1882.

Plessis, G. du.

Remarques sur les Metamorphoses de la Cassiopee Bourbonnienne {Cassiopea
borbonica D. Ch.)- BulL Soc. Fcmd. Sc. Nat., XVII. pp. 86, G33-638,
pi. XXI.

(Describes Planula, Scyphostoma, Strobila, and Ephyra.)

Observations sur la Cladocoryne floceoueuse {Cladocoryne foccosa Rotch).
Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Neapel., II. pp. 176-190, pi. IX. 1880-81.
Price, J.

On the Embryogeny of Pulmogrades and Ciliogrades. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv.
Sci., Trans. Sect., pp. 86, 87. 18^6.

(Development of Ctenophore without "alternation of generations.")
On the Genus Cydippe. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Ado. Sci., Trans. Sect., up. 155, 156.

1859.

(Young like adult.)

Quatrefages, A. de.

Memoire sur I'Eleutlierie dichotome [Eleutheria dichotoma Nob.] nouveau

Genre de Rayonnes, voisin des Hydres. Ann. Sci. Nat. [2], XVIII. pp.

270-288, pi. XVIII. ISJ^.
Memoire sur la Synhydre Parasite \Synhydra parasites Nob.] nouveau Genre

de Polypes voisin dcs Hydres. Ann. Sci. Nat. [2], XX. pp. 230-248,

pis. VIIL, IX. 181(3.
Memoire sur I'Organisation des Physalies \I'hysalia\ Ann. Sci. Nat. [4], 11.

pp. 107-142, pis. III., IV. 1854.

(Sexual buds.)

Ray Lankester. See Lankester, E. Ray.
Reid, J.

Observations on the Development of the Medusae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2],
I. pp. 25-34, pis. v., VI. ISJfS.

(Scyphostoma and Ephyra of Aurelia. )

Sars, MichaeL

Fremlagde detaillerede Afbildninger, ledsagede med Bemaerkninger over f;efl-

gende norske Coelenterater. 1860. Forhandl. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania,

pp. 140-151. 1861.
Beskrivelser og lagttagelser over uogle moerkelige eller nye i Havet ved den

Bergenske Kyst levende Dyr af Polypernes, Acalephernes, Radiatemes,

Annelidernes og Molluskernes Classer. ... pp. 81, pis. 15. Bergen,

1835.
Zur Entwickelungsgeschiehte der Mollusken und Zoophyten. Arch. f. Na-

turgesch., pp. 402-407. 1837.

(CytcBis buds from proboscis; Strobila is young Medusa.)

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 233

Ueber die Entwickelung der Medusa aurita und der Cyanea capiliata. Arch,
f. Naturgesch., pp. 9-34, pis. 4. 18^1.
(Strobila is young Aurelia (Medusa) auriia; development of Aurelia and Cyanea.)

Fauna Littoralis Norvegia; oder Beschreibung und Abbildungen neuer oder
"wenig bekannten Scethiere, nebst Beobachtungen iiber die Organisation,
Lebensweise und Entwickelung derselben. pp. 94, pis. 10. Christiania,
1846.

Nogle Ord om Medusernes Udvikling. Skand. Naturf. Forhandl. Christiania,
VII. pp. 232-237. 1856. Nyi. Mag. Naturv. Christiania, IX. pp. 334-
341. 1856.

Traus. Einige Worte iiber die Entwickelung der Medusen. Arch. f.
Naturgesch., pp. 117-123. 1857.

Bidrag til Kundskaben om Middelhavets Littoral-Faunae Reisebemaerkninger
fra Italien. Nyt. Mag. Naturv. Christiania, IX. pp. 110-164, pis. 2,
X. pp. 1-99, pis. 2. 1851, 1859.

Tegniuger of og Oplysniuger om nogle Coelenterater fra Norges Kyster.
Skand. Naturf. Mode i Kjobenhavn, p. 690. 1860.

Beraaerkninger over Norske Coelenteraten. Forhand. Vidensk. Selks., p. 140.
1860.

Traus. Ueber das Ammengescblecht Corymorpha und seine Arten, nebst
den von diesen aufgeammten Medusen. Arch. /. Naturgesch., I. pp.
341-351. 1860. Trans, of Trans. Ann.^ Mag. Nat. Hist., VIII.,
3d Ser., pp. 353-360. 1861.

Geologiske og Zoologiske Jagtagrlser austillede paa en Reise i en Deel of
Trondhjems Stift. Christiania, 1863.

Fauna Littoralis Norvegia; (continued).

See Koren, J., and Danielssen, D. C.

Schneider, A.

Zur Entwicklungsgescliiclite der Aurelia aurita. Arch. Mikros. Anat., VI.
pp. 363-367, pi. XIX. 1870. .

Schultze, F. E.

Ueber die Cuninen-Knospenaliren im Magen von Geryonien. Der Natur-
■wissenschaflliche Verein fur Steiermark der 48 Versammlung deutscher
Naturforscher und Aerzte als Festgabe. pp. 125-157, pi. I. Graz, 1875.

Ueber den Ban und die Entwicklung von Cordylophora lacustris [Allman]
nebst Bemerkungen iiber Vorkommen und lebensweise dieses Thieres.
pp. 52, pis. 6. Leipzig, 1871.

Schultze, M. S.

Ueber die niannlichen Geschlecbtstlieile der Campanularia gmirulafa. ArrJi.
Anat. Physiol, wissensch. Med., pp. 53-64, pi. I. 1850. Trans. Micros.
Journ., III. pp. 59-66. 1855.

234 BULLETIN OF THE

Ueber den Bau der Gallertscheibe der Medusen. Arch. Ana:. Physiol, wis-
sensch. Med., pp. 311-320, pis. XL, XII. 1856.

Schweigger, A. F.

Handbuch der Naturgeschiclite der Skelettlosen ungegliederten Thiere. pp.
xvi. + 776. Leipzig, 1820.
Semper, Carl.

Ueber den Polypen der Cephea tuberculata. Arch./. Naturgesch., I. pp. 207,
208, pi. VII., fig. A. 1858.

Ueber die Entwickelung der Eitcharis multicornis. Zeitsch.f, wissensch. ZooL,
IX. pp. 234-239. Taf. XL 1858.

Siebold, C. T. von.

Beitriige zur Naturgescliichte der ■wirbellosen Tliierc : Ueber Medusa, Cyclops,
Loligo, Gregarina und Xenos. Neueste Schr. Nat. Gesellsch. Danzig, III.
Heft 2, pp. 1-94, pis. 3. 1839.

(Development of Aurelia.)
Ueber Parthenogenesis, pp. 25. Miinchen, 1862.

(Refers to alternation of generations in Acalephs.y

Solander, D. See Ellis, J., and Solander, D.
Steenstrup, Joh. J.

Om Forplantning og Udvikling gjennem vexlende Generationsraekker eu
saeregen Form for Opfostriugeu i de lavere Dyrklasser. pp. 76, pis. 3.
Kj;0bpnliavn, 18^3.

Trans. Ueber den Generationswecbsel oder die Fortpflanzung und Ent-
•wicklung durcli abwechselnde Geuerationen eine eigenthiiniliclie Form der
Brutflege in den niedern Tliierclassen. Trans, by Lorenz Kopenii. 1843.
Trans. On the Alternation of Generations, or the Propagation and De-
velopment of Animals through Alternate Generations : a peculiar Form of
fostering the Young in the lower Classes of Animals. Trausl. by George
Busk. £ay Soc. London, 18^5. pp. 132, pis. 2.

(Alternation of generations in Acalephae.)
Trans. Untersucliungen iiber das Vorkommen des Hermaphroditismus in der
Natur, aus dem Diiuischen von Dr. C. F. Hornschucu. pp. xvi. -j- 130,
pis. 2. Greifswald, 18^6.

Strethill Wright. See Wright, T. Strethill.
Stuart, A.

Ueber die Entwickelung der Medusenbrut von Vclella. Arch. Anat. Physiol.

wissensch. Med., pp. 366-373, pi. X. 1870.
Thomson, C. Wyville.

On the xinalogy between the Processes of Reproduction in the Plant and in

the Hydroid Zoophyte. Ann. Mag. Nat. Uist. [2], XIV. pp. 313-314.

1854.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 235

Tilesius, W. G.

Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte dcr Medusen. I. Cassiopeee. 1S29. Nova
Acta Acad. Nat. Cur., XV^. Suppl. pp. 247-2S8, ])ls. LXIX.-LXXIII.
Breslau u. Bonn. 1S31.
*Tommasi, b.

Eserciazioni accademiche degle Aspiranti Naturaliste, diretti dal Dott. 0. G.
Costa. Memorie risguardanti la Zoologia e Anatomia comparata. ISJj^.
Turton, W.

Britisli Fauna, containing a Compendium of the Zoology of British Islands :
arranged according to the Limiean System. I. Swansea, 1S07.

Uljanin, B.

Ueber die Knospung der Cuninen im Magen der Geryoniden. Arch.f. Na-

turgesch., XLI. pp. 333-337. 1875.
Sur la Production de Cuuiner par Bourgeonnement au Fond de I'Estomac
des Geryonoides. Abst. Arch. Zool. Exp., V. pp. xliv.-slvi. Ann. Nat.
Hist. [4], XVII. pp. 215-218.

0 npoiicxoaiji,EHni kyhiihI), no^Kiiomnxcii bI) jKE.iy,T,K'£ te-

VlomiXh. H3B'£CTm IIMnEPATOPCKArO OBIIIECTBA .IIOB-
IITEJEH ECTECTBOSHAHW, AHTPOnO.lOrill IlH3TH0rPA$m.
TOMB XXIV. MOCKBA, 1876. pp. 1-lG, pis. 1., II.
(Development of Cunina.)
Van Beneden, P. J. See Beneden, P. J. van.
Van der Hoeven, J. See Leuckart, R.
Varenne, Andr^ de.

Becherches sur la Reproduction des Polypes Hydraires. Arch. Zool. Exper.

Gen., X. pp. 611-710. ^

Sur rOrigine des Spermatozoides chez les Hydraires. Compt. Rend. Ac. Sc,
I. 93, No. 24, pp. 1032-1034. Trans. Ann. Nat. Hist., No. 50, pp.
133-135.
Vogt, C.

Ueber die Siphonophoren. 1852. Zeitschr.f. wissensch. Zool., III. pp. 522-
525, pi. XIV. 1851-52. Ann. Sri. Nat. [3], XVIII. pp. 273-278, pi. V.

1852.

(Egg of Halistemma (Agalma) rubra.)

Bilder aus dem Thierleben. pp. 1-452, figs. 120. Frankfurt a/M.

(Development, pp. 146-159.)

Zoologische Briefe. Frankfurt a/M. 1851. 2 vols.

Becherches sur les Animaux Infcrieurs de la Mediten-anec : Premier Me-
moire sur les Siphouophores de la Mer de Nice. Geneve, 1854. pp. 104,
pis. 21. Memoires de VInstitut National Oenevois, I. [1853] 1854-
(Development, passim.)
Ocean und Mittelraeer. Berlin, 1858.

(Development, passim.)

236 BULLETIN OF THE

Von Koch. See Koch, G. von.

Von Siebold. See Siebold, C. T. von.

Wagner, Rudolph.

Neue ini Adriatisclien Meeregefuudeiie Art von nacktem Armpolypen. Isis,
1833. p. 256.

(Buds of hydroid resemble medusae )
Weismann, A,

Zur Frage nach dcm Ursprung der Geschleclitszellcn bei den Hydroiden.
Zool. Anzeig., III. Nr. 55, pp. 226-233. 1880.

Ueber den Ursprung der GescblcchtszcUcn bei den Hydroiden. Zool. Anzeig.,

III. Nr. 61, pp. 367-370. 1880.

wm, J. G. F.

HorBe Tergestinse, oder Besclireibung und Anatomie der im Herbste 1843 bei
Triest beobachteten Akalephen. Leipzig, 181^1^. pp. 86, pis. 2.

Wood, W., and Fuller, C. B.

Observations upon certain Acalepliae \Idyia roseola and Pletirobrachia rhodo-
dactt/la]. Proc. Portland Sac. Nat. Hist., I. pp. 63, 64. 1862.

Wright, T. Strethill.

On Hydractinia echinata. Edinburgh New Philos. Journ., V. pp. 298-313,
pis. v., VI. 1857.

On the Reproduction of Cydippe pomiformis. Edinburgh New Philos. Journ.,

IV. pp. 85-92, figs. 7. 1856.

Observations on British Zoophytes. Edinburgh New Philos. Journ., VI. pp,
79-90, pis. II., III. VII. pp. 108-117, pis. I.-III. ; pp. 282-287, pi. VII.
IX. pp. 106-lU, pis. I.-III. X. pp. 105-114, pis. VIIL, IX. 1857-59.

On Hermaphrodite Reproduction in Chrysaora Ityoscella. Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. [3], VII. pp. 357-359, pi. XVIII. 1861.

Observations on British Protozoa and Zoophytes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3],
VIII. pp. 120-135, pis. III.-VIII. 1861.

(Development, passim, hydroids.)

Observations on British Zoophytes and Protozoa. On Atradylis cocc'inea
(new Species). Edinburgh New Philos. Journ., XIV. pp. 150, 151. 1861.

(Hydroid.)

On Reproduction in jEquorea vitrina. Edinburgh New Philos. Journ., XV.
pp. 144, 145. 1862.

On the Reproduction of Thaumantias inconspictta. Quart. Journ. Micros. Set.,
II. pp. 221, 222. 1862.

Observations on British Zoophytes and Protozoa. Edinburgh New Philos.
Journ., XVI. pp. 154-156. 1862.

MUSEU:\I OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 237

Observations on British Zoophytes. Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci., III. pp. 45-

52. 1S63.

(Development of ^quorea, and Atractylis.)

Young, John.

Tlie Spiral Character of Ccelenterate Development. Jtm. Nat. Hist. [5], Vol.
V. p. 212.

(The bilateral arrangement of the septje and tentacles of young polyps is com-
parable with the intlurescence of a Phanerogam.)

Zoological Record (" The Record of Zoological Literature").

Reports on Acalephae, /?«5S2V«, I.-X VII. I864-SI. hondLon, 1S65-82.

ADDENDA.

Allman, G. J-

Note on the Structure and Terminology of the Reproductive System of the
Corynidaj and Sertulariadse. An?i. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], VI. pp. 1-5. 1860.

Carus, J. Victor.

Einige Worte iiber Metamorphose und Generationswechscls. Beobachtungen
und Schliisse. Ein Sendschreiben an Ilerrn C B. Reichert in Dorpat.
Zeitschr.f. wissensch. Zool., III. pp. 359-370. 1851.

Desor, E.

Lettre sur la Generation Medusipare des Polypes hydraires, addressee h.
M. Milne Edwards. Ann. Sci. Nat. [3], XII. pp. 214-217. I84D.

Gegenbaur, C.

Eutwickelung der Quallen und Velelliden. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., IV.
pp. 3G9, 370. 1853.

Holdsworth, E. W. H.

On the Development of Aurelia aicrita in the Society's Aquaria. Atiri. Mag.
Nat. Hist. [3], V. pp. 332, 333.

Kerschner, L.

Zur Entwickelungsgesehichte von Hi/dra. (Vorlaufige Mittheilung.) Zool.
Anzeig., III. pp. 454, 455. 1880.

Korotneff, A.

OnblTTj CPABniTTE.ILHArO 113 y^IEina CCELEXTERATA. IP.Bt.-
CTm IIMnEPATOPCKArO UBIIIECTBA JlOBllTE.lEfi ECTECTB-
OailAlim. TOMB XVIII. BBUl yCKB3-fi. pp. 1-68, pis. I.-VII.

(Luccrnaria .)
Ueber seine anatomischen, biologischen und embryologischen Beobachtungen
an Hydra. Verb. Zool., Sect. VI. Versammluug Russ. Nat. Zool.
Anzeig., III. pp. 1G5-1G7. 1880.

238 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

Loven, S. L.

Observations sur le Devcloppement ct les Mctamorplioscs des Genres Cam-
panulaire et Syncoryne. Ann. Sci. Nat. [2], XV. pp. 157-176. ISJj.!.

Sur le Dcveloppemeut dcs Campanulaires. Extr. L'lnstitut, IX. p. 225.
1841.

Sur le Developpement et les Metamorphoses des jeunes Campanulaires ct
Syncorynes. Hlmiitut, IX. p. 432. 181^,1.
Siebold, C. T. von.

Die Juugen dcr Medusa aurita. FroriejPs Notizen, VII. No. 166, pp.
178-180. 1838.

Steenstrup, Joh. J.

*UiKlcrs6gelser cm Hermapliroditismus Tilvi3erelse i Naturen. Nat. Torsog.
(^Progr.for Soro Acad.) Copenhagen, pp. 88. 181^6-li8.
(See last title under Steenstrup, p. 234.)

Om bans Lacrc om rortplautiiing gieuucm Skoftendc Gcncratiousraekker.
Overs. Dansk. Sekk. Forhandlg., pp. 117, 118. IS^d.

Bemaerkninger over Prof. Van Beneden's Afliandliug, " Dc la Generation al-
ternante" eg over 11. Owen's Skrift "On Parthenogenesis." Overs.
Batislc. Selsk. Forhandlg., ])p. 189-210. 1853.

Reelamation centre " La Generation alternante et la Digcncsc," Communica-
tion faite k rAcademic de Bruxelles, par P. J. Van Beneden. Bull. Sac
Roy, Sci. Copenhagen. 1853.

No. 11. — Studies from the Nevjport Marine Zoological Laboratory.
Communicated hy Alexander Agassiz.

XV.

On the Development of Agalma. By J. Walter Fewkes,

The genus Agalma, in its growth from an egg into the adult, passes
through three larval stages which can be readily distinguished from each
other. These larvse, from the nature of the growth of the Agalma colony,
are not separated from one another by clearly marked distinctions, but
temporary organs found in one stage are often carried over to the next
in the course of the passage of one larva into that next following. The
peculiaritiels, however, of each are strongly enough defined to justify the
division of the emhryological history of Agalma into the three stages to
which reference is made.

These three characteristic larvoe about which the young of the genus
Agalma group themselves have been given the following names : 1. The
primitive larva ; 2. The Athorybia stage ; 3. The larva like the adult
in general features, altliough possessing together with organs of the
adult certain provisional structures bequeathed to it from the earlier
conditions of gi'owth through which it has passed.

The last two of these larval stages are not considered in this paper,
except incidentally to record observations on certain appendages of the
Athorybia stage, showing the fate of organs of permanent and others of
provisional nutiu'e which play an important part in the appearance ot
the youngest or primitive larval condition. The present contribution
deals with the outward changes in the growth of the egg from fertiliza-
tion to the primitive larva. In that epoch many important organs, some
of which persist into the adult, originate ; and, more significant still, at
that time first arise the three layers out of whicli every organ of the
whole colony is developed. The development of the first of tlie three
larval stages of Agalma may consequently be looked upon as a key to
the phylogeny of the Oceanic Hydrozoa. It is therefore at all events
necessary, before we can trace the relationships of different genera widely

VOL. XI. — NO. 11.

240 BULLETIN OF THE

or closely related to Agalma, to know accurately the changes in external
form which the ovum passes through in these genera. Upon such knowl-
edge we can hang our speculations regarding the possible descent of the
members of the Siphonophora one from another, or from a common
ancestor.

The species of Agalma which has been studied is the only Agalma
thus far recorded from New England waters. It is called Agalma ele-
gans, and was first described by the author. When this animal was first
taken, in 1876, I regarded it as the same as the "form (b) " of Agal-
mopsis elegans Sars, or closely related to it.

Early Changes of the Egg before Segmentation.

The earliest changes in the egg take place, in all cases observed,
while it is enclosed in the female gonophore.* These go on with great
rapidity, as will be shown by the following statements. Specimens of
Agalma captured on August 6, at noon, were found four hours later to
have dropped their gonophores, from which had come ova segmented
in the 4-cell stage. It must be mentioned, however, that by transfer-
ring the Agalma from the sea into aquaria they were placed in unnatural
conditions, so that changes in temperatiu'e and other causes may have
accelerated or retarded their rate of growth. There is nothing to show
that there are not other kinds of segmentation besides that which is
he^e described.

* In a popular article on the development of Agalma clcgans, published in the
American Naturalist for March, 18S1, certain changes in the gerniinative vesicle
which were mistaken for segmentation were spoken of. This interpretation was
erroneous, and the true segmentation was not described. On p. 188, op. cit., the egg
is spoken of as cast into the water and there impregnated. There is nothing to prove
that this is the case in Agalma. It has, however, excellent support in the history
of observation. Gegenbaur, Beitrage zur naheren Kenntniss der Schwimmpolj-pen
(Siphonophoren), p. 49. Writing of the genera Agahnopsis, Forskalia, Phijsophora,
Hippopodius, and Diphycs, he says : "Die Befruchtung erfolgt erst nach deni Aus-
tritte der Eier aus der Eikapsel ; denn niemals fand ich Samenfiiden in letzere einge-
drungen, ebeu ausgetretene Eier dagegen stets von ihnen unischwarmt. Sie sassen
dann strahlenartig mit dem Kbpfchen an der Peripherie des Eies an, mit dem Faden-
theile selbst in zitternder Bewegung. " I have not been able to observe a similar
condition in Agalma, nor was a free egg with nucleus and nucleolus found floating
in the water. In one instance these bodies were observed to vanish while yet the
ovum was in its gonophore, while the stalk of the same was attached to the parent.
All eggs found free from the gonophore are destitute of these structures.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 241

Four hours after an Agalma was placed in the aquarium, eggs in the
4-cell stage were picked out of the water in which it was confined. I
have traced one and the same egg from the 2-cell to the 4-cell stage, and
find that it takes 2 h. 10 m. for the necessary changes to be perfected in
this growth. On another egg it was determined that it takes 45 m. to
develop an egg in the 2-cell stage from an egg in which the germinative
vesicle, or " nucleus," had disappeared. By this observation it will be
seen that it requires a little over an hour to nass from the egg just fei'til-
ized into the stage which exhibits the tir:<t sign of a prmiitive cleavage,
plus the interval of time which elapses after the 2-cell stage is formed
and before it begins to form the secondary furrow, or origin of the second
cleavage-plane. This last interval is probably not more than 30 m. ;
consequently the interval which elapses after fertilization before the
formation of the primary furrow is about half an hour.

Impregnation pi'obably takes place in the gonophore. I have not
been able to fecundate the Agalma egg artificially, nor was it seen to
take place natui^ally. I have repeatedly tried to fertilize ova with sperm
from the same colony, but have always failed. This fact led me, in 1880,
to state that the animal cannot be impregnated by spermatozoa from its
own male bells. Last summer (1884), however, to obtain some informa-
tion on this point, an isolated Agalma was kept in a glass jar, and it
dropped eggs which became segmented and later developed into primitive
larvae. The water in which it was confined was not changed meanwhile,
nor new liquid added. Of covu'se this experiment does not absolutely
demonstrate that the spermatozoa from the same colony can or cannot
unite with an unfecundated ovum of the same, for sperm may have been
in the water before the animal was placed there. Experimentation on
the subject has many difficulties ; but it must be confessed, that, as
far as I have thus far gone in my studies, it looks as if the male bells
of an Agalma may sometimes fertilize ova from the same axis. The
great difficulty in the artificial fecundation of the Agalma egg was
pointed out by Metschnikoff".* The ovum in the gonophore is enclosed
in what he calls an " Umhiillung," from the walls of which the tender
egg cannot be extracted without harm to its contents.

The first naturalist to fertilize artificially the Siphonophore egg was
Gegenbaur.f Metschnikoft't was equally unsuccessful with myself with

* Studien liber die Eutwickeluag aer Medusen und Siphonophoren. Zcit. f.
Wiss. ZooL, XXIV. p. 49.

t BeitragR zur naheren Kentniss der Schwimpolypen (Siphonophoren), p. 49.
:;: Op. cit., p. 49.
VOL. XI. — xo. 11. 16

242 BULLETIN OF THE

the egg of Agalma. Haeckel * says that he made attempts to fertilize
artificially the ova of the genera Praya, Dijihi/es, Abijla, Hipjpopodiiis,
Athoryhia, Agalmojisis, Ilalistemma, Forskalia, Crystallodes, and Physo-
phora. " Die Mehrzahl der Versuche schlug fehl, und in vielen Fallen
gingen die befruchteten vmd sich eutwickelnden Eier zu Grande. Ehe
sie noch liber die ersten bereits von Gegenbanr beschriebenen Entwick-
elungstudien hinaus die Entwickelungsvorgiinge zu verfolgen, gelang
mir nur bei drei Physophoridcn-Gattungen, namlich bei Physophora (bis
zum XXVIIP'^" Tage), Crystallodes (bis zum XXVIP'^° Tage), und bei
Athoryhia (bis zum VI1'*° Tage)." He does not state with sufficient ex-
actness in the case of Crystallodes, the nearest ally of these three genera
to Agalma, whether he artificially impregnated the ovum or not.

The natural ovulation in Agalma was the only means of getting mate-
rial for the study of the embryology ; and as this happened seldom, even
in instances when I had in confinement a large number of large and
sexually mature specimens, the amount of material at my control was
small. The youngest larvae are very hardy, needing, for early stages at
least, no change of water, provided decaying mattei- from the adult
animal be not allowed to pollute it.

Each ovum is carried in a bell-shaped structure called the female
gonophore. The female gouophores (PI. I. fig. 1) are found in botryoidal
bunches at the base of the polypites, and generally adhere to the neigh-
boring hydrophyllium when it is broken from its attachment to the stem.
The gonophore is fastened to the axis by its apex, through which a small
tube communicates between a system of vessels called the radial tubes
and the cavity of the stem. No marginal tube or marginal appendages
of any kind were detected on the bell. The course of the radial tubes
in the bell of the female gonophore (PI. I. fig. 3) is very irregular, and
varies very greatly in different individual gouophores. In a form of
gonophore which was common, the following arrangement in the disposi-
tion of the tubes was observed. Two radial tubes arise from a common
point under the apex of the bell, at the junction of the same with the
tube of the apex. These lie in opposite hemispheres on the walls of the
bell cavity. Consider the course of one of these radial tubes. After
extending from under the apex of the bell about half-way down the
sides of the bell on its inner surfiice, it bifurcates, each division passing
at right angles to the course of the undivided tube. Each of the bifur-

* Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Siplionophoren. Eine von der Utrechter
Gesellschaft fllr Kunst und Wissenschaft gekionte Preisschrift. Utrecht, 1869.
p. 10.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 243

cations passes around the bell parallel with the margin, and joins a
corresponding bifurcation from the undivided tube of the hemisphere op-
posite that in which the bifurcation tirst described takes place. Before
these bifurcations join, however, each sends a loop downward, which
approaches the neighborhood of the bell margin, but eventually returns
to the bifurcation.

The single ovum lies in a thin-walled sac,* which hangs from a point
directly under the apex, and when ripe fills the whole bell cavity, some-
times projecting a little through the opening. The free gonophore is
propelled in the water by violent contractions of the walls of the bell.

The male gonophore, like the female, is often found free in the water
in which the Agahna is confined. When attached to the stem it is
found in clusters at or near the base of a taster midway between two
adjacent polypites. In many live specimens of Agalma some of the
attached male gonophores will be found to have milk-white contents.
Like the female, the male gonophore is commonly transparent.

The bell of the male gonophore is more elongated and larger than the
female. It measures 2.5 mm. in length and .4 mm. in greatest diame-
ter. At the apex of the bell there is a short peduncle by which it is
attached to the adult. Through this peduncle there extends a tube, —
the peduncular tube. There are are four thread-like simple radial
tubes which have a direct coui'se in the bell walls and unite with a
circular marginal vessel. Each male gonophore has a narrow, thin ve-
lum. The bell walls are capable of quick contractions when free from
the axis.

* Whether the egg in the gonophore is surrounded by a memhrane by which it is
held there, or not, no one has clearly proved. I think such is the case. In the first
place, the homology of the gonophore with the gonophores of other genera which
have an ovisac would seem to point to Such a condition in Agalma. In my figure of
the egg just escaping from the gonophore a structure was observed in the bell cavity
which called to mind the ruptured walls of such a sac. After the ovum was cast,
there is reason to suppose that the " sac " is retained in the gonophore. Metschnikoff
speaks of the egg of Agalma as " membranlos." Haeckel says the egg-cell of Crys-
tallodcs, "wiebei den iibrigen Siiihonophoren ist ganz nackt," and that oi Physo-
phora, " wie die Eier aller iibrigen Siphonophoren sind dieselben durchaus hiillenlos."
" Ilippopodius glcba," writes Metschnikoff (o/^ cit., p. 46), "ist die einzige mir be-
kannte Siphonophore, deren Eier mit einer freilich ausserst dilnnen Membran iiber-
zogen sind." H ippajmclius SiwA Vogtia, according to Kollikcr, have ovisacs in which,
when in tlie gonophore. numerous ova are contained. I have also observed in a
Eudoxia wliich resembles E. Lessonii, that here also we have numerous ova in an
ovisac in the female gonophore, and there are many other similar observations on
record.

244 BULLETIN OF THE

The larger part of the cavity of the male bell is taken up by an ovate,
slightly opaque mass, which is a sac inflated with spermatozoa. This
sac, lilce the sac which carries the ovum, fills almost the whole cavity of
the bell. The distal pole of the sac is closed.

Free spermatozoa are obtained in great quantities by simply pressing
the body of the sac of the male gonophore, when they escape through
the ruptures in the walls. The spermatozoa are the ordinary tailed
variety with rounded, often pyriform heads, which are sometimes pro-
longed into a pointed end opposite the tail.

In the smaller female gonophores (Pi. I. fig. 1), and also in some othei's
of larger size, we recognize in the contained egg a transparent cell, ger-
minativc vesicle, in which is a dot, and sometimes within the last are one
or more granules. The mass of the egg, however, is formed of a clear
substance, through which there extends a protoplasmic network, impart-
ing the appearance of a complex spongy mass of polygonal cells to the
egg contents. This network has not been figured or specially described
by others in the egg of Agalrtia, although it has been seen by Metschni-
koff and figured l)y him in Epibuliii, Stephanomia, and Ilalistemma.
Although he neither figures nor specially describes this network in
Agalma, Metschnikoff"* may have referred to it when he says : " Die
vollkommern reifen membran- luid kernlosen Eier [of Agalina\ zeigen
eine iihnliche Zusammensetzung wie die oben beschreibenen YAer der
Epibulia aurantiaca und des Ilippopodius gleha, imterscheiden f sicli
aber von ihnen durch ihre feinen rothlichgelbe Fiirbung, welches sie
dern Vorhandensein eines diffusen Pigmentes verdanken." I shall return
to these " cells " later, in my account of the progress of the growth of
the egg.

Precisely how the spermatozoon comes in contact with the ovum, if
the latter is placed in a closed sac, is somewhat of a puzzle. The germ-
inative dot and vesicle disappear before this sac is ruptured. At about
this time one or two globules {pg.) were observed on the egg. In my
figure the nucleus and nucleolus have not disappeared. These changes
go on so fast, that I am not confident that both are found together, and
the globules ma}' have appeared after the disappearance of dot and ves-
icle. These globules seem to be the same as the " deformed spermato-
zoa " described in another genus by P. E. Miiller. If the disappearance

* Lnc. cit., p. 49.

t The statement of Metsclinikoff, p. 46 (quoted above), that the eggs of Hippopo-
dius glcha " mit einer freilich ausserst diiuueu Membran iiberzogen sind," would seem
to be another difference.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 245

of the clear cells denotes that fecundation has occurred, how have the
spermatozoa eifected an entrance into the egg 1 The germinative vesicle
and dot disappear probably before the gonophore is detached from the
axis of the adult, and, without doubt, before the egg leaves its gono-
phore. In the immature gonophore in which the body p g. was seen,
the opening into the bell cavity of the gonophore had not formed.
Whatever the cell 2}g. may be, spermatozoon or polar globule, both
germinative dot and vesicle disappear before the ovum leaves its gono-
phore. If this event is a result of an impregnation, there seems to
remain but one conclusion, — namely, that the fertilization of the ovum
takes place in the gonophore. We are led to suppose that the sperma-
tozoa either penetrated the sac walls of the ovum and gonophore, or
passed through the apical canal, which is not in free communication
with the surface of the ovum. It seems more natural to adopt the latter
supposition, unless we suppose that nucleus and nucleolus vanish before
impregnation. The cell, with its enclosed cellular body, which we have
called the nucleus and nucleolus, disappears and leaves the egg of homo-
geneous appearance, with the contents made up of the protoplasmic
network of cells already mentioned. The next change is that by which
the egg separates itself from the sac in the gonophore in which it is
contained.

Several authors have commented upon the peculiar sinuses which are
sometimes found at this time in the female bell about the egg. These
sinuses are of many shapes, and lie between the egg and its membranous
sac (PI. I. fig. 2). They have the appearance of spaces left here after
preliminary movements of the ovum before escape from the gonophore,
or by a shrinkage of the walls. A single gonophore (fig. 4) was observed
in which the ovum was in the act of escape ; and in that gonophore the
folded remnant of a structure, which may be the sac which formerly
enclosed the egg, was seen just under the apex of the bell in its cavity.
The diameter of the opening into the cavity of the bell -was in this
instance observed to be smaller than that of the egg, so that the egg in
some instances suffers a considerable compression before it escapes from
the cavity of the gonophore. After the egg leaves the gonophore it
assumes a spherical form, with a diameter of .45 mm. (PI. I. fig. G). One
pole is rub}' in color, the other transparent. The network of protoplasm
which extends through the entire contents imparts to it a cellular ap-
pearance, while a thin layer, probably of protoplasm, is found over its
entire surface.

246 BULLETIN OF THE

Cleavage.

First Cleavage Fiirroiv. — Gegenbaur,* who says that he observed the
segmentation of the ovum of the genera Agalmopsis, Fhi/soj^hora, Fors-
kalia, Hippopodms, and Diphyes, states that the whole process of seg-
mentation is finished in from twenty-four to tliirty-six hours. Haeckelf
says that in Physophora, Crystallodes, and Athoryhia the segmentation
is finished at the end of the second day. Metschnikoff does not state
the exact limit of time when the segmentation is finished, although
from the age of the youngest larva of Agalma which he figures I should
judge that the segmentation was accomplished in the second day. All
recorded observations on Siphonophore eggs point to the conclusion that
the cleavage is wholly completed before the beginning of the third day
after fecundation.

jNIy first specimen of Agalma was captured on August Gth, at
noon, and before the morning of August 8th it had laid eggs which
were in the same stage as that figured by Metschnikoff on the fourth
day. In other words, a little over a day and a half after the Agal-
mata were placed in tlie aquarium, eggs from them had segmented and
had formed the two layers described Vjy Metschnikoff in the changes
of the fourth day. My observations ai^e thus at variance with those of
Gegenbaur, Haeckel, and Metschnikoff. What is the meaning of the
discrepancy^ Looking over my notes in vain to find an error in this
particular, it has seemed possible that errors of observation have crept in
for the reason that individual eggs have not been followed through their
consequent stages. An Agalma in captivity will mature its eggs at dif-
ferent times, so that at the end of the fifth day segmented eggs in com-
pany with those which are far along in the development of the primitive
hydrophyllium may be picked out of the same water. From the nature
of the case, unless individual eggs are isolated and the time of their
fecundation recorded, it is impossible to know the age of any specified
stage.

The first change which takes place in the spherical egg after it has
left the gonophore is the formation of the primary cleavage furrow, pr.
At one ])olc of the ovum (PL I. fig. 7) an indentation appears in the
form of a furrow on the surface of the e<2'g. Altliouirh I have not ob-
served at the outset tlie exact relationship of this furrow to the rosy
pole, I have seen that later, after the first plane of cleavage has been

* Op. cit., p. 50.

+ Op. cit,, for Physophora, p. 19 ; for Crystallodes, p. 51 ; for Athoryhia, p. 89.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 247

completed and the egg is in the 2-cell stage, this plane passes through a
rosy pole. While this gap in observation is too important to be over-
looked in studying the relation of the primitive plane of cleavage to
the poles of the egg or the axis of the adult animal, enough has been
observed to show that the first plane of cleavage passes through the
pole of the egg adjacent to that part of the sac which is attached to
the gonophore, if the rosy pole of the egg in the 2-cell stage and that
of the egg in the gonophore are the same. We are able to identify
a rosy pole in the egg, even into those post-segmented stages when
the embryo begins to push out the two layers of the primitive hydro-
phyllium on the surface of the yolk ; and while we have not traced the
continuity of this pigment in an egg in this stage with the segmented
egg older than the 8-cell stage, the presumption is that the poles are
the same in both cases.

The primary furrow, 2^f'; bending into the ovum on one side of the
Agalma egg, causes many obscure or sharply defined folds on each side.
Similar plications are also mentioned and figured by Metschnikoff * in
Epibulia. The egg at this time as shown by Metschnikoff in the latter
genus resembles the ova of Geryonia and the Ctenophora.

As the groove on the animal pole deepens, changes in the external
contour of the egg follow with great rapidity. I have timed the dura-
tion of a few of these variations, and give camera drawings to illustrate
their appearance at intervals of time.

At 8 h. 45 m. in the morning the indentation which marks the appear-
ance of the primary cleavage furrow has just begun to appear. The egg
at this stage is smaller than that just laid, but whether this diminution
in size is due to the changes which result fx-om the formation of the
primary furrow or individual variation, we have no data by which to de-
termine. The diameter of this egg in the plane connecting the pole
where the furrow has taken place with the opposite is .30 mm.; the
longer diameter is .35 mm. The profile of the egg, looking at it in
a plane at right angles to the primary furrow, is oval or slightly notched
at one pole.

Fifteen minutes later, at nine o'clock a. m. ( PI. I. fig. 7), the profile of
the same egg in the same position has become still more heart-shaped,
and the primary furrow has deepened to an amount greater than the
radius of the egg. The depression forming the primary furrow almost
girts the egg, extending over the surface for more than two thirds its
circumference.

* Op. ciL, p. 40.

248 BULLETIN OF THE

At 9 h. 10 m. A. M. (PI. I. fig. 8) the primary fiuTow, pr., has deepened
still more, and the coiistrictiou has encroached more than before on the
whole circumference, so that now the two hemispheres of the egg are
connected by a narrow band or " bridge " of protoplasm, the breadth
of which is about .05 mm. The longer diameter of the egg is .35 mm. ;
the shorter, .25 mm.

At 9 h. 20 m. a. m. (PI. I. fig. 9) the constriction has grown wholly
around the Qg^, and the primary furrow has deepened so much that a
small protoplasmic band .02 mm. in diameter is all that now connects
the two cells. The other dimensions are about the same as the corre-
sponding diameters of the egg at 9 h. 15 m. a. m. (fig. 9), although it
was noticed that one hemisphere of the 2-cell stage was slightly
smaller than the other.

At 9h. 25 m. a. m. (PI. I. fig. 11) the cell which was the smaller has
grown in size so that now both cells of the 2-cell egg are of uniform
size. At 9h. 30m. a.m. (fig. 12) the two cells have been pressed
closely together, and the first plane of cleavage (1 d. pi.) has been
fully formed, although the undivided j^art of the egg still remains in
the form of a slight bridge connecting the two cells which form the egg.
No nuclei were observed in either of the cells.

It will thus be seen that the development of the 2-celled ovum from
the time the primary furrow first appears up to that when the first
cleavage plane is well formed is forty-five minutes. For a long time
after the foi'mation of the first cleavage plane has been effected, both
hemispheres of the egg exhibit abnormal changes by which the egg
is made to assume curious, often grotesque forms. Here and there over
the surface of the egg rise pseudopodic elevations, which sometimes take
the form of long rhizopodal threads. Later, these extensions sink back
into the substance of the egg and new combinations arise. The two
spheres, or hemispheres, now draw away from each other, or become
squeezed together. They lose their globular, symmetrical form, and
their profiles become more angular, or sometimes the angles are pushed
out into conical projections. These changes often foretell the immediate
death of the Qgg, but full as often take place in healthy ova which reach
a good old age.

A considerable length of time may elapse before the initial changes
leading to the formation of the second plane of cleavage can be detected.
We are not in my judgment justified in supposing that the vital forces
of the egg are "resting" at that time until we know more accurately
the state of the interior and the changes which are going on there.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 249

This is the nearest approach which we have in the Agalma egg to a
" resting stage."

Second Cleavage Furrow. — How much time intervenes after the forma-
tion of the first cleavage plane before signs of a second furrow appear,
has not been accurately observed. It is thought to be about thirty
minutes. In a stage of segmentation, not raised from that just de-
scribed, but like it also in the 2-celI stage, it was possible to follow the
whole progress of the growth of the second furrow. This egg was not
raised from those formerly described, but was picked out of the water,
and was observed in the 2-cell stage on the fourth day after the Agalma
was captured. At 1 p. m. (fig. 13) it showed the first trace of the
second cleavage furrow, and an hour later the egg had passed into the
4-cell stage. The changes of that hour are as follows as far as external
form goes.

If we suppose this egg to be placed in such a position (fig. 13) that
the first plane of cleavage (1 cl.pl.) is vertical, there will be observed
on one side of this plane, viz. in the left-hand cell, a slight depression
or furrow {se.) indicated at first by a variation from a straight line which
the plane seen in profile seems to have. This depression is caused, by
the infolding of the surface of the egg at that point, and is the begin-
ning of the second cleavage furrow. The furrow is at first at right
angles to the primary furrow, and in its earliest condition one cell only
of the 2-cell stage is modified.

At 1 h. 10 m. p. M. (se., PI. I. fig. 14) the growth of the furrow is
very slight. The depression has deepened, the chasm widened, and
folds similar to those described in the walls of the primary furrow have
been developed.

At 1 h. 15 m. p. M. (PI. I. fig. 15) the second cleavage furrow {se.),
while extending itself and deepening in the left-hand cell, has appeared
also in the right-hai>d as well. It is now no longer placed at right
angles to the primary cleavage plane, but lies across it at an angle of
from G0° to 65°. A slight predominance in size of the left-hand end
of the furrow is shown in the figure. The diameter of the egg at right
angles to the first plane of cleavage is now about .60 mm. ; the shorter
diameter, about .45 mm.

The growth of the egg in the next three minutes is important. At
1 h. 18m. P.M. (fig. 16) the second furrow has lengthened and deep-
ened, growing in such a way as to produce a certain twisting in the first
plane of cleavage. A contortion of the first cleavage plane, 1 cl. p)l-, is
brought about by the growth of the second furrow. In an egg seen

250 BULLETIN OF THE

in the same plane as in former instances, the line indicating the first
plane of cleavage, which in them was unbroken, is bent at right angles
at the point where the secondary furrow has appeared. The second
cleavage furrow is at this time a little over .15 mm. long. The longer
diameter of the egg is .GO mm. ; the shorter, about .45 mm.

The general appearance of the egg two minutes later than the last, or
at 1 h. 20 m. p. m. (fig. 17), although in most respects similar to it, has
several marked differences, the result of the progressive growth. One
of the most striking of these diff'erences is the still greater increase in
the amount of the deviation from a straight line which now separates
the lower end of the upper line from the upper end of the lower ver-
tical, both being the profile of the first cleavage plane, 1 cl. pi. The
length of the second cleavage furrow, se., has now increased to .25 mm.,
its breadth remaining about the same, and in its sides are frequent pli-
cations running parallel with the first cleavage plane, much more
sharply defined than in any which has preceded it. Up to the present
time (fig. 17), twenty minutes after the first visible changes by which
we pass from an egg with two cells into one with four, the secondary
furrow has been limited in its extension. It now slowly deepens, and
at the same time grows along the surface of the ovum toward the
equator, although at 1 h. 20 m. it has not yet extended far enough to
reach the periphery of the egg as seen in profile. There is as yet no
indentation marking the limit of the second cleavage groove on the
equator of the egg.

In the same egg five minutes later, at 1 h. 25m. p.m. (fig. 18), the
second furrow, se., is found extending across the whole hemisphere, and
is represented in the figure by the large horizontally placed furrow.
The size and depth of this indentation may be estimated by the depres-
sion at either extremity of this furrow. In profile it is seen to equal in
depth the radius of the egg. Like the primary groove, ^?r., this likewise
eventually extends almost through the egg, dividing it into two sym-
metrical hemispheres connected by an undivided " bridge." The walls
of the furrow, still grooved with cleavage folds, have not yet begun to
approximate. In this stage (fig. 18), although we seem to have four
segmentation sj)heres, the second plane of cleavage does not extend
more than two thirds across the diameter of the egg as seen from the
original surface of infolding. On the side of the egg away from the
observer, the 2-cell stage was slightly grooved by the second fuiTOw.
The sides of the second cleavage furrow have not yet begun to draw
together. At this time in the growth of the ovum the walls of the

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 251

second furrow on each side, and especially at the peripheral extremities,
or that part most distant from the primary plane of cleavage, exhibit
rhizopodal elevations similar to those which accompany the formation
of the primary furrow, and which we shall later see are found to form
especially in later stages of growth, wherever a new plane is about to
appear. Similar rhizopodal phenomena are also premonitory of death
in the cells of the egg.

At 1 h. 30 m. p. M. (fig. 19), half an hour after the secondary cleavage
furrow began to appear, the secondary groove {se.) shows signs of clos-
ing, and the walls draw together to form the second cleavage plane
(2 cLxjL). The closure of the secondary furrow takes place in substan-
tially the same manner as the primary, and begins at the junction with
the primary, working gradually to the periphery. All the 'time that
the growing together of the sides of the furrow is going on, as the
movement of closure advances towards the equator it is accompanied
by the formation of new folds and the pushing out of pseudopodia in
the line of its advance. In my figure representing the egg at 1 h. 30 m.
p. M. these folds can be seen in the left hand of the figure, where the
furrow is only partly closed.

By the closure of the second furrow, combined with the contortion
which is thus caused in the primary plane of cleavage, the profile of the
first plane (primary), ^w*., appears zigzag, or the line which was formerly
vertical is now not straight from one pole to the opposite, but is broken
midway in its course. As this vertical marks the direction of the pri-
mary cleavage plane (1 cl. j)l-), we have indications that the primary
cleavage plane, once intact, is now broken or bent. That modification
in this plane can be recognized in later stages of development, being
seen as late as the 8-cell stage. The diameter of the egg on the pri-
mary cleavage-plane is about ."60 mm. ; on a plane at right angles,
.45 mm. The segmentation spheres have no visible nuclei. The great
mass of the ovum is transparent, and the part surrounding the upper
end of the vertical line, which is the primary plane of cleavage, is of a
rosy color.

The next stage of cleavage, 1 h. 35m. p.m. (fig. 20), thirty-five min-
utes after the beginning of the modification of the 2-cell stage, diflPcrs
verjr slightly from that just described. The second cleavage furrow
{2cl.pl.) is now closed almost to its very periphery, although protoplas-
mic elevations are seen at intervals along the fun-ow, a sure sign that
the process is not yet completed. Remnants of the unclosed furrow
are seen at each end of the horizontal furrow (2 cl. pL).

252 BULLETIN OF THE

At 1 h. 45m. P.M. (fig. 21) the protoplasmic forces are still active in
sending out the rhizopodia, and the secondary cleavage plane (2 d. pL)
is not wholly formed, and at 1 h. 55 m. p. m. (fig. 22) the 4-cell stage
is practically complete, although here and there, as at the left of the
figure, a slight protoplasmic elevation can be seen. The second plane
of cleavage is practically formed.

An hour and ten minutes, 2 h. 10 m. P. m. (fig. 23), after the 2-cell
stage we have an egg divided into four cells by two planes at right
angles to each other. None of these cells have a nucleus, and all are
still penetrated by the network of "cells" which we have already de-
scribed in the unsegmented ovum. The vertical plane passes through
a rosy region of the egg ; the opposite pole is more transparent. The
diameter of the egg on the first cleavage plane is a little less than
.50 mm.; on the opposite plane, about .45 mm. Although on the face
of the egg which is before us the ovum is divided into the 4-cell con-
dition, I have not been able to observe the opposite pole. Subsequent
stages seem to indicate that the secondary plane does not extend
wholly through it, but that at the opposite side there still remains
an undivided surface. Later changes in the general outlines of the
ovum lead me to suspect that the undivided part, either by growth
or protoplasmic extension, is of considerable size after the formation of
the 4-cell stage.

Third Cleavar/e Ftirroiu. — The appearance of another cleavage farrow
on the same e^Q, the third which has been traced, was first noticed at
3h. 15m. P.M. (PI. II. fig. 3), two hours and thirty minutes after the
2-cell stage. In the mean time certain changes in the contour of the
egg which are not fully understood had taken place. At 3h. p. m. (PI.
II. fig. 1) the primary (Id. 2^1.) and secondary (2 d. pi.) planes of
cleavage, represented by the vertical and horizontal planes, occupy the
same relative position as formerly, and the right-hand cells are in the
main the same in contoui*. On the side of the left-hand cells, as fig-
x;rcd, away from the observer, has appeared a large undivided lobe (et-),
a little smaller than the original left-hand cell of the 2-cell stage.
The egg has probably been slightly rolled on its axis, by which the large
undivided lobe is turned into sight, whereas formerly it was concealed
behind the two left-hand cells of the 4-cell stage. I was not able to
observe satisfactorily the origin of this large lobe. The only explana-
tion which can at present be given to account for its existence is one
suggested above, that it is the bridge or connecting band which has not
been divided by the second cleavage furrow. If, however, its fate

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 253

resembles that of the protoplasmic bridge of the primary furrow, my
explanation is probably erroneous.

The large lobe is the point of origin of a new cleavage furrow, which
I have called the tertiary or third cleavage furrow (3 d. pi.). In the
general structure and mode of origin the third cleavage furrow bears a
striking likeness to the primary and secondary. It forms at right angles
to the direction of the second furrow and parallel with a part of the
first furrow in the large undivided lobe on the left-hand side. At 3 h.
5 m. p. M. (PL II. fig. 2) the tertiary furrow had not begun to appear;
but ten minutes after, at 3 h. 15 m. p. m. (PL II. fig. 3), it had reached
a considerable size. Like the primary and secondary fuiTows, the walls
of the tertiary are formed by an infolding of the surface of the ovum,
and have the characteristic sharply defined folds and plications already
mentioned.

Figures of the egg at 3h. 20 m. p.m. (PL II. fig. 4), and at 3 h.
25 m. p. M. (fig. 5), are introduced in order to show the progress of the
growth of the tertiary furrow in the division of the large undivided
lobe on the left-hand side of the egg. At 3 h. 30 m. p. m. (fig. G) two
hours and a half after the formation of the first cleavage furrow, the
tertiary furrow has divided this lobe horizontally into two smaller cells.
The portion of the tertiary plane which bisects the large lobe is, like
the primary and secondary, perpendicular to the plane of the paper on
which the egg is figured. The two axes of the egg, a vertical, which is
the original cleavage plane, and the horizontal, the secondary plane, are
easily distinguished, and at one end of the tertiary furrow, now almost
completely closed in, there is figui-ed a marked protoplasmic elevation.
This stage is a G-cell stage, composed of the four cells which have
already been mentioned and the two additional which have just formed.
The tertiai-y furrow was the third, furrow observed, but I suspect that
between the secondary and tertiary (by my nomenclature) the large lobe
which I have represented as divided by this furrow was constricted from
the two left-hand cells by another, whose growth was not observed.

Morula.

The complications in the growth of the ovum after the stage last
mentioned make it very difficult to follow the birth of new segment
spheres or cleavage planes. The last stage of the egg in which the
course of the original cleavage can be traced with any certainty is at
3 h. 45 m. p. M. (PL II. fig. 7), or two hours and three quarters after the

254 BULLETIN OF THE

formation of the first cleavage, when we have an 8-cell stage. From
this we pass into morula stages, in which additional cleavage planes
were not successfully traced as they originate, and in which the primary
and secondary planes could not be recognized as such.

Before leaving the stage (fig. 7) in which the egg was found at 3 h.
45 m. p. M,, let me mention an appearance in the egg which was not un-
derstood, but which may have a significance in the embryology of these
animals. At the point in the egg adjacent to the break which has taken
place in the direction of the primary furrow, a depression is formed
winch resembles an opening leading into the interior of the ovum.
From the arrangement of the cell walls in the immediate vicinity, it
seemed as if this opening was formed by the drawing apart of the walls
of the cells, but whether it is the result of decay or not cannot be at
present stated. The single egg in which it was observed, however,
afterwards died before passing into advanced larval conditions.

It is at about this time in the development of the Ac/alma egg that
some of the most extraoi'dinary examples of protoplasmic elevation from
its surface were observed. The resulting changes in external form often
baffle all attempts to observe accurately the normal outlines of the cells
of the segmented egg. These rhizopodal prominences are most clearly
marked in those eggs which have been in long captivity, and seem
wdiolly different in different ova.

Before closing our account of the segmentation, let us compare our
observations with those of other naturalists on the same or closely allied
genera. Tlic poverty of our knowledge of the segmentation of the egg of
the genus Agahna is so great, that I find few descriptions in the writings
of others available for comparisons. MetschnikofF, although not figur-
ing the segmentation of the egg, evidently observed it, as the following
mention indicates. He says,* " Die Dotter zerkliiftung, resp. Larven-
bildung findet auf dieselbe Weisc statt, wie ich oben fiir EpihiiUa au-
rantiaca angcdcutet habe und wie sic bei alien von mir heobachteten
Siphonophoren als Eegel gilt. Was aber die Vorgange der Organbild-
ung betrifFt," he continues, "so finde ich die meiste Analogic mit den
von Haeckel nntersuchten Cri/sfallodes rigidimi und Atlioryhia rosacea,
obwohl auch in dieser Beziehung Agalma Sarsii manches Eigenthiim-
liche darbietet." Turning for further information to his account of the
segmentation in Einhulia we find him devoting a few significant para-
graphs to this interesting process. He says,t " Die bald auf das freie
Ablegen (esgelang mir nie kiinstlich aus dcm Schlauche bcfreitc Eier
* Op. cit., p. 49. t Op. cit., pp. 40, 41.

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 255

zur Entwickelung zu bringen) folgende Eizerkluftung beginnt nur an
einem Pole, in einer Weise, wie ich oben fur Geri/onia angegeben habe,
Es bildet sich an dem besagtem Ort eine Furche deren Wande durcli
ei'^enthiimliche Falten ausgezeichnet werden, welche ein deutliches
Zeuo-niss von der Festigkeit der peripherischen Protoplasmaschicbt abge-
ben. Die besagte Furche vertieft sich in Meridianaler Rechtung gegen
den anderen Pol zu, das ganze Ei in zwei Halften zertheilend, die nur
durch eine Briicke zusamniengehalten werden. Schliesslich zerfallt das
Ei in zwei gieich grosse sog. Furchungskugeln, ohne dass an ihnen
irgend eine Spur der originalen Entstehungsweise erhalten bleibt. Das
zweikuoelioe Ei zerfallt auf eine ahnliche "VVeise in vier Theile, welche
sich wieder vermehren, und der sog. regelmassige Zerkliiftnngsprocess
setzt sich weiter fort, bis das Ei in Eine mehrzellige vermittelst der
Flimmerhaare freischwimmende Larve vervvandelt wird." This account
of the segmentation process in Eijihulia is certainly the best which we
have of this period in the development of any Siphonophore. It is,
however, the history of the growth of the egg of a Calycophore, while
A(jalma is a Physophore. The value of a comparison of the two is of
greatest importance in phylogenetic studies of the respective groups, as
showing how close this process is in widely different genera. The seg-
mentation of the Siphonophore egg, as followed by Gegenbaur and
Haeckel, differs considerably from that of Agalma. The desci'iption of
the former naturalist is short, but concise. Segmentation was o1:»served
by him in several genera. He says : * " Num folgt rasch die Theilung
des Dotters, die mit dem Auftretcn einer ringfdrmigen Furche um den
Aequator des Eies sich einleitet. Dies wiederholt sich dann an jedem
Theilungsproducte, bis das ganze Ei aus einer j\Iasse gleichartiger
Furchungskugeln besteht, die ihm das bekannte ' Manll)eerfdrmio:e ' Aus-
seheu verleihen. In 24-3G Stundcn ist der ganze Process vollendet.
Ein hier besonders genau zu verfolgender Umstand ist die jedesmalige
Theilung des Keimbliischens, welche der Theilung des Dotters voraus-
geht ; in gleicher Weise verhalten sich dann auch die Theilungsproducte
des Keimblaschens zu der Bildung neuer Dotterkugeln." The divis-
ion of the " Keimblaschen," which was not observed in Agalma, is thus
reported in at least one genus by Haeckel. In Physojihora he says : +
" Ich kann diese positive Beobachtung Gegenbaur's, welche fiir die theo-
retisch wichtige Frage von der Continuitat der Zellengenerationcn von
hoher Bedeutung ist, durch mehrfache eigene Beobachtungen bestatigen.

* Op. ciL, pp. 49, 50.

t Oj}. cit. for Phi/sophora, p. 18; for Crystallodes, p. 51; for Athorybia, p. 89.

256 BULLETIN OF THE

Der ersten Halbirung des Eidotters geht die Halbirung des Keiniblas-
chens, und dieser wiederum die Halbirung des Keimfleckes voraus."
The segmentation of Crystallodes, he says, " ist nicht wesentlich von
demjenigcn dcr Phi/sophora-EAcx verscheiden, welchen wir oben bereits
geschildert haben." And later, " Der Furchungsprocess des Eies weicht
bei Athoryhia nicht von der oben geschilderten Eifurchung von Crystal-
lodes und Physopliora ab."

Development of the Primitive Covering-Scale.

Epiblast, Hypoblast. — The morula (PL II. fig. 8) now becomes cov-
ered with a granular layer of ciliated cells whose origin was not observed.
This layer is thickest at one polo, where its walls have a reddish color.
It has well-marked granular nuclei, which with acetic acid (PI. III.
fig. 2) are found most abundant at the rosy pole. The rosy pole of the
segmented egg with its investing layer is supposed to be the same as the
rosy pole of the first cleavage plane, and will be spoken of as the " ger-
minative pole," or the "area germinativa." In Crystallodes, according
to Haeckel,* it is " ein kreisrunder dunklerer Fleck, und zwar an derjeni-
gen Stello dcr Oberflliche welche dem spateren aboralen oder proximalen
Pole der Liingsaxe entspricht. Dieser Fleck, der Fruchthof {area ger-
minativa) genannt werden kann, ist bedingt durch eine rasche Yermehr-
ung der Zellen an dieser Stelle der Oberfliiche." Metschnikoff f says in
his account of the development of Agalma : " Die erste enibryologischo
Erscheinung bei der freischwimmenden vier Tagen alten Larve besteht
in der Ablagerung einer peripherischen Ectodermschicht, welche jedoch
auf einer Hiilfte des kugeligen Korpers (die ich fortan als die obere be-
zeichnen werde) viel dicker als auf der anderen ist. Am folgenden Tage
kommt auch das Entoderm zum Vorschein, sich unmittelbar unter der
verdickten Stelle der iiusseren Schicht concentrirend."

The earliest appearance of the superficial layer in Agalma elegans was
not observed to be confined to one pole, but in the youngest stages ob-
served the layer completely surrounds the egg ; it is only later, dm
(PI. III. fig. 1), that it thickens at the pole known as the germinative
l^ole. There is a noteworthy fact in the growth of Agalma, that, when-
ever a new organ is formed on the surface of the Agalma egg, we have a
concentration of the I'eddish pigment at that place, while the color, when
present, is more diff"used on other parts of the egg. This law holds good

* Op. cit., p. 53. t Op. cit., pp. 49, 50.

MUSEUM OF COMPARx\.TIVE ZOOLOGY. 257

in the formation of that polar elevation which marks the origin of the
primitive hydrophyllium, the first-formed organ of the larva. The va-
rious designations which have been used in the nomenclature of the two
poles of the egg in this and following stages admit of misinterpretations.
If we call the pole at which the increase of the thickness in the surface
layer takes place the upper pole, we convey a wrong impression as to its
natural position in the water ; for if we observe the position in which
the egg floats in stages a little older, it will be seen that the so-called
upper (" obere ") pole is always downward, as it naturally would be
brought in equilibrium by the increase in weight resulting from the
growing organ. Not less misleading are the terms oral and aboral.
When the mouth of the first-formed polypite appears, it is in a position
90° from that pole (the area germinativa) at which the primitive hydro-
phyllium first forms. The aboral pole is therefoi'e 90° from the position
•assigned to it, if the terms have anything more than an arbitrary sig-
nificance. The rosy color seen at one pole of the unsegmented egg dates
from the time when the ovum was in the sac within the gonophore. At
that early stage the pole of the ovum opposite the attachment of the
sac is rosy in color, and through all stages of cleavage up to one with
eight cells that same rosy pole has been recognized. Here (8-celled
stage) the relations to the axis were lost ; but a rosy region was still to
be seen, and it seems legitimate to conclude that the rosy pole is identi-
cal in these cases, rather than that the color has migrated from one
region of the ovum to another in unseen stages intermediate between
those submitted to exact observation. Moreover, going a step farther,
can we not also regard that pole where the single layer is beginning to
thicken, and which has the same reddish color, as identical with those
which we have studied ? I think we can suppose that the rosy color in
this stage indicates the same pole, which is marked out by it at the very
beginning, — the same, in fact, through wliich the first cleavage plane was
observed to pass. Although I have spoken of this pole as the germina-
tive pole, its axis is not the same as the axis of the adult animal. The
investing layer spread over the surface of the egg is tliickest at the
germinative pole, and diminishes in thickness gradually to the opposite
pole. The thinning out of this layer is a regidar diminution on all
sides ; and up to the present time there are no right and left sides to
the layers which cap the germinative pole.

In the next stage (PI. III. fig. 3) following the last, the ovum, instead
of being spherical, has become more elongated, assuming the form of a
prolate sphere, and the portion directly under the germinative pole has

VOL. XI. — NO. 11. 17

258 BULLETIN OF THE

been raised by a slight constriction, forming a swelling on the external
sui'face. At this time we can distinguish two layers, eb., kb., in the undi-
vided single layer of the former stage, while between them, as they lie
one above the other, there is a slight thin crescent-formed space, which
later increases in size, and is filled with a third layer. The elevation,
apparently three-layered, with the part of the yolk immediately below it,
forms a disk-shaped body with concave surface resting upon the spherical
egg. This disk hangs downward as the egg floats in the water. In
another egg (PI. III. fig. 4) of about the same age, the shallow constric-
tion which marks off the disk from the remainder of the egg is somewhat
magnified. Although the general outlines of this embryo are distorted
(the constriction being too deep), the stage is an interesting one as
showing on one side a slight notch which has appeared in the outer
layer, eh. The existence of this notch enables us to determine certain
primai-y axes, formerly not distinguishable, on the surface of this larva,
which have relations to the axis of the adult Agabna. Before pass-
ing to this point, let me say that the outer of the two layers is the
epiblast, the inner the hypoblast, and the layer of the intermediate
chamber the middle layer {mb.), later constituting the gelatinous mass
of the hydrophyllium. The custom of looking at the float as a starting-
point for reference of organs, and using the terms proximal and distal
in reference to this structure, has been adopted in the writings of some
naturalists. This nomenclature can as well be followed . here in the
larva as in the adult. The float, although in Agalma it is not the first
structure to appear, can be regarded in the young, as in the adult, as
situated at a fixed point or pole for reference when studying other organs,
since in all genera it is the first permanent structure which appears.

It will be found in the subsequent history of our larva, that the float
develops near by a region of the disk opposite to that in which the notch
in the outer of the two layers lies. We can approximately say that in
PI. III. fig. 4 it will appear just below the indentation on the left hand,
as the figure is drawn. The whole of the disk-shaped elevation which
has formed on the egg and destroyed its sphericity lies, therefore, on one
side of the future float. That side may be called the germinative side,
for on it appear one by one all the remaining organs of the Agalma
body. They have, however, at first no regularity in the jjosition in
which they form. Using the nomenclature which has been suggested,
the notch is on the distal side of the disk, as it is most distal from that
pole of the ovum later to be occupied by the float. The hemisphere of
the ovum which faces the observer may be called the right side, as referred

MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 259

to an axis passing through float and distal rim of the elevation, and
that opposite the left, for reasons which will soon appear.

The larva is now a little over two days old. The many cleavage
planes, e± pi., forming the polygonal segmentation spheres in the yolli are
clearly defined. The protoplasmic network, vt. c, throughout the ovum,
is likewise still well marked. The outer of the two layers, or the epi-
blast, is ciliated externally. At the elevation on the germinative pole it
has a reddish color. The layer beneath the epiblast, or the hypoblast,
is thinner than the more superficial. A horizontal diameter of the egg
is .45 mm. ; the longest axis at right angles to it, and passing through
the germinative pole, is .55 mm. Both epiblast and hypoblast together
at the thickest point are not more than .01 mm. in thickness.

In a slightly older larva (PI. TIL fig. 5) the significance of the notch
at the distal rim of the primitive elevation of the germinative area be-
comes more apparent. The epiblast and hypoblast, formerly of about
the same thickness, have in this stage somewhat changed their relative
dimensions, and when seen in profile are observed to have assumed folds
which are of significance in the shape of the future covering-scale. The
epiblast on the distal side of the disk-like elevation has thickened, and
two well-marked angles appear on its exterior. Its sui-face on the distal
side rises by a sm.aller angle from the yolk surface than on the proximal,
and slopes away more gradually to the opposite side. The hypoblast
hugs the yolk cells at all points except at one place {c.x>'l.), where it
rises from them, leaving a recess which is later the cavity of the primi-
tive larva. Near by this cavity the hypoblast is slightly separated
from its enveloping layer, the epiblast, by a middle or third layer. The
two angles found on the surface of the epiblast at the distal rim of the
forming disk have grown more prominent, as shown in the two following
sketches (tigs. 6, 7), and the twa layers have separated more and more
from each other.

When looking at the egg in its present stage of development, we no-
tice at once how sharp the difference is between the proximal and distal
portions of the rim of the disk-like elevation. They differ very much in
shape from each other ; and this difference is magnified as we follow the
course of the development into older larvse. In the light of what is
known of the existence of bilateral symmetry in the adult Agalnia, we
may regai'd this difference in the two borders of the scale as among the
earliest expressions of that condition. The forming disk possesses a
proximal and distal border, and therefore a right and left side, as referred
to a line passing through these regions. This line lies in the same plane

260 BULLETIN OF THE

as the axis of the adult Agahna, although it is not clear that the right
and left sides of the disk-like elevation correspond with the right and
left sides of the appendages later found on the adult Agalma axis. The
general appearance of the yolk and the size of the egg is approximately
the same as in the preceding stages. The right and left sides used for
figures up to PI. III. fig. 4 have not the same significance as here
interpreted.

The next oldest larva (fig. 9) differs primarily from the last in the
greater elevation and prominence of the layers formed on the yolk. The
epiblast and hypoblast are much thicker ; the former has a reddish,
the latter a yellowish color. The constriction around the elevated
disk between its edges and the surface of the ovum has deepened o.
the distal side of the elevation as seen in profile, but the indentation
is very slight on the proximal side.

Within the disk a gelatinous layer, so transpai-ent as to be invisible,
has formed by a separation of the epiblast and hypoblast. The thickness
of this layer is greatest near the distal end of the disk. Yellow and
reddish pigment is found in the epiblast on the surface of the yolk sac.
It was also noticed that the epiblast at 2^^^- ^I/-, ^^ear the proximal end of
the elevated disk, is much thicker than that near the distal side, and
that there was a tendency to form a slight epiblastic elevation at that
point. If the reader will compare the figure of this stage with one of
about the same age by Metschuikoff, he will find a great difference in
external shape between the two. My larva is approximately the same
as PI. VIII. fig. 5 in the oft-quoted work by that author, who says that
his larva is five days old. My adult Agalma was put in the aquaria
on August 6, and the stage represented in fig. 8 was found free in
the water on August 8, or two days later. I likewise picked out of the
same water three days after, or five days after the adults were put there,
larvsc of the same age, while with these were still others much farther
advanced, and some which were just passing through the early stages of
segmentation of the egg.

I find a discrepancy, which may be a generic difference, in the rate of
growth day by day recorded in Haeckel's observations on the develop-
ment of Crystallodes, and MetschnikofF's of Agalma. In larvee of Crys-
tallodes four days old the float was as f;ir advanced as in the Agahna six
days old of Metschuikoflf, while on the second day both the Agalma and
Crystallodes larvce were still in a morula stage. These discrepancies
arise from the difference in the mode of growth of the float in the genera,
or from the fact that different clusters of eggs, or different members

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 261

?ven of the same cluster, mature at difFereut times. We must not sup-
pose, in studying the development of Agalma eggs, that the ova found
free in the water wei'e all cast at the same time. The only trustworthy
method of observation is to trace individual eggs into larvae and time
their development, which is a most difficult thing to accomplish success-
fully with these tender creatures. Even if we follow and time with
care the rate of growth in our glasses, it is a question whether we should
not make an allowance for retardation or acceleration of this time brought
about by changes in the teznperature of the water in which they are
placed in our aquaria.

The disk formed at one pole of the egg by the epiblast, hypoblast,
and an intermediate transparent layer, may be called the primitive hy-
drophyllium or covering-scale, to distinguish it from others which are
later formed. In a stage following the last this body has assumed an
elevation upon the surface of the e^^ greater than formerly. As far as
its general outlines go, no great change has taken place in the larva with
advancinjr ace : but near the rim of the disk another minute elevation
in the walls of the epiblast has pushed itself up, which is destined later
to play an important part in the structure of the adult. This elevation
(^pn. CI/.), which at this time cannot be distinguished from a simple bud
such as any other organ of the Agalma body at first has, is the begin-
ning of the future float. It is a true bud, as already pointed out by
Metschnikoff.

The accounts which Metschnikoff and Haeckel give of the origin of the
float in genera so nearly related as Agalma and Crystallodes are radically
different. In Crystallodes, according to Haeckel, the air-sac originates
from the primitive cavity as a bud. Speaking of changes on the sixth
day, he says : * " Die wichtigste Veranderung aber, welche am sechsten
Tage eintritt, ist die vollstiindige Abschniirung des Luftsackes von dem
Centralraum der Primitivhohle. Das Entoderm, welches die Wand des
Luftsackes bildet, und welches bisher an seiner Einmiindung in die
Centralhuhle unmittelbar iiberging nach oben in das Entoderm des
Deckstiick-Nahrcanals, nach vorn in das Entoderm des Polypiten,
wachset nun vollstiindig an dieser Stelle zusammen. Der Larvenkor-
per euthalt also nunmehr zwei vollstiindig getrennte und geschlossene,
mit FKissigkeit erfiillte Hohlen : die einfach rundliche oder langliche
runde Luftsackhohle, und die Centralhuhle, welche in vier Canale sich
verzweigt, in die Canale der beiden Knospen, des Deckstiicks und des
Polypiten. Das Entoderm, welches alle diese Hiihlraume auskleidet,

* Op. cit., p. 58.

262 BULLETIN OF THE

ist eine einschichtige Lage von Flimraerepitliel. Dasselbe erscheint bei
durchfallendein Lichte braunlichgelb, bei auflallendeni Lichte spangriiu
gefiirbt. Der Luftsack selbst ist rings von den bellen Zellen des Nah-
rungsdotters umgeben, und steht nur an seinem proximalen Ende (der
Abschniirungsstellc) in Beriihrung mit der Wand der Polypitenbasis,
welche daselbst in das Deckstiick libergeht."

In the genus Agalma Metschnikoff thus describes the appearance of
the float on the fifth day. He says :* "Zu gleicher Zeit bemerken wir
dicht unterhalb des Deckstuckcs, auf der Flache, die ich als Riicken-
flache bezeichne, eine locale Ectodermverdickung, welche als erste Spur
des Luftapparates angedeutet werden muss. Am sechsten Tage hat sie
die Form eines halbkugeligen Ktirpers angenommen, der unter der iius-
seren Ectodermbedeckung und in der Nahe des einstweilen noch localeu
Entoderms seine Lage findet." The origin of the float in Agalma elegans
resembles more closely that of Agalma Sarsii than that of Crystallodes.
It arises as a simple epiblastic elevation of the yolk surface, not far from
the proximal side of the hydrophyllium. That elevation is primarily of
epiblast, but later the hypoblast may also enter into its formation. As
the float grows older, the bud diminishes in size, thickening inward, and
a separation of the hypoblast from the epiblast takes place, which is
filled by an intermediate body, either thickened epiblast or the interme-
diate or middle layei'. The subsequent growth of the float will b*e seen
in descriptions of later stages of the primitive larva.

In Fig. 13 we find that the primitive hydrophyllium has increased
"very much in size, while in the progress of that growth the distinction
between the proximal and distal edges of the disk which we have earlier
detected are still maintained. The great body of the scale is gelatinous,
the mass of which is formed by an enormous growth of a middle layer
{mh.), which lies between epiblast and hypoblast. The relative thick-
ness of the epiblast has greatly diminished. It is still ciliated and easily
distinguished from the other layers when seen in profile and along the
rim of the hydrophyllium, while scattered over the surface of the scale
appear the small epiblastic structures or nuclei (1). The forming cov-
ering-scales called serrated hydrophyllia {ser. hyjih.) have a slightly I'cd
color.

The primitive cavity {c.p. I.) lined with hypoblastic cells which have
a distinct yellow color has risen with the growth of the bell, and extends
towards the distal rim of the hydrophyllium. The edges of the disk
are free, the hydrophyllium fitting over the egg like a helmet, the visor

* Op. cit., p. 50.

MUSEUxM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 263

being represented by tbe distal border. In the proxinaal region of the
primitive hydrophyllium we find that the epiblast and hypoblast have
separated from each other, and that between them has formed a layer
or cellular mass representing the great gelatinous mass of the medusa
bell. Outside of it is the epiblast, while lining the cavity is the hypo-
blast. The latter layer can be traced from the lining of the primitive
cavity for some distance over the surface of the yolk cells under the
epiblast. The epiblast can also be traced from the superficial posi-
tion on the yolk over the surface of the hydrophyllium. I find by a
comparison of this figure with those by Metschnikoff representing the
first appearance of the float, that it most closely appi'oaches his Fig. 6,
PI. VIII. In his figure, however, we miss a representation of the inner
hypoblast between the bud which forms the float and the yolk cells
which wei-e seen in the stages here figured. Comparing, however, his
Fig. 5 of the same plate with his Fig. 6, we find in the latter an
ectodermic bud but no hypoblast, while in the former a layer continuous
with the lining of the primitive cavity lies under the epiblast whei-e the
float is developed. His Fig. 6 represents the origin of the float as for
as the epiblast goes like mine, but we miss in it a deeper layer of hypo-
blast which is probably present. The epiblast at this stage probably
divides into a superficial and a deeper portion-. It is suggested that the
latter is the same as the middle or gelatinous layer of the medusa bell.

Under the visor at the distal rim of the helmet-shaped hydrophyl-
lium of Fig. 13 the layer of epiblast is thicker than in most other
regions, and has a reddish color. Its surface is rough by reason of ele-
vations, which are probably superficial, uprising from the epiblast. At
this point, or near by, the serrated hydrophyllia (ser. hyph.) character-
istic of the second larval stage of Agalma first appear. The diameter
of the primitive hydrophyllium^ from distal to proximal border is
.40 mm.; its elevation above the yolk, .15 mm. The diameter of the
egg is .47 mm. These larvse were picked out of the water in which
the Agalmata were confined at six o'clock, August 8th. The hydro-
phyllium naturally floats downward in the water, the yolk being appar-
ently lighter.

Primitive Larva. — The maximum development of the primitive or
larval hydrophyllium is reached in the next stage, represented in Fig. 1 4.
In this larva the yolk of the egg is still spherical, and little reduced,
in size, notwithstanding the enormous gi'owth of the scale from it. The
helmet-shaped hydrophyllium almost completely invests the ovum. The
bounding planes of the irregular polygonal cells of segmentation are

264 BULLETIN OF THE

clearly to be seen through the side of the hydrophyllium, and the en-
veloping layers of the yolk are traceable over its whole surface. Within
the segmented yolk cells appears the protoplasmic network {yt. c.) which
dates back to the original ovum in the gonophore. The primitive hydro-
phyllium is seen fitting over the ovum like a helmet, which, although
fastened to it at the germinative pole, is free on the sides. Its border
and sides cover about two thirds of the yolk which is here represented
through the transparent lateral walls.

The primitive hydrophyllium is transparent, slightly reddish in cer-
tain regions, its great bulk being gelatinous. The following distinc-
tion between the distal and proximal rim can be easily seen when in
profile. The wall of the distal edge, which corresponds to the visor of
the helmet of our former comparisons, is much thicker than the opposite,
and more rounded. The proximal rim ends in a sharp angle, and its
walls are very thin. In a figure of this stage we have the larva repre-
sented as if we were looking at it from the left-hand side as defined
above. Over the surface of the primitive hydrophyllium is spread a
single layer of thin polygonal cells of the epiblast, which are seen in
profile around the rim of the bell and on its bounding lines, even on
the inner surface adjoining the yolk sac. Over the external surface
the prominent nuclei of the same cells can be readily traced, dotting it
at intervals, and in places well-defined cell-walls can be faintly seen.
The layer from which these cells came, or the epiblast, was one of the
first layers to form, and throughout the growth it has been gradually
becoming relatively thinner and thinner. Although the bodies called
nuclei of these cells are very well marked in Agalma elegans, I do not
find them represented in the figures which have been published of other
species of the genus Agalma, or Cri/staUodes. The remnant of that
cavity, which has been called the primitive cavity, "is now a tubular body
with thickened hypoblastic walls of yellow color, and extends froin the
base of the float towards the distal portion of the hydrophyllium.

At this stage in the development of the primitive hydrophyllium it
was observed that from the nuclei of several of the epiblastic cells, situ-
ated on the surface of the hydrophyllium above the fundus of the
cavity, there were thread-like extensions, probably protoplasmic, which
connect the surface of the larva with the hypoblast of the cavity. At
times the surface of the hydrophyllium from which these threads arise
is depressed as if forcibly drawn back by them. In a few instances the
threads end blindly in the gelatinous layer at a point not more than
half-way from the epiblast to ♦^he cavity. These threads sometimes

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 265

have a close resemblance to certain similarly placed threads in worm
larvse, as in the well-known Tornaria, where they extend from the cavity
of the larva to an apical cluster of modified epiblastic cells through an
intermediate gelatinous layer. I was unable to observe these threads
closely enough to detect any tubular structure in them. Later in the
growth of the larva there are two filiform bodies connecting the cavity
of a hydrophyllium with its surface, which may possibly be the same as
the thread-like extensions of which we have already spoken. In the
development of Agalma Sarsii as figured by Metschnikoflf, we have no
I'epresentative of these threads in the primitive larva, or in stages of
later growth. Hreckel figures certain structures in the hydrophyllium
of Physophora which have been found by me in Agalma, which in Phy-
soj)hora have the form of small tubes extending from the cavity to the
surface. These call to mind the protoplasmic bodies in the primitive
hydrophyllium of Agalma, although they are diff"erent in many respects.
Hajckel gives them a morphological significance in Physophora, and
regards them as comparable with certain parts of the chymiferous ra-
dial tube system of hydroid gonophores. He does not represent them
in the younger forms, at least, of the primitive larva of Crystallodes.
Cilia were not observed on the outer surface of the primitive covering-
scale, but were seen on the epiblast covering the yolk at this age;

Of the remaining structures found in the primitive larva the most im-
portant in the future history is a spherical organ (jm. cy.) adjacent to the
end of the primitive cavity. This body is the future float, and at this
stage lies inside the egg, or between the yolk cells and the superficial
covering, although no marked external elevation could be seen. The
float is enclosed by a layer of cells which was traced continuously into
the hypoblast of the primitive cavity, and also into the hypoblast
which covers the yolk sac. Within the hypoblast the contents of the
float and the hypoblastic layer were slightly separated. A continuation
of the same layer, epiblast, reflexed from the inner surface of the cover-
ing-scale, extends over the float and is continued over the surface of
the egg.

A second appendage, which assumed the form of a slight projection
from the surface of the yolk on the left-hand side of the cavity of the
primitive hydrophyllium, is also present in this stage of the primitive
larva. In profile this structure {ser. hyph.) is arch-shaped, and has
a slightly reddish color. It is the beginning of a covering-scale which,
although provisional in nature, has given the name of "Athorybia
stage " to a larval condition of Agalma which follows the first or primi-

266 BULLETIN OF THE

tive larva. On the right-hand side of the cavity of the primitive
hydrophyllium is a cluster of cells of red color, which is the beginning
of a second similar serrated hydrophyllium. This latter cluster, how-
ever, has not raised itself any considerable amount above the surface of
the yolk. The longest diameter of the primitive hydrophyllium in
Fig. 14 is .75 mm.; the thickness at the distal side, .17 mm. The
length of the primitive cavity is .25 mm. ; its breadth is .10 mm. The
float is almost .10 mm. in diameter. It will be seen from these meas-
urements that the scale has now reached a very great size as compared
with its dimensions in earlier larvae. I& has now the maximum size
to which it ever attains.

Fate of the Primitive Ilydropliyllium.

It is known that this primitive hydrophyllium is a temporary or
embryonic structure \ but its fate, whether it is simply thrown off or
absorbed, is not at present definitely made out. Both llajckel and
MetschnikofF have pointed out that it is a provisional structure, but
neither has traced it far enough in the last phases of its history to sat-
isfactorily show whether it is simply discarded, absorbed, or passes with
external changes of outline into some other structure. The most defi-
nite statement which we have is as follows. MetschnikofF says, " das
erstgebildete kappenformige Deckstiick abgevvorfen wird" in the genus
Agalma.

The primitive hydrophyllium of Agnhna elegans suffers many modifi-
cations in external form in some of the older stages ; but whether these
modifications were abnormal, resulting from the fact that the animal is
in confinement, was not determined. It seems to me more natural to
suppose, that, instead of being thrown off in the subsequent stages, the
primitive covering-scale passes by a few modifications in its external
contour into some other organ, probably a difiercntly formed covering-
scale.

Fig. 15 represents the larva of Agalma on August 10, four days after
the capture of the parent. This larva was picked out of the water,
in which it was freely swimming below the surface. The figure repre-
sents the larva as seen from that pole which is opposite the germina-
tive pole, so that the various organs which have appeared near that
region are seen through the yolk contents. This position, assumed
while ^\\e egg '■•" floating, is that which is best adapted to exhibit the

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 2G7

newly forming organs in their relation to the cavity of the primitive
hydrophyllium.

We recognize in this stage many organs which have already been de-
scribed, and one or two new ones lately formed. In the first place, the
yolk — a prominent spherical mass of polygonal segmentation spheres
with the internal protoplasmic network — should be mentioned. This oc-
cupies most of the middle portion of the figure. Around it in profile the
epiblastic and hypoblastic layers, of which the former is ciliated, may be
seen. The larger, more transparent body, seen above and on either side
of the yolk, is the projecting primitive hydrophyllium. This distal por-
tion of this scale is represented at the top of the figure, the proximal at
the lower part, while the right hand of the figure is the left of the scale,
following the nomenclature of previous descriptions. The nuclei of the
epiblast and the polygonal outlines of the epiblastic cells are easily seen
here and there over the surflice of the scale. The cavity {c.p. I.) of the
primitive larva has two or more thread-like structures {fd.) extending
from its hypoblastic lining to the nuclei of epiblastic cells. The hypo-
blast of the primitive cavity has a yellow color, especially well marked
at its distal end, where its walls are likewise covered with small pigment
dots, black, or nearly so, in color. At the opposite extremity of the
primitive cavity, near the float, it ends in a closed cone-like termination,
which is hidden by the float iu the figure.

It is perhaps needless to say, that the spherical body near the middle
of the figure is the float, seen through the yolk contents ; and that on
the right and left sides of the primitive cavity are two buds, which later
develop into the serrated hydrophyllia characteristic of the Athorybia
stage. In both of these can be recognized a very thick outer layer,
which is probably the middle gelatinous layer, over which is spread a
thiu layer of epiblast, and an inngr thinner layer, which is hypoblast.
Within this last layer in each case we have a cavity which is the begin-
ning of the future tube which penetrates the scales. A considerable
quantity of reddish pigment is found in the yolk in the immediate neigh-
borhood of the last-mentioned orgiins. \X is very diflficult for me to
formulate any law for the relative position in which the successively
appearing buds of the larva of the Agalma develop. W^e know that in
the adult Affahna those nectocalyces which are nearest the float are the
youngest, and that the newly formed organs of this name always develop
between those already formed and the float.

Fig. 2, PL IV. represents a very instructive stage in the development of
the primitive larva, which was taken on August 9 at noon, or on the third

268 BULLETIN OF THE

day after the capture of the adult. It is seen in a little different plane
from the preceding, but in such a way that the organs already mentioned
can be easily distinguished. We have in this stage an addition of most
important character, for at this time first appears the beginning of the
polypite. The larva is shown in such a way that the embryo is twisted
somewhat as compared with former stages, and the hj-di'ophyllium has
its proximal edge so turned into view as almost completely to cover the
yolk. By this new position of the larva the conical end of the primitive
cavity near the float is well shown, while the two buds which later form
the serrated hydrophyllia are thrown to one side. The most devel-
oped of these last-mentioned organs has a spatulate form, and shows the
three layers, epiblast, middle layer, and hypoblast, as well as a cavity
which occupies most of the interior of the organ. The other hydrophyl-
lium is not as well formed, and is more highly colored.

In addition to the buds which have been mentioned as already formed,
we have represented in this stage a significant thickening (pyt.) at one
pole of the two layers which surround the yolk of the egg. This pole
is situated in a point at right angles to that where the bud which forms
the float first appears. The elevation of these two layers takes the form
of a simple bud comparable with other buds of the primitive larva, and
xiltimately forms the first or primitive polypite of the Agalma. The
elevation of the primitive polypite is reddish yellow and ciliated, with
the lower layer slightly separated from the cells of the yolk. Although
the point at which the polypite in Agalvia develops is very difterent
from that at which the same organ of Crystallodes, as recorded by Ha^ckel,
arises, these differences are not too great to have a similar morphological
interpretation. Like all organs or parts of the Agalma body, the poly-
pite originates as a three-layered bud from the surface of the yolk. Like
them also it separates from the yolk-cells, leaving a cavity between the
hypoblast and vitelline cells. A part of those walls of the yolk which
enclose the yolk-cells becomes the outer wall of the float ; another part
is modified into new buds, which develop into tasters, hj'drophyllia, and
tentacles; and still another part forms the walls of the first-formed po-
lypite. Can we not consider that the yolk-sac in this case, as in Crystal-
lodes, is not changed into the polypite, as in Physophora and some other
genera %

From Fig. 16, PI. III., taken five days after the capture of the Agalma,
we may obtain a somewhat better idea of the relationship between the
buds which form the float, the serrated hydrophj-llia, and the first-formed
polypite. In the view of the larva as here seen, we are looking at the

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 269

larva from the side opposite that on which the primitive hydrophyllium
is attached. The primitive -cavity is thus thrown behind the yolk, and
is concealed by the buds which have already appeared, one of which is
shown in profile. The larva is placed in what is considered its normal
position comparable with the natural position of the adult. The float
is well developed, and resembles closely that of the adult. Below it
there is a well-marked red pigment-spot on the external walls of the
ovum, which forms a convenient point for the orientation of other organs,
and which itself forms in later stages a well-known organ (embryonic
tentacle) ; and at the pole of the egg opposite the float we find the
partly formed polypite. The lower part of the large transparent body
behind the yolk is the distal rim of the hydrophyllium ; the upper part is
the proximal border. The axis of the future Agabiia is thought to pass
lengthwise through the float, and to cut also that pole of the yolk at
•which the polypite is forming.

The axis of the larva, as thus indicated, does not coincide with that
which originally passes through the egg from the point at which the first
elevation of epiblastic and hypoblastic layers took place to the opposite
pole. It is apparently at right angles to this. If I am right in regard
to the relationship, or, to use a stronger word still, the coincidence, of the
former axis with the first plane of cleavage in the unsegmented ovum,
the axis of the adult Agalma is at right angles to the first plane of
cleavage. It may be mentioned at this point, that in the gonophore,
as the egg first forms, the axis of the ovum passing through the red
pole and the point of attachment of the gonophore is normally at right
angles to the axis of the Agalma. The horizontal diameter of the larva
at this stage is .70 mm. The vertical diameter is .75 mm. The longer
axis of the ovum is .45 mm.; the shorter, .35 mm.

Fig. 1, PI. IV. is taken from a larva a little older than the last, but
still five days old. It resembles the young Agalma jSarsii at the close
of the second week. The axis is placed vertical in the same position as
that of the adult as usually represented. The separation of the hypo-
blast from the yolk-cells has left a cavity of relatively considerable size
at the point where the polypite has begun to form. This cavity recalls
a similar cavity in the larva of Crystallodes as figured by Hseckel.
There is as yet no apparent diminution in the size of the primitive
hydrophyllium, and the outlines of the epiblastic cells upon it can be
easily traced. The yolk-cells still enclose the protoplasmic network,
and have the same polygonal shape as earlier in their history. The
float is more elongated and lies on one side of the yolk. It is filled

270 BULLETIN OF THE

even in this larva with air or gas. Below it is a mass of reddish pig-
ment concentrated in a cluster. The size of this larva is about the
same as that of the last.

On August 13, seven days after the Agalma had been placed in the
water, I was surprised to see, on looking for my larva) through the walls
of the glass vessel in which they were confined, that they had very
much decreased in numbers. This led to the discovery that, whereas
up to about this date they were found at all depths in the water, the
larvae are now to be seen only upon the surface. They often cluster
together there, and the size of the float imparts to them a silvery color,
like a small bubble of air resting on the water. The reason why the
larvfe seek the surface at this phase of their development probably is,
that the float has grown so large, or that the size of the primitive
hydrophyllium has diminished. Whatever may be the cause which led
the Agalmata to come to the surface, an effect which can probabl} be
ascribed to the two causes mentioned above combined, we find that
the size and general outlines of the first-formed covering-scale have
undergone several modifications. Fig. 5, PI. IV. shows a larval stage
taken August 13th, in which the size of the scale is much smaller than
in the larvae already described. It is found at this time in the life
of the larva that the border of the covering-scale has a tendency
to draw together, and its surface becomes grooved or furrowed. In
Fig. 6 we see a continuation of the same process, and in Fig. 7 still more
reduction in the size of this body. One or two structural features have
led me to regard the flat angular body on the yolk of these larvae as
the primitive hydrophyllium reduced in size. The tube which is found
in the primitive scale, especially at the marginal termination, has a yel-
low color with black dots. These figments were found in the tube of
the more reduced scale in its present condition. The small nuclei
spread over the surface of the primitive hydrophyllium, called in our
above description the nuclei of the epiblast, are easily recognized on the
surface of the modified scale. With the reduction in external form
of the plump walls of the first-formed scale, or primitive hydrophyllium,
there has taken place also a change of form in its internal cavity. At
the distal border of a scale represented in PI. IV. fig. 8, the tube of the
scale has bifurcated and extends in two divisions to the bell rim, where
both end in the neighborhood of clusters of large nematocj'sts or lasso-
cells. A yellow color was observed at these points, although the tube
of the scale throughout most of its course is not as markedly colored.
The small cell-like spots which appear on the surface of the scale and

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 271

resemble the nuclei of the epiblast as already described, are well
marked on the ridges of the scale.

I have been unable to identify a scale of this kind with any of those
figured in the larval stages of Agahna as described by MetschuikofF.
Hseckel, however, figures a similar scale with divided tube in Crystallo-
des, but from his descriptions it does not follow that he regards it as the
modified primitive scale. In Physojyhora, however, we find an approxi-
mation in shape to this scale in the primitive hydrophyllium, and more-
over in this genus, as in mine, there is a smaller tube extending from
the cavity of the scale to the surface, and ending in or near clusters
of lasso-cells superficially placed. If the first-formed scales (primi-
tive hydrophyllia) in both Physophora and Agalma are homologous, we
may find the smaller bifurcations connecting the cavity of the scale in
Agahna with its surface to be the same as the similar structures de-
scribed by Haickel in the young Physophora, provided, of course, that
the flat scale of Fig. 8 is the modified primitive covering-scale of PI. III.
fig. 14. The flat scale (fig. 8) is certainly different in the contour
and course of the central tube from the serrated hydrophyllia, and no
other structure is thought of to which to refer it except the primitive
hydrophyllium, that large covering-scale whose origin dates back into
the youngest stages of the larva. What has already been here written
of the modifications in form which the first-formed covering-scales go
through, does not of course show that in the end it may not be simply
cast off. My. studies throw no light on this point. If it is ultimately
dropped it undergoes modifications in outline before the consummation
of that event.

Cambridge, July, 1885.

272 BULLETIN OF THE

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

br.

Bridge connecting two segmentation spheres.

cav.

Cavity.

cl. pi.

Cleavage plane.

1 cl. pi.

First cleavage plane.

2 cl. pi.

Second cleavage plane.

3 cl. pi.

Third cleavage plane.

c. p. I.

Cavity of primitive larva.

dm.

Thickening of the superficial layer.

eb.

Epiblast.

et.

Undivided portion of ovum.

fil.

Filament.

goph.

Gonophore.

gt.

Oil globule.

hb.

Hypoblast.

hyph.

Hydrophyllium.

in.

Membrane.

mb.

Mesoblast.

n.

Nucleus.

nl.

Nucleolus.

om.

Ovum.

pg-

Polar globule ?

pig.

Pigment spot.

pr.

Primitive furrow.

pr. hyph.

Primitive hydrophyllium.

pn. cy. )

Pneumatocyst.

py- cy- '

pn.ph.

Pneumatophore.

pyt.

Polypite.

r. 2)ol.

Eosy pole, when not indicated, upper pole of figure.

r. tb.

Radial tube.

sc.

Secondary furrow.

ser. hyph.

Serrated hydrophyllium.

1 scr. hyph

. First serrated hydrophyllium.

2 scr. hyph

. Second serrated hydrophyllium.

tb.

Tube.

ubr.

Umbrella.

vet.

Velum.

vt.

Vitellus.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 273

vL c. Vitelline cells forming a "protoplasmic network" through the yolk contents.

In many of the figures only a few of these cells are drawn. They ai'e

found throughout the whole contents of the egg.
y. Unknown body, possibly remnant of membrane which encloses the egg.

All the figures, with the exception of PI. IV. figs. 3-7, were drawn by the author
with an Oberhauser camera, objective B. B., eye-piece 2, Zeiss. Size reduced one half
in photography. All figures except PI. II. fig. 2 were drawn from living eggs and
larvae. The last mentioned was treated with dilute acetic acid before drawing.

PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Immature female gonophore with egg in the interior. Nucleus and nucle-
olus shown through its walls. Attached to parent.

" 2. Egg in a small inmiature gonophore, with sinuses between ovum and bell
walls of gonophore.

" 3. Female gonophore found free in water. Enclosed ovum .5 mm. in diameter.

" 4. The ovum in the act of escape from the gonophore.

" 5. Ovum removed fi'om a gonopliore (artificially).

" 6. Ovum just escaped from gonophore (naturally), .45 mm. in diameter.

" 7. Egg showing the formation of a primitive furrow at one pole.

" 8. The same, ten minutes older than last.

" 9. The same, fifteen minutes older.

" 10. The same, twfmty minutes older.

" 11. The same, twenty-five minutes older.

" 12. The same in two-cell stage, thirty minutes older than Fig. 7. Diameter
.3.5 mm. The egg traced from Figs. 7-12 is .1 mm. smaller than that
from Fig. 13 on.

" 13. Two-cell stage with beginning of a secondary furrow (sc), .60 mm. in long
diameter, . 43 mm. in least diameter.

" 14. Two-cell stage, ten minutes older than Fig. 13. .60 mm. in diameter.

"15. The same, fifteen minutes older.

" 16. The same, eighteen minutes older.

" 17. The same, twenty minutes older.

" 18. The same, twenty-five minutes older, showing the formation of the sec-
ondary furrow, extending in a horizontal direction over the surface of
the ovum. It also shows tlie deviation of the primary cleavage plane
(1 cL pi.) fiom a straight line when seen in profile.

" 19. Formation of a 4-cell stage by the closing in of the secondaiy furrow (sc).
The furrow is still open at each end. Thirty minutes older than Fig.
13, .50 mm. in diameter.

" 20. Four-cell stage, thirty-five minutes after Fig. 13.

" 21. The same, forty-five minutes after.

" 22. The same, fifty-five minutes after.

" 23. The same, one hour and ten minutes after.

VOL. XI.— NO. 11. 18

274 BULLETIN OF THE

PLATE 11.

Fig. 1. Four-cell stage, two hours after PI. I. fig. 13.
" 2, The same, two hours and five minutes after.
" 3. Segmented ovum sliowing the beginning of the tertiary furrow (3 cl. pL),

two hours and fifteen minutes older than that represented in PI. L

fig. 13.
" 4. Four-cell stage, two hours and twenty minutes older.
" 5. The same, two liours and twenty-five minutes older.
" 6. Older stage, two hours and thirty minutes after Fig. 13. .50 mm. in

diameter.
'* 7. Segmented ovum, two hours and forty minutes older than Fig. 13.
" 8. Superficial granular layer (ctoi.) formed on the segmented ovum. Planula ?

.45 mm. in diameter.

PLATE in.

Segmented egg with a marked increase of thickness of superficial layer at

dm. .54 mm. in diametei'.
The same, treated with acetic acid (two layers at pole, ch., lih.).
An older egg, in wliich the thickness* of the two layers is more marked.

.60 mm. in greatest diameter.
The same, older.

The same, still older, showing the cavity of the primitive larva (c. ^). ?.).
A portion of the egg and the growing protuberance at its pole.
The same, older.

8, An older larva, with constriction between the scale and the surface of the

ovum.

9. The same, ol<lor. The right side of this figure corresponds with the left

of preceding and following figures, except in Fig. 12.

10. Embryo of about the same age as the last, reversed.

11. Embryo found in water, August 8 (adult put in August C), a little older

than the last.

12. Embryo still older.

13. The same, older, .47 mm. in diameter.

14. A primitive larva taken on the third day after the capture of the adult

(72 hours old l), .70 mm. in diameter.

15. A larva a little older than the last, seen from the pole opposite that on

which the primitive hydrophyllium is formed. The larval appendages
are therefore for the most part seen through the yolk.

16. A larva so placed that the axis of tlie future Agahna is almost vertical.

Tlie union of the primitive hydrophyllium and the yolk is on the side
of the yolk turned away from the observer. Older than last.

Fig.

1,

i£

2.

((

3.

<<

4,

C(

5,

((

6

<(

7.

MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 275

PLATE IV.

In none of the figures are the vitelline cells and the nuclei of the thin epiblastic
layer of the primitive hydropliy Ilium brought out with sufficient distinctness. There
should be two layers instead of one at 2^yt- i'l Figs. 1, 2, and 3.

In Figs. 2 and 4 the wall of c. p. I. is too black, and does not show the thickness
of the hypoblast. The rows of nematocysts on the surface of hyph., Fig. 8,
ire not well shown. The clusters of nematocysts at the margin of liyi)h. after the
bifurcation of tb. are faulty. The cilia on the surface of the ovum, well seen in
Fig. 2 at pyt. in my drawing, are not found in the photographic reproduction.

Fig. 1. A larva (primitive larva) in about the same age as the last and in a like
position, except that the primitive covering-scale or hydrophyllium is
turned a little more to the plane of the observer.

" 2. The same, looking through the primitive covering-scale upon the apex of
the float, which lies in the geometric centre of the figure. Three days
old.

*' 3. Older larva, free-hand drawing, showing growth of serrated scale (scr.
hyph.).

" 4. The same, lateral view.

" 5-7. Successive stages, in reduction in size of the primitive hydrophyllium,
following its great development.

" 8. A larval Agalma, one week old, bearing a large flat hydrophyllium (rem-
nant of the primitive covering-scale) through which runs a tube (th.)
which bifurcates and ends at the distal edge in clusters of nema-
tocysts.

Fewkes.Agalma

19 Id

rewkes.A(/3liiia.

dm

pim.

eb hb

ser. hypli

phM»-Cf«vure CO.N.Y.

Fe^es.Agalma.

PI. 11,

3cl. pi

3cl. p!

vt. c

= HOT0- GRAVUnE CO N Y

Fe\vkcs,A(>«3iuii.

i'Llv.

pn.ph

pr. hyph

ser. hyph 0..
2ser. hyph

Photo-Gravure Co. N.'i

Harvard MCZ Libra

3 2044 066 302 381